diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-03-08 00:57:25 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-03-08 00:57:25 -0800 |
| commit | 974ab90e450e4bbc80dfc34edcfb8a8d7ac088e1 (patch) | |
| tree | 4c66814d6a5f48e962069116a64a1923d02eeb6e | |
| parent | 058eadff6d6a8caed9abcd452c8fcb13d3aecb6b (diff) | |
| -rw-r--r-- | 42419-0.txt | 402 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 42419-0.zip | bin | 131564 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 42419-8.txt | 9081 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 42419-8.zip | bin | 131294 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 42419-h.zip | bin | 293586 -> 0 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 42419-h/42419-h.htm | 756 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 42419.txt | 9081 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 42419.zip | bin | 131153 -> 0 bytes |
8 files changed, 168 insertions, 19152 deletions
diff --git a/42419-0.txt b/42419-0.txt index 62de704..365dbfb 100644 --- a/42419-0.txt +++ b/42419-0.txt @@ -1,39 +1,4 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The True History of The State Prisoner, -commonly called The Iron Mask, by George Agar Ellis - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: The True History of The State Prisoner, commonly called The Iron Mask - Extracted from Documents in the French Archives - -Author: George Agar Ellis - -Release Date: March 27, 2013 [EBook #42419] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: UTF-8 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRUE HISTORY *** - - - - -Produced by StevenGibbs, Christoph W. Kluge, Charlene -Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned -images of public domain material from the Google Print -project.) - - - - - - +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 42419 *** Transcriber’s Note @@ -8715,367 +8680,4 @@ Transcriber’s Notes: End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The True History of The State Prisoner, commonly called The, by George Agar Ellis -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRUE HISTORY *** - -***** This file should be named 42419-0.txt or 42419-0.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/2/4/1/42419/ - -Produced by StevenGibbs, Christoph W. Kluge, Charlene -Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned -images of public domain material from the Google Print -project.) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 42419 *** diff --git a/42419-0.zip b/42419-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9f2b615..0000000 --- a/42419-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/42419-8.txt b/42419-8.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 7dd92c3..0000000 --- a/42419-8.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9081 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The True History of The State Prisoner, -commonly called The Iron Mask, by George Agar Ellis - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: The True History of The State Prisoner, commonly called The Iron Mask - Extracted from Documents in the French Archives - -Author: George Agar Ellis - -Release Date: March 27, 2013 [EBook #42419] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRUE HISTORY *** - - - - -Produced by StevenGibbs, Christoph W. Kluge, Charlene -Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned -images of public domain material from the Google Print -project.) - - - - - - - -Transcriber's Note - - Obvious typographical and printing errors have been corrected. - Variations in hyphenation have been normalized; other spelling - inconsistencies have been retained. - - Additional notes and details of the corrections can be found at - the end of this e-text. - - - - - THE - - TRUE HISTORY - - OF - - THE STATE PRISONER, - - COMMONLY CALLED - - THE IRON MASK, - - - EXTRACTED - FROM DOCUMENTS IN THE FRENCH ARCHIVES. - - - - BY - - THE HON. GEORGE AGAR ELLIS. - - - - LONDON: - JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET - MDCCCXXVI. - - - - - LONDON: - PRINTED BY S. AND R. BENTLEY, DORSET STREET. - - - - -PREFACE. - - -I was led to undertake the following Narrative by the perusal of -a work, lately published at Paris, entitled "Histoire de L'Homme -au Masque de Fer, par J. Delort;" in which the name of that state -prisoner is most clearly and satisfactorily ascertained, by means of -authentic documents. - -Under these circumstances, it may be asked why I was not contented -to leave the question, thus set at rest, in the hands of M. Delort, -who had the original merit of the discovery:--to this I would -answer, that M. Delort's part of the book struck me as peculiarly -ill arranged and confused; besides being unnecessarily filled with -the most fulsome flattery of Lewis the Fourteenth, never, certainly, -more inappropriately bestowed, than while in the act of recording -one of the most cruel and oppressive acts of that Sovereign's cruel -and oppressive reign. - -I have also thought, that the subject was one of sufficient -historical curiosity to interest the English public. - -For these reasons, I have been induced to throw together the -following chain of evidence upon the subject, making use of the same -documents as M. Delort, to which I have added some others previously -published, and printing the whole series in an Appendix. - - G. A. E. - - _April, 1826._ - - - - -CONTENTS. - - Page - - HISTORY OF THE IRON MASK 1 - - - APPENDIX. - - No. 1. Estrades to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Commencement of the Negociation.--State of the - Court of Mantua.--Influence of the Spaniards - there 89 - - No. 2. Matthioli to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Protestations of devotion to Lewis.--Belief in - the good intentions of the Duke of Mantua 101 - - No. 3. Estrades to Pomponne. - Continuation of the negociation.--Intrigues of - the Austrian Party 104 - - No. 4. Estrades to Pomponne. - Intrigues of the Spaniards to form a league in - Italy against France 108 - - No. 5. Pomponne to Estrades 110 - - No. 6. Pomponne to Estrades. - The King's approval of the negociation ib. - - No. 7. Lewis the Fourteenth to Estrades. - Approval of the negociation.--Answer to the - demands of the Duke of Mantua 112 - - No. 8. Lewis the Fourteenth to Matthioli 116 - - No. 9. Estrades to Pomponne 117 - - No. 10. Estrades to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Conference with Matthioli.--Discussion of the - demands of the Duke of Mantua 119 - - No. 11. Estrades to Pomponne. - The Duke of Mantua watched by the Spaniards 126 - - No. 12. Estrades to Pomponne. - Impatience of the Duke of Mantua to conclude the - Negociation 130 - - No. 13. Estrades to Pomponne. - Plans of the Spaniards.--Dispositions of the - Venetian Government 131 - - No. 14. Pomponne to Estrades. - Recommendations of Delay in the Negociation 138 - - No. 15. Estrades to Pomponne. - Information respecting the Dispositions of the - Venetians 140 - - No. 16. Estrades to Pomponne. - Fears of the Duke of Mantua 143 - - No. 17. Estrades to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Account of his Interview with the Duke of - Mantua.--The latter insists upon sending - Matthioli to Paris 146 - - No. 18. Estrades to Pomponne. - Reasons for consenting to the mission of Matthioli - to 151 - - No. 19. Estrades to Pomponne 155 - - No. 20. Pomponne to Estrades. - Approval of Matthioli's Mission to - France.--Permission to Estrades to leave Venice 156 - - No. 21. Estrades to Pomponne. - Conversation with Matthioli 158 - - No. 22. Pomponne to Estrades 160 - - No. 23. Estrades to Pomponne. - Means of protracting the Negociation.--Views of - Matthioli 162 - - No. 24. Estrades to Pomponne. - Delay in Matthioli's Journey to Paris 164 - - No. 25. Estrades to Pomponne. - Interview with Matthioli 166 - - No. 26. Pomponne to Estrades 169 - - No. 27. Pomponne to Estrades 170 - - No. 28. Estrades to Pomponne. - Differences between the Duke of Mantua and the - Spaniards 171 - - No. 29. Estrades to Pomponne. - Excuses for the delay of Matthioli 173 - - No. 30. Pomponne to Estrades 174 - - No. 31. Estrades to Pomponne 175 - - No. 32. Pomponne to Estrades 176 - - No. 33. Estrades to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Good dispositions of the Duke of Mantua, and of - the Garrison of Casale 177 - - No. 34. Pinchesne to Pomponne 179 - - No. 35. Matthioli to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Excuses his own delay ib. - - No. 36. Pinchesne to Pomponne 180 - - No. 37. Pomponne to Pinchesne 181 - - No. 38. Pomponne to Pinchesne 182 - - No. 39. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Intention of Estrades to leave Venice 183 - - No. 40. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Continued delay of Matthioli 184 - - No. 41. Pinchesne to Pomponne 185 - - No. 42. Pomponne to Pinchesne 186 - - No. 43. Pomponne to Pinchesne ib. - - No. 44. Pomponne to Pinchesne 187 - - No. 45. Pinchesne to Pomponne 188 - - No. 46. Pinchesne to Pomponne ib. - - No. 47. Pomponne to Pinchesne 189 - - No. 48. - Powers granted to Pomponne, to treat with - Matthioli 190 - - No. 49. Lewis the Fourteenth to the Duke of Mantua. - Promises his protection to the Duke 192 - - No. 50. Pomponne to Pinchesne 193 - - No. 51. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Interview of Pinchesne with Don Joseph Varano 194 - - No. 52. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - A courier sent to Venice with a new cypher 196 - - No. 53. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Catinat sent to Pignerol 197 - - No. 54. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - D'Asfeld sent to Venice 198 - - No. 55. Pomponne to Pinchesne 199 - - No. 56. Pinchesne to Pomponne 200 - - No. 57. Pinchesne to Pomponne 201 - - No. 58. Pinchesne to Pomponne 202 - - No. 59. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Arrival of d'Asfeld at Venice 203 - - No. 60. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Delays of Matthioli, and of the Duke of Mantua 206 - - No. 61. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Further Delays of Matthioli 208 - - No. 62. Louvois to Saint-Mars 211 - - No. 63. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Interviews with Matthioli.--Further Delays in the - Ratification of the Treaty 212 - - No. 64. Louvois to Saint-Mars 215 - - No. 65. Pomponne to Pinchesne ib. - - No. 66. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Reasons for the Duke of Mantua's delay in going - to Casale 216 - - No. 67. Pomponne to Matthioli 220 - - No. 68. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Arrangements for the Exchange of the Ratifications - of the Treaty 222 - - No. 69. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Suspicions of the House of Austria respecting the - Negociations 225 - - No. 70. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Arrest of d'Asfeld.--Departure of the Duke of - Mantua from Venice 227 - - No. 71. Pomponne to Matthioli. - Letter of Credence to be presented to Matthioli by - Catinat 230 - - No. 72. Estrades to Matthioli. - Complaints of the Delays in the Conclusion of the - Negociation 232 - - No. 73. Louvois to Saint-Mars 235 - - No. 74. Pomponne to Pinchesne 237 - - No. 75. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - Suspicions of the Fidelity of Matthioli 238 - - No. 76. Chanois to Louvois. - Reports of Catinat being at Pignerol.--Different - Rumours respecting the Negociation 239 - - No. 77. Catinat to Louvois 241 - - No. 78. Catinat to Louvois. - Rumours of Catinat's being at Pignerol.--Civilities - of Saint-Mars to him 242 - - No. 79. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - Continued Suspicions of Matthioli 245 - - No. 80. Louvois to Saint-Mars 246 - - No. 81. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - Confirmation of the Suspicions respecting - Matthioli's want of fidelity 247 - - No. 82. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Order to receive Matthioli as a Prisoner 248 - - No. 83. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - Further confirmation of the Treachery of Matthioli 249 - - No. 84. Catinat to Louvois. - Arrest of Matthioli 250 - - No. 85. Catinat to Louvois. - Intelligence respecting Matthioli's Papers 252 - - No. 86. - Inventory sent by Catinat to Louvois, of the Papers - which Matthioli had about his person 256 - - No. 87. Catinat to Louvois. - First Examination of Matthioli 260 - - No. 88. Pomponne to Pinchesne 271 - - No. 89. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Interviews between the Duke of Mantua and the - Senator Foscarini 272 - - No. 90. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Orders to treat Matthioli with severity 275 - - No. 91. Catinat to Louvois. - Plans of Catinat for obtaining possession of Casale 276 - - No. 92. - Second Examination of Matthioli 280 - - No. 93. Louvois to Saint-Mars 293 - - No. 94. Catinat to Louvois. - Further particulars respecting Matthioli ib. - - No. 95. - Third Examination of Matthioli 296 - - No. 96. Louvois to Saint-Mars 302 - - No. 97. Catinat to Louvois. - Concluding Examination of Matthioli 303 - - No. 98. Varengeville to Pomponne. - Proposed recompense to Giuliani 307 - - No. 99. Louvois to Saint-Mars 309 - - No. 100. Louvois to Saint-Mars 310 - - No. 101. Saint-Mars to Louvois ib. - - No. 102. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Matthioli complains of his Treatment, and gives - Proofs of Insanity 311 - - No. 103. Louvois to Saint-Mars 312 - - No. 104. Louvois to Saint-Mars 313 - - No. 105. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Matthioli and the Jacobin placed together 314 - - No. 106. Saint-Mars to Louvois 315 - - No. 107. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Particulars respecting the Ring given by Matthioli - to Blainvilliers 316 - - No. 108. Louvois to Saint-Mars 317 - - No. 109. Louvois to Saint-Mars 318 - - No. 110. Louvois to Saint-Mars 319 - - No. 111. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Appointment of Saint-Mars to the Government of - Exiles--Measures to be taken by him thereupon 320 - - No. 112. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Precautions for the Journey of the Prisoners from - Pignerol to Exiles 322 - - No. 113. Louvois to Saint-Mars 325 - - No. 114. Louvois to Saint-Mars 326 - - No. 115. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Precautions for the Security and Concealment of the - Prisoners at Exiles 327 - - No. 116. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Departure of Saint-Mars from Pignerol ordered to be - deferred, in order that he might receive Catinat - there 328 - - No. 117. Louvois to Saint-Mars 329 - - No. 118. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Orders for the Reception of Catinat at Pignerol 330 - - No. 119. Louvois to Saint-Mars 332 - - No. 120. Louvois to Saint-Mars ib. - - No. 121. Saint-Mars to Louvois 333 - - No. 122. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Description of the Apartment and manner of - Confinement of the Prisoners at Exiles 334 - - No. 123. Saint-Mars to Louvois 336 - - No. 124. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Saint-Mars is made Governor of the Islands of Saint - Margaret 337 - - No. 125. Saint-Mars to Louvois 338 - - No. 126. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Arrival of Matthioli at the Islands of Saint - Margaret 340 - - No. 127. Saint-Mars to the Minister. - Relation of the conduct of two Protestant Ministers 341 - - No. 128. - Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published - in the Work entitled, "La Bastille Dévoilée" 342 - - No. 129. - Second Extract from the Register of the Bastille, - published in the Work entitled, "La Bastille - Dévoilée" 343 - - No. 130. - Extract from the Register of Burials of the Church - of Saint Paul, at Paris 345 - - No. 131. - Extract from the Work entitled "La Correspondance - Interceptée," by M. Lewis Dutens, published in - 1789 346 - - No. 132. - Extract from the article on the Iron Mask in the - Work entitled "_Mélanges d'Histoire et de - Littérature_;" by Mr. Quintin Craufurd 347 - - No. 133. - Letter from the Baron de Heiss to the Authors of the - "_Journal Encyclopédique_" on the subject of the - Iron Mask; published in that Journal in 1770 348 - - Letter on the subject of the Man in the Iron Mask, - announced in the preceding one 349 - - - - -HISTORY - -OF - -THE IRON MASK. - - -The curiosity of the public has been now, for above a century, so -much wrought upon by the mystery which has enveloped the name of the -Iron Mask, (or as the French more properly designate him, "_the Man -of the Iron Mask_,"[1]) that the eagerness for discovery has thus -been carried much farther than the real importance of the subject -deserved. Numerous have been the papers written, and the conjectures -hazarded in favour of different theories; almost all presenting, -at first view, some semblance of probability; but all, without -exception, crumbling to nothing when exposed to the researches -of accurate inquiry. Under these circumstances, it is certainly -satisfactory, that the question should be finally set at rest. - -It is singular, that among all the inquiries hitherto made -respecting the Iron Mask, no one seems ever to have thought of -recurring to the only source from whence true information could be -derived--the archives of the French Government, during the reign of -Lewis the Fourteenth. It was reserved for M. Delort to make these -researches; which he did by the permission of the Count d'Hauterive, -Keeper of the Archives of the office of Secretary of State for the -Foreign department, and the result has been perfectly conclusive. -In those archives, he found the continued correspondence of the -French ministers, proving, beyond a doubt, that the Iron Mask was -an Italian of the name of Matthioli; a personage who was first put -on the list of candidates for that honour, in a pamphlet published -in 1801, by M. Roux (Fazillac);[2] who, however, was then unable to -support his opinion with sufficient authorities. - -Hercules Anthony Matthioli[3] was a Bolognese of ancient family, -distinguished in the law. He was the son of Valerian Matthioli and -Girolama Maggi, and was born on the 1st of December 1640. On the -13th of January, 1661, he married Camilla, daughter of Bernard -Paleotti, and widow of Alexander Piatesi. By her he had two sons, -one of whom only had posterity, which has long since been extinct. -Early in life he was public reader in the University of Bologna, but -he soon quitted his native city to enter into the service of Charles -the Third, Duke of Mantua, by whom he was much favoured, and towards -the conclusion of whose reign he was made Secretary of State. His -successor, Ferdinand, Charles the Fourth, the last sovereign of -Mantua, of the house of Gonzaga, created Matthioli Supernumerary -Senator of Mantua, an honour which had formerly been enjoyed by his -great grandfather, and gave him the title of Count. When he ceased -to be Secretary of State at Mantua does not appear; but he was -clearly not in that office when he first, unhappily for himself, -was involved in diplomatic relations with the agents of the French -Government. - -Towards the end of the year 1677, the Abbé d'Estrades,[4] ambassador -from France to the Republic of Venice, conceived the idea, which -he was well aware would be highly acceptable to the insatiable -ambition of his master, of inducing the Duke of Mantua[5] to allow -of the introduction of a French garrison into Casale,[6] a strongly -fortified town, the capital of the Montferrat, and in a great -measure the key of Italy. The cession of the fortress of Pignerol[7] -to the French, by Victor Amadeus,[8] Duke of Savoy, in 1632, had -opened to them the entry of Piedmont, and the possession of Casale -would enable them to invade the Milanese, whenever they were so -inclined. - -At this time the council of the Duke of Mantua, headed by his -mother,[9] an Austrian Archduchess, was entirely in the interests of -the Court of Spain; while the young Duke, plunged in pleasures and -excesses of every kind, took little apparent interest in politicks. -The great difficulty, therefore, which Estrades had to encounter -in the prosecution of this intrigue, was the establishment of a -channel of communication with the Duke; who, as has been stated, -was surrounded by persons in the Spanish interest. If he could once -enter into secret relations with that Prince, he hoped to be able to -bribe him into a concurrence in his designs; for Ferdinand Charles -was both needy and unprincipled. He had, besides, discovered, as -he writes word to Lewis, in his first letter[10] to him, dated -Venice, Dec. 18th, 1677, that the Duke was not so abandoned to his -pleasures, but that he still had some ambition, and much chagrin at -the state of subjection in which he was kept by his mother; joined -to a great distrust of the Spaniards, who were supposed to foment -the divisions of the Court of Mantua, with the view of, eventually, -themselves obtaining possession of Casale and the rest of the -Montferrat. - -The desired channel of communication Estrades thought he had found -in Matthioli, who was a complete master of Italian politicks, -as well as much in the Duke's good graces. Before, however, he -proceeded to enlist him in his service, he deemed it necessary to -discover what was the bent of his inclinations. This he effected -ingeniously enough, by sending a certain Giuliani, in whom he -appears to have placed implicit confidence, to Verona, where -Matthioli then was, to act as a spy upon him. The report of -Giuliani, upon his return to Venice, was so favourable, both with -regard to the discontent of Matthioli against the Spaniards, "who -had always amused him with hopes, and afterwards abandoned him,"[11] -and his wish to enter into the service of the French Monarch, that -Estrades lost no time in sending him (Giuliani) back again for -the purpose of conferring with Matthioli upon the subject of the -proposed negociation. - -Giuliani was instructed by the Ambassador to enlarge to Matthioli -upon the jeopardy which the sovereignty of the Duke of Mantua -was in, in consequence of the different pretensions of various -branches of his family to his territories, which were more or -less countenanced by the Spaniards for the purposes of their own -aggrandizement. These were, among others, those of the Empress -Eleanor[12] to the Montferrat; and those of the Marquis of -Laguna[13] to the Duchy of Guastalla, to the prejudice of the Duke -of Mantua, who was the rightful heir. Giuliani was also to lament -the dependant state of the Duke of Mantua, the revenues of whose -states, as well as all the powers of government, were entirely in -the hands of his mother, and the Monk Bulgarini;[14] and to explain -the necessity which, on these accounts, existed for that Prince -to seek, without delay, the alliance and protection of Lewis the -Fourteenth. He was to assure him, in conclusion, that Estrades had -no doubt of the readiness of Lewis to assist in freeing the Duke of -Mantua from his embarrassments; but that, in order to enable him to -do this effectually, it was absolutely necessary to garrison Casale -with French troops. - -Matthioli concurred entirely in these views of Giuliani, and offered -to sound the Duke of Mantua upon the subject. A few days afterwards, -he sent word to Estrades, that he had managed to have an interview -with that Prince (having previously established himself secretly -in the neighbourhood of Mantua), and had found him generally -well-disposed to the plan. He also requested Estrades to send -Giuliani again to him, in order that they might act in concert; the -said Giuliani being also a person who might, without suspicion, -carry intelligence backwards and forwards,[15] which was not the -case with Matthioli himself. - -Giuliani was accordingly sent, and had an audience of the Duke -of Mantua, who received him very favourably, and acquainted him -with his willingness to enter into an alliance with France, and -to deliver up Casale, upon the understanding that Estrades was to -try to obtain for him any reasonable requests he might make; the -principal of these, in addition to the grant of a sum of money, was -the being made generalissimo of any French army that might be sent -into Italy, "that being," says Estrades, "what he wishes beyond all -things; or rather, that being the only thing he is very anxious for, -in order that he may have the same consideration in Italy the late -Duke of Modena[16] had, and the late Duke of Mantua,[17] who at his -age commanded in chief the Emperor's army, with the title of Vicar -General of the Empire."[18] - -The Duke of Mantua also announced in this conference, that he put -himself, on this occasion, entirely into the hands of Matthioli, -whom he promised to reinstate in his place of Secretary of State, -and to appoint his first minister, as soon as he himself should have -regained his authority, and that the treaty, he was now projecting -with the King of France, had been duly executed. - -To Matthioli were joined in the negociation the two counsellors of -the Duke of Mantua, in whom he had the most confidence; the Marquis -Cavriani and Joseph Varano; and these, together with Giuliani, -Estrades, Pinchesne the French Secretary of Embassy at Venice, and -the Duke himself, were the only persons in Italy acquainted with the -business; so that the Ambassador had certainly very fair grounds -for expressing his hopes "the secrecy, so necessary in this affair, -would remain impenetrable."[19] - -This conference was followed by another, in which the Duke showed -the greatest impatience to conclude the treaty; entreating that -Lewis might be instantly made acquainted with the state it was -at present in, and requesting, or rather imploring, for a French -army; on the arrival of which he hinted much might be done against -the Duchy of Milan. Finally, he promised to have a conference with -Estrades, "as he was soon going to Venice, where they might see one -another conveniently, and without being observed, on account of the -Carnival, during which all the world, even the Doge and the oldest -Senators were accustomed to go about in mask."[20] - -He also requested that the Cardinal d'Estrées[21] might not be -made a party to the negociation; because he was so well known -to be employed generally by Lewis to negociate with the Italian -Sovereigns, that his entering into it would naturally excite the -suspicions of the Spaniards that something secret was going on; and -that they would then ruin him, the Duke of Mantua, before he could -receive the assistance of the French Monarch; and that thus the -hopes of both the contracting parties, from the treaty at present -under discussion, would be frustrated. To this proposition Estrades -agreed, though unwillingly. We cannot but here remark how skilful -a negociator he seems to have been; beginning as he does by making -trial of his tools, and then of his arguments, and afterwards -bringing both of them to bear very judiciously on the negociation, -in the way the most likely to lead to a favourable result. - -When the affair was advanced thus far, Estrades lost no time in -forwarding an account of it to Lewis, to whom, as he says himself, -he had not before ventured to write upon the subject, because at -first he despaired of being able to bring the intrigue to bear: -but he now thought it in so good a train, that upon receiving the -approval of his proceedings from Lewis, he could almost answer for -its success. The letter of Estrades was accompanied by a schedule, -containing the demands of the Duke of Mantua, and by a letter from -Matthioli, also addressed to Lewis, in which he offers to devote -himself to his service, to strive to detach his master, the Duke -of Mantua, from the Austrian interest, and insinuates very plainly -his wish and intention of selling him and his fortress of Casale -to the French Monarch; whom, he says, he "regards and reveres as -a _Demigod_."[22] To these protestations Lewis returned, as was -natural, a very civil answer;[23] generally promising his protection -and favour to Matthioli. - -On the 24th of December of the same year, Estrades[24] writes to M. -de Pomponne,[25] (then one of the Secretaries of State), to inform -him of a discovery he has made from the Duke of Mantua himself, -that the Austrian party have determined, in case any French troops -should arrive in Italy, and that the Duke of Mantua should manifest -any disposition of favouring them, to seize upon Casale and Mantua. -He therefore adds that the Duke, though thoroughly well-disposed -towards the French interests, cannot take any active part in their -favour, unless Lewis will send into Italy a sufficient force to -secure Casale and the rest of the Duke's territories from the -attempts of the House of Austria. He subsequently seems to hint his -fear that the life of the Duke of Mantua may be made away with by -the Austrians, in order the more easily to possess themselves of -his territories. "We must besides, Sir, consider that the Duke of -Guastalla[26] being the nearest relation of the Duke of Mantua, as -well as his heir, there would be danger that, if the Duchess,[27] -his daughter, who is very ill and has no children, should die, -some _misfortune_ might happen to the Duke of Mantua, which would -assure his territories to the Spanish Nobleman, who has married the -second daughter[28] of the Duke of Guastalla, and whose marriage the -Spaniards, _doubtless with this view_, made up at Vienna by means of -Don Vincent."[29] - -To Estrades, Lewis returned a long and detailed statement of his -views; in which he approves generally of the design of putting -a French garrison into Casale; intimates upon what terms it may -be done; rejects a request of the Duke of Mantua to procure for -him the restoration of those parts of the Montferrat, which by -former treaties had been ceded to the Duke of Savoy; objects to the -largeness of his demand of 100,000 pistoles as the price of Casale; -promises to bear him harmless and remunerate him for any injury that -may be done to him by the Spaniards, in consequence of his siding -with the French; and finally instructs Estrades, to entertain the -notion that a French army is about to pass the Alps, and in the -meanwhile to protract the negociation, in order to allow him, Lewis, -time to make his various preparations. Indeed this last point, -the necessity for delay, was so strongly impressed upon Estrades, -upon more than one occasion, that, in a subsequent despatch, he -expresses his regret that the negociation goes on so smoothly and -prosperously, that he cannot find any difficulties[30] to enable him -to protract it till the troops of Lewis are in readiness to march -towards Italy. - -The only point in dispute appears to have been, what the sum of -money should be which was to be given by the French Monarch to the -Duke of Mantua. The stipulation for 100,000 pistoles was decidedly -rejected by Lewis; and at length, after some difficulty, Estrades -reduced the demand of the other party to 100,000 crowns, and those -not to be paid till after the signature of the treaty between the -two sovereigns.[31] - -The next event of importance in the negociation was the interview, -effected at Venice during the Carnival, between the Duke of Mantua -and Estrades. It took place at midnight, on the 18th of March, 1678, -in a small open space, equally distant from the residence of the -Duke and the Ambassador, and lasted a full hour. In it the Duke -dwelt[32] much upon his impatience for the conclusion of the treaty -with France; and for the speedy appearance of the troops of the -latter in Italy, alleging as his reason, the constant and lively -fear he was in of the Spaniards. He also announced his intention -of sending Matthioli, in whom, says Estrades, "He has a blind -confidence, and who governs him absolutely," to the French court; -thinking that his presence there might bring matters to a speedier -issue. - -Estrades, who had now ascertained that his master could not possibly -spare an army for Italy that year (1678), and who therefore was -more than ever anxious to prevent such a consummation, consented -with considerable difficulty to the project; resolving, at the same -time, to obstruct the departure of Matthioli for France as long -as possible; and writing to M. de Pomponne to delay him and his -business, when at length he arrived there, by every means in his -power.[33] - -Subsequently the procrastinating intentions of Estrades were more -easily put into execution than he expected; for Matthioli, of his -own accord, deferred his journey from spring to autumn on various -pleas, of which the principal one was, his unwillingness to leave -his master, exposed to the insinuations, and perhaps menaces, of the -Spanish partizans, by whom he was surrounded.[34] - -Finally, after many delays, Matthioli, accompanied by Giuliani, set -off for Paris in the beginning of November, 1678, and arrived there -towards the end of the same month.[35] He found the Abbé d'Estrades, -who had quitted his Venetian Embassy, arrived there before him, and -had several interviews with him and M. de Pomponne; during which a -treaty was agreed on to the following effect:-- - -1. That the Duke of Mantua should receive the French troops into -Casale. - -2. That if Lewis sent an army into Italy, the Duke of Mantua should -have the command of it. - -3. That immediately after the execution of the treaty, the sum of -100,000 crowns should be paid to the Duke of Mantua.[36] - -The treaty contained also some other articles of minor importance. - -Matthioli himself had the honour of being received in a secret -audience by Lewis,[37] who made him a present of a valuable -ring.[37] He also received a sum of money for himself,[37] and a -promise of a much larger gratification[38] after the ratification -of the treaty. He was also promised that his son should be made one -of the King's Pages; and that his brother, who was in the Church, -should receive a good benefice.[39] He was then sent back to Italy, -with a detailed instruction from Louvois,[40] upon the manner of -executing the articles of the treaty. - -The French Government was thus far so entirely satisfied of -the sincerity and good faith of Matthioli, and so convinced of -the speedy admission of the French troops into Casale, that -they immediately upon his departure took decided measures in -furtherance of their plan.[41] Thus the Marquis de Boufflers,[42] -Colonel-General of the Dragoons, was sent to take the command of -the forces, which were assembling near the frontier of Italy, -at Briançon, in Dauphiny. Catinat,[43] Brigadier of Infantry, -afterwards the celebrated Marshal of that name, who was to serve -under the command of Boufflers, had orders to conceal himself in -the fortress of Pignerol,[44] and to adopt a feigned name, that of -Richemont;[45] while the Baron d'Asfeld,[46] Colonel of Dragoons, -was despatched to Venice, upon a mission for exchanging the -ratifications of the treaty; for which purpose he was to unite with -M. de Pinchesne, the Chargé d'Affaires there, during the absence of -an ambassador.[47] - -Though these measures were taken with the greatest secrecy, it was -impossible but that the report of the assembling of the French -forces so near the territories of the Duke of Savoy,[48] should -reach the ears of the Spaniards, and excite their suspicions; as -well as those of the Venetians, and of the other Italian states. -Accordingly, we find that remonstrances were several times made -by the ambassadors of the Emperor[49] and King of Spain[50] at -Venice, to the Duke of Mantua, upon the rumour of his intention of -delivering the capital of the Montferrat to Lewis. Ferdinand Charles -denied that this was the case;[51] but was not believed. - -As, therefore, the ferment and discontent in the north of Italy -increased, the agents of the French Government were naturally -anxious that the treaty should be ratified and executed as soon as -possible; for which purpose, the Duke of Mantua had promised to meet -the Baron d'Asfeld at Casale, during the month of February, 1679. -In proportion, however, as the French became more impatient for the -conclusion of the affair, the Count Matthioli found fresh excuses -for delaying it. At one moment his own ill health detained him at -Padua, and prevented his coming to Venice to confer with Messrs. de -Pinchesne and d'Asfeld; at another, the Duke of Mantua could not -raise a sufficient sum of money to enable him to transport his court -to Casale; at another, it was necessary to have time to persuade -Don Vincent Gonzaga[52] to accompany the Duke to Casale, as it was -not considered safe to leave him at Mantua; and again, the Duke of -Mantua was obliged to stay at Venice, having promised to hold a -carrousel there.[53] - -In spite of all these difficulties, it was, however, finally -arranged, that the Baron d'Asfeld and Matthioli should meet, on the -9th of March, at Incréa, a village ten miles from Casale, in order -to make the exchange of the ratifications; that the Duke of Mantua -himself, should go to Casale on the 15th of the same month; and -should put the troops of Lewis into possession of the place on the -18th; on which day, being the ninth after the ratification, it was -decided they could without fail be there.[54] - -The various excuses made by Matthioli, for the non-execution of his -agreement, all more or less frivolous, appear first to have given -to the French Government a suspicion of his fidelity. Whether the -reception of Matthioli at the French court had not been such as -he expected, though it would appear to have been most gracious; -or whether, which is more probable, the sum of money there given -to him did not content him;--or whether, which is also probable, -the Spaniards having got some knowledge of the transaction, had -offered him a still larger bribe, it is impossible for us, at -this distance of time, exactly to decide; but it appears evident, -that, from the time of his return from Paris, his conduct with -regard to the negociation became entirely changed; and he was as -anxious to procrastinate, as he had formerly been to advance it. It -was, therefore, natural for the French diplomatists to conclude, -supported as this opinion also was by various circumstantial -evidence, that he had been bought by the other side--a circumstance -of no extraordinary occurrence in the career of a needy Italian -adventurer. - -His weak and timid master followed implicitly his counsels; but -appears to have been himself in the intention of acting fairly and -faithfully by the French Government. The first intimation that -is given in the correspondence of the suspicions, with regard to -the conduct of Matthioli, occurs in a letter from Pomponne[55] to -Matthioli himself, dated February 21st, 1679, in which he says -that Lewis "is unwilling to doubt that the promise which has been -so solemnly made[56] him will not be kept;" an expression which -certainly seems to imply, that some doubt did exist in the mind of -Lewis and of his ministers upon the subject. - -The next is an elaborate and skilful letter of Estrades to -Matthioli, written on the 24th of March, 1679,[57] from Turin, -where he was then awaiting the execution of the treaty, in which -he mingles promises and threats to encourage him to perform his -stipulations; and shows sufficiently his suspicions to the object -of them, to frighten him; at the same time leaving open the hope of -forgiveness in case of future good conduct. - -By the subsequent letters[58] of Pomponne to Pinchesne, it appears, -that the treachery of Matthioli soon became more apparent. Indeed, -Estrades, during his stay at Turin, obtained the most indubitable -evidence of the fact; for the Duchess of Savoy[59] showed to him the -copies of all the documents relative to the negociation respecting -Casale, which Matthioli had given to the President Turki, one of -her ministers who was in the interests of Spain, when he passed -through Turin on his return from Paris.[60] From Turki, as it -subsequently appeared, Matthioli had received a sum of money for his -information.[61] - -Meanwhile Asfeld was arrested by the orders of the Count de Melgar, -the Spanish Governor of the Milanese, as he was on his way to -the rendezvous at Incréa; and Matthioli was the first person who -acquainted the French agents with this misfortune,[62] as well as -with the fact that the Duke of Mantua had been obliged to conclude a -treaty with the Venetians, in a directly contrary sense to the one -he had first entered into with France;[63] "having probably been," -as Pomponne remarks, in a letter to Pinchesne,[64] "himself the sole -author of the accidents and impediments he acquaints us with." - -Upon the arrival of the intelligence at Paris, of the arrest of -Asfeld, the French ministers, though their suspicions of Matthioli -were now changed into certainties, being still anxious, if possible, -to get possession of Casale, empowered Catinat to supply his place, -and to conclude the ratification of the treaty. Intelligence of this -change was conveyed to Matthioli in a letter[65] from Pomponne, of -the date of March 14th, 1679. - -Catinat accordingly went, on the appointed day, from Pignerol to -Incréa, accompanied by St. Mara,[66] the Commandant of that part -of the fortress of Pignerol, which was appropriated for a state -prison, and by a person of confidence, belonging to the embassy -of Estrades. But the appointed day passed over, without bringing -Matthioli to Incréa; and the next morning Catinat was informed -that his arrival there was discovered; that the peasants of the -neighbourhood were in arms; and that a detachment of cavalry was on -its way, for the purpose of seizing upon him and his companions. -What became of the latter does not appear, except that they escaped -the threatened danger; but he himself got away secretly, and in -disguise, to Casale; where he gave himself out as an officer of the -garrison of Pignerol. The Governor there, who was well-disposed -to the French interest, received him with great civility; and, at -a dinner he gave to him, joined in drinking the King of France's -health with enthusiasm.[67] The next day Catinat was too happy to -return undiscovered to Pignerol. - -Matthioli, meanwhile, instead of keeping his engagement at Incréa, -had returned to Venice, and had had several interviews with -Pinchesne, the particulars of which we are unacquainted with, as the -letters containing the accounts of them, though alluded to by M. de -Pomponne[68] in his answers, have not been published. - -Pinchesne was, at this time, convinced of the perfidy of Matthioli, -having, in addition to various other suspicious circumstances, -discovered that he had been secretly at Milan for some days. He, -however, did not think it advisable entirely to break with him; but -advised him to go and confer with Estrades, at Turin; representing -to him the danger to which he exposed himself if this affair failed -of success through his fault.[69] Matthioli followed the advice of -Pinchesne to his own ruin, and going to Turin, presented himself -forthwith to Estrades,[70] to whom he offered many insufficient -excuses for his delay. - -The vindictive Lewis had, meanwhile, determined to satisfy his -wounded pride and frustrated ambition, by taking the most signal -vengeance of Matthioli; as we find by the following note from -Louvois to his creature, St. Mars, dated, St. Germain, April 27th, -1679.--"The King has sent orders to the Abbé d'Estrades, to try -and arrest a man, with whose conduct his Majesty has reason to be -dissatisfied; of which he has commanded me to acquaint you, in order -that you may not object to receiving him when he shall be sent to -you; and that you may guard him in a manner, that not only he may -not have communication with any one, but that also he may have cause -to repent of his bad conduct; and that it may not be discovered that -you have a new prisoner."[71] - -Nothing therefore could be more opportune to Estrades, than the -arrival of Matthioli at Turin, and accident soon enabled him to lay -a successful plan for executing the wishes of the French monarch. -The plan he is said to have communicated to the Duchess of Savoy, -who consented to the arrest taking place, but objected to its -happening on her territories.[72] - -Matthioli complained much of want of money, occasioned by the -expenses of his journies, and the bribes he had been obliged to -offer to the Duke's mistresses. Estrades took this opportunity of -forwarding his scheme, by telling him that Catinat, who, under the -name of Richemont, commanded the troops destined to take possession -of Casale, had considerable sums at his disposal, which he would -be happy to make so good a use of as in ministering to his wants; -provided he, Matthioli, would give him a meeting on the frontier -towards Pignerol, at which also Estrades would be present.[73] Of -course, the reason assigned for naming the frontier as the place of -rendezvous was, that Catinat could not leave the neighbourhood where -his troops were stationed. - -To this proposition Matthioli readily consented; and having first -made a journey to Casale, he returned and met Estrades (who -was accompanied on this expedition by his relation the Abbé de -Montesquiou) by appointment, in a church half a mile from Turin, -from whence they proceeded together to the frontier. At three miles -from the place of rendezvous they were stopped by a river, of -which the banks were overflowed, and the bridge broken. Matthioli -himself assisted in repairing the bridge, which was to convey him -to his captivity;[74] and they then proceeded on foot to the place -where Catinat awaited them accompanied only by two officers, the -Chevaliers de St. Martin and de Villebois, and by four soldiers of -the garrison of Pignerol.[75] - -Before, however, Matthioli was arrested, Estrades held some -conversation with him, and obliged him, in the presence of Catinat, -to confess that he had in his possession all the original papers -regarding the delivery of Casale, and that they were left in the -custody of his wife at Bologna; who was living in the convent -of the nuns of St. Thomas[76] in that city. This was necessary, -because Matthioli had lately refused to give them up to the Duke -his master,[77] alleging that he no longer knew where they were. -His confession, upon this occasion, afterwards turned out to be -false, and that the papers in question were concealed in a wall at -Padua.[78] - -Immediately after this avowal had been extracted from him, he was -arrested; and offered no resistance, though he always carried a -sword and pistols about his person. He was conducted to Pignerol, -where he arrived late at night. - -Catinat, in his letter to Louvois, giving an account of this -seizure, which took place on the 2d of May, 1679, dwells much upon -the secrecy with which it was effected, so that, says he, "no one -knows the name of the rascal, not even the officers who assisted in -arresting him."[79] And he concludes by mentioning, that in order -to perpetuate the mystery in which his prisoner is enveloped, he -has given him the name of "Lestang,"--"not a soul here knowing who -he is." In the subsequent correspondence of Louvois with Catinat -and St. Mars, he is very generally designated by that name. At -first, St. Mars carried his precaution so far as to serve Matthioli -himself, and not allow any of the garrison to approach him; soon -afterwards his valet, who had been arrested by the exertions of -Estrades,[80] was allowed to attend upon him; and subsequently -St. Mars appointed those of his officers, in whom he had the most -confidence, to assist in guarding him. It may be remembered that -Louvois, in his letter to St. Mars, which has been before quoted, -orders that the prisoner, who was to be brought to Pignerol, "should -have intercourse with no one;" and in the subsequent letters from -the same Minister, difficulties are even made to his being permitted -to see either a physician or a confessor.[81] - -These extraordinary precautions against discovery, and the one which -appears to have been afterwards resorted to, of obliging him to -wear a mask, during his journeys, or when he saw any one, are not -wonderful, when we reflect upon the violent breach of the law of -nations, which had been committed by his imprisonment. Matthioli, at -the time of his arrest, was actually the plenipotentiary[82] of the -Duke of Mantua, for concluding a treaty with the King of France; and -for that very sovereign to kidnap him and confine him in a dungeon -was certainly one of the most flagrant acts of violence that could -be committed; one which, if known, would have had the most injurious -effects upon the negociations of Lewis with other sovereigns; nay, -would probably have indisposed other sovereigns from treating at all -with him. It is true the Duke of Mantua was a prince insignificant -both in power and character, but, if in this way might was allowed -to overcome right, who could possibly tell whose turn might be the -next. Besides, it was important for Lewis that the Duke of Mantua -should also be kept in good humour, the delivery of Casale not -having been effected; nor is it to be supposed that he would have -consented to give it up to the French monarch within two years of -this period, had he had a suspicion of the way his diplomatic agent -and intended prime minister had been treated. The same reasons for -concealment existed till the death of Matthioli, since that event -happened while both Lewis XIV. and the Duke of Mantua were still -alive, which accounts for his confinement continuing to be always -solitary and always secret. - -The arrest of Matthioli, certainly appears to have been the effect -of a vindictive feeling against him in the breast of Lewis himself; -for it is impossible to imagine that any minister would have -ventured, of his own free-will, upon a step by which so much was -to be hazarded, and nothing, in fact, was to be gained. The act is -only to be explained in this manner; that the monarch insisted upon -his revenge, which the ministers were obliged to gratify; and, at -the same time, in order to prevent any ill consequences that might -result from it, determined upon burying the whole transaction under -the most impenetrable veil of mystery. - -The confinement of Matthioli is decidedly one of the deadliest -stains that blot the character of Lewis the Fourteenth: for, -granting that Matthioli betrayed the trust reposed in him by -that monarch, one single act of diplomatic treachery was surely -not sufficient to warrant the infliction of the most horrible -of all punishments,--of solitary confinement, for four and -twenty years, in a dungeon!--It was, however, an act of cruel -injustice that was to be expected from the man, who, when the -unhappy Fouquet[83] was condemned by the tribunals of his country -to exile, himself changed his sentence to that of perpetual -imprisonment;--who, to please his mistress, confined his former -favourite, Lauzun,[84] for nine years in the fortress of Pignerol, -and only then released him in order, by that means, to swindle -Mademoiselle de Montpensier[85] out of her fortune, in favour -of his bastard, the Duke du Maine;--who shut up so many other -persons, guilty only of imaginary crimes, in various prisons, where -they died of misery and ill-treatment;--who revoked the Edict of -Nantes;--ordered the burning of the Palatinate;--persecuted the -saints of Port Royal;--and gloried in the Dragonades, and the war -of the Cevennes;--who, in short, whether we regard him as a man or -a sovereign, was one of the most hardened, cruel, and tyrannical -characters transmitted to us in history. Providence doubtless made -use of him as a scourge befitting the crimes of the age he lived in; -and, in this point of view, his existence was most useful. Nor is -his memory less so; which has been left to us and to all posterity, -as a mighty warning of the effects, even in this world, of -overweening ambition; and as a melancholy example of the perversion -of a proud heart, which "gave not God the glory," and was therefore -abandoned by the Almighty to the effects of its own natural and -irretrievable wickedness. - -After the arrest of Matthioli, he underwent several interrogatories,[86] -in which, in spite of his numerous prevarications, his treachery -was still more amply discovered. The examinations were all sent -to Louvois by Catinat, who, as soon as they were concluded, left -Pignerol, and returned to the court.[87] - -At first, Matthioli was, by the direction of Estrades,[88] -well-treated in his prison; but this was not by any means the -intention of Lewis, and accordingly, we find Louvois writing -thus to St. Mars. "It is not the intention of the King that the -Sieur de Lestang should be _well-treated_; nor that, except the -absolute necessaries of life, you should give him any thing that -may make him pass his time agreeably."[89] Again, in the same -strain: "I have nothing to add to what I have already commanded you -respecting the severity with which the individual named Lestang -must be treated."[90] And again; "You must keep the individual -named Lestang, in the severe confinement I enjoined in my preceding -letters, without allowing him to see a physician, unless you know -he is in absolute want of one."[91] These repeated injunctions to -the same effect are a proof, how much importance the rancorous Lewis -attached to his victim's being compelled to drink the bitter cup of -captivity to the very dregs. - -The harshness and hopelessness of his prison seem to have affected -the intellects of Matthioli,[92] for after he had been nearly a year -confined, St. Mars acquaints Louvois, that "The Sieur de Lestang -complains, he is not treated as a man of his quality, and the -minister of a great prince ought to be; notwithstanding which, I -continue to follow your commands most exactly upon this subject, as -well as on all others. I think he is deranged by the way he talks to -me, telling me he converses every day with God and his angels;--that -they have told him of the death of the Duke of Mantua, and of the -Duke of Lorrain;[93] and as an additional proof of his madness, he -says, that he has the honour of being the near relation of the King, -to whom he wishes to write, to complain of the way in which I treat -him. I have not thought it right to give him paper or ink for that -purpose, perceiving him not to be in his right senses."[94] - -The unhappy prisoner, in his phrensy and despair, sometimes used -very violent language to his keepers, and wrote abusive sentences -with charcoal on the walls of his prison; on which account St. -Mars ordered his lieutenant, Blainvilliers, to threaten him with -punishment, and even to show him a cudgel, with which he was to be -beaten, if he did not behave better. - -These menaces so far intimidated Matthioli, that a few days -afterwards, while Blainvilliers was serving him at dinner, he, in -order to propitiate him, took a valuable ring from his finger and -offered it to him. Blainvilliers told him he could accept nothing -from a prisoner, but that he would deliver it to St. Mars; which he -accordingly did.[95] St. Mars estimates the ring at fifty or sixty -pistoles: and M. Delort conjectures it to have been the one given -to him by Lewis the Fourteenth, during his stay at Paris. St. Mars -inquires from Louvois[96] what he is to do in consequence; and the -latter returns for answer, that he "must keep the ring, which the -Sieur Matthioli has given to the Sieur de Blainvilliers, in order to -restore it to him, if it should ever happen that the King ordered -him to be set at liberty."[97] - -Matthioli apparently expressed a wish to confess to a priest; -and Louvois desires that he may be only allowed to do so once in -the year.[98] It appears that St. Mars had at this time in his -custody a Jacobin monk, with whose crime, as well as name, we are -unacquainted; but in the correspondence of St. Mars and Louvois, -he is designated as "the Jacobin in the lower part of the tower." -This man was mad; very possibly had been made so, like Matthioli, -by solitary confinement and ill-usage. St. Mars advised the putting -Matthioli with him, in order to avoid the necessity of sending for -a priest for each prisoner.[99] To this proposal Louvois returned -the following answer: "I have been made acquainted, by your letter -of the 7th of this month (August 1680), with the proposal you make, -to put the Sieur de Lestang with the Jacobin, in order to avoid the -necessity of having two priests. The King approves of your project, -and you have only to execute it when you please."[100] - -St. Mars, in a letter of the 7th of September, 1680, thus details -the results of the execution of his plan:-- - -"Since you permitted me to put Matthioli with the Jacobin in the -lower part of the tower, the aforesaid Matthioli was, for four or -five days, in the belief that the Jacobin was a man that I had -placed with him to watch his actions. Matthioli, who is almost as -mad as the Jacobin, walked about with long strides, with his cloak -over his nose, crying out that he was not a dupe, but that he knew -more than he would say. The Jacobin, who was always seated on his -truckle bed, with his elbows resting upon his knees, looked at him -gravely, without listening to him. The Signior Matthioli remained -always persuaded that it was a spy that had been placed with him, -till he was one day disabused, by the Jacobin's getting down from -his bed, stark naked, and setting himself to preach, without rhyme -or reason, till he was tired. I and my lieutenants saw all their -manoeuvres through a hole over the door."[101] - -It appears to have been very entertaining to St. Mars and his -lieutenants, to witness the ravings of these two unhappy maniacs; -and there are probably many gaolers who would experience the same -feelings upon a similar occasion: what cannot, however, but strike -us with horror, is the fact that there was found a minister, nay, -a king, and that king one who piqued himself upon professing the -Christian religion,[102] to sanction such a proceeding. It is indeed -most painful to think, that power should have been placed in the -hands of men, who could abuse it by such needless acts of cruelty. - -We have no farther particulars of the state of Matthioli's mind: -but, being more than half-mad at the time he was placed with the -Jacobin, who was quite so, it is probable the company of the latter -increased and perpetuated his phrensy. It is even not impossible -that such may have been the intention of St. Mars, as, while -Matthioli continued insane, it was of course more reasonable and -plausible to continue the extraordinary rigour of his confinement. - -Nor were mental sufferings the only ones which the barbarity of -Lewis and his minister obliged Matthioli to undergo. We have before -seen, from the letters of Louvois to St. Mars, that the latter was -desired generally to treat Matthioli with great severity; afterwards -he writes to him upon the subject of his clothing, "You must make -the clothes of such sort of people as he is last three or four -years."[103] Some idea may also be formed of the kind of furniture -of his dungeon, from the circumstance, mentioned by St. Mars, that, -upon the removal of his prisoner from the fort of Exiles to the -Island of St. Margaret in 1687, his bed had been sold, because it -was so old and broken as not to be worth the carriage; and that all -his furniture and linen being added to it, the sum produced by the -sale was only thirteen crowns.[104] - -It may be worth remarking here that the letter of Louvois, -respecting Matthioli's clothes, is a sufficient answer to the absurd -stories with regard to the richness of the lace, &c. worn by the -Iron Mask; and the relations from St. Mars himself of his threats -to his prisoner, of even corporal punishment, no less disprove the -erroneous accounts of the extraordinary respect shown to him. - -In the year 1681, St. Mars was offered the government of the citadel -of Pignerol, which he declined accepting, for what reasons we -are not told: Lewis, who was anxious to recompense his services -as a gaoler of State prisoners, then gave him the government of -Exiles,[105] a strong fortress and pass near Susa, on the frontier -of Piedmont and the Briançonnois, which was vacant by the death of -the Duke de Lesdiguières; at the same time augmenting the salary -attached to that situation, so as to make it equal to that of the -towns in Flanders.[106] Louvois, in a letter dated May 12th, 1681, -acquaints St. Mars with his appointment; and informs him that "the -two prisoners in the lower part of the tower" are the only ones of -those under his care at Pignerol, whom the King wishes to accompany -him to Exiles.[107] "The two prisoners in the lower part of the -tower," signify, as we have before seen, Matthioli and the monk. - -An additional proof indeed, if any were wanted, that Matthioli -was one of the two prisoners conveyed to Exiles, is given in -the following extract from a letter of Louvois, dated June 9th, -1681:--"With regard to the effects belonging to the Sieur Matthioli -which are in your possession, you will have them taken to Exiles, in -order to be given back to him, if ever his Majesty should order him -to be set at liberty."[108] - -It is to be remarked, that this is the last time Matthioli is -mentioned by name in the correspondence between Louvois and St. -Mars--in consequence, it appears, of what is said by the former in -his letter before quoted of the 12th of May, where he desires a -list of the names of all the prisoners then under the guard of St. -Mars to be sent to him, and adds--"with regard to the two who are -in the lower part of the tower, you need only designate them in -that manner, without adding any thing else."[109] This precaution -was evidently enjoined lest the list should fall into other hands, -while it also shows that the necessity for concealment was still -considered as strong as ever. - -This is also proved by the precautions ordered to be taken during -the journey of the two prisoners, lest they should be seen or -spoken to by any one; and by the repeated orders for their strict -confinement.--"The intention of his Majesty is, that, as soon as -the room at Exiles, which you shall judge the most proper for the -secure keeping of the two prisoners in the lower part of the tower, -shall be in a state to receive them, you should send them out of -the citadel of Pignerol in a litter, and conduct them there under -the escort of your troop."[110] "His Majesty expects that you will -guard the two before-mentioned prisoners, with the same exactitude -you have made use of hitherto."[111] To these instructions St. Mars -returned an answer in the same strain, dated from Pignerol, as he -was on the point of setting off for Exiles.--"In order that the -prisoners may not be seen (at Exiles), they will not leave their -chamber when they hear mass; and in order that they may be kept -the more securely, one of my lieutenants will sleep above them, -and there will be two sentinels night and day, who will watch the -whole round of the tower, without its being possible for them and -the prisoners to see and to speak to one another, or even to hear -any thing of one another. They will be the soldiers of my company, -who will be always the sentinels over the prisoners. There is -only a confessor, about whom I have my doubts; but if you do not -disapprove, I will give them the curate of Exiles instead, who is -a good man, and very old; whom I will forbid, on the part of his -Majesty, to inquire who these prisoners are, or their names, or -what they have been, or to speak of them in any way, or to receive -from them by word of mouth, or by writing, either communications or -notes."[112] - -Before St. Mars removed finally to Exiles, he went there to inspect -the fortress, leaving his prisoners under the guard of one of his -lieutenants; which is here mentioned to show the falseness of the -idea that he never quitted his mysterious prisoner. Louvois enjoined -him before he left them, to arrange the guarding of his prisoners -in such a manner, that no accident might happen to them during his -short absence; and "that they might have no intercourse with any -one, any more than they had had during the time they had been under -his charge."[113] Subsequently Louvois desired him not to be more -than one night at a time absent from Pignerol.[114] - -St. Mars found certain repairs to be necessary to that part of the -fortress of Exiles, which he deemed the most proper residence for -"the two prisoners in the lower part of the tower." He demanded -money for this purpose, and Louvois returned for answer that the -King accorded him a thousand crowns, on condition he kept the grant -a profound secret, and gave out that the repairs he was making, were -at his own expense.[115] This again was evidently for the purpose of -concealing from the neighbourhood, that any prisoners of importance -were to be removed from Pignerol to Exiles. - -The repairs of the tower at Exiles first delayed the removal of -St. Mars, and afterwards he was ordered to stay some time longer -at Pignerol, in order to receive Catinat, who was again sent there -secretly, again under the assumed name of Richemont, and again for -the purpose of taking possession of Casale.[116] This time the King -of France was more fortunate than he had been in 1679, as Casale was -actually sold to him by the Duke of Mantua, in the autumn of this -year, 1681. - -Finally, it appears that St. Mars and his prisoners did not move to -Exiles till late in the autumn of 1681. About this time, St. Mars -apparently requested permission to see and converse with Matthioli -occasionally, for Louvois writes, "this word is only to acknowledge -the receipt of your letter. The King does not disapprove of your -visiting from time to time the last prisoner who has been placed in -your charge, after he shall have been established in his new prison, -and shall have left that where he is at present confined."[117] It -is rather curious to observe, from this document, that St. Mars -was permitted to visit his prisoner at Exiles, but not while he -continued at Pignerol. - -The first communication of St. Mars to Louvois after his arrival -at Exiles, which has been published, is dated December the 4th, -1681,[118] and relates to the sickness of his prisoners: and the -next is a letter, dated March 11th, 1682, containing a similar -detail to those already alluded to, of the precautions he took -for the security and solitary confinement of his two prisoners. -He begins, by intimating that he has again received a charge from -Louvois to that effect, and that he continues to guard his two -prisoners as severely and exactly as he has ever done, and as he -did formerly "Messrs. Fouquet and Lauzun, who could not boast that -they had either sent or received any news, while they were in -confinement." He adds, that the two prisoners can hear the people -who pass along the road at the foot of their prison, but that they -cannot be heard by any one; that, in the same way, they can see -the people who are on the hill opposite their windows, but cannot -themselves be seen, on account of the bars placed across their room; -that there are two sentinels always watching them, and who have also -orders to prevent the passengers stopping under their windows--and -that his own room, being joined to the tower, and commanding a view -of the sentinels, the latter are by this means always kept alert. -That, in the inside of the tower, he has made a partition, which -prevents the priest, who says mass, from seeing the prisoners, as -well as the servants who bring their food--which is afterwards -carried in to them by his lieutenant; who, together with himself, -the confessor, and a physician from Pragelas, a town six leagues -distant, are the only persons who speak to them; the physician only -being allowed to do so in the presence of St. Mars himself. He adds, -that equal precautions are taken with regard to their linen, and -other necessaries.[119] - -From this period, we hear no more of St. Mars and his prisoners -in the published documents, for above three years; his next -communication to Louvois being dated Dec. 23d, 1685; in which he -informs him that his prisoners are still ill, and in a course of -medicine. By the expression _still_ being here used, it would seem -as if their malady had been of considerable duration. He continues, -"they are, however, perfectly tranquil."[120] The mention of their -present tranquillity is certainly an indication that their insanity -had continued, at least at intervals. - -Shortly after this, the Jacobin[121] died. Matthioli continued ill; -and St. Mars, also finding his own health failing him, he[122] -became convinced that the air of Exiles was unwholesome, and -petitioned in consequence for a change of government.[123] Lewis -upon this appointed him, in 1687, to that of the Islands of St. -Margaret and St. Honorat, on the coast of Provence, near Antibes, -and ordered him, as before, to take Matthioli with him. - -As in the case of his removal to Exiles, so, upon the present -occasion, St. Mars went first to look at and prepare the prison -at St. Margaret, before he conveyed his prisoner there.[124] -Previously, however, to leaving him for that purpose, he writes -to Louvois, to assure him once more of the secrecy and security -with which he is confined--"I have given such good orders for the -guarding of my prisoner, that I can answer for his entire security; -as well as for his not now, nor ever, holding any intercourse with -my Lieutenant, whom I have forbidden to speak to him, which is -punctually obeyed."[125] - -He afterwards writes again to the same Minister, from the Island -of St. Margaret, "I promise to conduct my prisoner here in all -security, without any one's seeing or speaking to him. He shall -not hear mass after he leaves Exiles, till he is lodged in the -prison which is preparing for him here, to which a chapel is -attached. I pledge my honour to you for the entire security of my -prisoner."[126] - -St. Mars accordingly returned for Matthioli, and conveyed him to his -new abode, in the manner he had proposed doing, in his letter to -Louvois, of January 20th, 1687--"In a chair, covered with oil-cloth, -into which there would enter a sufficiency of air, without its being -possible for any one to see or speak to him during the journey, not -even the soldiers, whom I shall select to be near the chair."[127] - -In spite of the expectations of St. Mars that, in this mode of -conveyance, his prisoner would have air enough, it appears that he -complained of the want of it, and soon fell ill in consequence. This -is mentioned in a letter of St. Mars, dated May 3d, 1687, giving an -account of their arrival at the Island of St. Margaret, and is the -last of the correspondence between Louvois and St. Mars respecting -Matthioli: "I arrived here the 30th of last month. I was only twelve -days on the journey, in consequence of the illness of my prisoner, -occasioned, as he said, by not having as much air as he wished. I -can assure you that no one has seen him, and that the manner in -which I have guarded and conducted him during all the journey, makes -every body try to conjecture who my prisoner is."[128] - -It was probably, during this journey, that St. Mars first made -use of a mask to hide the features of Matthioli.[129] Not as has -been erroneously supposed a mask made of iron, which it will be -evident, upon the slightest reflection, could not have been borne -upon the face for any long continuance of time, but one of black -velvet,[130] strengthened with whalebone, and fastened behind the -head with a padlock, which did not prevent the prisoner from eating -and drinking, or impede his respiration.[131] - -The identity of Matthioli with the prisoner known by the name -of "the Iron Mask," is here very satisfactorily confirmed by -circumstantial evidence. We have seen that Matthioli and the Jacobin -were placed together at Pignerol; we have seen that they were -designated as "the two prisoners in the lower part of the tower;" we -have seen that "the two prisoners in the lower part of the tower" -were the only ones who accompanied St. Mars when his government -was transferred to Exiles; we have seen the death of the Jacobin -at the latter place; and now we find St. Mars conveying a single -prisoner, designated as "_the prisoner_," with him to St. Margaret, -with a repetition of the same precautions and of the same secrecy -as on former occasions, to which are added the celebrated Mask. Who -could this prisoner be but Matthioli? It is also observable, that -in all the various accounts of the Iron Mask, though the dates are -made to vary, he is always said to have been originally confined at -Pignerol, subsequently at the island of St. Margaret, and finally to -have accompanied St. Mars to the Bastille. - -The prison of Matthioli, at the Island of St. Margaret, was a room -lighted by a single window to the north, pierced in a very thick -wall, guarded by bars of iron, and looking upon the sea.[132] During -his residence in this place, his valet, who, as may be remembered, -had been arrested by Estrades, and who had served his master ever -since his confinement, died, and was buried at midnight, and with -great secrecy. To supply his place, a woman of the neighbourhood was -asked if she would undertake to wait upon the prisoner. At first -she consented to accept of the place, imagining it might be a means -of benefiting her family; but afterwards declined it, upon learning -that she was to be cut off from all further intercourse with the -world, and never even to see her family again.[133] Whether any one -was eventually found to undertake the office, does not appear. - -Among the erroneous anecdotes that have obtained credence with -regard to the Iron Mask, there are two, or rather apparently two -versions of one event, which is said to have taken place while -he was at the island of St. Margaret, but which is proved to be -incorrect, by a letter published by M. Roux (Fazillac). - -One version of the story states, that the mysterious prisoner wrote -his name and qualities with the point of a knife upon a silver -plate, and threw it out of his window; that it was picked up by a -fisherman, who could not read, but brought it to St. Mars; and that -the latter, having ascertained that the man could not read, released -him.[134] The other version is, that the prisoner covered one of his -shirts with writing, and then threw it out of window; a Monk found -it, brought it to the Governor, and assured him he had not read -it; but was himself found dead in his bed two days afterwards, and -was supposed to have been assassinated.[135] The origin of these -stories, is evidently to be found in a letter from St. Mars to the -Minister,[136] dated June 4th, 1692; in which he informs him that he -has been obliged to inflict corporal punishment upon a Protestant -minister, named Salves, who was a prisoner under his care, because -_he would write things upon his pewter vessels, and on his linen, -in order to make known that he was imprisoned unjustly, on account -of the purity of his faith_.[137] Thus we see that this anecdote, -which has been twisted into the history of the Iron Mask, had, in -fact, no relation to him. And this circumstance should put us on -our guard with respect to the many other marvellous stories, which -have probably been pressed in the same way into the service. It is -also worthy of remark that the public having determined that the -Iron Mask was a great Prince, every thing was related in a manner to -favour this opinion--and thus the pewter of the obscure Salves was -turned, in the anecdote, into silver plate. - -After eleven years' tedious confinement at the Island of St. -Margaret, Matthioli accompanied St. Mars to the Bastille, to the -government of which the latter was appointed, upon the death of M. -de Bezemaux, which occurred in the last days of 1697.[138] - -Before his departure from St. Margaret, St. Mars wrote to the -Minister to request that secure lodgings might be provided for -him and his prisoner during the journey; to which he received for -answer, "It will be sufficient that you should lodge as conveniently -and securely as you can, by means of payment."[139] - -St. Mars accordingly set forth on his journey to the Bastille, early -in the autumn of 1698, and in the course of it lodged at his own -estate of Palteau, which he probably considered a securer resting -place for his prisoner than any inn could have been. An account of -his visit to Palteau has been given by one of his descendants, of -whose accuracy no reasonable doubt can be entertained. - -It is there stated, that the masked prisoner arrived at Palteau in a -litter, which preceded the one in which St. Mars himself travelled. -They were accompanied by many men on horseback, and by the peasants -who had gone to meet their landlord. St. Mars always ate with his -prisoner, and the latter sat with his back to the windows of the -dining-room, so that the peasants, who were in the court, could not -see whether he kept his mask on while at meals; but they observed -that St. Mars, who sat opposite to him, had two pistols placed by -the side of his plate. They were served by a single servant, who -brought all the dishes from the anti-room, where they were placed, -and always when he came in or went out shut the door very carefully -after him. When the prisoner crossed the court, he always had his -black mask over his face. The peasants also observed, that his teeth -and lips were seen, that he was tall of stature, and had grey hair. -St. Mars slept in a bed, which had been put up close to that of his -prisoner.[140] - -St. Mars and Matthioli arrived at the Bastille on the 18th of -September, 1698, and the former immediately went to the Minister to -apprize him of their arrival.[141] This event is thus commemorated -in the journal of M. Dujonca,[142] who was for many years the -Lieutenant of the King, at the Bastille:--"Thursday, 18th September, -1698, at three o'clock in the afternoon, M. de St. Mars, Governor -of the Bastille, arrived to take possession of his office, coming -from the Islands of St. Margaret and St. Honorat, bringing with -him in his litter an old prisoner, whom he had under his care -at Pignerol, of whom the name is not mentioned; who is always -kept masked, and who was first placed, till night, in the tower -of the Basiniere,[143] and whom I conducted afterwards myself, -at nine o'clock at night, to the third chamber of the tower of -the Bertaudière;[143] which chamber I had taken care to furnish -with all things necessary before his arrival, having received -orders to that effect from M. de St. Mars. When I conducted him -to the before-mentioned chamber, I was accompanied by the Sieur -Rosarges,[144] whom M. de St. Mars also brought with him, and who is -charged to wait upon and take care of the aforesaid prisoner, who is -fed by the Governor."[145] - -Dujonca's account is confirmed by the extracts of the Register -of the Bastille, published in the work entitled "La Bastille -dévoilée."[146] - -The placing of the prisoner, on his first arrival, temporarily in -one part of the Bastille, and afterwards removing him by night to -another, appears to have been done for the sake of greater secrecy; -and we see by this, as well as by the account of his visit to -Palteau, that the precautions against the possibility of discovery -of his name and character were in no way diminished. - -He certainly continued, from all accounts, to wear his mask from -the time of his arrival at the Bastille till his death. We learn -from the persons who saw him at Palteau that he was tall of stature; -and an old physician, who had attended him at the Bastille when -he was ill, described him (if we may credit Voltaire) as well -made, of a brown complexion, and possessing an agreeable voice. -He attended mass occasionally, and was forbid in his way there to -speak to any one. The invalids were ordered to fire upon him if he -disobeyed.[147] He is also said to have occupied himself a good deal -during his confinement with playing on the guitar.[148] - -These are all the particulars, worthy of credit, to be collected -respecting Matthioli during his confinement at the Bastille, which -lasted rather more than five years. He died there after a few hours' -illness, November 19th, 1703. Dujonca's journal gives the following -account of his decease and interment. - -"Monday, 19th November, 1708. The unknown prisoner, who was always -masked with a mask of black velvet, whom M. de St. Mars brought with -him, when he came from the Islands of St Margaret, and whom he had -had the care of for a long time, having found himself rather more -unwell when he came out from mass, died to-day, about ten o'clock -in the evening, without having had any considerable illness. M. -Girault, our chaplain, confessed him yesterday. Death having come -suddenly on, he was not able to receive his sacraments, and our -chaplain only had time to exhort him for a moment before he died. He -was interred on Tuesday the 20th November, at four in the afternoon, -in the church-yard of St. Paul, which is our parish. His interment -cost forty livres." - -This extract is confirmed in its facts by the register of the -Bastille,[149] as well as by the register of burials of the church -of St. Paul, at Paris. The former document also informs us that -he was wrapped in "a winding-sheet of new linen,"[150]--and the -latter, that he was buried in the presence of Rosarges, Major of the -Bastille, and of Reilh, Surgeon-Major of the same prison. - -In the register of the church he is designated by the name of -Marchialy, and his age is entered as forty-five; assertions which -are both of them evidently incorrect, and probably only made in -order to mislead the curious. At the time of his death, Matthioli -was sixty-three years of age, as appears from the date of his birth -before given. Shortly before he died, he told the Apothecary of the -Bastille that he believed he was sixty years[151] old--a degree -of inaccuracy as to his own age, which is easily to be conceived -in a man who had been so long and so rigorously imprisoned. His -confinement had lasted above twenty-four years. - -After the decease of Matthioli, every thing was done to endeavour -to destroy all trace even of his former existence. His clothes were -burnt, as was all the furniture of his room; the silver plate, the -copper, and the pewter, which had been used by him, were melted -down; the walls of his chamber were first scraped, and then fresh -white-washed; the floor was new paved; the old ceiling was taken -away and renewed; the doors and windows were burnt; and every corner -was searched in which it was thought any paper, linen, or other -memorial of him might be concealed.[152] - -Thus were continued, to the very last, the same extraordinary -precautions against discovery, which marked the whole imprisonment -of the mysterious prisoner: a circumstance, which of itself -certainly affords a strong confirmation of the fact, that the _Iron -Mask of the Bastille_, was one and the same person with the _Count -Matthioli_, who had been so secretly introduced into Pignerol, and -so mysteriously conveyed from place to place by St. Mars. But the -actual proof of this is only to be found in the documents which form -the groundwork of the preceding narrative; and which, undoubtedly, -do present a most convincing and satisfactory chain of evidence upon -the subject. - -An important corroboration of this evidence is also derived from the -well-attested fact, that Lewis the Fifteenth, who is allowed, on all -hands, to have known the history of the Iron Mask, affirmed, more -than once, that _he was the minister of an Italian sovereign_. He -told the Duke de Choiseul,[153] on one occasion, that he knew who -the Iron Mask was; and, upon the Duke's questioning him further, -would only add, _that all the conjectures hitherto made upon the -subject were erroneous_.[154] The Duke then begged Madame de -Pompadour[156] to ask the King who it was; she did so, and his -reply was, "_The minister of an Italian prince_!"[157] The Duke -de Choiseul, unsatisfied by this reply, which he considered to be -only an evasion, took another opportunity of again applying to the -King upon the subject, who again answered, "_He believed that the -prisoner was a minister of one of the courts of Italy_!"[158] - -Thus has the ill-fated Matthioli been identified with the Iron Mask, -and traced through his long and dreary prison to his grave. It is -probable that much of the illusion and interest, which accompanied -the mysterious appellation of _the Iron Mask_, will be destroyed by -the certainty of who he really was; as well as by the comparative -insignificance of the personage who has successfully laid claim to -the title. Still it is surely satisfactory that truth, after being -so long overwhelmed by error, should be at length triumphant. - -The lovers of romance, who still wish to know more of the -magnificent conjectures of former days; or who desire to be made -acquainted with the reasons that induced a belief, that the Iron -Mask was either the Duke de Beaufort; or the Count de Vermandois; -or the Duke of Monmouth; or an elder or a twin-brother of Lewis the -Fourteenth; or a son of Oliver Cromwell; or Arwediks, the Armenian -Patriarch; are referred to Voltaire, Dutens, St. Foix, La Grange -Chancel, Gibbon, the Père Papon, the Père Griffet, the Chevalier -de Taulés, and Mr. Quintin Craufurd. Of these accounts, perhaps -Voltaire's is the least curious, find Mr. Craufurd's the most so; -because the first did not seek for truth, but only wished to invent -a moving tale; while the latter was most anxious to arrive at the -truth, and had all the advantage in his researches of the former -writers upon the same subject. - -FOOTNOTES: - - [1] "L'homme au masque de fer." - - [2] M. Roux (Fazillac) published several of the documents, - since republished by M. Delort, but he does not appear to have - seen the whole series; and therefore his reasoning upon the - subject is inconclusive. M. Delort has, however, copied a great - deal from him in his narrative--whole sentences sometimes, word - for word, without any acknowledgment of the plagiarism. - - [3] Delort. - - [4] The Abbé d'Estrades, Ambassador for a considerable time - from Lewis the Fourteenth, to the Republic of Venice, was son - of Godfrey, Count d'Estrades, so long employed in negociations - and embassies in Holland, and who was one of the eight Marshals - of France made upon the death of Turenne. Madame Cornuel called - them, "La Monnoie de M. de Turenne." - - [5] Ferdinand Charles IV., Duke of Mantua, a weak and - unfortunate Prince. Died July the 5th, 1708, as it is said of - poison, administered by a lady he was in love with. - - [6] Casale did not come into the possession of the French till - 1681. In 1695, it was taken by the Allies, and its - fortifications demolished. It was, however, retaken by the - French, and fortified again. The King of Sardinia, (Victor - Amadeus,) made himself master of it in 1706. His successor, - Charles Emmanuel, lost it again to the French in 1745, but - regained it the following year. - - [7] The strong fort of Pignerol, acquired to the Crown of - France by the negociations of Richelieu, continued in their - possession for 68 years. In 1696, it was restored by treaty to - Victor Amadeus II., Duke of Savoy; its fortifications having - been previously dismantled. - - [8] Victor Amadeus I., Duke of Savoy, a prince of great bravery - and considerable talent. He married Christina, daughter of - Henry IV., King of France, by whom he had two sons, Francis - Hyacinth and Charles Emmanuel II., successively Dukes of Savoy. - Died October 7th, 1637. He was the first Duke of Savoy, who - appropriated to himself the title of _Royal Highness_. - - [9] Isabella Clara, of Austria, daughter of the Archduke - Leopold, who was grandson of the Emperor Ferdinand III. Married - June 13th, 1649, to Charles III., Duke of Mantua. - - [10] Appendix, No. 1. - - [11] Appendix, No. 1. - - [12] The Empress Eleanor was daughter of Charles, Duke of - Rhetelois, who died in the life-time of his father, Charles I. - Duke of Mantua, in spite of which he is generally denominated - by historians, Charles II., Duke of Mantua. She became, on the - 30th of April, 1651, the third wife of Ferdinand III., Emperor - of Germany, whom she survived many years, and died December - 5th, 1686. She was the aunt of Ferdinand Charles IV., Duke of - Mantua. - - [13] Thomas de la Cerda, Marquis of Laguna, in Spain, married - April 22, 1672, to Maria Louisa, only daughter of Vespasian - Gonzaga, only brother of Ferdinand III., the reigning Duke of - Guastalla. - - [14] The Monk Bulgarini appears to have been the confessor and - favourite of the Duchess-mother of Mantua; and to have been - entirely devoted to the Spanish interests. - - [15] The profession of Giuliani was, that of an editor of - newspapers, in which capacity he was in the habit of travelling - from town to town, to collect and convey news. See Appendix, - No. 98. - - [16] Alphonso IV., Duke of Modena, succeeded his father Francis - I. in his territories, and in the command in chief of the - French army in Italy, in 1658. Died in the 29th year of his - age, July 16, 1662, having married, May 27, 1655, Laura - Martinozzi, niece of Cardinal Mazarin. - - [17] Charles III., Duke of Mantua, father of Ferdinand Charles - IV., the reigning Duke, had the command of the Imperial Army - in Italy, and took upon himself the office of Vicar General - of the Empire in Italy, during the interregnum which followed - the death of the Emperor Ferdinand III. in 1657, in virtue of - a diploma, lately granted to him by that Prince. His right was - contested by the Duke of Savoy, who, upon the ground of old - usage, claimed the office for himself. The Electors of the - Empire annulled the appointment of the Duke of Mantua. - - [18] Appendix, No. 1. - - [19] Appendix, No. 1. - - [20] Appendix, No. 1. - - [21] Cæsar Bishop of Laon and Cardinal d'Estrées, son of - the first Marshal of France of that name, was employed in - various negociations with the Princes of Italy; but is now - more remembered for his courtier-like reply to Lewis XIV. That - Monarch one day at dinner complained of having lost all his - teeth. "And who is there, Sire, that has any teeth?" said the - Cardinal (Sire, et qui est-ce qui a des dents?) What made the - flattery the more ludicrously gross was, that the Cardinal, - though an old man, had remarkably fine teeth, and showed them - very much whenever he opened his mouth. - - [22] Appendix, No. 2. - - [23] Appendix, No. 8. - - [24] 1677. - - [25] Simon Arnaud de Pomponne, Secretary of State for Foreign - Affairs from 1671 to 1679, when he was dismissed from his - office, but retained the title of Minister of State, with - permission to attend the Council. A man, like so many of his - race, who united considerable talents to great excellence of - character. Madame de Sévigné says, in speaking of the eminent - station he had filled, that "Fortune had wished to make use of - his virtues for the happiness of others." - - [26] Ferdinand III., Duke of Guastalla, descended from a - younger branch of the House of Gonzaga; and the heir to the - Duchy of Mantua, if he survived Ferdinand Charles; which - however was not the case. He died of dropsy, January 11th, - 1678. - - [27] Anne Isabella, eldest daughter of Ferdinand III., Duke of - Guastalla, married August 13th, 1671, to Ferdinand Charles IV., - Duke of Mantua, by whom she had no offspring. - - [28] This is evidently a mistake, and should be read _niece_ - instead of _second daughter_. It alludes to Maria Louisa, - only daughter of Vespasian Gonzaga, only brother of Ferdinand - III., Duke of Guastalla, married to a Spanish nobleman, Thomas - de la Cerda, Marquis of Laguna. At this time neither of the - daughters of Ferdinand had children, and _she_, consequently, - after them, was the heiress of their claims upon the Duchies of - Guastalla and Mantua. The second daughter of Ferdinand III., - Maria Victoria, married June 30th, 1769, Vincent Gonzaga Count - of St. Paul--the person who is here erroneously described as - having been the means of marrying her to another person. - - [29] Vincent Gonzaga, Count of St. Paul, afterwards Duke of - Guastalla, was descended from a younger son of Ferrant II., - first Duke of Guastalla. After contesting for many years his - right to that Duchy with Ferdinand Charles IV., Duke of Mantua; - during which they were both merely made use of, by turns, as - the instruments of the French and Austrian domination; he - was finally successful in establishing himself at Guastalla - in 1706, where he died April 28th, 1714. By his wife, Maria - Victoria, second daughter of Ferdinand III., Duke of Guastalla, - he left two sons, who successively succeeded him in the - sovereignty of that Duchy. - - [30] Appendix, No. 9. - - [31] Appendix, No. 10. - - [32] Appendix, No. 17. - - [33] Appendix, No. 18. - - [34] Appendix, Nos. 24, 28, 29, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 39, 40. - - [35] Appendix, No. 47. - - [36] Delort, quoting from an Italian manuscript, in the records - of the office of the French Secretary of State for Foreign - Affairs, which appears to have been written by Giuliani. - - [37] Delort, quoting from the same authority. - - [38] M. Delort says the sum actually given to Matthioli, was - 400 Doubles, and the sum promised him 400,000 Doubles, which, - from its largeness, he conceives must be a mistake; but he adds - that it is so written in the Italian manuscripts before - referred to. - - [39] Delort. - - [40] Francis Michael Le Tellier, Marquis de Louvois, son of - the Chancellor Le Tellier, Secretary of State for the War - department, from 1666, to the time of his death, in 1691, which - occurring suddenly, and just as he was on the point of being - disgraced, gave occasion to a report that he was poisoned: for - which, however, it appears there was no foundation. He was of a - haughty and cruel disposition, and was the minister who planned - and ordered the inhuman ravages of the Palatinate, which have - so indelibly disgraced the reign of his master. - - [41] Delort. - - [42] Lewis Francis, Marquis and afterwards Duc de Boufflers, - Marshal of France in 1693. Died in 1711. One of the best of - Lewis the Fourteenth's generals. - - [43] Nicholas de Catinat, Marshal of France in 1698. "He - united," says Voltaire, "philosophy to great military talents. - The last day he commanded in Italy, he gave for the watch-word, - 'Paris and St. Gratien,' the name of his country house. He died - there in the retirement of a real sage, (having refused the - blue ribbon) in 1712." - - [44] Upon reference to the Mémoires de Catinat, published in - 1819, this event is found to be thus adverted to:--"In 1679, - Catinat was charged with some negociations with the Duke of - Mantua; but the affair failed of success, in consequence of the - treachery of the Secretary of that prince. Catinat, according - to the King's orders, was anxious to punish the traitor. He - remained at Pignerol some days, and having engaged him in a - hunting party, had him arrested." It also appears from these - Memoirs, that both Catinat and Boufflers were again despatched - to Italy on the same errand, in 1681, when Casale was really - given up to Lewis; and on this occasion, Louvois, in his - instruction to Boufflers, mentions Matthioli by name, as the - person whose treachery had prevented the success of the former - negociation. - - [45] Appendix, Nos. 52, 62, 64, 73, 76, 77, 78. - - [46] I am not sure whether I am correct in imagining that this - was the Marshal d'Asfeld, who distinguished himself at the - battle of Almanza, and died at great old age, in 1743. - - [47] Appendix, Nos. 52, 54, 55. - - [48] Victor Amadeus II., at this time a minor, and under the - Regency of his mother, Mary Jane de Nemours. In 1713, he became - King of Sicily, which kingdom he was compelled to exchange for - that of Sardinia, in 1720; abdicated the throne in favour of - his son, in 1730; and died in 1732. This prince possessed in an - eminent degree, the attributes of his race--valour and skill in - military matters, and faithlessness in his treaties and - engagements with his brother sovereigns. - - [49] Leopold I. succeeded Ferdinand III. in 1657, died in 1705. - - [50] Charles II. the last King of Spain of the House of - Austria.--Died in 1700. - - [51] Appendix, Nos. 68, 69, 89. - - [52] See ante, note, page 18. - - [53] Appendix, No. 66. - - [54] Appendix, No. 68. - - [55] Appendix, No. 67. - - [56] Namely, of the delivery of Casale. - - [57] Appendix, No. 72. - - [58] Appendix, Nos. 75, 79, 81, 83, 88. - - [59] Mary Jane Baptista of Savoy, daughter of Charles Amadeus, - Duke of Nemours and Aumale, (who was killed in a duel by his - brother-in-law, the Duke of Beaufort). Married May 11th, 1665, - to Charles Emmanuel II., Duke of Savoy; Regent of the - territories of her son during his minority. Died March 15th, - 1724. - - [60] Delort. Appendix, Nos. 87, 92, 95. - - [61] Appendix, No. 92. - - [62] Appendix, No. 70. - - [63] Delort. - - [64] Appendix, No. 75. - - [65] Appendix, No. 71. - - [66] Benigne d'Auvergne de Saint-Mars, Seigneur of Dimon and - Palteau; Bailli and Governor of Sens; successively Governor of - Exiles, the Island of St. Marguerite, and the Bastille. At - Pignerol he had only the command of the state prisoners, the - Marquis d'Herleville being governor of the fortress. St. Mars - came to Pignerol a short time before the arrival there of - Fouquet, who was the first prisoner confided to his care. - - [67] Roux (Fazillac.) - - [68] Appendix, Nos. 79, 81. - - [69] Delort. - - [70] Appendix, No. 88. - - [71] Appendix, No. 82. - - [72] Delort. - - [73] M. Roux (Fazillac) gives these particulars, upon the - authority of a letter from Estrades to Pomponne, of May 7th, - 1679; and of one from Catinat to Louvois of the same date; - neither of which are published. - - [74] Roux (Fazillac.) - - [75] Appendix, No. 84. - - [76] Ibid. - - [77] Delort. - - [78] Appendix, No. 85. - - [79] Appendix, No. 84. - - [80] Ibid. No. 85. - - [81] Appendix, Nos. 96, 103, 104. - - [82] Ibid. No. 48. - - [83] Nicholas Fouquet, "Surintendant des Finances," in 1653. - The most lavish, but the most amiable of financiers.--Disgraced - in 1664, when he was condemned, by the commissioners appointed - to inquire into his conduct, to banishment. The sentence was - commuted by the King himself to perpetual imprisonment; and - Fouquet died in the citadel of Pignerol, in 1680. On his trial - he defended himself with great spirit and talent. See Madame de - Sévigné's interesting Letters to M. de Pomponne upon the - subject. - - [84] Anthony Nompar de Caumont, Marquis of Peguilhem, and - afterwards Duke of Lauzun: whose adventures and eccentricities - are too well known to require relation here. It is in speaking - of him that La Bruyère says, "Il n'est pas permis aux autres - hommes de rêver, comme il a vécu." - - [85] Anne Mary Louisa, of Orleans, Mademoiselle de Montpensier, - commonly called the "Grande Mademoiselle."--A woman of an - unpleasant character, according to her own showing in her - Memoirs; but who certainly did not deserve to be the victim, as - she was, in different ways, of two such men as Lewis and - Lauzun. - - [86] Appendix, Nos. 85, 87, 91, 92, 94, 95, 97. - - [87] Ibid. No. 97. - - [88] Ibid. Nos. 84, 85. - - [89] Appendix, No. 90. - - [90] Ibid. No. 93. - - [91] Ibid. No. 96. - - [92] Ibid. No. 101. - - [93] Charles IV. or V., for he is sometimes called one and - sometimes the other, was the son of Nicholas Francis, Cardinal, - and afterwards Duke of Lorrain. On the death of his uncle, - Charles IV., he took the barren titles of Duke of Lorrain and - Bar, but never obtained possession of his territories, (which - were usurped by France,) "though his military, political, and - Christian virtues and talents, made him worthy to occupy the - first throne in the universe." He commanded the armies of the - Emperor for some years with the greatest distinction, married - the Archduchess Eleanor, widow of Michael Wiecnowiecki, King of - Poland, and died in 1690. Lewis the Fourteenth, on hearing of - his death, said of him, "that he was the greatest, wisest, and - most generous of his enemies." - - [94] Appendix, No. 102. - - [95] Appendix, No. 107. - - [96] Appendix, No. 106. - - [97] Appendix, No. 108. - - [98] Appendix, No. 103. - - [99] Appendix, No. 104. - - [100] Ibid. - - [101] Appendix, No. 105. - - [102] If we were to judge of the Christian religion by the - manner in which it was professed by Lewis the Fourteenth, we - should indeed have a most perverted idea of its precepts. It - seems as if the pseudo-christianity of that monarch, only - incited him to acts of narrow-minded bigotry and cruelty, - allowing, at the same time, full latitude to every kind of - licentious excess; while it debarred him from the exercise of - humanity and toleration. A good measure of the nature and - extent of his religious knowledge and feelings is acquired, by - the anecdote respecting Fontpertuis and the Duke of Orleans. - When the latter was going into Spain, Lewis objected to his - taking the former with him, because he was a Jansenist; but - withdrew the objection when assured by the duke that he was - only an atheist! - - [103] M. Roux (Fazillac), quoting from an unpublished letter of - Louvois to St. Mars, dated December 14th, 1681. - - [104] About 1_l._ 12_s._ 0_d._ Appendix, No. 126. - - [105] Exiles was taken from the French in 1708, by the Duke of - Savoy, but restored to them by the treaty of Utrecht. - - [106] Appendix, No. 111. - - [107] Appendix, No. 111. - - [108] Appendix, No. 112. - - [109] Appendix, No. 111. - - [110] Appendix, No. 112. - - [111] Ibid. - - [112] Appendix, No. 115. - - [113] Appendix, No. 111. - - [114] Appendix, No. 117. - - [115] Appendix, No. 113. - - [116] Appendix, Nos. 114, 115. - - [117] Appendix, No. 120. - - [118] Appendix, No. 121. - - [119] Appendix, No. 121. - - [120] Appendix, No. 123. - - [121] Roux (Fazillac). - - [122] Ibid. - - [123] Ibid. - - [124] Appendix, Nos. 124, 125. - - [125] Appendix, No. 124. - - [126] Appendix, No. 125. - - [127] Appendix, No. 124. - - [128] Appendix, No. 126. - - [129] Delort. - - [130] Extract of Dujonca's journal, in Mr. Craufurd's article - upon "L'Homme au Masque de fer." - - [131] Delort. - - [132] Papon in his "Histoire générale de Provence" informs us - that he went to see the room. - - [133] "Histoire générale de Provence, du Père Papon." - - [134] See "Mélanges d'Histoire et de Littérature," by Mr. - Quintin Craufurd. - - [135] See the same work of Mr. Quintin Craufurd. - - [136] This must have been Lewis Francis Le Tellier, Marquis de - Barbezieux, who, in the preceding year, had succeeded his - father, Louvois, in the post of Secretary of State for the War - Department. He was an indolent but intelligent Minister.--Died - in 1701, aged 33. - - [137] Appendix, No. 127. - - [138] Delort. - - [139] Delort, quoting from an unpublished letter (probably from - Barbezieux), dated August 4th, 1698.--It may be as well to - mention here that M. Delort frequently quotes portions of - letters from the French Archives, but does not publish them in - his appendix. When in the course of this narrative the name of - M. Delort is given as an authority, it is, for the most part, - under these circumstances. - - [140] Such is the account given by M. de Palteau, the direct - descendant of St. Mars, in a letter to Freron, dated Palteau, - June 19th, 1768. It was published in the "Année Littéraire" for - that year, and has since been republished by Mr. Craufurd, in - his paper on the Iron Mask. - - [141] Delort. - - [142] The place of "Lieutenant de Roi," at the Bastille, was - created by Lewis the Fourteenth, for M. Dujonca, who had been - "Exempt" of one of the regiments of the King's Body-guards. He - acquired great credit by his endeavours to procure the release - of the prisoners under his care, whom, upon inquiry, he found - to be unjustly detained. Some one represented to him that he - would deprive himself of a great portion of his profits by thus - diminishing the number of prisoners--to which he replied, "_I - can only lose my money, but these unhappy people are deprived - of what is more valuable to them than even life itself._" - - [143] These towers are supposed to have been so called from the - names of the architects who built them. - - [144] Rosarges was made Major of the Bastille by St. Mars. - - [145] Extract from the Journal of Dujonca, first published by - Griffet, then by St. Foix, and subsequently by Mr. Craufurd. - - [146] Appendix, No. 128. - - [147] Mr. Craufurd, on the authority of Linguet. - - [148] Delort and Craufurd. - - [149] Appendix, No. 129. - - [150] Appendix, No. 129. - - [151] Delort. - - [152] Mr. Craufurd, on the authority of M. Delaunay, Governor - of the Bastille. Also Register of the Bastille; for which see - Appendix, No. 129. - - [153] Stephen Francis, Duke de Choiseul, Prime Minister under - Lewis the Fifteenth, for above twelve years. A man of some - talent, but an unskilful and extravagant minister; in spite of - which, on his disgrace, (through the means of Madame du Barri, - in 1770) he was turned into a martyr, by the influence of the - ladies of the court, who were angry with the King for choosing - his mistresses from the lower orders, instead of among them. To - do him honour snuff-boxes were made, bearing the head of Sully - on one side, and that of the Duke de Choiseul on the other. One - of them being shown to _Sophie Arnoud_, the actress, celebrated - for her repartees, she looked at the two sides, and said, - "_C'est la recette--et la dépense_." - - [154] This first answer of the king ought not to be entirely - overlooked; as, it will be remembered, that at the time it was - made, the minister of the Duke of Mantua had not been mentioned - by any one as the Iron Mask. He was first suggested to have - been that prisoner, by the Baron de Heiss, in a letter to the - authors of the "Journal Encyclopédique," dated Phalsbourg, June - 28th, 1770; in which he grounded his opinion upon a letter, - published in a work entitled "L'Histoire Abregée de l'Europe;" - published at Leyden in 1687; giving a detailed account of - the arrest, by French agents, of a secretary of the Duke of - Mantua.[155] M. Dutens, in his "Correspondance Interceptée," - published in 1789, held the same opinion, grounded upon the - same authority. He afterwards repeated the same opinion in his - "Mémoires d'un Voyageur, qui se repose." Finally, M. Roux, - (Fazillac) in 1801, published his work upon the Iron Mask; - in which he supported the same opinion; and attached to the - Secretary the name of Matthioli. - - [155] See Appendix, No. 133. - - [156] Jane Antoinette Poisson, married to a financier named Le - Normand d'Etioles; created Marquise de Pompadour by Lewis the - Fifteenth, of whom she was first the mistress, and afterwards - the minister of his disgraceful debauches. At her death, in - 1765, the King showed no signs of grief; and on seeing her - funeral go by his windows on a rainy day, his only remark was, - "La Marquise aura aujourd'hui un mauvais temps pour son - voyage!" - - [157] Appendix, No. 131. - - [158] Appendix, Nos. 131, 132. Madame Campan mentions having - heard Lewis the Sixteenth tell his wife, that the Count de - Maurepas (who, both from his age and situation, was very likely - to know the truth,) had informed him that the _Iron Mask_ was - "a prisoner dangerous from his intriguing disposition, and a - subject of the Duke of Mantua." - - - - - APPENDIX. - - - - -APPENDIX. - - -No. 1. - -ESTRADES TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Commencement of the Negociation.--State of the Court of - Mantua.--Influence of the Spaniards there. - - Venice, Dec 18th, 1677. - - SIRE, - -As the grief I felt at having displeased your Majesty was extreme, -so my joy is not less to learn from M. de Pomponne, that your -Majesty has had the goodness to pardon me my too great facility; -and that you have been graciously pleased to listen to the reasons, -which I took the liberty to offer to you, in justification of -the innocence of my intentions; however, Sire, this misfortune -will oblige me, in future, to act in all things with so great a -circumspection, that your Majesty will, I hope, never have cause to -be dissatisfied with my conduct. - -I have thus far deferred informing your Majesty of a project, which -my anxiety for your service has suggested to me, because the success -of it appeared so difficult that I did not venture to propose it, -till I saw some chance of being able to accomplish it; but, as the -affair is at present in a favourable state, I can almost assure -your Majesty, that the conclusion of it will depend upon yourself. -I shall now give you an exact account of it, in order that I may -receive the orders it shall please you to send me; which I will take -care to execute punctually. About four months ago, having become -more particularly acquainted with the divisions at the Court at -Mantua than before was the case, and having heard that the Duke of -Mantua was not so abandoned to his pleasures, but that he still had -some ambition, and much chagrin at the state to which he was reduced -by his mother, and his suspicions of the Spaniards; I hoped that -it would not be impossible, to detach him entirely from them, to -induce him to enter into the views of your Majesty, and to persuade -him really to treat respecting Casale. I have thought that I could -not employ any one in this affair more proper to conduct it, than a -certain Count Matthioli, who is entirely devoted to that prince; I -had already known him for some time, and he had testified a great -desire of rendering himself agreeable to your Majesty by some -service. I knew that he had been Secretary of State to the late Duke -of Mantua, that the present one had preserved much affection for -him, and that he was well-informed of the different interests of -the Princes of Italy; but as he had been much in the Milanese, and -had had a good deal of access to the Spanish ministers, I would not -put any confidence in him, till I had first tried him. I therefore -charged the individual, named Giuliani, to whom your Majesty had -the goodness to make six months ago a gratification, and who has -a zeal for your service which prevents my having any doubt of his -fidelity, to observe Matthioli attentively and secretly; and after -I had been sufficiently informed that he was much discontented with -the Spaniards, who had always amused him with hopes, and afterwards -abandoned him, I sent Giuliani, in the month of last October, to -Verona, where he went under pretext of his private affairs; but in -fact, to put Matthioli, who was there, upon the subject of the Duke -of Mantua, according to the instruction I had given him, and to -represent to him that those who had an attachment for their prince, -could not but be much afflicted to see him, at his age, still under -the guidance of his mother; without money, without authority, always -in a state of suspicion against those who are habitually about him; -and what is worse, in so insensible a state, that he only thought -of passing his life with actresses and women of the town; which -had made him lose the esteem of every body, and the consideration -which his rank ought to have given him: that so strange a way of -life, as well as the opinion that was prevalent that he would never -have children by his wife, though she was as young as himself, -induced the Spaniards to foment the divisions that existed in this -Court, in order to profit by them, and to try and obtain possession -of Casale and of all the Montferrat; that the said Giuliani had -heard me say, that I was well-informed that the Empress Eleanor -had already declared her pretensions to put herself in possession -of that part of the territories of Mantua; that the king of Spain -supported strongly those of a Spanish nobleman, who, in virtue of -his marriage with the niece of the Duke of Guastalla, by whom he -has children, maintains that he is the sole heir of that duke, to -the prejudice of the Duke of Mantua, who has married his daughter, -and who is besides his nearest relation; that, on the other hand, -the absolute control over all the territories of this prince, and -all the revenues, were in the hands of his mother and of the monk -Bulgarini; that, of all those who serve him as ministers, some are -gained by the Spaniards, others by the Empress Eleanor, and the -rest by the Duke of Guastalla; that his mother has also a part of -them on her side, but that these are the smallest number, and in -short, that it is a sort of miracle that he has not been already -deprived of his territories, but that he runs the risk of it every -day, and that the misfortune may happen to him when he is the least -prepared for it; that he has no choice of the means to be made use -of to guarantee himself against it, but that it is the protection -of your Majesty which is alone able to give him complete security. -Matthioli replied to him, that all he had been saying to him was -quite true, and that he had long, with grief, seen the truth of it; -but that there was still a remedy for so great an evil; that he -was sufficiently acquainted with the Duke of Mantua to know that -he had more talent and ambition than he was thought to have; that, -if I approved of it, he would discover his real sentiments, and -that he would charge himself with whatever negociation I wished. -That, meanwhile, he would go to----[159], in order to be nearer to -Mantua, where he could not go without making himself suspected by -the different parties who governed there, and that there he would -wait till I made known to him my intentions. Some days afterwards, -he sent me word that he had found means to have a secret interview -with the Duke of Mantua; and that he wished me, in order that we -might act in concert, to send him Giuliani, whom I have always made -use of in the different journeys that were to be made, because his -employment of sending the news through the different parts of Italy, -gave him occasion to go from one town to another, and prevented any -suspicion of him, as there would have infallibly been, if I had sent -any one of my household. I despatched him, therefore, with a new -instruction, and not only had he an audience of the Duke of Mantua, -to whom he spoke as I had desired him, but this prince even approved -very much of the proposition that was made him, to deliver him from -the continual inquietudes caused him by the Spaniards, and that, -for this purpose, Casale should be put into your Majesty's hands, -with the understanding that I should try to obtain from you in his -favour all that he could reasonably ask for. Finally, he declared -that his resolution was taken upon this subject, but, that things -might be better adjusted, he wished to communicate it to two of his -counsellors, in whom he had the most confidence, and that he gave -the selection of them to Matthioli, in order that he might be quite -secure of them. Matthioli named the Marquis Cavriani and Joseph -Varano, in whom he has confidence. Meanwhile the Duke of Mantua sent -Giuliani to me, to acquaint me with what had passed, and recommended -him to return as soon as possible, in order to receive the draft of -the plan, which would then be prepared--and to convey it to me. I -was much pleased, Sire, to see the affair in so good a train. I sent -Giuliani back quickly, and ordered him to tell the Duke of Mantua -that I entreated him to allow me to have a conference with him; that -your Majesty had not as yet any knowledge of the proposed treaty, -because I could not venture to go so far as that, without being -certain first that he would not disavow me in what I should have -the honour of writing to your Majesty, and also that he would have -sufficient power to execute what had been arranged. - -Giuliani returned here yesterday, bringing me as favourable answers -as I could possibly desire. He told me that the two counsellors of -the Duke of Mantua had, with every sort of precaution, commenced -their negociation with Matthioli; that they had approved of the -resolution of their master, and that they had put down in the -schedule, with which they had charged him, and which I join to -this letter, what the Duke requests your Majesty to grant to him; -that afterwards the Duke of Mantua called him to him; that he -ordered him to beg me to assure your Majesty of his respect and of -his attachment to your interests, and to acquaint me that he had -entirely put himself into the hands of the Count Matthioli; that he -would soon go to Venice, where we might see one another conveniently -and without being observed, on account of the Carnival, during -which, all the world, even the Doge, and the oldest senators, go -about in mask; that he wished me not to lose any time in acquainting -your Majesty with this affair, because he feared some surprise from -the Spaniards; but that if I wished him to keep his word with me, I -must not, on any account, communicate the project to the Cardinal -d'Estrées, because there was so strong a report in Italy, that he -had your Majesty's orders to negociate with the Princes there, of -which the Spaniards had so great a jealousy, that, upon the least -suspicion they should have of him (the Duke,) they would ruin him -before he could receive assistance from your Majesty, who would, -at the same time, lose all hope of getting possession of Casale; -that he would take measures to tranquillize them, and to prevent -their having any suspicions of his conduct; and that if the Cardinal -d'Estrées made him any propositions, he would only receive them -in full council, and give general answers, which would not render -him suspected by any body. I thus find myself precluded from the -confidence which I intended to make of this business to the Cardinal -d'Estrées, who I believe will soon be here, and am obliged to -keep the secret scrupulously, till I have received the orders of -your Majesty. The Duke of Mantua also offers to raise a regiment, -provided it be at your Majesty's expense, and he represents, that -by recruiting at Mantua and Casale he shall do much injury to the -Spaniards, who are raising troops there daily; that Joseph Varano, -who is one of the two before-mentioned counsellors, promises to -get a good many soldiers from the Ferrarese, where he possesses -interest, being Lord of Camerigo. He also implores your Majesty to -make an effort to send a sufficiently strong army into Italy, to be -able to undertake something considerable; and he assures me, that, -in this case, he will not content himself with having delivered -Casale into the hands of your Majesty, but will obtain for your -Majesty other great advantages, through the means of his intimate -connexions with the other states of Italy; that the Duchy of Milan -was never so feeble, nor so devoid of all means of defence, as at -present; but that, in order to obtain more particular intelligence -upon this head, he has given orders to Matthioli to go to Milan, -to observe every thing there with attention, and especially to -discover the intention of the Genoese, with regard to the report -which has now been for some time afloat in Italy, that your Majesty -intends sending an army there next Spring, at the latest. As some -accident might happen to the packets, I have not ventured to put -into mine the letter that the Count Matthioli, who has certainly -served your Majesty well upon this occasion, does himself the honour -to write to you, but have had it turned into cypher, as well as -the memoir of the demands of the Duke of Mantua; and I keep the -originals, together with the plan of Casale, which I do not send -to your Majesty for the same reason. I can assure your Majesty, -that I have never told either Giuliani or Matthioli that you intend -to march troops towards the Milanese; but the latter speaks of it -in his letter, because he has taken for granted the report which -was purposely spread abroad in order to lead the Duke of Mantua to -the determination I wished him to take; knowing that he desired to -be generalissimo above all things, or rather that it was the only -thing he was very anxious for, in order to be considered in Italy -like the late Duke of Modena, and like the late Duke of Mantua, who -at his age commanded in chief the Emperor's army, with the title -of Vicar-general of the Empire. When this Prince is here, there -will only be at the conference we are to hold together, himself, -Matthioli, (whom he has promised to re-establish in his post of -Secretary of State, and to appoint his first minister, as soon as -he shall see himself restored to his authority, and that the treaty -he intends making with your Majesty shall have been executed,) the -Sieur Giuliani, the Sieur de Pinchesne, (who is secretary of the -embassy, and of whom M. de Pomponne, who placed him with me, can -answer to your Majesty for the fidelity and secrecy,) and myself. -So the secrecy, so necessary in this affair, will certainly remain -impenetrable. - - I have the honour to be, &c. - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[160] - - [159] The name of the place is not stated in the letter. - - [160] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 2. - -MATTHIOLI TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Protestations of devotion to Lewis.--Belief in the good - intentions of the Duke of Mantua. - - December 14th, 1677. - - SIRE, - -I take the liberty of bearing testimony to your Majesty, that among -the great Ministers, whom, in your supreme wisdom, you have sent -at different times into Italy, your ambassador at Venice, the Abbé -d'Estrades, ought to be distinguished for his skill and his zeal to -seize every occasion, which may seem to offer him the improvement or -the aggrandizement of your territories. - -This Ambassador having confided to me, that, in order to succeed in -the enterprize that you meditate against the territories of Milan, -it would be necessary to detach the Duke of Mantua from the Austrian -party, and to draw him into that of your Majesty, I am anxious to -contribute every thing in my feeble power for the success of this -object. Your Majesty will be made acquainted with all that has -passed by the despatches of the Ambassador. For myself, I bless the -destiny, which procures me the honour of serving so great a monarch, -whom I regard and revere as a demi-god. - -I will transmit to your Majesty all that I shall learn respecting -Casale, which has been fortified by one of the most skilful -engineers of the Milanese. This engineer has promised us a plan of -all the fortresses of that State, and even, if your Majesty commands -him, he will separate himself from the service of Spain, who does -not know how to recompense properly the services and the talents -of those who serve her with fidelity. I am convinced it would be -useless in me to enlarge upon the importance of the fortress of -Casale. Your Majesty must remember, that at different times it -has arrested the progress of many armies, and that it is the only -bulwark, upon which depends the loss or the preservation to the -Spaniards of the territories of Milan; territories, which for more -reasons than one, ought to belong to your Majesty's crown. - -It is known that the Austrians are at this moment arming, in order -to obtain possession by surprize of Casale, to the prejudice of the -Duke Ferdinand, my master, the lawful possessor of it. - -This Prince, nephew of Charles[161] the first, (which latter Prince -was rather French than Italian, and by whose intervention the -fortress of Pignerol has remained in the possession of your royal -house); this Prince, I say, Ferdinand, will make known, in fit -time and place, that he has not degenerated from his ancestors; -he has promised to serve you with the greatest fidelity, and -to fight for you in a manner worthy of his birth; and as he is -extremely anxious to acquire glory, I trust your Majesty will have -reason to applaud his conduct in your armies. By the confession -of even the most skilful political observers, he is free from the -suspicions, which may fall upon the other Italian Sovereigns. -The Abbé d'Estrades knows that his Highness has communications -with other great personages, who complain with reason of the -insupportable yoke of the Spaniards, and who will take arms with him -to combat, and to drive as quickly as possible from Italy, a power -which is only established there to oppress it. If destiny willed it -so, I have no doubt that the other Princes of this country would be -happy to enjoy a stable peace under the auspices of your Majesty. I -offer up vows for the progress of your victorious arms, and I pray -God to prolong your days for the consolation of the world, &c. - - HERCULES A. MATTHIOLI.[162] - - [161] Charles the first, Duke de Nevers in France, succeeded to - the sovereignty of Mantua on the death of his cousin Duke - Vincent II. His two sons, Charles Duke de Rhetelois, and - Ferdinand Duke de Mayenne, died during his life-time, and he - was consequently succeeded, at his death in 1637, by his - grandson Charles III. - - [162] This letter exists in cypher, and also written in Italian - and French, in the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs - at Paris. - - - - -No. 3. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Continuation of the negociation.--Intrigues of the Austrian - Party. - - Venice, Dec. 24, 1677. - - SIR, - -I have only some few particulars to add to the letter, which I did -myself the honour to write to the King last week; but as the Duke of -Mantua has made known to me, that they may serve to make you still -more aware how important it is to that Prince to take his measures -secretly, and to use all possible diligence for the conclusion of -the affair, which I have given an account of to his Majesty, I have -thought it necessary, Sir, that you should be informed of them. -Three days ago, the Duke of Mantua informed me that he had found -means to procure a copy of the written orders that the Empress -Eleanor and the Emperor, conjointly with the Spaniards, had given -to the Count Viltaliano Borromei, a Milanese, and the Imperial -Commissary. They are to this effect, that if the French should come -into Italy, and that it should appear to him that the Duke of Mantua -had any intention to be on their side, he should make use of this -pretext to render himself master of Casale without delay, by means -of their partizans, who are there in considerable numbers, and among -others, the Governor of the town, and the Governor of the citadel; -in order to preserve this fortress and all the Montferrat for the -Empress Eleanor. The Marquis Carrossa has received a similar order -with regard to Mantua. He is also an Imperial Commissary, and it -will be easy for him to execute what is ordered him, because the -Governor of the citadel is his brother-in-law, and the Major of the -town his intimate friend. On these accounts, the Duke of Mantua has -sent me word that in his present situation, in which he is besides -watched by his mother, by the Monk Bulgarini, who governs her, and -by the greater part of his Ministers, who are devoted to the House -of Austria, he is obliged to show no ambition, to appear to have no -knowledge of his own affairs, and to excite no suspicions by his -conduct; and also that he cannot declare himself openly in favour of -the King's interests, as he would wish to do, nor deliver up Casale -to his Majesty, unless he will send a sufficient army into Italy to -secure that fortress, and to defend him (the Duke) from the evils -that menace him, and from the designs which the House of Austria -has against him; and that this obliges him to supplicate and exhort -his Majesty to make an effort to that effect, even if he has not -actually resolved to carry the war into the Milanese, since Casale -is an acquisition sufficiently important to determine him to it. -But Matthioli, to whom the Duke of Mantua has given up the entire -conduct of this affair, goes still farther, and is confident, that -even in this case means could be easily found to place a Governor -in the citadel of Mantua, and a Major in the town, who should be as -much attached to the service of the King, as those who at present -occupy these two posts are to the House of Austria. - -We must, besides, Sir, consider that the Duke of Guastalla, being -the nearest relation of the Duke of Mantua, as well as his heir, -there would be danger that, if the Duchess his daughter, who is -very ill, and has no children, should die, some misfortune might -happen to the Duke of Mantua, which would assure his territories -to the Spanish nobleman, who has married the second daughter of -the Duke of Guastalla, and whose marriage the Spaniards, doubtless -with this view, made up at Vienna, by means of Don Vincent, who -returned from thence some time back. You know much better than I do, -Sir, of what consequence it would be to the king, not only to take -away the Mantuan and the Montferrat from the House of Austria, who -will never lose an opportunity of making use of them when they have -once obtained them, but besides to have in his own hands these two -states, by means of which his Majesty can easily bridle the Princes -of Italy. Therefore, I do not take the liberty of entering farther -upon this matter, or of mingling my reflections with those you may -choose to make upon it. - - * * * * * * - - I am, &c. - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[163] - - [163] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 4. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Intrigues of the Spaniards to form a league in Italy against - France. - - Venice, January 1st, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have so little news to send you from hence to-day, that I shall -very soon have told you all I know, and may hope not to fatigue you -with the length of this letter. - -I know that a Senator, who is one of the Pregadi, has said, that -the Emperor and the Spaniards are ardently soliciting the Nuncios -and the Ambassadors from Venice, residing at Madrid and Vienna, -to persuade their masters to unite with them against France, and -to represent to them that they have a common interest to preserve -Italy, and to keep out of it the armies of the King, with which -it is menaced. I do not believe that the Pope[164] will be much -disposed to do them this pleasure; and, Sir, I could almost venture -to assure you, that, if the republic should renounce the advantages -of that neutrality, which she has thus far so exactly observed, -it will not be for the purpose of partaking in the disgraces of -the house of Austria; and indeed it is in this sense that the -before-mentioned Senator talked upon the subject. * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[165] - - [164] Benedict Odescalchi, son of a Milanese banker, elected - Pope, September 21st, 1676, and took the name of Innocent XI. - He was a good Pope, and a virtuous man, and a decided enemy to - _Nepotism_, against which he published a bull. He died August - 12th, 1689, and his memory was venerated as that of a saint by - his subjects. - - [165] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 5. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - Saint Germain, January 5th, 1678. - - SIR, - -Not having yet had time to render an account to the King of -your despatch of the 18th of last month, I cannot inform you of -the sentiments of his Majesty as to what you acquaint him with -respecting the dispositions of the Duke of Mantua. I will, however, -do so by the next post. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[166] - - [166] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 6. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - The King's approval of the negociation. - - Saint Germain, January 12th, 1678. - - SIR, - -You will see by the letter of the King which goes herewith, how much -his Majesty approves of the negociation, which you have entered into -with the Duke of Mantua, for an affair undoubtedly very important -at all times, but especially so at this conjuncture: you could not -also have conducted yourself in it with greater prudence, or greater -secrecy than you have done. - -I am very happy to see that you have taken advantage of this -occasion, to testify your zeal for the service of his Majesty; and I -hope that the success of the affair may assist you in procuring the -sooner from his Majesty, the favour that you have asked of him. - -We have not, at present, any news to send you from these parts; the -King's heavy baggage set off Monday morning, for St. Quentin, as I -sent you word; but his Majesty has not, as yet, made any preparation -to follow it. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[167] - - [167] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 7. - -LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH TO ESTRADES. - - Approval of the negociation.--Answer to the demands of the - Duke of Mantua. - - St. Germain, January 12th, 1678. - - ABBÉ D'ESTRADES, - -I have seen with pleasure, by your letter of the 18th of last month, -the pains you have taken, as well to draw the Duke of Mantua from -the lethargy of debauchery in which he is sunk, as to excite him to -throw off the yoke of the Archduchess, his mother, and of the Monk -Bulgarini; who, without leaving him any part in the government of -his territories, add every day to the shackles and the dependance, -by means of which they have subjected him to the House of Austria. -I take so much a greater interest in the more noble resolutions he -seems disposed to take, on account of his belonging to a family, -which was so long settled in France, and to which the King, my -father, gave such great proofs of his friendship and protection. I -should, therefore, wish you to let him know, by the same channels -as those you made use of to commence this negociation, that I have -learned with much satisfaction, the favourable dispositions he -has manifested for my interests, and for taking himself a part -more worthy of his fame and his birth; that on these accounts, I -receive with pleasure the propositions he has made you of attaching -himself to me by a union of measures, and by admitting my troops -into Casale, upon the same terms as those by which they formerly, -for so long a time, held possession of the place. Experience ought -to have taught him, that the authority of his father was never more -firmly established in the Montferrat, than when that fortress and -those territories were supported by my protection; and the affection -for the French name, which has still remained among the people, is -a sufficient testimony of the advantage and kindness they received -from them. - -In rendering an answer to the articles that he has communicated to -you, I shall commence by replying to the first; that, with regard -to the offer of delivering up to me the citadel and fortress of -Casale, I shall willingly content myself with holding them in the -same manner in which I held them formerly; that is to say, under -the condition of preserving them for the Duke of Mantua, and of -paying the garrisons I shall keep there. I would also, in order to -favour the warlike inclinations of this Prince, take measures with -him respecting the command of the armies I shall send across the -Alps. But he must be aware, that I cannot at all enter into any -consideration of the article, in which he demands, that I should get -restored to him the parts of the Montferrat, which have been ceded -to the Duke of Savoy. These cessions have been recognized by so many -treaties, in which I have been a principal party, that I cannot do -any thing that would invalidate them; all that I could possibly -do, would be to employ myself, as I have several times done, to -accommodate the differences which still exist between them, with -regard to the valuation of those same portions of territory, and the -sums that ought to be paid for them by the Duke of Savoy. - -It is a different case with regard to the losses which the Duke -of Mantua might sustain in the war he may possibly be engaged in -together with me. I would willingly bind myself not to make peace, -unless compensation was made to him; and I would equally enter, with -pleasure, into an agreement to share with him any conquests my arms -might make in the Milanese. - -As for his demand, that I should now make him a present of a hundred -thousand Pistoles, simply as a gift, you must make him understand -that this sum is too large, but that I should be ready to agree to -a more moderate one, according to the engagements he is willing to -enter into with me; and without explaining yourself as to what the -sum should be, you will make him first state what he expects, and -oblige him to keep within reasonable bounds. - -You will still continue to entertain the opinion that I intend -sending a considerable army this year into Italy, and you will keep -principally in view in your negociation, the having it in such -a state as to be able to prolong it without the danger of being -obliged to break it off; since it is for the good of my service -to continue it always in such a manner, that I may be the master -to conduct it as I please, either by enlarging or narrowing the -conditions. It is on this account, that as the Count Matthioli has -thus far been the principal confidant of this affair, and that he -must be the most powerful instrument of it, it is necessary that -you should keep him always in good humour, by the assurance of the -especial good-will I bear him for his conduct, and by the hope of -the marks of it I shall be inclined to give him. This is what I wish -you to say in addition to the letter which I send you for him, in -answer to the one he wrote to me. - - I am, &c. - - LEWIS.[168] - - [168] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 8. - -LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH TO MATTHIOLI. - - January 12th, 1678. - - COUNT MATTHIOLI, - -I have seen by the letter you wrote me, as well as by what my -Ambassador, the Abbé d'Estrades, communicated to me, the affection -that you show for my interests. You cannot doubt but that I am much -obliged to you for it, and that I shall have much pleasure in giving -you proofs of my satisfaction upon every occasion. Referring you, -therefore, for further particulars, to what will be said to you from -me by the Abbé d'Estrades, I shall not lengthen this letter more -than to add, that I pray God to have you, Count Matthioli, in his -holy keeping. - - LEWIS.[169] - - [169] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 9. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, January 29th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have nothing to add to what I did myself the honour to write -to the King, upon the present state of the affair, which I am -treating of with the Duke of Mantua. It goes on so rapidly, that -I am reduced to be sorry that I cannot find any difficulties, -which, without rendering the eventual success of it doubtful, might -prolong the negociations as long as the King seems to wish; but I -have the greatest difficulty to encourage the Duke of Mantua, under -the fear he is in of the Spaniards, which, to say the truth, is -pretty well founded; nor can he think himself in security, unless -he sees himself supported by all the protection the King can give. -Nevertheless, I will take care that this Prince does not escape -us, even if the affair should not be as quickly concluded as he -desires. I return you a thousand most humble thanks, Sir, for all -the kindness you show me on this occasion; and I can assure you, -that I shall be much more anxious for the success of this affair, -from my pleasure at having made known to the King by it the zeal -I have for his service, and having rendered myself worthy of the -favour you have done me, in procuring for me the situation I at -present hold, than from any hope of thereby bettering my fortune. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[170] - - [170] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 10. - -ESTRADES TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Conference with Matthioli.--Discussion of the demands of the - Duke of Mantua. - - Venice, January 29th, 1678. - - SIRE, - -At the time that I received the letter which your Majesty did me the -honour to write to me on the 12th of this month, having learned that -the Count Matthioli was arrived at Venice, I sent to him to say that -I desired to have a conference with him, in consequence of which he -came to my house with the usual precautions. I first delivered into -his hands the letter with which your Majesty had charged me for him, -which he received with all possible marks of respect and gratitude; -and I told him, as your Majesty had commanded me, that you would not -content yourself with testifying with your own hand the satisfaction -you feel at the zeal he has shown for your interests, but that you -also ordered me expressly to assure him, that you were anxious to -give him other marks of it. I added to this, that he ought to think -himself happy to have found an occasion of meriting the kindness and -favours of your Majesty, which he could easily do through the means -of the implicit confidence placed in him by the Duke of Mantua, -to whom he would also have the satisfaction, at the same time, of -rendering the greatest service in his power. He answered me in a -manner that does not permit me to doubt his being as grateful as -it is possible to be for your Majesty's goodness, and his having a -very strong wish to serve you. Afterwards I read to him the obliging -expressions your Majesty makes use of to mark your affection for the -Duke of Mantua, and those other parts of your Majesty's despatch, -which I thought myself authorized to communicate, that he might know -that you had learned with pleasure the proposals of that Prince, and -that he might be aware of the considerable advantages, which would -be derived from the strict alliance he (the Duke) would enter into -with your Majesty by means of Casale, which you were willing to hold -possession of on the same terms as formerly; that is to say, paying -the garrison you should keep up in the place, and preserving it for -the Duke of Mantua. We afterwards came to talk upon his differences -with the Duke of Savoy, for the restitution claimed by him of the -parts of the Montferrat, which have been ceded to the latter; and -it was not till after some slight disputing, that I made the Count -Matthioli agree, by means of the same reasons you did me the honour -to detail to me, that _you_ could not enter into this affair in any -other way, than by employing yourself to accommodate it; but that -the intercession of your Majesty was sufficiently powerful to obtain -a satisfactory result for the Duke of Mantua. - -The Count Matthioli at length contented himself upon this point, but -he had more difficulty to give way upon the demand of the present -of one hundred thousand pistoles. He was the more obstinate in not -taking off any thing from this sum, because he said that it was to -be made use of for the interests of your Majesty; and that the Duke -of Mantua having taken possession of Guastalla,[171] without giving -notice to the Spaniards, he had judged it necessary to be upon his -guard against the umbrage they might take at this measure; that for -this purpose he had placed in Guastalla and in Casale the troops -he had raised, and whom he was obliged to pay; that he had sent -into the latter town great stores of corn and forage, and that he -could not support this expense in the state to which he was reduced -by his mother, who disposed entirely of his revenues. I answered -him, that the sum of money, which the Duke of Mantua requested your -Majesty to give him at present, was not necessary to him for the -expenses which he alleged; that the augmentation of the garrison -of Casale, and the provisions sent into it, were regarded by the -Spaniards themselves as precautions that he wisely took against -the enterprises of France, at a time when it was no longer doubted -that the latter power intended to carry the war into Italy; and -that therefore neither the partizans of the Spanish faction who are -about him, nor his mother, could refuse him the money he wanted -for that purpose; that I knew that his subjects would contribute -with pleasure, and that they had shown the greatest joy at their -Sovereign's applying himself to his own affairs; that till the -conclusion of the treaty, which was to unite him so firmly with -your Majesty, he would have no occasion for any new expenses, and -that he would then receive all the assistance and succour which -he could expect from your Majesty; that your Majesty, by engaging -yourself to pay and keep up the garrisons in Casale, ceded to the -Duke the entire enjoyment of the property and revenues without any -deduction, and that your Majesty would have no farther advantage -in this affair, than that of delivering him from the yoke which -the House of Austria had imposed upon him; and of facilitating the -conquests in the Milanese, of which you were to give him a share; so -that the present which he asked for, being to be considered purely -in the light of a gratification, a hundred thousand pistoles was a -demand so excessive, that your Majesty had not judged it right to -make any offer in consequence, and that you had only ordered me to -tell him, that you would have no objection to make a present to the -Duke of a more moderate sum; that therefore it was necessary for him -to explain himself clearly upon the subject. - -The Count Matthioli for some time refused to say any thing, taking -a line which was in appearance very civil, which was, that he threw -himself upon the generosity of your Majesty. But seeing that I -continued to desire him to speak, he reduced the sum by little -and little to five hundred thousand livres. I told him, that I -guessed pretty well what the Duke of Mantua might hope for from your -Majesty, and that I could not charge myself to lay _this proposal_ -before you, and that I also could not help telling him, that for a -man who professed to be so well-intentioned, he appeared to me very -unyielding upon a point of small moment, in a negociation from which -he would allow, without doubt, that the Duke of Mantua would derive -great and solid advantages. Finally, Sire, I brought him to content -himself with one hundred thousand crowns, and that on condition -that your Majesty was not to pay them till after the signature of -the treaty, and the exchange of the ratifications; and then, if you -chose not to give the whole sum at once, that the Duke of Mantua -should receive fifty thousand crowns first, and then the other fifty -thousand three months afterwards. Besides this, I declared to the -Count Matthioli that I could not answer for your Majesty's approving -of my having fixed upon so large a sum, but that I promised him to -do all that depended on me, to prevent my being disavowed. - -Not only have the other articles of your Majesty's despatch been -agreed to without difficulty, but they have even served powerfully -to confirm the Count Matthioli in his opinion, that the Duke of -Mantua cannot take a better course than that of abandoning himself -entirely to the protection of your Majesty. He has so firm a belief -in the resolution he is convinced you have taken of sending a -considerable army this year into Italy, that I should have no -difficulty in persuading him still more strongly of it; but I am -a little embarrassed with the anxiety of the Duke of Mantua to -conclude this affair, which is caused to him by his continual -terror of the design, which he understands the Spaniards continue -to have, of seizing upon his fortresses on the least pretext, and -on the first favourable occasion. Nevertheless, I will endeavour to -lengthen the negociation as much as your Majesty shall find useful -to your interests, as you have commanded me, and at the same time I -will take care not to put it in any danger of being broken off. I -implore your Majesty to be persuaded that I shall never be forgetful -of any thing which may be for the good of your service, or which may -testify the zeal and the profound respect, with which I am, Sire, - - Your Majesty's - most humble, most obedient, and - most faithful subject and servant, - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[172] - - [171] On the occasion of the death of Ferdinand III. Duke of - Guastalla, which occurred January 11th, 1678. The Duke of - Mantua had married his eldest daughter. - - [172] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 11. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - The Duke of Mantua watched by the Spaniards. - - Venice, February 12th, 1678. - - SIR, - -Though the Duke of Mantua has been for the last fortnight at -Venice, I have not yet been able to see him; but he has sent me -word several times, by the Count Matthioli, that he had still more -impatience than even I have, that we should confer together; that -he only deferred giving himself that satisfaction, in order that he -might first get rid of those of his people whom he has the least -confidence in, and particularly four men, whom his mother has sent -with him here to observe all his actions, which they do with the -greatest care; and that two days before he sets off to return to -his own territories (where he is not afraid of any surprise, when -he shall be once there himself), he will acquaint me with the time -and place at which we may see one another. It is true, that the -step he has taken, of at once seizing upon the territories of the -late Duke of Guastalla, has very much disquieted the Spaniards; -and one sees that they are endeavouring, by all sorts of means, to -ascertain whether the Duke of Mantua has taken any measures to gain -the support of the King. His resident at Venice, who is devoted to -the Duchess his mother, came two days ago to the Sieur de Pinchesne -to ask, on the part of his master, whether I was about to despatch -an extraordinary courier to Paris, because his highness would be -glad to make use of him to convey there a packet of consequence: he -answered him, that affairs were so little of a pressing nature here, -that I always wrote by the usual conveyance, and that I had not at -present any reason for sending a courier; but that, if the Duke -of Mantua wished it, I would send one on his account. I made this -known to the Prince himself, who was surprized that his resident, -in his name, and without his order, should have made a request of -that nature; and as he was of opinion, as well as myself, that the -intention of his resident was by this means to discover whether a -packet, which, it was said, the Duke of Mantua had received from the -Grand Duchess,[173] was of importance, he agreed to the expedient -which I proposed to him, of sending publicly to make him the same -offers as those which had been made to his resident, in order that -he might be able to express before his ministers his disapprobation -of their entering, without his knowledge, into communications with -the French ambassador, being aware of the measures which it was -necessary for him to keep. He charged Matthioli to tell me that he -had had a letter from the Grand Duchess, to which he had sent an -answer, for the purpose of begging her to support his claims to the -King; having heard that the Duke of Modena[174] had complained to -his Majesty of his having taken possession of the succession of the -Duke of Guastalla, to which the Duke of Modena had pretensions. The -Sieur de Pinchesne went to him from me, and the thing was executed -as it had been previously determined upon; but his adventure, as -well as many other things which the Duke of Mantua discovers daily, -convince him that the Spaniards are suspicious of him, on which -account he is so uneasy, that he is more than ever anxious for your -Majesty to secure him quickly against their enterprises. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[175] - - [173] Margaret Louisa, daughter of Gaston, Duke of Orleans; - married in 1661, to Cosmo III., Grand Duke of Tuscany, whom she - quarrelled with, and finally left, and returned to France, - where she established herself in the Abbey of Montmartre. She - died at an advanced age in 1721. - - [174] Francis of Este, Duke of Modena, succeeded his father, - Alphonso IV. in 1662. During his minority, his territories were - wisely and ably governed by his mother, Laura Martinozzi, niece - of Cardinal Mazarin. His only sister, Mary Beatrix, was the - second wife of James II. of England. He died in 1694. - - [175] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 12. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Impatience of the Duke of Mantua to conclude the - Negociation. - - Venice, February 19th, 1678. - - SIR, - -YOU will have seen by the last letters I did myself the honour to -write to you, that I take care to keep up the negociation I have -entered into with the Duke of Mantua, and to hold it always in that -state that it may be terminated in whatever way the King shall judge -most according to his interests. Thus, Sir, I have only to assure -you, that I shall apply myself, as you command me in your last -letter of the 2d of this month, to gain time, and to confirm the -Duke of Mantua in the resolution he has taken of abandoning himself -to the King's protection. He is as thoroughly persuaded as one could -wish, that he cannot take a better course, although the Spaniards -have lately been making him large offers of money and of employment, -in order to oblige him to declare himself openly in their favour, -and to allow of the introduction of a garrison of Germans into -Casale; but as he is always apprehensive, lest his want of affection -for the House of Austria should be discovered, he can never think -himself in security till he shall be supported by a treaty; and it -is this which gives him so much impatience to conclude the one he -intends making with the King. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[176] - - [176] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 13. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Plans of the Spaniards.--Dispositions of the Venetian - Government. - - Venice, February 26th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I HAVE not had the honour of receiving any letters from you this -week. Indeed, I expected that the hurry of the King's departure -would prevent your writing. I have learned from good authority, that -the government here have received intelligence, that the Spaniards -have renewed their proposals to form a league of the Princes of -Italy against France, and that it was at Rome that they concerted -the means to succeed in it: this is, without doubt, what has given -occasion to the report which has been current for some days, that -the Cardinal Porto Carrero[177], in his way to Spain, where he is -going to take possession of the Archbishopric of Toledo, is to visit -the different Courts of Italy, to try to engage them in the party -which they call _the common cause_. It is said, that the Grand -Duke[178] has already made known his opinion, that if they intend -to unite, it ought to be for the maintenance of their liberty, and -that they ought not to engage themselves in an extensive war, or -to assist in enabling one of the two belligerent powers to oppress -them eventually with greater ease. This intelligence has obliged -me to give all my attention to penetrate the sentiments of the -Venetian government upon this subject; and I have been informed, -upon good authority, that thus far the determination is to deliver -themselves from the importunities of the Spaniards, if they should -be too pressing, by a similar reply to that which is said to have -been given at Florence; but it now appears to me, that the fear and -jealousy of the power of the King, which existed here formerly, -is very much reviving, and they are becoming apprehensive that -the designs of his Majesty are not confined to the preservation -of the conquests he has already made, nor even to those he may -make in Flanders. The senate is confirmed in this opinion, by the -letters of M. Contarini,[179] who sends them word that they must -not look for peace, because the King is against it. This way of -talking persuades me, that M. Contarini is either ill-intentioned -or ignorant--and his intelligence is very capable of augmenting the -disquietudes of the senate. I have shewn, as well as I was able, to -those I have spoken to upon the subject, that it is impossible to -act with more sincerity in favour of peace, or to facilitate more -the means of procuring it, than his Majesty has done. There is, -however, no probability that, in the present state of the affairs -of the Republic of Venice, and under the perpetual fear she is -in of the Grand Vizier,[180] she will dare to declare herself in -favour of the enemies of the King; but, Sir, I can assure you, from -the knowledge I have upon the subject, that at the present time, -we must only reckon upon the weakness of the Venetians, and upon -the poverty of their finances, and not upon their good intentions -towards us. If I might be permitted to give my opinion upon the -present conjuncture, I should say that there is not a more ready, -or more certain way of ruining all the measures of the Spaniards in -Italy, and of terminating in the King's favour the irresolutions -of the Senate, than by binding the Duke of Mantua by the treaty -which he is willing to make with his Majesty: not only is he always -in the same resolution of concluding this affair, on account of -the Emperor's having sent word to him that he does not wish to -deprive him of the succession of the Duke[181] his father-in-law, -but that he only desires him to withdraw the garrison he has placed -in Guastalla: but besides, because his Imperial Majesty presses him -to execute a treaty made by the late Duke, his father; which was -an engagement that he should never have any but a German garrison -in Casale. The Duke of Mantua shows me the greatest confidence, -sends me word, by the Count Matthioli, what is deliberating on the -state of affairs, in order to know my opinions before he decides -any thing. You may be sure, Sir, that I omit nothing on my part -to encourage his good dispositions, and to keep the negociation -always in that state, that the King may be the complete master of -it. The Duke of Mantua requested me, ten days ago, to come and see -him ride at the academy. I went accordingly, and found that he was -really very firm on horseback, though he has not a graceful seat, on -account of his leg having been formerly broke, and that it is the -custom here to wear the stirrups very short. As he piques himself -upon being a good horseman, he was much pleased at my praises, which -were repeated to him by the Count Matthioli; and at my promising to -repeat them in the first letter I should have occasion to write to -you. - -Two of the most considerable gentlemen of this republic, whose -names are, Cornaro the elder, called "of the great House," and a -Foscarini, are already intriguing to succeed M. Contarini, in the -embassy to France, although the choice cannot be made till the month -of September; upon whichever of the two it shall fall, he will fill -the situation worthily, above all in the article of expense, as they -are both very rich and very generous. - -Although I took the liberty, Sir, to request, in my last letter, -your protection with M. Colbert,[182] for the payment of my -appointment, and, above all, for the payment of those of the first -six months of the year 1676, for which I have long had the orders, -I have not yet been able to obtain them. I am, however, forced by -my pressing necessities to renew my request, and to supplicate you -most humbly to procure me this favour from M. Colbert. I trust, Sir, -you will be kind enough to afford me this mark of your affection, -which is the greatest I can possibly receive, in the embarrassment -in which I at present find myself; and that you will be always -persuaded that I am, with profound respect, and unalterable -attachment, - - Sir, &c. - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[183] - - [177] Lewis Emmanuel Ferdinand Portocarrero, second son of the - Marquis of Almenara: created a Cardinal in 1669, by Clement - IX.; Archbishop of Toledo and Primate of Spain, 1677; commander - of the order of the St. Esprit, and Bishop of Palestrina. Was - also, at different periods of his life, Viceroy of Sicily, - Ambassador at Rome, Lieutenant-General at sea, and twice - Governor of Spain. Died at Madrid, September 14th, 1709. - - [178] Cosmo III., Grand Duke of Tuscany, son of Ferdinand II. - and Victoria Della Rovere, heiress of the Dukes of Urbino. - Succeeded his father in 1670, and died in 1723, aged 81 years. - He was a weak, narrow-minded, and bigoted Prince; and was the - Duke of Tuscany, whose travels in England, in the reign of - Charles II. have been published. - - [179] At that time Ambassador to France, from the Republic of - Venice. - - [180] The Grand Vizier, at this moment, was Achmet Coprogli, - the most illustrious, perhaps, of all the ministers who have - ever governed the Ottoman Empire. He inherited the eminent - talents of his father, Mahomet Coprogli, whom he succeeded as - Grand Vizier, in 1661; and was superior to him in humanity and - generosity. His military exploits were also more considerable. - In 1669, he successfully concluded the siege of Candia, which - had lasted twenty-two years. He died in 1678; having for - seventeen years sustained the throne, and rendered illustrious - the reign of his feeble and indolent master, Mahomet IV. - - [181] Of Guastalla. - - [182] John Baptist Colbert, one of the most eminent men of - the many who adorned and illustrated the reign of Lewis XIV. - He was an able and honest financier, a great statesman, and - an enlightened patron of letters and arts. The blots in his - character were, his persecution of Fouquet, and his enmity to - the virtuous Arnaud de Pomponne, to the disgrace of whom he - largely contributed. He was made Comptroller-general of the - Finances, in 1664; Secretary of State for the Marine, in 1669; - and died in 1683. - - [183] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - - -No. 14. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - Recommendations of Delay in the Negociation. - - Cambray, March 1st, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have rendered an account to the King, during his journey, of -your despatches of the 29th of January and 5th of February. I -shall not now have time enough to send you a long answer to them. -I shall therefore only tell you, that his Majesty saw in them the -continuation of the negociation which you have entered into with the -Count Matthioli; that you had been discussing the points which he -proposed to you, and those which his Majesty wishes neither to grant -nor to refuse; that you had even descended to the detail of the sum -which had been demanded, and that you had reduced it to one hundred -thousand crowns. On these subjects I have to inform you, Sir, that -his Majesty approves entirely of your continuing a negociation, -which may eventually be of very considerable importance; but for -this it is necessary that the opportunities should be favourable, -and the more so, as the basis of whatever treaty is concluded, must -necessarily be the King's sending a powerful army across the Alps. -You, I am sure, are sufficiently aware, that thus far events do not -seem to favour such a project; it is, however, always advisable to -continue to encourage the belief of it, and this is what his Majesty -thinks it will be best for you to do; but he does not see the -necessity for your entering into any engagement upon a point, which -must fail of success, and which would render useless any expense his -Majesty may go to. Therefore, Sir, your best course to pursue is, -to cultivate always the good intentions of the Count Matthioli, and -through him those of his master; not to put an end to the hope they -have to see the arms of France in Italy; but to defer the answer -they expect from you, partly upon the ground of the journey and the -campaign in which his Majesty is at present engaged, which prevents -his writing to you, and partly upon other reasons; but still to -keep the negociation, as much as you are able, in such a state as -his Majesty may be able to take advantage of, according to the -conjuncture of affairs. * * * - - POMPONNE.[184] - - [184] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 15. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Information respecting the Dispositions of the Venetians. - - Venice, March 12, 1678. - - SIR, - -The hurry which I know always prevails on a march, left me but -little hope of hearing from you till you arrived at Metz, and I am -therefore the more obliged to you for your kindness, in writing to -me on the 15th of last month from Vitry. - -I have nothing certain to send you to-day; but next week I shall -have the honour of sending to the King an account of the conference, -which I am decidedly to have to-morrow evening with the Duke of -Mantua. All the measures are taken for this purpose; and that -Prince has sent me word that he will explain to me the reasons -which oblige him to send the Count Matthioli, without delay, to -your Majesty; he will not, however, set off for ten or twelve days, -and I explained to him that it was necessary first that I should -be made acquainted with the subject of his mission. I thought it -necessary to obtain a knowledge of it, in order that his Majesty -may be fully informed before the Count Matthioli waits upon him. -I can only assure you at present, that things could not be better -disposed for the formation of a powerful league in Italy, to drive -the Spaniards entirely out of it, in case the King chooses to turn -his arms to this side. This is what you shall be informed of more in -detail, and more particularly, in my next despatch; because I shall -be able to speak to you upon the subject with certainty, after I -have learned from the Count Matthioli, the success of a negociation -which he has entered into lately with the Republic, in the name of -the Duke of Mantua, to which I am privy. We agreed that the pretext -he should make use of, was the desire of that Prince to regulate -himself by the counsels of the Senate, after having communicated -to them his legitimate rights to Guastalla, and the well-grounded -fears he entertains from the sentiments displayed by the House of -Austria towards him in this affair. M. Matthioli has already had -two conferences with a sage of the _terra firma_, named Lando, a -deputy of the College, and he is to have three more with him this -week; which will discover to us the real dispositions of the Senate -towards his Majesty. It is easy to see by the manner in which this -senator has already spoken, that if a French army was to arrive in -Italy, the Republic would prefer profiting by the misfortunes and -weakness of the House of Austria, by joining her arms to those of -the King, to remaining in a neutrality, which would appear to her -dangerous, while the army of so powerful a prince was carrying on -war at her gates. These political views of the Venetians justify -what I have already had the honour of remarking to you, that we must -expect nothing from them, except what fear or interest may oblige -them to. * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[185] - - [185] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 16. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Fears of the Duke of Mantua. - - Venice, March 19th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have not had the honour of receiving any letter from you this -week. You will see by the account I send to the King, what passed -at the conference I had with the Duke of Mantua. I will only add to -it, Sir, that, if his Majesty deems it to his advantage, that this -Prince should be united with him, according to the conditions which -have been proposed, it appears to me that it will be necessary, -before the Count Matthioli sets off for Paris, to put this affair -in a situation in which it is no longer liable to be broken off; -because I have seen the Duke of Mantua so alarmed at the menaces of -the Spaniards, and at the protection they afford openly to the Count -de Prades,[186] who pretends that the Duchy of Guastalla belongs -to him, that I have been unable to tranquillize his fears, except -by giving him the hope that the return of the Count Matthioli will -deliver him from all his embarrassments; and if he was to see him -return without bringing the King's consent for the conclusion of the -affair, and without a certain assurance of speedy assistance, I do -not know whether the fear of being stripped of his territories would -not make him change his resolution. I have thought, Sir, that I -ought to inform you faithfully of the situation in which I find the -mind of the Duke of Mantua, in order that you may regulate yourself -accordingly. - -The Senate has discovered that the Pope[187] has let drop, of his -own accord, the affair of the adjustment between the Republic and -Spain, on the occasion of what has passed at Trieste, because His -Holiness wishes to be the only Mediator of the Catholic Princes at -the Assembly of Nimeguen, and that the Ambassador of Venice should -not divide this honour with his Nuncio. * * * - - I am, &c. - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[188] - - [186] This is one of those mistakes into which the French are - so liable to fall from their slovenly way of writing the names - of foreigners. The _Count de Prades_ means Emmanuel _Count - d'Eparêdés_. Viceroy of Valentia, a Spanish nobleman, whose - daughter married Vespasian Gonzaga, only brother of Ferdinand - III., Duke of Guastalla. The sole offspring of this marriage - was Maria Louisa, who, as has before been mentioned, (see note, - page 18,) married Thomas de la Cerda, Marquis of Laguna. - - [187] Innocent the Eleventh (Odescalchi;) see note, page 109. - At this time, the conferences for the peace of Nimeguen had - commenced. That peace was concluded and signed on the 10th of - August of this same year. - - [188] From the archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 17. - -ESTRADES TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Account of his Interview with the Duke of Mantua.--The - latter insists upon sending Matthioli to Paris. - - Venice, March 19th, 1678. - - SIRE, - -A week ago I communicated to M. de Pomponne that I was to have a -conference the next day with the Duke of Mantua. We met, as had been -concerted, at midnight, in a small open place, which is at an equal -distance from his house and mine. I was an entire hour with him, -and not only did I tell him all that your Majesty had desired me -to apprize him of, and which he had already learned from the Count -Matthioli, but besides, I re-assured him, as much as I was able, -upon the subject of the constant, and indeed well-grounded, alarms -he is in with regard to the Spaniards. I did not explain myself to -him with regard to the present your Majesty intends making to him -in money, as soon as the treaty shall be concluded; but contented -myself with promising that he should have reason to be content with -it. He appeared to be much satisfied with our conversation; and, -on my side, I have no less reason to be so; since he has confirmed -to me all that the Count Matthioli told me from him. I have given -so exact an account of these things to your Majesty in the letters -I have had the honour to write to yourself and to M. de Pomponne, -that it is useless for me to enlarge more upon this subject. When we -were upon the point of separating, the Duke of Mantua represented -to me the risk he is in of being overwhelmed by the Spaniards, -whose bad intentions he cannot doubt of, after their late earnest -persuasions to him, to admit the Germans into Casale, to withdraw -his garrison from Guastalla, and to declare himself openly and -without delay in their favour. He added, that I must be aware, that -under the resolution he had taken of serving your Majesty, both with -his person and his territories, he would do nothing prejudicial -to your interests; but that, if the Spaniards did not give him -more money than what they were accustomed to furnish him with, -for the support of the garrison of Casale, as they had declared -to him was their intention, he should not be able to support the -expense of it himself, or to preserve that fortress; that the danger -was so pressing, that no time was to be lost in placing him in -a state of safety, and that affairs went on so slowly by means -of despatches, that he found himself obliged to send the Count -Matthioli to your Majesty, to expose to you the state to which he -finds himself reduced, and to implore you to deliver him from it as -quickly as may be possible. - -I have not dared, Sire, to oppose myself to this journey, because -I perceived that the Duke of Mantua had taken some offence, or at -least that he had some uneasiness at the length of this negociation, -which I have protracted upon different pretexts as much as I was -able, without endangering it, as your Majesty had ordered me; and -because besides I have thought that you would be the more assured -of the firmness of the Duke of Mantua, when the Count Matthioli, -in whom he has a blind confidence, and who governs him absolutely, -should be with you. He will make known to your Majesty, better than -can be done by letters, the facilities you would find in conquering -the Milanese, the intelligences that may be established there, and -the detail of the whole negociation he has had with the Republic of -Venice in the name of the Duke of Mantua, who demanded the advice -of the Senate upon the affair of Guastalla, and its assistance, in -case it was attempted to disturb him by force in the possession of -that Duchy. The Senate has sent word to Matthioli, by a Sage of -_terra firma_, who was deputed for this purpose, that the Duke of -Mantua ought to retain possession of Guastalla; that the Republic -would render him all the good offices she could, and that even if -her intercession should be of no avail, she would still assist -him secretly with advice and money, and not abandon him. This -Senator gave him to understand, that if your Majesty was to send -an army into Italy, and that the Duke of Mantua should be in your -interests, the Republic would not be disinclined to enter into the -same party; and the Procurator Nani,[189] with whom he has also had -two conversations, explained himself upon this subject still more -clearly. - -As the Count Matthioli is not to receive his instructions till the -day after to-morrow, he will not, certainly, set off from hence till -towards the end of the week. I shall have the honour of acquainting -your Majesty with what they contain of most importance, as well as -with the time by which the Count Matthioli can be with you. - - I am, - with every kind of respect and submission, - Sire, - Your Majesty's - most humble, most obedient, and - most faithful Servant and Subject, - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[190] - - [189] John Baptist Felix Gaspar Nani was descended from an - illustrious family at Venice, and was born on the 30th of - August, 1616. He distinguished himself early in diplomacy, and - was for twenty-five years ambassador from the Republic to - France. He was subsequently chosen Procurator of St. Mark, the - next dignity in the Republic to that of Doge. He is best known - to posterity by his "Istoria della Republica Veneta,"--which is - a valuable and useful work, though it has been reprobated as - being partial, and written in a vicious and incorrect Italian. - He died on the 25th of November, 1678. - - [190] From the archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 18. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Reasons for consenting to the mission of Matthioli to Paris. - - Venice, March 26th, 1678. - - SIR, - -My last letters will have shown you that I had forestalled in -some measure, the orders which I received in the one of the 4th -of this month, which you did me the honour to write me. I had -judged that, in the present conjuncture, it would not be easy -for the King to send a powerful army into Italy, so speedily as -was wished. It appeared to me, nevertheless, that His Majesty -considered the negociation which I had commenced with the Duke of -Mantua, through the means of the Count Matthioli, as an affair -which might eventually be of use to him, and which he would wish -to be in a situation to profit by. Therefore, Sir, I have used all -my endeavours to encourage the opinion already entertained, that -the arms of France will appear in the Milanese, and to confirm the -Duke of Mantua in his good dispositions towards His Majesty, and -in his suspicions of the Spaniards. I had even made use of the -same reasons, which you prescribe to me to urge in your letter, -to moderate his impatience to conclude the treaty, which he is -desirous of making with the King. Before His Majesty left St. -Germain, I represented to the Count Matthioli that the negociations -with England occupied him too much, to permit him, in such very -critical times, to apply himself as much as was necessary to a new -enterprize of the importance of the one that was meditated in Italy; -and since that, I have alleged to him the difficulty of getting -answers during the hurry of the journey, and the occupations of the -campaign, which oblige the King to go frequently from one place to -another. I have added, that I was by no means surprized at this, and -that, in preceding years, I had rarely received any letters from -you at those times. He has contented himself, thus far, with the -excuses I have given him; but the Duke of Mantua is so violently -alarmed at the peril in which he believes himself to be, and at the -length of the negociation, that he has absolutely determined upon -sending the Count Matthioli to the King--and I have not dared to -oppose myself to this, from the fear of giving him suspicions, or -of disgusting him with the negociation altogether. It is true, Sir, -that after having well considered the manner in which this journey -could be accomplished, I have thought that it would turn out to be -the most easy and the most infallible method to confirm still more -the dispositions of the Duke of Mantua, and to prolong this affair -as long as the King shall judge for the good of his service. I have -for this purpose persuaded the Count Matthioli that it was important -he should not go immediately to his Majesty, but that he should -first pay a visit to some of the towns in Italy, under the pretext -of his master's interests, and his disputes with the Duke of Modena -respecting the Duchy of Guastalla, in order that there may be no -suspicion of his going into France. He is agreed upon this point -with me; and by the reckoning we have made together of his course, -and the halts he will make, I can assure you, Sir, that you will -not see him for these two months. It will be still easier for you, -when he does arrive, to detain him at least as long; and thus the -campaign will be nearly finished without the Duke of Mantua's being -able to complain of the delay, or to take measures contrary to the -King's intentions. Since this Prince left Venice, he is travelling -about his territories, without ever stopping more than three or -four days in a place, in order to avoid giving audience to the -Spanish envoys, who are waiting for him at Mantua, and to whom he -has sent word that they may address themselves to his Council; that -for himself, he has no answer to give them to their propositions, -because he is waiting for intelligence from Vienna, by which he -intends to regulate his conduct. The Count Matthioli went to him the -beginning of this week, in order to receive his instructions for -his journey to Paris, and to give him an account of his negociation -with the Republic. He will afterwards return here to explain to the -Senate his Master's sentiments; and so, Sir, I shall perhaps have a -further opportunity of deferring his departure for a still longer -time. * * * - - I am, &c. - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[191] - - [191] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 19. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, April 2d, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I have nothing to add to what I have already had the honour of -writing to you, upon the affair which regards the Duke of Mantua. I -have received this morning a note from the Count Matthioli, in which -he gives me intelligence that he shall be here to-morrow; and that -he will come the same day to me, an hour after sunset. I will not -fail to give you an account, in my next letter, of the conversation -I shall have with him. I am glad that he did not return to Venice so -soon as he originally intended; because his journey to Paris will -be, in consequence, deferred some days longer. I will try to obtain -intelligence why the Resident from Mantua has had such frequent -audiences of the College for the last few days. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[192] - - [192] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 20. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - Approval of Matthioli's Mission to France.--Permission to - Estrades to leave Venice. - - April 5th, 1678. - - SIR, - -We are now at the end of our journey, and consequently at the end -of my want of punctuality in writing to you. The being stationary -at St. Germain, will make me more regular. I took an opportunity, -yesterday, to give an account to his Majesty of your letters of -the 5th, 12th, and 19th of last month. He appeared satisfied with -the manner in which you have conducted the business with the -Duke of Mantua; and was made acquainted, by your letter, written -after your interview with that prince, with the resolution he had -taken of sending the Count Matthioli to France. You will have -already seen by my despatches, that there is little probability of -his Majesty's being able to send a considerable army into Italy -this year. Now it appears, that the expectation of his sending -one, forms the foundation of all the designs which the Duke of -Mantua has communicated to you. You must be aware, that it would -answer no good purpose to undeceive him; because this would be to -break off a negociation, which may otherwise have considerable -results. Therefore one of the advantages of the journey of the -Count Matthioli is, that it gains time; besides, perhaps it may -be possible to remove difficulties, and take measures with him in -person, which might be difficult to be arranged at a distance. -Therefore, Sir, you will see that, as the King cannot grant the -principal conditions which have been required, because they all turn -upon an action in Italy, we cannot flatter ourselves with concluding -any thing with this prince, at present. This is what makes me think, -that if it is so particularly necessary for your interests, as you -say, to return to France, there is nothing that need prevent your -executing your wish. His Majesty appears to me so much satisfied -with your services, that, though he has doubtless the intention of -making use of them in a sphere which will give them a wider scope -than Venice does, he will willingly grant you leave of absence. I -have even already made him acquainted with your wish; and it appears -to me, that you are at liberty to do what you choose; either to stay -at Venice, or to come to Paris. * * * - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[193] - - [193] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 21. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Conversation with Matthioli. - - Venice, April 9th, 1678. - - SIR, - -The Count Matthioli arrived here six days ago; I had a conversation -with him the same evening, and the day after he set off for -Bologna, where he was to meet the Duke of Mantua, who will send -him from thence to Paris, after having given him his last orders. -He assured me that he was charged to confirm to his Majesty all -that I have had the honour of acquainting him with, and that his -master had only recommended him not to consent to the putting a -French garrison into Casale, as long as he could fight it off. But, -Sir, he told me at the same time, that he saw too well that this -condition was the actual foundation of the proposed treaty, to wish -to raise a negociation respecting it; and that he had made the -Duke of Mantua understand that it was necessary to act with good -faith towards the King, and not to balance about giving him this -security and satisfaction, if he wished to attach himself to the -interests of his Majesty, as he had determined to do. I perceived -notwithstanding, though he did not speak openly of it, that the -example of Messina[194] had made him reflect upon the consequences -of the engagement his master was about to make with the King, which -obliged me to represent to him how much this fear was ill-founded, -and what a difference there was between a solemn treaty of two -Sovereign Princes, as the one we were now concerting would be, and -the assistance which his Majesty had only given to the Messinese -from pure generosity. - -The Count Matthioli professed to be of my opinion, and to have great -joy at seeing affairs as well-disposed as he could possibly have -wished. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[195] - - [194] In 1674 the people of Messina in Sicily, unable any - longer to bear the harshness of the Spanish Government, - revolted. The French assisted them with a body of troops under - the command of the Chevalier de Valbelle. In 1676 the Marshal - de Vivonne was sent there with a powerful fleet, and gained a - complete victory over those of Spain and Holland. But in the - beginning of 1678, the French, alarmed at the prospect of a - union of England with their enemies, abandoned Sicily to its - fate. It is to this latter event that Estrades alludes. - - [195] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 22. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - St. Germain, April 13th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have already sent you word that the King approves very much of -the manner in which you have carried on the negociation with the -Duke of Mantua, without either breaking it off or advancing it too -much. It is even advantageous, as a very natural means of gaining -time, that that Prince should have taken the part of sending the -Count Matthioli to the King. We may treat with him according to -the propositions he is charged with; but it would be a pity if the -foundation of them was to be the condition of sending a powerful -army into Italy this year, because I can tell you in confidence, -that the King has not yet taken any measures for the purpose. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[196] - - [196] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 23. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Means of protracting the Negociation.--Views of Matthioli. - - Venice, April 30th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I consider myself very happy, that the King has so much approved of -the manner in which I have conducted myself, in the affair of the -Duke of Mantua, as you have informed me in the letter which you did -me the honour to write to me on the 13th of this month, and that -his Majesty has had the goodness to regard more the zeal I have for -his service than my capacity. I shall have nothing more in future -to tell you on this subject, but the Count Matthioli will give you -ample information, when he arrives at Court, of the sentiments of -his master; of the state of his affairs; and of what may be expected -from them. The disposition in which I have seen him, makes me hope -that it will not be impossible to protract this negociation, without -running the risk of breaking it off, until the season for action is -past, and that, when he shall see the necessity that there is of -waiting till the King can take measures for sending an army into -Italy, he will willingly employ the influence he possesses over the -mind of the Duke of Mantua, to take from him all kind of suspicion, -and to prevent his being impatient at this delay; perhaps even he -might be able to persuade his master, if he should really endeavour -it, to put himself under the declared protection of the King, as he -has thus far been under that of the House of Austria; and to content -himself with his Majesty's paying the garrison he intends to place -in Casale. Finally, Sir, this affair will be in such good hands, -since it is yourself that will manage it, that even what appears the -most difficult in it may very well succeed. I will only add, that I -know that the Count Matthioli has a great desire, and need of making -his fortune, and that there are few things to which his master would -not consent for a considerable sum of money, and from the hope of a -great employment; of which, in fact, the title alone need be given -to him; as was the case with the Duke of Modena in the service of -France, and with the late Duke of Mantua in that of the Emperor, -whose Vicar-general he was in Italy, with the command of an army -there. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[197] - - [197] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 24. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Delay in Matthioli's Journey to Paris. - - Venice, May 21, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Count Matthioli has been here for the last four days with his -master. He came to me yesterday, to tell me that the Spaniards -had been, for the last two months, making such great advances to -the Duke of Mantua, that they would, perhaps, have obliged him to -consent to all they desired, which was the removing his garrison -from Guastalla, introducing the Germans into Casale, and declaring -himself openly against France, if he had separated himself for a -single moment from him; the Duchess-mother, and all the council of -this Prince, being devoted to the House of Austria. That it was -necessary he should wait for the return of the Marquis Galerati from -Milan, and that he should remain, besides, three weeks or a month -with the Duke of Mantua, who was to go, during that time, to Casale, -where he had persuaded him to wait for his return from France. That, -therefore, he could not set off till towards the end of June, but -that he would not delay beyond that time. I answered him, that he -had been in the right to remain with his master, at a time when -his presence was so necessary to him; that he ought not to set off -on his journey to Paris, till he was well assured that his absence -would cause no change, either in the sentiments or the affairs of -that Prince, but that I could assure him the King would see him with -pleasure, and that he would receive every kind of satisfaction from -his journey. * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[198] - - [198] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 25. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Interview with Matthioli. - - Venice, June 11, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Count Matthioli, who does not lose sight of the Duke of Mantua, -for the reasons that I have already informed you of, is come here to -make a stay of three or four days with that Prince; he has assured -me that he is still in the resolution of setting off, the end of -this month, to go to Paris; and that he will first accompany his -master to Casale, where he has lately discovered the intrigues of -the Spaniards, for the purpose of obtaining possession of that -place. I have taken occasion, Sir, to represent to him, that, even -if the report, which has been spread of a general peace, should be -true, the Duke of Mantua would have still more need of the King's -protection; that the House of Austria will not be in a condition -to do injury to any Prince, as long as she shall have to contend -with the power of his Majesty; but that if she had no longer this -obstacle, it would be easy for her to execute the designs, which -his master could not doubt her having against him; that it was -greatly his interest to put himself in such a state, that he need -not fear being deprived of Casale and the Montferrat, of which the -Court of Vienna had declared its wish to put the Empress Eleanor -in possession, who had no other view than that of leaving it some -day to the Prince of Lorrain,[199] in favour of his marriage with -the widow of the King of Poland; that the Duke of Mantua could not -avoid this misfortune, except by procuring for himself the support -of the King, by means of an intimate connection of interests; as -would be that he would have with him, if his Majesty had a garrison -in Casale, which would be paid at his expense, and kept on the same -conditions as we had already agreed upon; that this would make -him the more secure, from the circumstance of his Majesty's never -having had any claims upon his territories, and from his being -the only sovereign who was capable of defending them successfully -against those, who thought they had well-grounded claims upon them. -I added to this, that if he reflected upon what I told him, he -would, without doubt, perceive, that the Duke of Mantua could not -take a better line, than the one that I proposed to him. The Count -Matthioli answered me, that he was so persuaded of this, and that -he was so assured of the aversion which that Prince had for the -Spaniards, and of his inclination towards France, that even if -at his arrival at Court he should find the peace concluded and -published, and that there should be in consequence no more hope of -seeing the war in the Milanese, which his master so much wished -for there, he would still not hesitate to conclude in his name the -affair which we have commenced here, provided the King wished for -it. Should this agree with his Majesty's designs, you, Sir, will -know better than any body how to make use of the good intentions of -the Count Matthioli, when he shall be with you. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[200] - - [199] Charles V. Duke of Lorrain, married, in the commencement - of this year, Eleanor, daughter of the Emperor Leopold, and - widow of Michael Wiecnowiecki, King of Poland. For an account - of him, see note, page 48. - - [200] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 26. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - St. Germain, June 15, 1678. - - SIR, - -I answer your letters of the 21st and 28th of May, and of the 4th -of this month together; the first has made known to the King the -reasons which have delayed the Count Matthioli: if they are really -such as he told you, and that he has thought his presence necessary, -in order to prevent the injurious resolutions to which the Spaniards -might have persuaded his master, it is quite right in him not to -have left him; it would also be advantageous if he could soon -withdraw him from Mantua, and lead him to Casale. It will then be -more easy for him to make his journey into France, and to insure the -success of the measures which he has concerted with you. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[201] - - [201] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 27. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - June 22, 1678. - - SIR, - -The King has seen the letter which you were pleased to write to me, -and his Majesty has learnt from it with pleasure, that the Count -Matthioli is always in the same sentiments of affection and zeal, -which he has already shown for his Majesty. Continue to strengthen -him in them, by the hope of the same advantages which you have -already shown him that the Duke his master will find in the alliance -and protection of the King. The Duke not being in a condition to -preserve Casale, without the assistance of some one more powerful -than himself, he cannot certainly receive it more usefully and more -surely than from the hands of his Majesty. I trust you will labour, -as you have already done, to inspire him with the desire of it, -from the pleasure that you will have in rendering a very agreeable -service to his Majesty. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[202] - - [202] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 28. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Differences between the Duke of Mantua and the Spaniards. - - Venice, July 2, 1678. - - SIR, - -I see by the letter, which you did me the honour to write to me on -the 15th of last month, that you have approved of the assiduity of -the Count Matthioli about the Duke of Mantua, from the reasons which -I sent you. It will appear to you still more useful, when you are -told that he has obliged that Prince to break off the marriage of -the great-nephew of Don Vincent of Gonzaga, Viceroy of Sicily, with -the second daughter of the late Duke of Guastalla, and sister of the -Duchess of Mantua, which was already concluded, and which had been -contrived by the Spaniards, in the view of putting him more easily -in possession of the Duchy of Guastalla; so that the Duke of Mantua -is at present so much at variance with the Spaniards, that it is not -difficult to make him comprehend that there is no other safe part -for him to take, than that of putting himself under the protection -of the King, and of fulfilling those engagements with his Majesty, -which he has already agreed upon. This is what I represented to the -Count Matthioli at his last visit to this place, and he was the -more easily brought to be of this opinion, because he has a great -interest that this affair should succeed, since the Spaniards, who -are all-powerful in the councils of his master, and who have the -Duchess-mother on their side, have easily discovered that it is -he alone who injures them in the mind of the Duke, and would not -fail to take vengeance on him, if he ever fell into their hands. He -departed yesterday to go and join the Duke of Mantua, whom he does -not quit, and whom he is to accompany to Mantua, and afterwards to -Casale, from whence he will proceed to Paris: but, by the reckoning -that we have made together, he cannot be there before the end of the -next month. - - * * * * * * - -Sir, I am obliged to tell you that the Nuncio is so devoted to the -Spaniards, and that he sees with so much chagrin the power of the -King, and the weakness of the House of Austria, that he would be -capable of inventing to me a story of this nature, even should it -not be true.[203] * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[204] - - [203] As the letter breaks off here abruptly, it is impossible - for us to discover to what transaction Estrades alludes. - - [204] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 29. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Excuses for the delay of Matthioli. - - Venice, July 9, 1678. - - SIR, - -After what I had the honour of acquainting you with in my last -letter, on the subject of the Count Matthioli, I should not have -any thing further to add to-day, if he had not begged me to let you -know that he has only remained at Venice some days longer than he -originally intended, in order to execute some little commissions -which the Duke of Mantua gave him when he left the place; but that -he will go and meet that Prince this week at Mantua, that he will -follow him to Casale, and that from thence he will set off to go to -Paris, where he expects to arrive during the month of September. We -have together calculated the time, and he cannot and ought not to -leave his master sooner. He has, however, been apprehensive that -these delays might give a bad opinion of him, and he has wished, in -order to set his mind at rest, that I would send you the letters he -has written to the King and to you, Sir; although I assured him he -need not take this trouble, and that it would be sufficient if I -bore testimony to his zeal and to his good intentions. * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[205] - - [205] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 30. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - July 13, 1678. - - SIR, - -The letter which you were pleased to write to me on the second of -this month, has shown the King that the Count Matthioli continues -in the same good intentions for his service, and in the design of -coming to France. His Majesty sees with pleasure that he is making -preparation, in order to be able to finish there the negociation -which you have commenced with him; and he has also been well -contented that, in order to prevent his master from entering into -more intimate engagements with the Spaniards, he has caused to be -broken off the marriage, which was on the point of taking place, -between the great-nephew of Don Vincent of Gonzaga, Viceroy of -Sicily, and the second daughter of the Duke of Guastalla. - - POMPONNE.[206] - - [206] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 31. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, July 30, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have nothing new to send you, in return for what you tell me, in -the letter which you did me the honour to write to me on the 13th of -this month: but as soon as the Duke of Mantua shall be arrived at -Casale, I shall be able to inform you precisely of the day on which -the Count Matthioli will set off for Paris. - -I have heard that the Duke has brought his mother back to Mantua, -and that she is ill there of a fever. If God was to call her to -himself, without doubt the affair of Casale would be more easy to -conclude, and the execution of the treaty would be less difficult; -though thus far there is no reason to doubt that in any case it -will fail, if his Majesty continues always in the wish of obtaining -possession of that place. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[207] - - [207] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 32. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - St. Germain, August 10, 1678. - - SIR, - -As the King continues always in the intention of profiting by the -good dispositions of the Duke of Mantua, His Majesty desires that -you will continue to encourage them, as you have already had so much -part in originating them. His arrival at Casale, and the journey -of the Count Matthioli into France, will show more clearly his -inclinations with regard to delivering up that place to His Majesty. * * * - - POMPONNE.[208] - - [208] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 33. - -ESTRADES TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Good dispositions of the Duke of Mantua, and of the Garrison - of Casale. - - Venice, August 20, 1678. - - SIRE, - - * * * * * * - -The Count Matthioli arrived here the day before yesterday, and he -goes away this evening to Mantua. He only came here to assure me, -that he would set off infallibly in the first week of next month, to -go to your Majesty, as he has done himself the honour of sending you -word himself; that the Duke of Mantua is always firm in his design -of putting himself under the protection of your Majesty; that all -those who have any command in Casale, are devoted to the will of -that Prince, and inclined to the French; and that there is so exact -a guard kept in that place, that nothing can enter or go out of it, -except by the order of the Commandants. I exhorted him not to defer -his departure beyond the time he had stated, and I told him that -he would be as well received by your Majesty, as he could possibly -wish. * * * - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[209] - - [209] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 34. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, September 3, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Count Matthioli has sent word to the Ambassador by the Sieur -Giuliani, (whom he had despatched to Padua, to learn news respecting -his health) that his illness begins to diminish, and that he hopes -it will soon permit him to commence his journey to the Court, about -the time he agreed on with him. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[210] - - [210] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 35. - -MATTHIOLI TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Excuses his own delay. - - Padua, September 12th, 1678. - - SIRE, - -The illness, which came upon me while I was getting ready for my -departure, has, (as your Majesty has deigned to be informed by the -Abbé d'Estrades, your Ambassador at Venice,) occasioned, to my -extreme grief, the necessity for me to delay my journey to you. The -eagerness I have is extraordinary, to be able with all possible -celerity to throw myself at your Majesty's feet. As soon as I -shall have recovered in some degree my strength, I will not fail -to set off. The present emergency of the Genoese seems to me very -opportune for the designs we have in view. I hope to be able, with -all respect, to suggest upon this subject also to your Majesty some -points of importance. I bow myself before you most humbly. - - Of your Majesty, &c. - - HERCULES A. MATTHIOLI.[211] - - [211] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 36. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, September 17th, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Sieur Giuliani, having gone one day this week to gain -information of the state of health of the Count Matthioli, brought -back to the Ambassador the letter which the Count had done -himself the honour of writing to you,[212] and which I take the -liberty, Sir, of sending you. He sent word at the same time to his -Excellency, that now, as he has no more fever, he will return to -Mantua, in order to satisfy the impatience of the Duke of Mantua -to see him; and that as soon as he shall have regained a little -strength, he will not fail to set off, in order that he may arrive -at the Court as soon as possible. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[213] - - [212] This letter is not published. - - [213] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 37. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Fontainebleau, October 6, 1678. - -I have received, Sir, this week, your letter of the 17th, together -with the two others from M. Matthioli, which were joined to it; but -I cannot reply to them till the next post, not having as yet had an -opportunity of rendering an account of them to the King. We shall -wait for the arrival of the aforesaid Sieur Matthioli, to know what -propositions he intends to make. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[214] - - [214] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 38. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Paris, October 14, 1678. - -Since the last post, I have found an opportunity to read to the -King your letter of the 17th of September, and he appears to me -to approve of the account, you give in it, of what regards his -interests, in the place where you at present are. - -His Majesty has learnt with pleasure, that the Count Matthioli will -soon be in a state to come here, when he will listen to him with -favour. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[215] - - [215] Ibid. - - - - -No. 39. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Intention of Estrades to leave Venice. - - Venice, October 15, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I sent you word, some time back, that the Abbé d'Estrades was gone -into the country, from whence he intended to continue his journey -into France. The uneasiness he felt at the delay of the Count -Matthioli in his departure, (although it only proceeded from his -illness, and from the necessity he had to be near his master,) and -his desire to see him set off before him, or at least at the same -time, are the causes why he has always deferred his own departure; -but having had four days ago a conference with the Count Matthioli, -in which he assured him that he would without doubt set off for -France to-day, and that he had even received the order of the Duke -of Mantua to that effect * * *[216] - - DE PINCHESNE.[217] - - [216] The sentence is left thus unfinished in the letter, as - published by M. Delort. - - [217] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 40. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Continued delay of Matthioli. - - Venice, October 22d, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -WHILE I was in the belief that the Count Matthioli had set out -for the Court, according to the promise he had made to the Abbé -d'Estrades in the last conference, which, as I sent you word, Sir, -they had together, I have been surprised by learning at this moment, -by a letter which he has written to the Sieur Giuliani, who has -just brought it me, that some affairs, which he has had to transact -with the Duke of Mantua, have obliged him to delay his departure -till to-day. He has written to the aforesaid Sieur Giuliani to be -to-morrow evening at Verona, in order to continue his journey to -the Court from thence. He has judged it proper, in order to keep -the whole affair as secret as possible, to take him with him rather -than any other, as he is already informed of all the circumstances -of the case, the Abbé d'Estrades having made use of him in all the -journeys that were necessary during the course of this affair. He -is a very good sort of man, who is already entirely French in his -dispositions, and full of affection for the service and interests of -the King. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[218] - - [218] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 41. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, October 29th, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I have received this instant a letter from the Count Matthioli, -written from Berheta, on the 26th of this month; in which he -acquaints me that he will immediately continue his journey to the -Court with the Sieur Giuliani; where, perhaps, they will be arrived -before you receive this letter. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[219] - - [219] Ibid. - - - - -No. 42. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Versailles, November 4th, 1678. - - * * * * * * - -According to appearances the Abbé d'Estrades will soon arrive here, -and with him the Count Matthioli, through whom we shall be able to -know more distinctly the sentiments of the Duke of Mantua. * * * - - POMPONNE.[220] - - [220] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 43. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - November 11th, 1678. - -I have received your letter of the 22d, the principal point of which -is, the making the King acquainted with the reason, for which the -Count Matthioli did not set off so soon as he had promised the Abbé -d'Estrades. We must wait for his arrival to know what he has to -propose to the King. - - POMPONNE.[221] - - [221] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 44. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Versailles, November 18th, 1678. - - * * * * * * - -Neither the Count Matthioli, nor the Sieur Giuliani are yet arrived -here. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[222] - - [222] Ibid. - - - - -No. 45. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, November 19th, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I have just received a letter from the Count Matthioli, written -from Zurich on the 5th of this month, in which he informs me, that -the bad roads have been the cause, which has prevented him from -travelling as quick as he could wish in his journey to the Court, -but that he hopes to be there in a few days, and perhaps may be -arrived before you receive this. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[223] - - [223] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 46. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, November 26th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have received this week the two letters which you did me the -honour to write to me, on the 4th and on the 7th of this month. -I see by both of them, how much the King is disposed to receive -the Count Matthioli favourably, and to listen willingly to his -propositions, as soon as he shall be arrived at the Court. I think -he must be there at present, as I have again received to-day a -letter from him, from Soleure, dated the 9th of this month, in which -he informs me that he has made as much expedition as possible, in -order to arrive there quickly. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[224] - - [224] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 47. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - December 2d, 1678. - - * * * * * * - -I send you only a packet belonging to the Count Matthioli, who -arrived here some days ago, and who acquaints the Duke of Mantua -with the circumstance. You must take great care to send the letters -that are in this packet to their destination. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[225] - - [225] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 48. - - Powers granted to Pomponne, to treat with Matthioli. - -The Duke of Mantua having testified to his Majesty, through the -medium of the Count Matthioli, the extreme desire he has to make -known his zeal for his interests; and to acquire for himself, by -the most intimate alliances into which he can enter with him, the -same friendship and the same protection, which his predecessors -have received from France on great and important occasions. His -Majesty, therefore, who has always preserved a sincere affection for -the family of the aforesaid Duke and for his person, has received -with pleasure the sentiments that he has manifested to him; and in -order to take the necessary measures with him for an alliance, which -shall be both most intimate and most advantageous to the aforesaid -Duke, he has given full power to the Sieur de Pomponne, counsellor -in ordinary in all his councils, secretary of state and of his -commandments and finances, in order to, with the aforesaid Count -Matthioli, agree, treat, and sign such articles as to him shall -seem good, for this particular alliance with the aforesaid Duke of -Mantua; promising, on the honour and word of a king, to consent to, -and to confirm and establish now and always, all that the aforesaid -Sieur de Pomponne shall, for this effect, conclude and settle, -without contravening, or suffering the contravention of any part of -it, in any manner whatsoever, and to furnish his ratification of -it in proper form, within the time that shall be stipulated by the -treaty. In witness whereof his Majesty has signed the present with -his hand, and has caused to be affixed to it his privy seal. - -Done at Versailles, the 5th day of December, 1678. - - LEWIS.[226] - - [226] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 49. - -LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH TO THE DUKE OF MANTUA. - - Promises his protection to the Duke. - - MY COUSIN, - -The Count Matthioli, will instruct you so particularly, both of the -manner in which he has acquitted himself of the orders with which -you have charged him for me, and of the extreme satisfaction with -which I have received the assurances he has given me of your zeal -for my interests, that I can have nothing further to add upon these -subjects. I am only desirous of testifying to you myself, the entire -confidence which I wish you to place in my friendship. You may -promise yourself, that it will be useful and glorious to you upon -all occasions; and you may always rely with certainty and security -upon my alliance. I hope to be able to give you very evident marks -of this in the sequel; and after having borne testimony to you of -the satisfaction which the conduct of the Count Matthioli, through -the whole of this affair, has given me, I will not lengthen the -present letter any more, except to pray to God that he may have you, -my Cousin, in his holy and worthy keeping. - -Written at Versailles, this 8th Dec. 1678. - - LEWIS. - - (And lower down), - - ARNAUD.[227] - - [227] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 50. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - December 16th, 1678. - - * * * * * * - -I SEND you a letter of the King to the Duke of Mantua, which you -will deliver to the Count Matthioli, as soon as he shall arrive at -Venice, taking care always to keep his journey very secret. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[228] - - [228] Ibid. - - - - -No. 51. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Interview of Pinchesne with Don Joseph Varano. - - Venice, December 24th, 1678. - - SIR, - -As soon as I had received, together with the letter that you did -me the favour to write me on the second of this month, that which -the Count Matthioli sent to the Duke of Mantua, under cover to Don -Joseph Varano, who is here with that Prince, and who is one of the -two persons to whom his Highness has confided the design he has -to deliver Casale into the hands of the King, I made known to M. -Varano, by the son of the Sieur Giuliani, that I was very desirous -of being able to deliver to him a letter from a French gentleman, -who was one of his friends, and who had begged me to give it into -his own hands. He understood very well what that meant to say; and -at the same time sent me word, that if I would find myself that -evening in mask at the Opera, he would not fail to be there also; -which was executed according to our resolution. He told me, when I -gave it him, that the Duke of Mantua would be delighted to receive -it; because, for some days, he had shown great impatience to hear -of the arrival of the Count Matthioli at the court, and to know in -what state the affair was, which he was gone there to negociate. He -asked me, at the same time, if I could not give him some news upon -the subject; but as I know nothing about it, I contented myself -with only telling him that I did not doubt but it was in a good -train, and that I was persuaded his Highness would receive, on this -occasion, the marks of that esteem and friendship which His Majesty -has for him. I thought, Sir, I might be permitted to speak to him in -these terms; because what I told him was from my own head, and not -as if I had received any order to that effect. We afterwards agreed -together, that, during the stay of the Duke of Mantua at Venice, we -would make use of the same means to deliver to him the letters which -might come to me from the Count Matthioli. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[229] - - [229] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 52. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - A courier sent to Venice with a new cypher. - - St. Germain, December 25th, 1678. - -THIS courier, whom I despatch to you, has orders not to come to your -house as a courier, but to enter Venice as a tradesman, or a private -French individual, who comes there on his own business: he brings -for you a cypher, which you will only make use of in what regards -the affairs of the Duke of Mantua, according to the occasions which -you may deem necessary after the return of the Count Matthioli. We -have been afraid that, for so important an affair, the cypher of -the Abbé d'Estrades was too old, and had probably been discovered, -in the many times it has passed through the territories of Milan. -You will make use of it as usual in your ordinary despatches; but -you will only write on the affairs of Mantua in the new one, which -this courier brings to you. Take care to inform us exactly, of the -arrival of the Count Matthioli, and of all that he shall communicate -to you on the subject of his journey. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[230] - - [230] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 53. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Catinat sent to Pignerol. - - St. Germain-en-Laye, December 29, 1678. - -THESE few words are to let you know, that it is necessary for the -King's service, that the person who will send you this note, should -enter into the citadel of Pignerol, without any body's knowing it. -To this effect, cause the Gate of Aid[231] to remain open till -night-fall, and send him one of your servants; or even, if you are -able, go yourself to meet him, at the place to which his valet will -conduct you; in order that he may enter in your suite into the -aforesaid citadel, and into the aforesaid dungeon, without any one's -perceiving it. - - I am truly yours, - - DE LOUVOIS.[232] - - [231] "Porte du Secours." - - [232] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 54. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - D'Asfeld sent to Venice. - - St. Germain, Dec. 30, 1678. - -The King has despatched this day the Sieur d'Asfeld, Colonel of -Dragoons, who is to go to Venice, under pretext of a journey of -curiosity and pleasure. He will not come directly to your house, -but will appear as a stranger, whom curiosity alone leads to the -place where you are. He will afterwards come to see you, as if on -account of the natural obligation which all Frenchmen have to visit -those who are placed in a country for His Majesty's service. He -will deliver to you, from me, a short letter, as of introduction -for him, in which I request you to contribute to the success of -his particular interests at Venice. He will communicate to you the -orders he has received; and you will take the necessary measures -to make known his arrival to the Count Matthioli, and to arrange a -meeting between them, if necessary. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[233] - - [233] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 55. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - St. Germain, Dec. 30, 1678. - - SIR, - -You will receive this letter by the hands of M. d'Asfeld, who -goes to Venice, for an affair which he will communicate to you -himself, and of which you will have had, before his arrival, a more -particular instruction by my letters. All that I will therefore add -is, that you will put an entire reliance on what he tells you, and -that you will contribute, in every way that depends on you, to the -success of his particular interests at the place where you are. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[234] - - [234] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 56. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, Dec. 31, 1678. - - SIR, - -In order to deliver to Don Joseph Varano the letter, which I have -received for him from the Count Matthioli, at the same time with -that which you did me the favour to write on the 9th of this month, -I have made use of the same means which I had the honour to acquaint -you with in my last letter, and which we had agreed upon together, -for the time during which the Duke of Mantua should remain at -Venice. He told me, when he received it, that this prince had -experienced great pleasure by learning from the first, that the -affair was in a good state; and that he was most impatient to hear -of the conclusion of it; to which I answered him in two words, that -that was a hope which his Highness might, with reason, flatter -himself to see realized. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[235] - - [235] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 57. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, Jan. 7, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -As soon as the Count Matthioli shall arrive at Venice, I will -immediately deliver into his hands the letter which the King has -done the Duke of Mantua the honour of writing to him. That prince -left this place the day before yesterday, to return to his own -States; but he is to come back to Venice towards the end of this -month, to pass the rest of the Carnival there. I will keep the -journey of the Count Matthioli secret, as you order me; but I beg -you to believe, Sir, that it was not necessary you should take the -trouble to recommend this to me, since I know very well of what -importance it is to preserve an inviolable secrecy in this affair. - - * * * * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[236] - - [236] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 58. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, Jan. 15th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I shall execute with all the punctuality possible, every order which -it shall please you to give me on this affair; and as soon as the -Count Matthioli shall be returned to this place, I will not fail to -acquaint you with it, and to give you an exact account of all he -shall tell me respecting the business which he has been negociating -at the Court. - - * * * * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[237] - - [237] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 59. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Arrival of d'Asfeld at Venice. - - Venice, Jan. 21st, 1679. - - SIR, - -Before I received the letter, which you did me the honour to write -to me on the 30th of last month, and by which you informed me that -the King intended to send here the Count d'Asfeld, Colonel of a -regiment of Dragoons, he was already arrived, and had been to -see me, to communicate to me the orders he had received from his -Majesty; but as he was not charged with any letter from you, for -me, I should have had some difficulty in opening my plans to him, -in an affair of this consequence, if M. Giuliani, who happened to -be with me just then, and who was come to see me for the first time -since his return, had not told me, a few moments before, that there -would shortly arrive here a gentleman from the King; and if I had -not found him himself so well-informed of the whole of this affair, -that I could have no doubt of the truth of what he told me; since -it appeared to me impossible that he could know so much upon the -subject without having learnt it from you, or from those who are -alone acquainted with it. He told me that M. de Louvois had obliged -him, before his departure, to burn the letter which you had given -him to deliver to me, from fear lest, if he was stopped in the -Milanese, it might give some ground of suspicion to the Spaniards. -He even detailed to me so precisely all that it contained, that I -could have no farther cause for fear, after I had seen that what he -told me, tallied so well with all that you have done me the favour -to write to me upon his subject. We have not been able to agree -upon any thing together since he has been here, because the Count -Matthioli is not yet arrived; but as he has written to me and to -M. Giuliani, from whom he separated himself near Turin, in order -to excite less observation, that he will be here in a few days, I -hope to be able, by the next post, to give you an account of all -we shall have settled with him. I will not fail, Sir, to represent -strongly to him, according to the order which M. d'Asfeld has given -me, on the part of the King, to that effect, that it is absolutely -necessary for the Duke of Mantua to be at Casale by the 20th of next -month, to make the exchange of the treaties; and I will make him so -clearly understand that diligence is most necessary in an affair of -this importance, lest, from delay, it should be discovered, that I -am almost bold enough to promise, that he will persuade his master -to go there at that time. However, Sir, if this prince, who is -accustomed to pass the last days of the Carnival here every year, -wished also to do so this year, in order not to make his conduct -appear extraordinary; and that he should think that from the 15th -of February, which is the first day of Lent, to the 20th, there -will be too little time for his journey to Casale, without showing -an anxiety which might occasion suspicions; and that, therefore, he -might wish to defer for some days the exchange of the treaties, I -think you will approve of my sending you an extraordinary courier to -inform you of it; it being impossible for me to do so sufficiently -quickly by the post. - - DE PINCHESNE.[238] - - [238] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 60. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Delays of Matthioli, and of the Duke of Mantua. - - Venice, Jan. 28th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -According to the letters which M. Giuliani and I received last week -from the Count Matthioli, we thought he would, without doubt, be -this week at Venice, with the Duke of Mantua. However, neither one -nor the other are yet arrived, on account of a slight illness which -the Duchess dowager of Mantua has had, which has obliged that prince -to remain with her; but the Sieur Giuliani has received to-day a -letter from Don Joseph Varano, in which he informs him, that the -Count Matthioli is at present at Padua, where he is waiting for -the Duke of Mantua, in order that they may come here together, on -Monday, or Tuesday at the latest. This has obliged M. d'Asfeld -and myself to send Giuliani this evening to Padua, to the Count -Matthioli, to give him intelligence of the arrival of M. d'Asfeld at -Venice, and to represent to him that it is of the last importance, -on account of the shortness of the time, for us to have, as soon as -possible, a conference together, in order to take all the measures -that shall be necessary to induce the Duke of Mantua to be at Casale -the 20th or 25th of next month, according to the wish of the King. - -I think I can say to-day more securely than I did last week, that I -shall inform you by the next post of all we shall have arranged with -the Count Matthioli, since certainly the next week will not pass -away without our meeting. - - DE PINCHESNE.[239] - - [239] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 61. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Further Delays of Matthioli. - - Venice, February 4th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Duke of Mantua has been here since Tuesday. The Count Matthioli -was to have come with him, but the fever he has been suffering from -for the last ten or twelve days prevented him, and obliged him -to remain at Padua, where he still is, for the purpose of going -through a course of remedies. Nevertheless, Sir, as time presses, -M. d'Asfeld and I have sent M. Giuliani to him twice this week, to -represent to him the necessity we have of seeing him, to arrange -together the day when the Duke of Mantua is to be at Casale. He -has sent us word for answer, that to-morrow he will certainly be -at Venice, whatever his state of health may be, and that on Monday -or Tuesday, at the latest, we may see one another, to conclude -all things; after which, M. d'Asfeld can set off for Pignerol: -that, besides, he could assure us, that in all the conversations -he had had with the Duke of Mantua, since his return from France, -he had found that Prince in the best possible dispositions for -the success of the affair, within the time that had been fixed -upon with you, and that he had even done himself the honour of -acquainting you with this in a letter which he had written you. I -have also seen, within the last two days, Don Joseph Varano, who -has also given me assurances to the same effect on the part of his -master. So, Sir, there is every reason to hope, that the King will -soon receive the satisfaction that he expects from this business. -When M. d'Asfeld and myself shall see the Count Matthioli, we will -represent to him the diligence that is necessary to be made use -of in this affair; which is the more so, because the march of the -troops towards Pignerol begins to give suspicion to the Spaniards -in the Milanese, although thus far they are persuaded that they are -only sent to that place to work at the fortifications. M. d'Asfeld, -who, as well as myself, is rendered uneasy by the delay of the Count -Matthioli, had made a resolution, on Friday evening, to go and pay -him a visit at Padua, and to take as a pretext his wish to go and -see some of the towns of the Terra Ferma; but we reflected, that two -days, more or less, was not of great consequence; and that, besides -the uselessness of this journey, since it is necessary that the -Count Matthioli should speak to the Duke of Mantua before he can -settle any thing with us, it might also cause some suspicion in his -inn, where there are many strangers, if he was seen to leave Venice -during the time when the diversions there are at their height, to -go and make a tour in towns where there are none. Therefore we -have thought, that it was better to wait the arrival of the Count -Matthioli in this city, in order not to risk any thing by too much -precipitation, in an affair in which secrecy is so necessary, and -respecting which one can never take too many precautions. - - * * * * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[240] - - [240] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 62. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, Feb. 7th, 1679. - -I SEND you a letter for the same person[241] to whom you were to -deliver the two packages, which the individual named Barrere ought -to have brought you by this time. I beg that you will give it to -him, and send me by the return of the same courier, who will deliver -to you this letter, whatever answer he shall make to it. The person -who despatches this courier from Lyons, has orders to tell him, that -he is the bearer of the letters of Madame Fouquet. It will be right -for you to tell him the same thing when you send him back. You will -observe, if you please, to put an envelope over your letter to me, -addressed to the Sieur Du Bois, Clerk of the Foreign Post at Lyons. - -If the person to whom you have to deliver this letter is not -arrived, you will send me word of it by the return of the courier, -and will keep the letter till his arrival. - - DE LOUVOIS.[242] - - [241] This person was Catinat, who was now on his way to - Pignerol, under the assumed name of Richemont. - - [242] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 63. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Interviews with Matthioli.--Further Delays in the - Ratification of the Treaty. - - Feb. 7th, 1679. - -WE had hoped, M. d'Asfeld and I, according to the promises which -had been given us to this effect by the Count Matthioli, through M. -Giuliani, as often as we sent him to Padua, that we might be able to -dispose the Duke of Mantua to go to Casale the 25th of this month, -according to the King's intentions; but notwithstanding all that we -have been able to allege to the Count in the two conferences we have -had with him, last Thursday and this morning, we have not been able -to succeed, and we have therefore been obliged to defer the day of -the exchange of the ratifications of the treaty till the 10th of -next March; on which day the Duke of Mantua promises to be, most -assuredly, and without any further delay, at Casale. - -We have despatched you this extraordinary courier, Sir, to give you -intelligence of this; and we have so strongly recommended diligence -to him, that we hope our letters will still arrive soon enough at -court, to afford the King sufficient time to give whatever orders -his Majesty shall judge necessary, for the delaying of the march of -the troops towards Pignerol. - -M. d'Asfeld writes in this intention, to M. de Louvois; but I will -take the liberty to request you, Sir, in case the King has any new -orders to give us on this affair, to order them to be sent directly -to me; because, as it is possible that M. d'Asfeld may be obliged -to depart before they arrive, I could not be made acquainted with -them if they were sent to him, the cypher he has received from M. de -Louvois being different to that which you have sent me. We think, -nevertheless, we can assure you, Sir, that we do not see, from this -delay of time, any reason to doubt the sincerity of the sentiments -of the Duke of Mantua; who has again assured us, through the Count -Matthioli, that he is more than ever in the intention of executing -the treaty he has just made with his Majesty, and of keeping the -promise he has given to him. - -The Count Matthioli had written to you; but as his letter was not in -cypher, and did not contain any thing but what I have sent you word -of in this, I have not thought it necessary to send it to you. - - DE PINCHESNE.[243] - - [243] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 64. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, February 15th, 1679. - - * * * * * * - -WHEN the affairs for which the Sieur de Richemont is with you shall -be concluded, you may, &c.[244] * * * - - - DE LOUVOIS.[245] - - [244] The sentence is left thus imperfect in M. Delort's - publication. The whole letter, however, is published in the - work entitled, "Les philosophes et les gens de lettres des - XVIIe et XVIIIe siècles à la Bastille." The rest of the letter - does not refer to Matthioli's affair. - - [245] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 65. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - February 17th, 1679. - -I HAVE given an account to the King of what you tell me, in your -last letter of the 28th of January, you have done concerning the -affair which is entrusted to you, and of your expecting the Count -Matthioli soon, from the assurance that the Sieur Giuliani had given -you to that effect. His Majesty was very glad to see that you still -have hopes both of the success of the affair, and of prevailing -upon the Duke of Mantua to leave Venice on the 20th or 25th of this -month. - -I have nothing particular to acquaint you with, beyond what you -already know. You will continue, if you please, to inform me exactly -of all that shall pass on this subject; even despatching me an -extraordinary courier if you shall deem it necessary. - - POMPONNE.[246] - - [246] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 66. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Reasons for the Duke of Mantua's delay in going to Casale. - - Venice, February 18th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -THE necessity, which M. d'Asfeld and myself were under a week ago, -of sending off in all haste the courier whom we despatched to the -Court, prevented me, Sir, from being able to acquaint you in the -letter, which I then did myself the honour to write to you, with the -reasons, which the Count Matthioli has alleged to us, to make us -understand that the Duke of Mantua cannot be at Casale the 25th of -this month, according to the wishes of the King expressed to him by -us. He told us three: the first was, that this Prince, wishing to -send to Casale, as soon as he should be arrived there, his guards -and the greater part of his court, (intending to make some stay -there after the conclusion of the affair,) it became necessary for -him for this purpose to have some money, which could not be got in -so short a time. The second, that it was absolutely necessary first -to persuade Don Vincent Gonzaga,[247] who is at present at Mantua, -to make this journey with his Highness, since, being the presumptive -heir of the Duke of Mantua, it would be very dangerous to leave him -at Mantua, at the time when the affair of Casale would be known; -because the Mantuans regarding him as likely to be their future -sovereign, there would be danger that they might allow themselves -to be persuaded by him to rebel against the Duke of Mantua, which, -without doubt, he would not fail to try to make them do, when he -should see that his Highness was attaching himself to the party of -France, and abandoning that of the House of Austria, to which Don -Vincent is absolutely devoted. And the third, the obligation under -which the Duke of Mantua found himself of holding here a sort of -carousel with several Venetian gentlemen, to whom he had given his -promise to that effect, which he could not now retract, without -occasioning some suspicion here. This last reason, Sir, although the -least considerable of the three, appears to me notwithstanding to be -a truer one than the others; because this Prince is so much attached -to all pleasures, of whatever kind they may be, that when he finds -an occasion of indulging in them, the most important affairs cannot -turn him away from them. This little carousel is certainly to take -place some day next week; after which the Count Matthioli has -assured us that the Duke of Mantua will, without doubt, leave this -place, in order to be at Casale the 10th of next month, as he has -promised us; his people are even to set off to-day to return to -Mantua. To-morrow we are to have another conference with the Count -Matthioli, to regulate in what manner M. d'Asfeld is to open the -business at Casale with the Duke of Mantua, for the purpose of -making the exchange of the ratifications of the treaty. Meanwhile, -Sir, I think it right to inform you, that the march of the troops -to Pignerol, and the munitions and money which are carried there, -cause great fear through the whole of Italy; and that it is said -publicly here, that the King has some great plan, without its being -possible to penetrate what it is, suspicions falling upon Casale, -upon Geneva, upon Savoy, and more particularly upon the Republic -of Genoa, on account of what has lately passed there: I even know -that M. Contarini[248] has written in these terms to Venice. There -are also two couriers, arrived during the last eight or ten days -from Turin, at Milan; the one despatched by _Madame Royale_[249] -to her envoy, and the other by the Duke of Gioninazze[250] to the -government of Milan, to give them intelligence of these movements. -The Count Matthioli has told us, that the Duke of Mantua intended -to make an excuse for his journey to Casale, by saying, that the -fear he is in of the designs of France, obliges him to go to that -place, to give the necessary orders for its security. I have just -now learnt, that a courier is arrived to the Spanish Ambassador from -Milan. I am persuaded he is sent for the same reasons I have before -stated. - - * * * * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[251] - - [247] See note, page 18. - - [248] Contarini was at this time Ambassador from the Republic - of Venice to the Court of Lewis the Fourteenth. - - [249] The Duchess of Savoy. For an account of her, see note, - page 32. - - [250] The Spanish Envoy at the Court of Turin. - - [251] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 67. - -POMPONNE TO MATTHIOLI. - - February 21st, 1679. - - SIR, - -I have received the letters, that you have taken the trouble to -write to me, and I think I cannot do better than address my answer -to them to the care of the Abbé d'Estrades, as you intend making -a journey to Turin. I have not failed to give an account to the -King of your sorrow at the long delay of an affair, which was -commenced and is to be concluded through your means. His Majesty -is still willing to promise himself a good success in it, and will -not entertain any doubt of the promise which has been so solemnly -given to him being kept. You know how much you may promise yourself -from his goodness when you shall have accomplished the success of -the project, of which you yourself laid the foundation. Upon this -subject the Abbé d'Estrades will speak to you still more in detail, -and therefore I will not lengthen this letter any more than to -assure you, that I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[252] - - [252] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 68. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Arrangements for the Exchange of the Ratifications of the - Treaty. - - Venice, February 25th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I SENT you word in my last letter of the reports, which the march of -the troops to Pignerol caused through the whole of Italy: these have -much increased this week from the news which has been received that -M. de Vauban[253] is gone there by the King's order; which makes it -be believed more than ever, that his Majesty certainly meditates -some great design on that side, although the strongest suspicion -falls always on Genoa, and, next to that, on Casale. The Spanish -Ambassador, and the Abbé Frederic, the resident of the Emperor, went -together on Wednesday to the Duke of Mantua, to tell him they had -heard from Turin that he wished to give Casale and the Montferrat to -the King, and to represent to him the disadvantages that would arise -to all Italy from this measure, and particularly to the House of -Austria, on account of the Duchy of Milan. That Prince answered them -that he was astonished they could believe in reports of this nature, -which had no solid foundation. This answer was all they could draw -from him on the subject. Nevertheless, Sir, as he is always in the -intention of executing the treaty he has made with the King, which -he has again assured us through the Count Matthioli, M. d'Asfeld and -I have had two more conferences this week with the aforesaid Count, -the last of which was yesterday evening; in which we arranged that -M. d'Asfeld and he should find themselves on the 9th of next month -at Notre-Dame d'Incréa, which is a village ten miles from Casale, in -order to make there the exchange of the ratifications; and that the -Duke of Mantua should arrive without fail at Casale on the evening -of the 15th, to wait there for the troops of his Majesty, and to -put them in possession of the place when they should arrive there -on the 18th, which is the day that M. d'Asfeld has said they would -be there, having, according to the order of M. de Louvois, demanded -nine days between that of the exchange of the ratifications and that -of their arrival at Casale. M. d'Asfeld left this place yesterday -after this conference to go to Pignerol, and the Count Matthioli is -to set off this evening for Incréa: but as the Duke of Mantua wishes -to remain only a single day at Mantua, and intends to travel post -to Casale, he will remain here till the 11th or 12th of next month: -it is even better he should do so, because as long as they shall -see him amusing himself here with a carousel and similar trifles, -there will be less suspicion of him than if they saw him take his -departure. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[254] - - [253] Sebastian Le Prêtre, Marquis of Vauban, the celebrated - Engineer; Marshal of France in 1703; Died in 1707. - - [254] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 69. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Suspicions of the House of Austria respecting the - Negociations. - - Venice, March 4th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -All the advices that come from France and from Turin declare so -positively that the Duke of Mantua has made a treaty with the King -for the cession of Casale and of the Montferrat, that they are -beginning here to change into certainties those suspicions which I -mentioned to you, Sir, in my two last letters, they had had, ever -since the first news arrived at Milan by the couriers which Madame -Royale and the Duke of Gioninazze despatched there. The Governor -of Milan immediately sent two others to Madrid and Vienna to give -intelligence to the Emperor and the King of Spain. The courier, who -was sent to Vienna, returned here on Wednesday evening, with express -orders to the Marquis Canozza, the Imperial Vicar, in Italy, to -speak strongly to the Duke of Mantua, and to try and deter him from -doing a thing so contrary to the interests of the whole House of -Austria; and to go afterwards to Turin and Milan, to concert there -the means of preventing it, in case the news proved true. This same -Marquis Canozza having been, for the last five or six months, in -the prisons of Venice, accused of having had a gentleman of Verona -assassinated, the Emperor has also written by the same Courier to -the Republic, to beg that he may be enlarged, which was done on -Thursday evening. He has not been able as yet to see the Duke of -Mantua, who defers, as much as he can, giving him audience, in order -to gain time. The fear I have been in, Sir, lest what he has to say -to this Prince, from the Emperor, might be capable of producing some -change in him, has obliged me to charge M. Giuliani to go, as from -me, to Don Joseph Varano, who is at present, since the departure -of Count Matthioli, the only confidant of the Duke of Mantua, to -try to know from him what are the sentiments of his master upon -the subject of this mission. He has answered me, that his master -would assuredly execute the treaty he has made with His Majesty, -notwithstanding the obstacles which the House of Austria puts in -the way of it, and that he would leave this place on Wednesday or -Thursday, in order to arrive at Casale within the time at which he -has promised to be there. All that we have to fear is, that the -Spaniards, who are extremely suspicious, may watch him, and oppose -his passage,[255] and that of the Count Matthioli, of whom they have -an equal distrust. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[256] - - [255] Through the Duchy of Milan. - - [256] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 70. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Arrest of d'Asfeld.--Departure of the Duke of Mantua from - Venice. - - Venice, March 11th, 1679. - - SIR, - -The Courier, whom we sent you a month ago, not having complied with -the order I had given him to write to me as soon as he should be -arrived at Lyons, in order to acquaint me whether he had passed -through the Milanese without being arrested, I was under great -uneasiness until I received the letter, in which you do me the -favour to inform me that you have received the despatch which I sent -you by him. You may believe, Sir, that when M. d'Asfeld and I were -obliged to defer the day of the exchange of the ratifications till -the 10th of this month, we did not do so, till we saw that it was -impossible to persuade the Duke of Mantua to perform his part within -the period desired by the King. - -All the world says here, that he is to go away this evening, or -to-morrow, without his suite; and he has always told us, through -the Count Matthioli, that when he left this place, he would only -pass through Mantua, and travel post from thence to Casale. He has -still more time than is necessary for him to be there before the -18th of this month, which is the day when the troops of the King are -to enter the place, according to what we agreed upon with the Count -Matthioli. - -M. Giuliani has received a letter from him[257] this week, in -which he writes him word that M. d'Asfeld has been arrested at -La Canonica, which is a village beyond Bergamo, but that he was -released shortly after. - -I do not know, Sir, if this news is really true, it having been -impossible for me to verify it, and the Count Matthioli only writing -word of it because a _Voiturier_, whom he met on the road, told -him that a gentleman whom he had conducted three or four days ago -from Verona to La Canonica, had been arrested at the latter place, -and released afterwards. In any case, I cannot doubt but that you -are already informed of it, since the Count mentions, in the same -letter, that it has been written to the Abbé d'Estrades, who will -not certainly have failed to make you acquainted with it. - - * * * * * * - -I have just this moment heard, Sir, that the Duke of Mantua set -off yesterday evening at four o'clock at night,[258] and that the -Marquis Canozza is also gone to Verona, which is his country, from -whence it is believed he will be very likely to go to Milan. - - DE PINCHESNE.[259] - - [257] Matthioli. - - [258] According to the Italian mode of reckoning the hours. - - [259] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 71. - -POMPONNE TO MATTHIOLI. - - Letter of Credence to be presented to Matthioli by Catinat. - - St. Germain, March 14, 1679. - - SIR, - -The King has been informed by the Sieur de Pinchesne, of all the -measures which you have taken with him and with M. d'Asfeld, for the -execution of the affair, which has been conducted by your labours, -and of the time which the Duke of Mantua has arranged for being at -Casale. He is, besides, aware that M. d'Asfeld was to leave Venice -some days earlier, according to the agreement that you had made -together; but as he learns by his letters from Piedmont, that it -is very possible he may have been arrested in his passage through -the Milanese, and placed in the Castle of Milan, he has judged it -right to supply his place with the person who will deliver you this -letter; it is the same whom he has honoured principally with his -confidence for the execution and the conduct of all that shall be to -be done with you and the Duke of Mantua, after the arrival of that -Prince at Casale. Therefore you will, if you please, place entire -confidence in him, and particularly in the assurances which he will -give you of the good-will of his Majesty for you, and of his sense -of the service you are rendering to him. - -For myself, Sir, I intreat you to believe me with the most perfect -truth, &c. - - POMPONNE.[260] - - [260] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 72. - -ESTRADES TO MATTHIOLI. - - Complaints of the Delays in the Conclusion of the - Negociation. - - Turin, March 24th, 1679. - -I have thought it my duty, Sir, to give you advice of my arrival at -this court, in order that you may be able to let me know whatever -you shall judge necessary; and that whatsoever remains to be done, -for the termination of what has been already resolved, may be the -more easy of execution, from the proximity of the places at which we -respectively are. You cannot doubt its being with this view, that -the wish has been expressed for my coming here; and I have been -the more glad to come, because I hoped that I should not be long -without seeing the effect of the engagements which you have entered -into with the king. If I was not aware of your probity and of your -zeal for the interests of His Majesty, and for the advantage of -the Prince to whom you are attached, I should have been dreadfully -uneasy at the delay of our affair, which ought without fail, and -at the latest, to have been concluded at the commencement of this -month. But though we are already at the 24th, and that all you can -desire on our part is entirely ready, I cannot persuade myself that -the intentions of his Highness and your own are other than they -always were. You have been so well aware, how much this affair -would be useful to him at present, and glorious for the future, and -you have made him so well comprehend this, that I cannot have any -suspicions on this head; neither can I, when I represent to myself -the very considerable interest you have in completing an affair -of this importance, of which the conclusion will be considered so -great a merit on your part in the eyes of the most generous and -the greatest King in the world, who has testified to you himself -the good-will he bears you for it; who has praised the address -with which you have conducted the negociation; who has begun by -giving you several marks of his esteem and liberality; and who has -promised you besides such great advantages as would be sufficient -to establish all your family, and to make you happy for the rest -of your days. As his word has always been inviolable, you no doubt -rely upon it implicitly: you must be aware, also, how dangerous -it would be to deceive him, and that, after all the steps he has -taken, and the measures he has agreed upon, you would expose his -Highness, and yourself, to very great misfortunes, if his Majesty -had reason to think that bad faith had been made use of towards him, -after a treaty concluded in all the proper forms with himself, and -founded upon a full power; the inexecution of which would only serve -to ruin a Prince, who abandons himself to your councils, and who -would be infallibly stripped by the Spaniards, who would be willing -once for all to deliver themselves from the alarms which they have -received from the reports spread about on all sides respecting -this affair. I have already told you, Sir, that I believe you as -well-intentioned as ever, and that it is not for the purpose of -exciting you to return to these good sentiments, or to strengthen -them, that I speak to you in this manner; but only lest a longer -delay should diminish the good opinion entertained of you, and lest -umbrage should be taken that an affair in which secrecy was so -important, has been made public, although the King, and those who -have the honour to serve him, have kept the secret so well that it -cannot have been got at through them. I hope, nevertheless, that we -shall soon be satisfied; and that I shall have the pleasure to see -you worthily recompensed for your zeal: I assure you, Sir, that your -interest, more than my own, though I have much in this affair, makes -me desirous of it. - - THE ABBÉ D'ESTRADES.[261] - - [261] From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 73. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, March 26th, 1679. - -I have received your letter of the 21st of this month. You will -have seen by my former ones, that the King approves of the officers -of the citadel of Pignerol visiting your prisoners, and passing -the mornings and afternoons with them when they desire it, in the -presence of one of your own officers.[262] I can only now repeat the -same thing to you, and tell you, that with regard to the governor, -the officers, and the inhabitants of the town, you may act in the -same manner by them, when you shall judge fit: not, however, until -after the affair, for which the Sieur de Richemont is at Pignerol, -shall have succeeded or failed. - -I address to you a packet for the Abbé d'Estrades, which you will -send him, if you please, by one of your officers, with a direction -in your hand-writing; and when he shall have despatched to you his -answer, you will send it to me by the return of the same courier, -whom, in the meanwhile, you will keep concealed in the prison. - - DE LOUVOIS.[263] - - [262] Saint-Mars only commanded in that part of the citadel of - Pignerol which was appropriated to the use of a State-prison. - - [263] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 74. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - St. Germain, March 26th, 1679. - -The King is extremely anxious for the success of the affair of -the Duke of Mantua. We have heard nothing from M. d'Asfeld, and, -therefore, can have no doubt of his being prisoner in the Milanese. -The news which you received of his being arrested at La Canonica, -was doubtless as true as that of his being released again was the -reverse. We shall now see if the firmness of the Duke of Mantua, -which has thus far resisted the efforts of the Count Carrossa, and -of the Republic of Venice, will continue to the end: we cannot -be long without having this point cleared up, if, as you mention -in your letter of the 11th, he had set off the night before to -go to Casale. Your next letters will, of course, bring us fresh -intelligence upon the subject. - - POMPONNE.[264] - - [264] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 75. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Suspicions of the Fidelity of Matthioli. - - St. Germain, April 5th, 1679. - -I have received your letter of the 18th of March, which shows the -bad state in which, according to the Count Matthioli's own accounts, -the affair of Mantua is: he is very possibly, as you say, the sole -author of all the accidents and impediments in it, which he writes -word, in his letter to Giuliani, have happened. Your next letters -will give us still clearer intelligence on this subject; but we have -many reasons for apprehending that this negociation, which appeared -so much advanced, may fail at last, when we were in the immediate -expectation of seeing it happily concluded. * * * - - POMPONNE.[265] - - [265] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 76. - -CHANOIS TO LOUVOIS. - - Reports of Catinat being at Pignerol.--Different Rumours - respecting the Negociation. - - Pignerol, April 5th, 1679. - -As I have discovered, Sir, since the last post, that the Marquis -d'Herleville (governor of Pignerol) is aware that M. de Richemont -is incognito in the citadel of this town, and that, in fact, he -knows his real name; I do myself the honour of acquainting you with -the circumstance. M. de Saint-André even sends word, that he has -been told at Turin that M. de Catinat is to take him with him to -Casale. I do not know how they can have discovered so much, unless -it is, that the absence of M. de Catinat has given occasion to some -of the Guards[266] to write from Paris, that he is in these parts. -These reports also mention the days on which he has gone out of the -citadel, and the spot where the Abbé d'Estrades came to speak to him -the last time from Turin. I have answered nothing when I have heard -these things said, except that I knew of no one in the citadel, and -nothing upon the subject. - -The Marquis of Saint-Maurice told several people that the French -Ambassador wished to be very cunning; but that _he_ knew very well -that there had been a treaty made between the King and the Duke -of Mantua, on the subject of Casale; and that he also knew that -during the last ten days it had been absolutely broken off. The -retrograde movements of the troops cantoned in the Briançonnois -and the valley of Chaumont, on the side of Dauphiny and Provence, -seem to confirm the report of the Marquis of Saint-Maurice; but the -arrival of the battalion of the regiment of Piedmont in this town -two days ago, makes the people of the country, who love to reason -upon every thing, suspend their judgments; their reasonings will be -of no importance, if the Duke's sentiments are always well-disposed, -for between this place and Casale there is no fortress, nor any -obstacle which can delay the march of the King's troops. - -I am always with profound respect, &c. - - DE CHANOIS.[267] - - [266] The Officers of the French Guards, of whom Catinat, at - this time, was one. - - [267] Chanois was a French Commissary at Pignerol. This letter - is extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 77. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Pignerol, April 8th, 1679. - - SIR, - -The roads being good, and the days as long as they are at present, -a body of cavalry can go in less than thirty hours from Pignerol -to Casale. There is no fortified place through which we should be -obliged to pass, and I am not aware of any difficulty that we could -find on the passage, provided we took the country by surprise in our -march. I have thought it right to state this to you, Sir, because -the possibility of using this degree of diligence may materially -assist the measures you may wish to take. The Duke of Mantua has -never been at Casale, which seems to me an obstacle to the finding -good excuses for his going there, at a time when his conduct is so -much watched and suspected. But we could do very well without him, -if he is always well-intentioned, and if he is the master of a good -part of his garrison. The Governor is of Mantua, and therefore his -actual subject; which is perhaps a favourable circumstance. - - I am, &c. - - CATINAT.[268] - - [268] From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 78. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Rumours of Catinat's being at Pignerol.--Civilities of - Saint-Mars to him. - - April 15th, 1679. - - SIR, - -M. d'Herleville must have received some letters from Paris by the -last post, which have given him the suspicion that I might be here; -at least, he has put some leading questions on the subject to M. -de Chanois: he is not a man without curiosity, and he thought by -these means to gain certain intelligence. As I have been now a long -while absent, and there has been no doubt at Paris of some design -in agitation in these parts, on account of the troops which have -been sent here, it is probable that some reasoner of the regiment of -Guards, or some other person, may have given him this idea. - -I did myself the honour to send you word, Sir, of all that passed -in my journey to Incréa. I have received letters from the Abbé -d'Estrades, in which he informs me that the troops have retired a -little, in order to get into quarters where they can subsist more -conveniently; and also of the accounts he has received respecting -the delay in the execution of the affair you are acquainted with. -I am treated here with so much attention and civility, that a long -residence, while waiting for intelligence, ought not to give me -any impatience, nor can I complain of any, except that which is -caused by my anxiety and zeal to see the conclusion of an affair -which His Majesty is anxious about, and for the conduct of which -you, Sir, have thought proper to honour me with your confidence. I -should have some uneasiness at being for so long a time a burden -and an inconvenience to M. de Saint-Mars; but he executes with so -much pleasure the orders which he receives from you, that all the -care he takes of me does not distress me. I receive it all as a very -evident mark of the kindness with which you, Sir, write to him on -my subject, for which I am infinitely obliged to you; as well as -for the honour you do me in permitting me to remain, with all the -respect that is due to you, - -Your very humble and very obedient Servant, - - DE RICHEMONT.[269] - - [269] In his correspondence with Louvois, Catinat sometimes - signs with his real name, and sometimes with his assumed one of - Richemont. This letter is extracted from the work of M. Roux - (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 79. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Continued Suspicions of Matthioli. - - St. Germain, April 18th, 1679. - -THE account you gave me in your letter of the 25th of last month of -the conversation you had had with the Count Matthioli, could not be -more exact. It is still very difficult to discover what is the real -case with this affair, and whether the good faith that was to be -desired in it has been kept to. Try to discover this adroitly, but -without showing any suspicions; and be careful to inform me of every -thing that shall come to your knowledge upon the subject. - -This is all I have to reply to your letter. The rest does not -require any particular answer. - - - POMPONNE.[270] - - [270] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 80. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, April 18th, 1679. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 8th of this month. The period of -time during which M. de Richemont will have to remain in the place -where he is at present being uncertain, I advise you to let him walk -with your prisoners, even if it should only be in the dungeon. You -may even permit him to pay them visits, and to converse with them, -which will assist in enabling him to pass the time of his stay, -which, whether it will be long or short, I cannot at present tell -you. - - * * * * * * - - DE LOUVOIS.[271] - - [271] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 81. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Confirmation of the Suspicions respecting Matthioli's want - of Fidelity. - - St. Germain, April 19th, 1679. - -THE account you have given in your letter of the first of this -month, of your interview with the Count Matthioli, of the assurances -he gave you of his good intentions, and of the journey he was -preparing to make to the Abbé d'Estrades, does not prevent his being -suspected with great reason of want of fidelity. Do not, however, -let him discover, in case you see him again, the knowledge we have -upon this subject, but tell him always that we cannot doubt but that -the Duke of Mantua will execute the promises he has so solemnly -given through him. In truth, this Prince ought not to be allowed -to believe, that it is permitted to him to fail in a treaty he has -made with His Majesty; and if the occasion presents itself, make it -appear to him that you can have no doubt of the promises which have -been made to the King being kept, and of the engagements which have -been once entered into with him being executed. Take care to inform -us exactly, as you have already done, of all that shall take place -in this affair, and of the manner in which it shall continue to be -regarded at Venice. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[272] - - [272] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 82. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Order to receive Matthioli as a Prisoner. - - Saint Germain, April 27th, 1679. - -THE King has sent orders to the Abbé d'Estrades, to try and arrest a -man, with whose conduct His Majesty has reason to be dissatisfied; -of which he has commanded me to acquaint you, in order that you -may not object to receiving him, when he shall be sent to you, and -that you may guard him in a manner, that not only he may not have -communication with any one, but that also he may have cause to -repent of his bad conduct; and that it may not be discovered that -you have a new prisoner. - - DE LOUVOIS.[273] - - [273] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 83. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Further confirmation of the Treachery of Matthioli. - - St. Germain, May 3d, 1679. - -THE letter you wrote me on the 15th of last month, has confirmed to -the King the treachery of the Count Matthioli, which already was but -too much suspected. There never was so signal a piece of perfidy. -We must hope that the sentiments of his master will not be of the -same kind, and that he will not wish to break the promises he has -given to his Majesty. Meanwhile we hear that this Count has arrived -at Turin, where he thinks, without doubt, to impose again upon the -Abbé d'Estrades. It is important always not to show that you are -acquainted with his conduct. - - POMPONNE.[274] - - [274] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 84. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Arrest of Matthioli. - - Pignerol, May 3d, 1679. - -I ARRESTED Matthioli yesterday, three miles from hence, upon the -King's territories, during an interview which the Abbé d'Estrades -had ingeniously contrived between him, Matthioli, and myself, to -facilitate the scheme. For the purpose of arresting him, I only made -use of the Chevalier de Saint-Martin and de Villebois, two officers -of M. de Saint-Mars, and of four men of his company: it was effected -without any violence, and no one knows the name of the rascal, not -even the officers who assisted in his arrest: he is in the chamber -which the individual named Dubreuil occupied, where he will be -treated civilly, according to the request of the Abbé d'Estrades, -until the wishes of the King, with regard to him, are known. I do -not write any thing to you, Sir, respecting the certain conviction -we have acquired of the villanies of this man, the Abbé d'Estrades -having already given his Majesty all the information possible upon -this subject. In the interview we had together before his arrest, -we talked of various things, and among others of the place in which -he had placed the essential and original papers respecting the -affair in question, which consist in a letter of the Duke of Mantua -to the King, the full powers he himself had for negociating, the -treaty of his Majesty, executed by M. de Pomponne, the ratification -of the aforesaid treaty signed by the Duke of Mantua, and a letter -of the Duke of Mantua to the Governor of Casale, ordering him to -receive the troops of the King in conformity with the treaty. All -these papers are in a box at Bologna, in the hands of his wife, who -is retired into the convent of the Nuns of Saint Lewis. The Abbé -d'Estrades is of opinion that no time should be lost in obtaining -these papers. As I only brought this man here yesterday very late, -and that the post goes early this morning, I have not as yet had -any conversation with him, for the purpose of obtaining his papers; -but two hours hence I will go to his room, and I do not doubt the -menaces I shall make to him, which his criminal conduct will render -more terrific to him, will oblige him to do all that I wish. I -have chosen M. de Blainvilliers, a choice approved of also by M. -de Saint-Mars, to go to Bologna, considering him as very capable -to conduct himself well in such a business. I will try to give him -a route by which he will avoid passing over the territories of the -King of Spain. I will give an account to you, Sir, the next post, of -all that I shall have done on this subject with Matthioli, to whom -I have given here the name of Lestang, no one here knowing who he -really is. - - I am, &c. - - RICHEMONT.[275] - - [275] From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 85. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Intelligence respecting Matthioli's Papers. - - Pignerol, May 6th, 1679. - - SIR, - -Since I did myself the honour of writing to you, I have taken down -shortly in writing all the information I have been able to draw -from the Sieur de Lestang. By making him perceive, and roughly -too, the misery to which his bad conduct exposed him, I induced -him to seek for the means of avoiding it, by doing readily and -frankly all that was desired of him. I have not said any thing to -him which could make him discover the means by which we have been -so certainly informed of his treachery; but I have spoken to him in -such a manner on that subject, that he cannot doubt that we know -it, and are convinced of it. He is a rascal; but I believe him to -be honest in his desire of delivering up the papers, either from -the fear which his present condition causes him, or with the view -of rendering a service to the King, which may be agreeable to him, -and may make him forget what is past. The original papers are at -Padua, concealed in a hole in the wall of a room, which is in his -father's lodging, and which he says is known to him alone. These -papers are the treaty made by M. de Pomponne, signed by him and by -Matthioli, signed below by the Duke of Mantua, a blank being left -for the insertion of the ratification, when the exchange should -be made for that of the King; a blank paper signed by the Duke of -Mantua, intended for a letter to the Governor of Casale, to order -him to receive the troops of the King; the full power given to M. -de Pomponne to treat with him respecting Casale; and a list of -the troops destined to the execution of this affair. If we once -have possession of these papers, the affair is concluded as far -as regards negociation; but this is a fact that we need only make -known when we think proper. As I am aware of what importance it is -to have possession of these original papers, I have acquainted the -Abbé d'Estrades with the expedients I thought might be made use of -for this purpose, in order that I may be assisted by his advice. I -do not detail them at present to you, Sir, because I expect to-day -the Sieur Giuliani, whom the Abbé d'Estrades is to send to me, -together with the Abbé de Montesquiou, his relation, for the purpose -of the former's being confronted with the Sieur de Lestang. As this -interview will probably suggest to me more certain means of getting -possession of these papers, I will not, as yet, acquaint you, Sir, -with those that I had proposed to myself. There are, besides, other -papers at Bologna, which are only letters and papers we have, as it -seems to me, little need of; knowing, as we do, by the list of those -which are at Padua, that it is these alone which particularly regard -the affair in question. I will do myself the honour to send you -word, Sir, by the next post, what shall have been the issue of the -interview between the Sieur de Lestang and Giuliani. - -The Abbé d'Estrades, by his care and address, has found means to -send to Pignerol the servant of the Sieur de Lestang, with his goods -and all his papers. I have made an inventory of the latter; they -consist in tables of cyphers, and letters, which I have docketted, -and extracted the substance of; they are of no importance. I will -send to you, Sir, by the next post, a copy of what I have extracted, -and a short summary of what I have been able to learn from the -Sieur de Lestang in the conversations that I have had with him; -respecting which he tells me he has already sent information to the -King, or to the Abbé d'Estrades, which has diminished the impatience -I should otherwise have had of acquainting you, Sir, with them. M. -de Saint-Mars treats the Sieur de Lestang very kindly in all that -regards cleanliness and food; but very rigorously in preventing him -from holding intercourse with any one - - I am, with all respect, &c. - - C.[276] - - [276] Catinat. This letter is extracted from the work of M. - Roux (Fazillac) - - - - -No. 86. - - Inventory sent by Catinat to Louvois, of the Papers which - Matthioli had about his person. - -1. A Memorandum of what he had to do at Turin, at the place where he -expected to receive letters from Carbonini. - -2. A little note of the papers of consequence he has at Padua, among -which are those which the King is desirous of having, and which the -Sieur Giuliani is gone to take possession of. - -3. A note of the road he was to take in his way to Casale. - -4. Another note, which states that he has sent four blank papers, -signed by the Duke of Mantua, to the governor of Casale; also the -dates of the departure from Venice of M. d'Asfeld, and of the day, -on which he, the Sieur de Lestang, and the Sieur d'Asfeld were to -meet at Incréa. - -5. A memorandum, to make him recollect the name of a man living at -Placentia, to whom he owes five hundred livres. - -6. A little memorandum, of the places where he had bought some -small barrels of good wine, which he intended to make a present of -to M. de Varengeville,[277] the new ambassador at Venice; and of -his intention to write to the Governor of Navarre the news of what -should happen in the affairs regarding Casale. - -7. A note, stating that the Marquis de Rebouf can give intelligence -to the King of what passes at Genoa; and his reasons to the Marquis -de Cavetto for the pretensions to Savona. - -8. Another, stating that the Duke of Mantua had taken poison on the -22d of February, at Venice, which was suspected to have been given -him by an individual, named George Hacquet, a man about his person, -and the minister of his pleasures. - -9. Another memorandum, by which it appears that the Duke of Mantua -received, on the 14th of January, 2,500 pistoles from his mother; -and on the 10th of February, 3,000 pistoles from the Abbé Frederic, -the resident of the Emperor at Venice; also containing an account -of the communication which he, the Sieur de Lestang, has with the -Governor of Casale. - -10. Memorandum, by which it appears that he had an interview, on the -26th of April, near Moncalvo, with the Governor of Casale; that he -told him he must return once again to Mantua, or to Venice, because -he had written him word that he would come to him on Ascension-day; -that the aforesaid Governor was content with the expedients that -he had proposed to him for the purpose of delivering the place to -the King, by means of which his honour appeared to him to be saved; -that for this purpose, at the return of the Sieur de Lestang, it -was necessary there should be an interview between him, the Sieur -de Lestang, the Governor, and some man on the part of the King, to -execute this affair, and to agree upon means that should make it -infallible; that he would deliver up the gate of the Citadel which -goes into the country, to which Panissa, who is the Governor of it, -would offer no opposition; that the Count Vialardo, Governor of the -Castle, is entirely devoted to the Spaniards; that the Governor of -Casale requests that this affair may be quickly concluded, fearing -always lest he should be removed; that he (Lestang) will make known -to the aforesaid Governor what he shall have done, when he is with -the Duke of Mantua, through the Father Viveti, a Jacobin living at -Padua; that he will continue to write to all the Courts that the -affair of Casale has failed, and that it will not be completed. - -11. A small piece of paper, about as large as a card, upon which he -has written four or five reasons, to be inserted in the manifesto, -when the troops of the King shall be introduced into Casale. Also -a statement that all that has been done has been in virtue of the -Duke's orders, grounded upon a treaty, signed and ratified by -him; but that he (the Duke) now wished to make another with the -Spaniards, contrary to the promise he had given, and that he has -even received money to that effect.[278] - - [277] He had succeeded the Abbé d'Estrades as French Ambassador - at Venice. - - [278] From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 87. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - First Examination of Matthioli. - - Pignerol, May 10th, 1679. - -I HAVE delivered to the Abbé d'Estrades, by the hands of his -relation, the Abbé de Montesquiou, all the letters and papers of -the Sieur de Lestang, which consisted in many letters, of which I -have kept a list, containing shortly the subject of each letter. -These letters only show his journeys backwards and forwards; there -are some of them in which he is advised to take care of himself; -one, among others, is from the Ministers of Mantua, informing him -of the joy of the Duke at his prosperous return from France, and of -his having sent a boat to Placentia for him, in order that he may -come to him more securely and more conveniently. He had many other -papers, among which I have seen nothing of consequence, except a -Spanish cypher, which he confesses to have come from the Count de -Melgar.[279] - -I made him relate before me to the Abbé de Montesquiou, all that he -had done since his return from France, without interrupting him; -having, nevertheless, let him know, before I permitted him to speak, -that we were perfectly well-informed of his villainy, in order to -see what colour he would give to his bad conduct. He says, that on -his return from France, he went to Turin, where, from gratitude to -that court, which had done him the honour of making use of him in -many affairs, he thought himself obliged, on account of civility, to -see the President Turki;[280] that it was true, in talking of news -and of the state of affairs at present, he allowed him to discover -that something new was about to take place in Italy; and that the -aforesaid President, in the course of the conversation he had with -him, gave him to understand that he had no doubt there had been a -treaty made respecting Casale. It is thus that the Sieur de Lestang -relates what he did at Turin, in order to excuse his treachery -there, of which you, Sir, are already perfectly well-informed, -as well as of the money he received for it. This was the first -discovery that had been made of this affair, which hitherto had been -conducted so secretly. - -From Turin he went, by Placentia, to Mantua, to join his master, -whom he found still well-intentioned for the completion of the -affair. Even two days after his return, having fallen ill, the -Duke of Mantua came to see him; and he took this occasion to make -him sign the ratification, and to write a letter to the Governor -of Casale, in which he recommended him to do all that should be -told him by the Sieur de Lestang. Another letter, in form of a -command, was written to the aforesaid Governor, to receive the -troops of the King; in a word, he was provided at this moment with -all things necessary for the entire conclusion of this affair. A -few days afterwards, he was informed that his master had changed -his resolution; and that it was even his intention to take out of -his hands all that he had done and signed, which could render the -treaty valid. That the Duke of Mantua began by saying that nothing -had been done in this business with his participation; and that he -disavowed entirely all that he, the Sieur de Lestang, had done. This -prince could not then do otherwise, the Spaniards and his mother -being so particularly informed of this transaction, that they showed -him exact copies of the whole treaty. (These they had acquired, -either by a second piece of treachery of the Sieur de Lestang, or -through the court of Savoy.) The Sieur de Lestang says, that, under -divers pretexts, he always eluded giving up the originals to the -Duke of Mantua, in order that he might himself remain master of the -affair; and that he had not despaired of being able to complete it, -by contriving expedients to enable him to surmount the obstacles -that had occurred; as well as through the intelligence that existed -between him and the Governor of Casale. - -He says, that the Spaniards, knowing he was master of these papers, -had made him considerable offers in order to obtain them. That the -Spaniards being so well-informed, he thought it necessary to make -a false confidence to them on the subject, in order to amuse them, -by telling them that the affair had entirely failed; hoping by -this confidence, to diminish their suspicions, and the precautions -they might have taken to prevent his profiting by the advantages -which his intelligence with the Governor of Casale gave him for -the conclusion of the business. That he even took this cypher, of -which I have before spoken, from M. de Melgar, in order to make this -false confidence the more credible to him. Thus it is that this -rascal pretends to escape the accusation that has been made against -him on account of the Spanish cypher, which has been found in his -possession. - -He has told us positively, that the Duke of Mantua was poisoned at -the house of an individual named Le Romain, at Venice, where he -went to drink iced water; that the deed was done by the Spaniards, -and the poison administered by one of his own domestics; that this -prince could not live more than three or four months. He says -that he learnt this from the Spaniards, with whom he kept up a -communication, for the purpose of amusing them. - -In the midst of these events, he says that he agreed upon the -rendezvous of Incréa, where he was to meet d'Asfeld, on the 7th -March, for the exchange of the ratifications; after which he did -not doubt but he should be able to conclude the affair, having all -the orders necessary, besides his intelligence with the Governor, -so that he could not have found any obstacle, nor any difficulty; -that in going to the before-mentioned Incréa, he had been searched -and robbed, on the frontiers of the Brescian and the Milanese; that, -notwithstanding, having remained master of his papers, which were -concealed in a saddle, he had afterwards continued his journey as -far as Buffacore, where the arrest of d'Asfeld was confirmed to him -in a manner he could no longer doubt; that M. de Villars, who was -still Ambassador at Turin, having no knowledge of this affair, and -being doubtful himself, whether, if he came to Pignerol, I[281] -should place confidence in him, he took the resolution of going back -to Venice, to inform M. de Pinchesne of all that had happened, and -to concert new measures with him; that upon a simple letter of the -Abbé d'Estrades, who sent him word it was necessary they should have -an interview, he had not lost a moment of time in going to Turin; -that with the consent of the aforesaid Abbé d'Estrades, he had been -at Asti, for the purpose of managing a secret interview with the -Governor of Casale, at a mile from Moncalvo, in order, by promising -him great recompenses, to engage him to receive the troops, when, -for the saving of his honour, he should have received an order from -his master, and been shown that he had made a treaty with the King. -He says that he left him in a very good disposition. That afterwards -he returned to Turin, where the Abbé d'Estrades proposed to him an -interview with me, in which I arrested him. - -This, Sir, is the simple and true recital of what the Sieur de -Lestang has told me, which confirms me in the belief that he is a -thorough rascal; not having been able to give me any good reason -why he discovered this affair to the President Turki, when he -passed through Turin; or why he concealed from M. de Pinchesne his -communication with the Spaniards, his acceptation of their cypher, -and his interviews with an Inquisitor of State at Venice; if, as he -says, he only did these things in order the better to advance the -affair in question. - -I have made him write three letters for the purpose of getting -possession of the original papers which are at Padua, which have -been put into the hands of the Sieur Giuliani, by the advice of -the Abbé d'Estrades, who places an entire confidence in him: -he will make use of these three letters as he shall judge most -fit, according to the disposition in which he shall find the -father of the Sieur de Lestang. The first is only a letter of the -Sieur de Lestang to his father, in which he acquaints him, that -there are reasons which oblige him to remain at Turin, or in the -neighbourhood, but that he may place an entire confidence in the -Sieur Giuliani, and deliver to him such and such papers, of which -I have made him give the inventory to the Sieur Giuliani. The -second acquaints his father with the real state in which he is, -and that it is important, as well for his life as his honour, that -his papers should be immediately delivered into the hands of the -Sieur Giuliani. In the third, which is the last to be made use of, -in case the two first have no effect, he desires him to come to -Turin; and tells him that at the house of the Abbé d'Estrades he -will be instructed where he is, and the means to be employed to -speak with him. The Sieur de Lestang has no doubt of being able, -in this interview between him and his father, to persuade him to -all he may wish. I have inspired him with so great a fear of the -punishments due to his bad conduct, that I find no repugnance in -him to do all that I require of him, and he appears sincere in the -wish of obtaining the delivery of the papers, which will be sent -to M. de Pinchesne at Venice, in order to avoid any accidents that -might happen to them in so long a journey as that from Padua to this -place, or to Turin. - -I place no confidence in what this rascal tells me; nevertheless I -think it right to inform you, Sir, that he declares positively that -the Governor of Casale is his friend, and that, by promising him a -considerable recompense, and by furnishing him with a pretext to -save his honour, which may be done by giving him the order of his -master, (which the Sieur de Lestang says is at Padua,) to receive -the King's troops, we can make him do whatever we wish. That he -can deliver up the town, and that the Governor of the citadel is -his intimate friend, whom he can persuade to do whatever he shall -order him. As for the castle, which I saw when I was passing through -Casale, it is rather a sort of little citadel than a simple castle. -The Sieur de Lestang says, that assuredly the governor of it will -not submit himself to the orders of the Governor of Casale, although -the latter has the command over him, because the aforesaid governor, -whose name is Vialardo, is entirely devoted to the Spaniards; that -this is a thing which he has heard from the Spaniards themselves, -and that on the least change at Casale, or the march of troops -towards it, the Governors of Valenza, Novara, and Pavia, have orders -to send detachments of their garrisons to the aforesaid Casale, and -that they will be infallibly let into the place through the castle. -This Vialardo is brother of a secretary of the Duke of Mantua, -who bears the same name, and who is also entirely in the Spanish -faction. - -However, when we shall have obtained possession of the papers, it -is not impossible but we may be able to contrive something with the -Governor of Casale, if he is in those sentiments that the Sieur de -Lestang ascribes to him, and if he is the master to receive troops -in the town and citadel. This affair, if conducted very secretly, -and with the rapid march of a regiment or two of dragoons, might -take the Spaniards so much by surprise, that they might not have -any sufficient means in their power to be able to counteract it. -If we were masters of the town and citadel, and had as large a -number of troops as that which was destined to the execution of -this affair, I am certain that the castle could not prevent any -resolutions that we might wish to take. We might receive upon this -subject important intelligence from an interview with the Governor -of Casale. The difficulty is how to contrive it so as to discover -his intentions, without the negociations passing through the hands -of our rascal, in whom we cannot place any reliance. But, when we -have the papers, if this affair was despaired of as far as regards -the Duke of Mantua, and that the King thought that the plan I send -to you, Sir, was worth trying, I would concert what was to be done -with the Abbé d'Estrades, according to the orders I should receive -upon the subject. I beg pardon, Sir, for troubling you with so long -a letter; but I could not acquaint you in fewer words with the -conduct of the Sieur de Lestang, and with what has passed between -him and me. - - I am, - With all the respect which is due to you, &c. - - C.[282] - - [279] The Governor of Milan. - - [280] One of the ministers of Mary Jane Baptista of Nemours, - Duchess of Savoy; he was in the interests of the House of - Austria. - - [281] Catinat. - - [282] Catinat. From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 88. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - St. Germain, May 10, 1679. - -YOUR letter, Sir, of the 22d of last month serves still more to -confirm the treachery of the Count Matthioli, of which we had even -before had too many proofs. He was, in fact, arrived in Piedmont, -and had seen the Abbé d'Estrades. It is impossible to conceive the -insolence of his daring to show himself, at a moment when all Italy -rings with his perfidy. However, it is to be wished that he should -deliver up the ratification of the Duke of Mantua, if it is true, as -that Prince states, that he has still got it in his hands; If the -Sieur Tarani[283] has more fidelity than him, it would be desirable -he should have the confidence of his master, and should dispose him -to satisfy His Majesty, by showing him that it is dangerous to break -promises which have been so solemnly made to him. * * * - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[284] - - [283] This probably is a mistake for Varano, whose name has - been frequently mentioned in the former part of this - correspondence. - - [284] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 89. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Interviews between the Duke of Mantua and the Senator - Foscarini. - - Venice, May 13th, 1679. - - SIR, - -I BESEECH you very humbly to be persuaded that I will not fail to -execute, with all the exactitude and zeal possible, the orders which -it has pleased you to give me, (in the letter which you have done -me the honour to write to me on the 26th of last month,) to inform -you of all that shall come to my knowledge respecting the affair of -Casale, and on the subject of the Count Matthioli. The annoyance I -had, at not being able to discover what brought the Duke of Mantua -to Venice, the last time when, as I sent you word, he came there, -obliged me to redouble my endeavours to try and learn something -upon the subject; and at last they have not been in vain, since -I know at present, so certainly that I cannot doubt of it, that -this prince had, during that time, two long conversations, in the -Convent of the Capuchins, with M. Foscarini, a sage and a grandee, -who is the person named by the Republic, to continue the history -which the Procurator Nani was about, and who is one of the most able -men of this state: in which this senator represented to him very -strongly how dangerous it would be for him and for all Italy if he -gave up Casale to the King, as it was said he had the intention to -do, and had even made a treaty for that purpose with His Majesty, -and that the Republic hoped he would not take a step so prejudicial -to all the princes of Italy; to which I know that the Duke of Mantua -answered, that he knew his own interests, and that assuredly he -would never voluntarily give up Casale to the King; but that His -Majesty was the most powerful Prince in Europe, and in a condition -to attempt every thing, without its being easy to prevent him; that -it would be therefore necessary to seek for the most proper means -to do this, which, however, could not be hoped for, without having -considerable troops to oppose to his, in case he wished to attempt -some enterprise; that of himself he was not sufficiently powerful to -resist His Majesty; that it was for those, who had as much interest -as himself in the preservation of that place, to find the means of -preserving it, without which he would not answer for what might -happen; and that the fault even could not be attributed to him, but -to his bad fortune and to his want of aid. - -I know, besides, that the ministers of the Republic consider it -certain that Casale is to be attacked by the King, and that they -say they have this intelligence from such good authority, that they -cannot doubt of it. - - * * * * * * - -I cannot, Sir, refrain from testifying to you the joy I felt in -learning this week, by a letter of the Abbé d'Estrades, that the -Count Matthioli has been carried prisoner to Pignerol, and that thus -this rogue will no more be in a condition to execute, every day, -fresh perfidies. - -I am, with the most respectful submission, and all the attachment -possible, - - Sir, - Your very humble and very obedient Servant, - - DE PINCHESNE.[285] - - [285] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 90. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Orders to treat Matthioli with severity. - - St. Germain, May 15th, 1679. - -I have received your letter of the 6th of this month, which requires -no answer, except to say that you will have sufficiently seen by -my former letters, that it is not the intention of the King that -the Sieur de Lestang should be well-treated, nor that, except the -absolute necessaries of life, you should give him any thing that may -make him pass his time agreeably. - -I address to you a packet of importance for M. de Richemont, which -I beg of you to give into his own hands, and to tell the Commissary -du Channoy, not to send away the courier who carries him this, until -you shall have given him the answers he is to bring back. - - DE LOUVOIS.[286] - - [286] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 91. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Plans of Catinat for obtaining possession of Casale. - - Pignerol, May 16th, 1679. - -I send you, Sir, the second examination of M. Matthioli, according -to the order which I received to that effect, by the extraordinary -courier you sent to this place. You will find it little different -from the first. I put him into the greatest possible fear of the -torture, if he did not tell the truth. One sees very well by his -answers that his conduct has been infamous. I see no good reason -which can excuse him for having had such intimate communication -with the Court of Savoy, with the Abbé Frederic (the resident of -the Emperor at Venice), and with Don Francis Visconti, one of the -partizans of Spain, without any participation or correspondence -upon the subject with M. de Pomponne, the Abbé d'Estrades, or M. -de Pinchesne; this fact prevents my having any confidence in him. -Nevertheless he persists, with the utmost obstinacy, in declaring, -that the Governor of Casale is well-intentioned; that this Governor -sees very well that the Duke of Mantua is a lost man; that he -sees also that there cannot happen any change in the Court of -Mantua, without his being removed from Casale; and that he is a -man who would be accessible to any offers that might be made him; -this is what he, Matthioli, is willing to stake his life upon; -that if he is furnished with a specious excuse for receiving the -troops of the King, he will assuredly do it, which will be easy, -when we have the original papers which his father is to deliver -into the hands of Giuliani; that provided the Governor is not -absent from Casale, he, Matthioli, will find means to contrive an -interview between this Governor, me, and himself; and that I shall -both see and understand the means of rendering the King master of -Casale. As I know beforehand that I am conversing with a rascal, and -that it is almost of necessity, if his propositions are adopted, -that he should himself be again employed in this affair, I cannot -bring myself to answer for him in any thing; nevertheless I have -thought it right to communicate all this, Sir, to you. When the -King once has possession of the papers, my having an interview -with this Governor is a step that would not hazard any thing; I do -not see any inconvenience in it, except the chance of the Sieur -Matthioli's escaping, on account of the degree of liberty which must -in that case be permitted to him, however vigilant I might be in -watching him. I should be obliged to go with him to Asti, where he -is acquainted with a Dominican monk, who would carry to Moncalvo a -note to a physician whose name is Viveti; this Viveti would go to -Casale to inform the Governor of the place of rendezvous, which had -been settled for our interview with him. But it is almost impossible -in all these proceedings to answer for the person of Matthioli: -as there is, therefore, this inconvenience in the plan, the Abbé -d'Estrades could, if it is the King's wish that any proposition -should be made to this Governor, according to the orders he should -receive, have him spoken to, and his intentions sounded by some one. -I beseech you, Sir, to be persuaded that in this affair I place my -own interest beneath my feet, and that I only venture to make you -proposals upon the subject, from the desire I have that the affair -should succeed to the satisfaction of the King. - - * * * * * * - -As the papers which are at Padua are to be sent, at least I believe -so, to M. de Pinchesne, in order to avoid any accidents that might -happen to them by bringing them straight to this place or to Turin, -I will take measures to set off from hence as soon as I shall know -they are delivered to M. de Pinchesne. As you, Sir, may perhaps wish -to send me word of any new determinations that may have been come -to with regard to this affair, in consequence of which I might be -of some utility here, I take the liberty of informing you, that I -shall remain at Pignerol till the 9th or 10th of June. If you do -not honour me with any order between this time and then, I shall -execute that you have already given me of returning to France. I -should be obliged to you to let me know where I am to go, whether -straight to the Court, or to Dunkirk, where my company is, or to -any other place where it shall please you to order me. I shall take -great precautions to conceal myself, and not to appear before the -relations of Messrs. Fouquet and Lauzun.[287] I cannot, however, -answer for it, Sir, that they will not write word of my being here. -I did not take any measures for the Ambassador being present at this -last examination, because I had been before particularly informed by -him of all the proofs there were against Matthioli. - - I am with all the respect, &c. - C.[288] - - [287] Fouquet and Lauzun were at this time still prisoners at - Pignerol. The former died in 1680, and the latter was released - from his confinement the same year. - - [288] Catinat. This letter is extracted from the work of M. - Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 92. - - Second Examination of Matthioli. - -The Count Matthioli being asked what happened to him when he passed -through Turin, replied, that he had been to visit the Marquis -of Saint-Thomas; that as he was ill, he could not see him; that -afterwards he went to the President Turki, whom he found full of -suspicions respecting his journey into France; and that as he is an -insinuating and adroit man, he engaged him insensibly to talk of -the affairs of the Duke of Mantua and of Casale; that it is true, -that being taken by surprise by the ingenuity and cunning of the -aforesaid President, and by the affection which he pretended to show -for the interests of France, he confided so much in the aforesaid -President, that it was impossible for him to doubt but that there -was some treaty made respecting Casale; that it is true, that he -received two thousand livres from that Court,[289] but that it was -rather as a mark of gratitude for some services he had formerly had -the honour of performing for it, than as a recompense for any thing -he then confided. - -He says that the President Turki begged him, when he left Turin, to -write to him carefully all the progress of this affair; that he, the -President, had written to him several times after this to Venice, -asking for intelligence upon the subject; to which he had always -answered that the affair would not take place, in order to diminish -the opinion he might have had, from his former answers to him, of -there being a treaty respecting that place. - -Being asked where he went from Turin, he replied, that he took -the road to Placentia, where he found letters from Don Nevani -and Cabriani,[290] which were only to testify their joy at his -return, and to tell him that the Duke of Mantua waited for him with -impatience, and that they had sent a boat to meet him, in order that -he might be able to embark upon the Po. - -From Placentia he went straight to Mantua, where he found the Duke -of Mantua; who, the very day of his arrival, took the trouble of -coming to see him at his own house, where he was lying down, being -very ill; this interview was passed in civilities respecting his -malady. Two days afterwards he came again to see him, and asked him -for a copy of all that he had done in France, which he gave him very -exactly, but with great pain to himself, on account of his illness. -That same day he made the Duke sign all the papers necessary for -the entire completion of the treaty, as far as regarded the form. -Three or four days afterwards, having received intelligence from the -Sieur Carbonini, that there was a plan to poison him, and having -even perceived that they had put poison into a medicine, which he -had pretended to take, but had found the means of throwing away, -he had taken the resolution, under the pretext of recovering his -health, of going to Padua, whither he had taken all the original -papers with him. - -On the 24th or 25th of January, the Duke of Mantua, in his way -to Venice, passed through Padua; where he went to see the Sieur -Matthioli, who was ill, and where he told the Sieur Matthioli, -that he had not been able to avoid talking of this affair to his -Mother, and that it was an affair which means must be found to break -off, because it was not for his advantage. To which, the aforesaid -Matthioli answered several things, and among others, that he had -again written quite lately to the court to say that all was signed; -and that these were the sort of engagements that it was not easy to -get released from. The Duke of Mantua afterwards asked him for the -original papers, to which he replied that they were locked up, and -that it would be a great inconvenience to him, being as ill as he -was, to go and look for them; but that he would come as soon as he -was able to Venice, where he would deliver the whole into his hands. - -He says that the Sieur Giuliani came to see him at Padua from the -Duke of Mantua, to give him intelligence that the Inquisitors of -State at Venice were making search for him, and that he must take -his measures accordingly, in order not to be seized with the papers; -which obliged him to mix them with many others, and to place them in -a separate house from the one he lived in. - -After having been three weeks at Padua, he set off for Venice, -leaving the original papers, and not taking them with him. He -arrived ill at Venice; went to bed as soon as he arrived there, -where he remained three days; afterwards he went to see the Duke of -Mantua, who told him that the Abbé Frederic, the Resident of the -Emperor at Venice, was acquainted with all the affair respecting -Casale; to which the aforesaid Matthioli answered that he was not -surprised at it, and that assuredly his Mother, to whom he had -told all himself, had had no reserve upon the subject with the -aforesaid Abbé Frederic. He asked him afterwards for the original -papers, which he told him he could not give him, having left them -at Padua, upon the advice which Giuliani had given him from him, to -take care that the Venetians, who were looking out for him, should -not find them in his possession. The Duke of Mantua told him that -it was absolutely necessary to break off this affair; to which he -answered that he ought to take care how he behaved with regard -to the King; that he had entered into engagements from which he -could not extricate himself without breaking his word, which would -be very dangerous to do with so powerful a Prince. The Duke of -Mantua obliged him afterwards to have an interview with him and the -Abbé Frederic, which took place in the chamber of a Monk of Saint -George; they were masked there, in order not to be known. The Duke -of Mantua said to the Sieur Matthioli, "I leave you with the Abbé -Frederic, with whom you will hold a conversation; you must do all -that he shall bid you." The aforesaid Abbé Frederic showed him a -copy of the treaty; and appeared so particularly instructed upon -the subject, that there was no possibility of his denying it. The -aforesaid Abbé told him that it was an affair which must be broken -off; that it would be the ruin of Italy and of his master also, and -that it was absolutely necessary to think of some means which would -make it certain not to happen; and that he might expect a great deal -of gratitude from the House of Austria, if he conducted himself -well. He confesses that he appeared to enter into his sentiments, -not being able to do otherwise; but that remaining master of the -original papers, he thought he should be always able to complete the -affair, which he intended to do in this manner. - -The Governor of Casale being his friend, he did not doubt but that -he should be able to make him do all that he wished. To this end, -he made a packet of the four blank papers signed by the Duke of -Mantua, which he had made him sign at Mantua when he first arrived -there, and while this Prince was still well-intentioned. That in -order to inspire more confidence to the Governor of Casale, that he, -the Sieur Matthioli, would do nothing, except with the order of his -master, he had had this packet addressed to him by another Secretary -of the Duke of Mantua, named Magnus, who has for his department -the management of the affairs of the Montferrat, to whom he said, -"Here is a packet which his Highness has told me to send to Casale: -as you administer the affairs of that country, write a letter to -the Governor, ordering him to execute all that is to be enjoined -by this packet." That this proceeding procured for him the entire -confidence of the Governor, by making him see that he would not ask -any thing of him which he could not execute with honour; that he -had made d'Asfeld set off from Venice two or three days afterwards, -in order to arrive about the same time with him at Incréa, where he -intended to have taken all the necessary measures with the aforesaid -Governor, for the completion of the affair. - -Being asked why he had acted in this indirect manner, (since it -had been agreed in the interview which he, M. de Pinchesne, and M. -d'Asfeld had had together on the 24th of February, that the Duke -of Mantua should go to Casale on the 15th of March, which was a -decided mark of the good intentions of his Master), he replied, -that his Master was truly well-intentioned, from the fear he had -inspired him with of the King's resentment; but that knowing the -natural uncertainty of his disposition, he had thought it right to -take measures to enable him to complete the affair, even in case -he (the Duke) had not kept to his engagement of coming to Casale. -Being asked why he did not confide this to the Sieurs de Pinchesne -and d'Asfeld, he said that he did not wish to discover to them the -intelligence that existed between him and the Governor, or to give -them any idea of uncertainty in this affair, which might perhaps -have made them suspend the execution of it; that as he himself -regarded it as the means of making his fortune, if he could bring -it to a conclusion, and as he did not doubt that such would be the -event, from the measures he had taken, he wished to avoid all that -might retard the execution of it. That the Sieur de Pinchesne can -say whether he, the Sieur Matthioli, did not always answer to him -for the success of the affair, without, however, being ever willing -to communicate to him the means to be employed in it. - -Being asked whether he did not speak of the affair of Casale with -certain Venetians, he answered that they were so well-informed -upon the subject, that it is very likely he may have conversed -with some of them upon it, but in the way of telling them that it -was an affair which was broken off, and had failed; that he had -seen the Chevalier Cornaro, Inquisitor of State, only once, for -the purpose of asking his permission to carry arms, as the Duke -of Mantua wished to have him assassinated, in order the better to -authorize his disavowal of all that he, the Sieur Matthioli, had -done in France, which was certainly a very unjust reason on the part -of his Master for wishing to have him killed; that as he was of a -fickle disposition, his sentiments would change upon this subject -as upon every thing else; and that by making use of precautions for -some time, he should escape this misfortune: this permission was -promised, but was never given to him. - -Being asked whether he had not conversed at Venice with some one of -the partisans of Spain, he answered, no; that he left that place on -the 28th of February, two days after M. d'Asfeld, to go to Incréa. - -Being asked whether he had not known beforehand, that the Sieur -d'Asfeld was to be arrested, he answered that he had had no -knowledge of it, and that he had even only known with certainty his -detention at Buffacore, as far as which place he had gone on his -road to the rendezvous at Incréa, having with him all the papers -necessary for the conclusion of the affair of Casale, which he had -concealed so well in a saddle, that they were not found, though he -was very minutely searched upon the frontiers of the Brescian and -the Milanese; that from Buffacore he returned straight to Venice, -not having any doubt of the arrest of d'Asfeld, from the news he had -received respecting it; that he only remained there two days, in -order to inform M. de Pinchesne of the accidents that had happened. - -Being asked whether he conversed with other persons at Venice, he -answered, no. - -When he left Venice he returned to Padua, where he remained always, -except some short visits to Venice, of a day at the longest, to -confer with M. de Pinchesne. - -Being asked if, at Padua, he had not held intercourse with some one -of the partisans of Spain; he answered, yes; with the individual -named Don Francis Visconti, natural son of the Count Visconti, -Commissary-General of the Milanese, who had spoken to him on the -part of his father and of the Count de Melgar, and who having in -his possession a copy of the treaty, and being perfectly instructed -of the whole transaction, it was not possible for him to deny it; -but he spoke of it as an affair that had failed, and gained the -confidence of the aforesaid Francis, who offered him a thousand -pistoles, and a fief in the Milanese, if he would deliver to M. de -Melgar the original papers which were in his possession. He answered -him that this affair having appeared to him to have failed, he had -given them to M. de Pinchesne, and was no longer master of them. The -aforesaid Francis persuaded him to enter into communication with M. -de Melgar, in order, for the future, to prevent the execution of -this affair, and took measures with him, about the 10th or 12th of -March, for acquainting M. de Melgar with every thing; and to this -end agreed with him upon the Spanish cypher found among his papers. -He says that he did all this only to deceive them, and to prevent -their taking other means, than through him, of being informed of the -resolutions of the King in this affair. - -Being asked whether he did not know, through the means of Francis, -of the arrest of d'Asfeld, he answered, yes, and that the aforesaid -Francis told him he had been arrested at Canonica, twenty-five miles -from Milan, on the side of Bergamo, and that they had been waiting -for him there more than a fortnight. - -Being asked if he knew who were the people that arrested him, he -answered, that he did not know precisely, but that Don Francis had -told him they were people employed by M. de Melgar, and that they -had been placed upon various routes in order not to miss him. Don -Francis told him besides that he was a prisoner in the castle of -Milan; that he was very civilly treated there; and that he had not -been interrogated, nor found charged with any papers. - -Being asked whether he had not given any body a copy of the treaty; -he swore distinctly that he had given it to no one, and that those -copies which have got about could only have come from the mother of -the Duke of Mantua, to whom her son had confided the whole affair. - -He came from Padua to Turin, upon receiving the letter of the Abbé -d'Estrades, in order to contrive an interview with the Governor of -Casale; which he had done, and had found the Governor well inclined -to contribute to the completion of the business. From thence he -returned to Turin, where the Abbé d'Estrades persuaded him to have -an interview with me, during which I arrested him. I send this -last fact to you, Sir, shortly, because I have already given you a -sufficiently exact detail respecting it.[291] - - [289] Of Turin. - - [290] Two of the Ministers of the Duke of Mantua. - - [291] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 93. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, May 20th, 1679. - -Your letter of the 10th of this month has been delivered to me; I -have nothing to add to what I have already commanded you respecting -the severity with which the individual named Lestang must be -treated. - -With regard to the man who conducted M. de Richemont into Piedmont, -you may let him go, after having recompensed him sufficiently, -taking care to let me know what you have given him. - - DE LOUVOIS.[292] - - [292] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 94. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Further particulars respecting Matthioli. - - Pignerol, May 21st, 1679. - -I only send you, Sir, the answers which the Sieur Lestang has made -to me upon the points, on which you have ordered me to interrogate -him; the preceding examinations, which I took the liberty of -sending you, having already informed you upon other subjects, and -generally upon every thing which I have been able to learn from the -aforesaid Sieur de Lestang. He is a man whose conduct has been so -infamous, that one cannot answer for the truth of any thing he says; -nevertheless, I believe him to be sincere in the desire he shows -that the original papers should be in the King's possession. He sees -very well, that he has only this way of getting out of the affair. I -have already, Sir, made you acquainted with the means we are making -use of to obtain them. I am also persuaded that he has had intimate -communications with the Governor of Casale; perhaps, though, the -detention of the Sieur de Lestang may have changed the dispositions -of the latter. The Sieur de Lestang has told me, that at their -last interview near Moncalvo, the aforesaid Governor pressed him -to conclude this affair, saying, that any delay in the execution -of it was dangerous; that the four black papers signed, which he -had sent him, were sufficient, if they were filled up with what -was necessary, so that he might appear to act according to orders; -that it was also necessary to let him have an interview with some -confidential man on the part of the King, with whom he might agree -upon every thing; he told him even that the civilities he had shown -me when I was at Casale, were only because he thought I was a man -employed in this affair, although I called myself an officer going -to Vercelli, and that for the chance of this, he was determined -to treat me with great distinction. Lestang has told me that he -related all this to the Abbé d'Estrades. I have asked him why, as -the Governor was so well-intentioned, he, Lestang, had eluded a -prompt execution, when it was proposed to him? He answers to this, -that he had engaged himself by letter to the Duke of Mantua to be -at Venice on Ascension-day, where he still hoped to have sufficient -influence over him to extract from him a last consent. That he -should immediately after this have brought back the original papers, -and that having already taken his measures with the Governors of the -town and of the citadel, the execution of the affair would not have -had to encounter any further difficulty; that Vialardo, Governor of -the castle, being of the Spanish faction, might have been a small -obstacle, but not to signify, when the town and the citadel should -have been in our possession. I send you, Sir, all that this man has -told me, without being answerable for the truth of it. I shall set -off the 2d of next month, as I have already done myself the honour -of acquainting you, Sir, if between this time and then, I hear that -the papers have been delivered to M. de Pinchesne. - - I am, with all the respect, &c. - (Signed) C.[293] - - [293] Catinat. This letter is extracted from the work of M. - Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 95. - - Third Examination of Matthioli. - - May 21st, 1679. - -Being asked whether at his return from France he had not seen the -president Turki; he answered, that it is true he had told him there -was a treaty respecting Casale, and that he had even told him the -conditions of it, but that he could not have given him an exact -copy of it, because he had not his papers with him, having sent -them from Lyons to Placentia, addressed to one of his friends named -M. Rigueti-Cannevavi, Chancellor-general of the posts, in order to -avoid having them with him in his journey through Italy. - -Being asked why he made this confidence to the President Turki; he -answered, that he had known the President for four or five years; -and that in the course of conversation, from indiscretion and quick -talking, he had allowed himself to tell too much. - -Being asked what the aforesaid President said to him, when he had -told him that there was a treaty respecting Casale; he answered, -that M. Turki explained to him that it would disturb the whole of -Italy, and that it would cause a war there; that the aforesaid -President gave him several good reasons for this. - -Being asked why he, who had the honour of being the head of so great -and important a negociation, had commenced it with the intention -of preventing the execution of it, as he had said at Turin; he -answered, that this was never his design; that it was very true that -he had said to the President Turki, that there was no appearance of -this treaty being executed, because it depended upon the peace, and -that if the war was at an end, he was persuaded they should never -manage to arrive at the execution of it. The aforesaid President -upon this told him, that peace would certainly be made; but that, -if under any circumstances a change was to take place at Casale, he -would rather prefer that the French should be the masters of it than -the Spaniards. - -Being asked why he wrote so regularly from Venice and from Padua, -upon the subject of this affair, to the aforesaid President; he -answered, that the aforesaid President begged him, when he left -Turin, to do so, and to acquaint him exactly with all that should be -done in relation to this affair; that in pursuance of the promise -he had made him to that effect, he had always sent him accounts of -it, but written in the sense as if it would not take place, the -peace being at present concluded, and the affair of Guastalla being -settled, which was one of the most powerful motives that had urged -the Duke of Mantua to put himself under the protection of the King. -That he persuaded the aforesaid President that this affair would -not take place, in order that the intelligence he gave him might -agree with what he told the Duke of Mantua himself, and the Abbé -Frederic, resident of the Emperor at Venice; and that he encouraged -this opinion in the mind of every body, the better to arrive at his -ends, and to succeed in the plan he had of introducing the troops of -the King into Casale, through the means of his intelligence with the -Governor. That this intention never quitted him for a moment, and -that what now was considered as his crime, would appear a most able -contrivance, if the whole of this affair was ever thoroughly known. -That his obstinacy in keeping possession of the original papers, -and his understanding with the Governor of Casale, are proofs of -the truth of this; that if he had not had a well-grounded intention -of serving the King, he should not have taken such care of these -papers, the retaining of which brought upon him the indignation of -his master, and even put his life into great jeopardy; and that his -secret intelligence with the Governor was perfectly useless to him, -unless his intentions were true and faithful. - -Being asked what were the contents of the letters he received from -the President; he answered, that he had received one among others, -in which the aforesaid President wrote him word that he was sure -he was deceiving him, by always telling him that the affair of -Casale would not take place; because of the arrival of troops in -the quarters behind Pignerol, which could only be for the affair of -Casale. - -Being asked whether the President Turki had not shown to him a -desire that this affair should fail; he answered, no; that he had -always conversed upon it without delivering an opinion, at the same -time showing a great deal of curiosity to be informed exactly of all -that might happen relating to this affair. - -Being asked whether he had seen the Marquis of Saint-Maurice: he -answered, no. - -Being asked, through whom the Court of Savoy could have received -such particular information; he answered, that it must have been -through the Count of Juvenasque, the Resident from Spain at that -Court, who has a great deal of intercourse with the Monk Bulgarini; -and that the aforesaid Bulgarini had known every thing from the -mother of the Duke of Mantua. - -Being asked why he had acquainted the Count Hercules Visconti of -the departure from Venice of the Sieur d'Asfeld; he answered, -that he had had no intercourse with him, till his return from -Buffacore to Padua, after the arrest of the Sieur d'Asfeld, when -Don Francis, the natural son of the Count Hercules Visconti, saw -him, and held intercourse with him; which he had confessed to in his -first examinations. - -Being asked whether the original papers were at Padua, he answered -affirmatively, yes; and that it is his real intention they should -be delivered up to the King, as he sees this is the only means of -atoning for his conduct. - -Being asked whether on his arrival at Turin, he had not asked the -President Turki to be allowed to speak to _Madame Royale_,[295] -as he had affairs of great consequence to communicate to her; he -answered, no; and that he had neither desired, nor asked to speak to -any one, except the aforesaid President. - -Being asked whether he had not written to _Madame Royale_ from -Padua, to request that she would send him a man to whom he could -confide the real state of things, he answered readily, no; but that -he would tell it as freely, if it had been the case, as he had -avowed that he had always held communication upon the subject of -this affair with the President Turki, from his wish to deceive him, -by sending him word that it would not succeed. - -His answers elude, but do not deny all that has been said of him. In -order to account for the communications he has held, he makes use of -the continual pretext, that he was obliged to hold them, in order to -deceive, and to obtain the success of the affair by taking the other -side by surprise; making use, as the means of this surprise, of his -intelligences with the Governor.[294] - - [294] The Duchess Regent of Savoy.--See Note, Page 32. - - [295] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 96. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, May 22d, 1679. - -I have received your last letter without a date. You must keep the -individual named Lestang in the severe confinement I enjoined in my -preceding letters, without allowing him to see a physician, unless -you know he is in absolute want of one. - -One cannot but approve of your plan for preventing the Sieur de -Pressigny from being aware of the residence at Pignerol of M. de -Richemont, to whom I beg you to deliver the letter I send with this. - - DE LOUVOIS[296] - - [296] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 97. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Concluding examination of Matthioli. - - Pignerol, June 3d, 1679. - - SIR, - -The original papers have been delivered to Giuliani, who has taken -them to Venice to M. de Pinchesne: they consist of the treaty which -the aforesaid Lestang had made with the Court, which is signed by -him and by M. de Pomponne: an instruction which was given to the -aforesaid Lestang, when he left the Court: the full power given -to M. de Pomponne to treat with him, which is signed by you: and -a letter from his Majesty to the Duke of Mantua. All these papers -were in a box which had been placed in the Convent of Capuchins. -Giuliani performed his duty very well, and so completely persuaded -the father of the aforesaid Lestang, that the papers were delivered -into his hands with all confidence. The ratification of the Duke -of Mantua is not to be found, although the Sieur de Lestang said -it was amongst them: whereupon I interrogated him; having first -obtained all the advantage over him I could, by abusing him, and -bringing soldiers into his room, as if preparatory to administering -the question to him, which made him so much afraid, that he promised -really to tell the truth. Being asked whether the Duke of Mantua -had ratified the treaty; he answered that he had never subscribed -to all the articles, but that he had got from him four blank papers -signed, one of which was a blank paper of two sheets, at the top of -which he had written: _Ratification of the treaty made with his most -Christian Majesty_. That there were three other blank papers signed, -of one sheet each, of which he intended to make use to write in the -name of his master to the three Governors, of the town, citadel, -and castle, to order them to receive the King's troops. Being asked -where these blank papers signed are at present, he answered, that -they are in the hands of the Governor of Casale, to whom he sent -them at the time that d'Asfeld left Venice. Being asked why he had -sent them, without their being filled up, to the Governor of Casale; -he answered, he had sent them to him in a letter of Magnus, the -Secretary of the Duke of Mantua, in which the Governor was ordered -to do without hesitation, all that should be told him, regarding the -execution of the orders contained in that packet,--that they were -left blank, because he wished to make the ratification according -to that of the King, not knowing, as he says, exactly the form -in which it ought to have been made out. Being asked why in his -first examination he had said that this ratification was at Padua; -he answered, that he had not wished to tell where it was before -Giuliani, in order not to make him acquainted in any way with his -intelligence with the Governor: he added that he had never had any -other ratification except that one; and that whatever tortures -should be inflicted on him, he could never tell any thing more. -He has not told me any thing new relating to the imprisonment of -d'Asfeld, and he says that he has no further knowledge of it than -what I have already, Sir, sent word of to you. - -I have taken leave of the Abbé d'Estrades, as we were both agreed -of my inutility here at present. I shall, therefore, set off the -6th, to come to the Court, as you, Sir, have ordered me; where I -shall have the honour of testifying to you my lively gratitude for -the favours, which your protection has gained for me; and for the -kindness with which you acquainted me with the last you had procured -for me. - - I am, - With all the respect that is due to you, - Sir, - Your very humble, &c. - - C.[297] - - [297] Catinat. This letter is extracted from the work of M. - Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 98. - -VARENGEVILLE TO POMPONNE. - - Proposed recompense to Giuliani. - - Venice, July 1, 1679. - - SIR, - -In answer to the letter which you were pleased to write to me on -the 14th of last month, I shall do myself the honour to tell you -that, although I am aware that Giuliani has performed services -which have been useful to the King, and that I am persuaded of -his fidelity, and of his good inclinations towards France, which -may render him still very useful for the future, I cannot forbear -representing to you, that the recompense which the Abbé d'Estrades -wished to procure for him, is not a fitting one; and I feel myself -the more obliged to say this, because you do me the honour to inform -me that his Majesty wishes to receive further information on this -subject. I shall therefore, Sir, take the liberty to tell you, that -he is a little editor of newspapers, in whose shop the letters of -news are written, as it is not the custom here to print them: he -works at this himself, as well as copying for the public; and his -situation in this town answers to that of the Secretaries of St. -Innocent, at Paris. Therefore, it would be a very improper thing -to give a Secretaryship of Embassy to a man of this profession, -who, besides, in other respects, does not appear to me fit to fill -properly such an employment. He would even cease to be able to -give intelligence, as soon as he should be publicly recognized -to be attached to France, because the persons whom he now holds -communication with, would no longer wish, nor dare, to continue it -with him. But as he is a sort of _ferret_, who works out, and gets -at all that is passing, I think it is necessary to encourage his -zeal by some such gratification as forty or fifty pistoles a year, -or whatever shall be approved of by his Majesty. I think even that -this sort of recompense would have a greater effect upon him than -the other, and would make him act with the same zeal he has already -shown in the affairs he has been employed in. - - VARENGEVILLE.[298] - - * * * * * * - - [298] Varengeville was now Ambassador at Venice. This letter - exists in the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 99. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, July 25, 1679. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 2d of this month. I wrote by -yesterday's post to M. de Rissan,[299] that it is the King's -intention that he should have the gate of the citadel of Pignerol -opened, whenever you shall have occasion for it. - -You may give paper and ink to the Sieur de Lestang, with the -understanding that he is to put into writing whatever he wishes to -say; which you will send to me, and I will let you know whether it -deserves any consideration. - - DE LOUVOIS.[300] - - [299] M. de la Motte de Rissan held the post of "Lieutenant de - Roi," in the citadel of Pignerol. - - [300] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 100. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, August 21, 1679. - - * * * * * * - -With regard to the Sieur de Lestang, you may give him paper whenever -he wishes to write; and afterwards send it to me. - - DE LOUVOIS.[301] - - [301] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 101. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Pignerol, Jan. 6, 1680. - - * * * * * * - -I am obliged, Sir, to inform you that the Sieur de Lestang is become -like the Monk I have the care of; that is to say, subject to fits of -raving madness; from which the Sieur Dubreuil also is not exempt. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[302] - - [302] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 102. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Matthioli complains of his Treatment, and gives Proofs of - Insanity. - - Pignerol, Feb. 24, 1680. - -THE Sieur de Lestang, who has been nearly a year in my custody, -complains that he is not treated as a man of his quality, and the -minister of a great prince ought to be. Notwithstanding this, I -continue to follow your commands, Sir, most exactly upon this -subject, as well as upon all others: I think he is deranged, by the -way he talks to me; telling me he converses every day with God and -his angels; that they have told him of the death of the Duke of -Mantua, and of the Duke of Lorrain;[303] and, as an additional proof -of his madness, he says that he has the honour of being the near -relation of the King, to whom he wishes to write, to complain of the -way in which I treat him. I have not thought it right to give him -paper or ink for that purpose, perceiving him not to be in his right -senses. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[304] - - [303] See Note, page 48. - - [304] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 103. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, July 10th, 1680. - -I HAVE received, together with your letter of the 4th of this month, -that which was joined with it, of which I shall make the proper use. -It will be sufficient to make the prisoners in the lower part of the -tower confess once a year. - -With regard to the Sieur de Lestang, I wonder at your patience, -and that you should wait for an order to treat such a rascal as he -deserves, when he is wanting in respect to you. Send me word how it -has happened that the individual named Eustache has been able to do -what you have sent me word of, and where he got the drugs necessary -for the purpose, as I cannot think you would have furnished them to -him. - - DE LOUVOIS.[305] - - [305] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 104. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Philippeville, August 16th, 1680. - -I HAVE been made acquainted, by your letter of the 7th of this -month, with the proposal you make of placing the Sieur de Lestang -with the Jacobin Monk, in order to avoid the necessity of having two -priests. The King approves of your project, and you have only to -execute it when you please. - - DE LOUVOIS.[306] - - [306] Ibid. - - - - -No. 105. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Matthioli and the Jacobin placed together. - - September 7th, 1680. - -SINCE you, Sir, permitted me to put Matthioli with the Jacobin in -the lower part of the tower, the aforesaid Matthioli was for four -or five days in the belief that the Jacobin was a man that I had -placed with him to watch his actions. Matthioli, who is almost as -mad as the Jacobin, walked about with long strides, with his cloak -over his nose, crying out that he was not a dupe, but that he knew -more than he would say. The Jacobin, who was always seated on his -truckle bed, with his elbows resting upon his knees, looked at him -gravely, without listening to him. The Signor Matthioli remained -always persuaded that it was a spy that had been placed with him, -till he was one day disabused, by the Jacobin's getting down from -his bed, stark naked, and setting himself to preach, without rhyme -or reason, till he was tired. I and my lieutenants saw all their -manoeuvres through a hole over the door. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[307] - - [307] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 106. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - October 9th, 1680. - -I HAVE only further, Sir, to acquaint you with the circumstance of -the Sieur Matthioli's having given a ring to Blainvilliers, who -immediately delivered it to me. I will keep it, till it shall please -you, Sir, to give me orders what to do with it. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[308] - - [308] Ibid. - - - - -No. 107. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Particulars respecting the Ring given by Matthioli to - Blainvilliers. - - October 26th, 1680. - -IN order to explain to you, Sir, more amply than I have hitherto -done, the story of the diamond ring which the Sieur Matthioli gave -to Blainvilliers, I shall begin by taking the liberty to tell you -that I believe he made him this present as much from fear as from -any other cause: this prisoner having previously used very violent -language to him, and written abusive sentences with charcoal on -the wall of his room, which had obliged that officer to menace him -with severe punishment, if he was not more decorous and moderate -in his language for the future. When he was put in the tower with -the Jacobin, I charged Blainvilliers to tell him, at the same time -showing him a cudgel, that it was with that the unruly were rendered -manageable, and that if he did not speedily become the latter, he -could easily be compelled to it. This message was conveyed to him, -and some days afterwards, as Blainvilliers was waiting on him at -dinner, he said to him; _Sir, here is a little ring which I wish -to give you, and I beg you to accept of it_. Blainvilliers replied -to him that _he only took it to deliver it to me, as he could not -receive any thing himself from the prisoners_. I think it is well -worth fifty or sixty pistoles. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[309] - - [309] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 108. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Versailles, Nov. 2d, 1680. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 26th of last month. I am writing -to the Sieur du Channoy to make the necessary repairs to the -barracks of the citadel of Pignerol: with regard to the brambles -which are in the walls, I think it will be better to wait till the -spring to have them rooted up, because that will make them die more -certainly, and then at the same time mortar might be inserted into -the fissures. - -You must keep the ring, which the Sieur Matthioli has given to the -Sieur de Blainvilliers, in order to restore it to him, if it should -ever happen that the King ordered him to be set at liberty. - - DE LOUVOIS.[310] - - [310] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 109. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Versailles, Nov. 11th, 1680. - -THE King has been informed that the Governor of Milan has received -the plan of the town and citadel of Pignerol, from an individual -named Quadro, who was some time in the prison, to explain the -fortifications to one of your nephews; and as it is important for -the service of His Majesty, that the Italians should never have any -communication with the citadel of Pignerol, nor with the prison -there, His Majesty has commanded me to let you know, that he wishes -you not to allow any one to enter there, without his express order; -and his intention is, if you have any soldiers or servants who are -Piedmontese, Savoyards, or Italians, that you should get rid of them -as quietly as possible, under pretext of their not serving you well. - - DE LOUVOIS.[311] - - [311] From the Archives of France - - - - -No. 110. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, December 5th, 1680. - -YOUR letter of the 27th of last month has reached me. The King -does not wish you to have any soldiers in your company who are -Piedmontese, Savoyards, Italians, or natives of the Government of -Pignerol. With regard to the three servants of this nation, who have -been with you for six or seven years, you may keep them, since you -are certain of their fidelity. - - DE LOUVOIS.[312] - - [312] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 111. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Appointment of Saint-Mars to the Government of - Exiles--Measures to be taken by him thereupon. - - Versailles, May 12th, 1681. - -I READ to the King your letter of the 3d of this month, by which -his Majesty having discovered the extreme repugnance you have to -accept the command of the citadel of Pignerol, he has thought proper -to accord to you that of Exiles, vacant by the death of the Duke -of Lesdiguières; whither he wishes you to transport those of the -prisoners who are under your care, whom he shall think it important -not to entrust to any other hands but yours. I shall take care to -solicit at the office of M. de Croissy[313] for the grants of the -aforesaid government, of which, as the salary does not exceed four -thousand livres, His Majesty will continue to you the five hundred -livres a month he gave you at Pignerol, by means of which your -emoluments will be as considerable as those of the Governors of the -great places in Flanders. - -I have requested the Sieur du Channoy to go with you to visit -the buildings at Exiles, and to make there a list of the repairs -absolutely necessary for the lodging of the two prisoners in the -lower part of the tower, who are, I think, the only ones His Majesty -will have transferred to Exiles. - -Send me a list of all the prisoners under your care, and write -opposite to each name all that you know of the reasons why they were -arrested. - -With regard to the two in the lower part of the tower, you need only -designate them by this name, without adding any thing else. - -The King expects that, during the little time you will be absent -from the citadel of Pignerol, when you go with the Sieur du Channoy -to Exiles, you will arrange the guarding of your prisoners in such a -manner, that no accident may happen to them, and that they may have -no intercourse with any one, any more than they have hitherto had -during the time they have been under your charge. - - DE LOUVOIS.[314] - - [313] Charles Colbert, Marquis de Croissi, brother of the great - Colbert, was employed in many embassies, which he conducted - with ability and success. In 1679 he succeeded Arnaud de - Pomponne as Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs. He died in - 1696. - - [314] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 112. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Precautions for the Journey of the Prisoners from Pignerol - to Exiles. - - Versailles, June 9th, 1681. - -I SEND you the necessary grants, as Governor of Exiles, which the -King has thought good to have sent to you. The intention of His -Majesty is, that as soon as the room at Exiles, which you shall -judge the most proper for the secure keeping of the two prisoners in -the lower part of the tower, shall be in a state to receive them, -you will send them out of the citadel of Pignerol in a litter, and -conduct them there under the escort of your troop, for the march -of whom the orders are hereunto joined: and immediately after the -departure of the aforesaid prisoners, it is His Majesty's intention -that you should go to Exiles, to take possession of the government, -and to make it, for the future, your residence. - -And because His Majesty does not wish that the remainder of the -prisoners at present under your charge, who are to remain in the -citadel of Pignerol should be left to the care of a Captain of a -Battalion, who may be changed from day to day, I address to you an -order from the King to have the Sieur de Villebois recognized as -Commandant of the aforesaid citadel of Pignerol, until the return -of M. de Rissan, or the arrival of the person whom His Majesty -shall entrust with the command of the aforesaid citadel. In case -the health of the aforesaid Sieur de Rissan does not permit him to -return there, you will, if you please, acquaint the aforesaid Sieur -de Villebois with it, to whom the Sieur du Channoy has orders to pay -two crowns a day, for the support of those three prisoners. - -You will see by the orders of the King hereunto joined, that your -company is to be reduced to forty-five men, to commence from the -15th of this month; and by the statement which accompanies them, -the footing upon which it is to be paid, as well as what the -King has ordered you for the subsistence of the two before-named -prisoners, whom His Majesty expects that you will guard with the -same exactitude you have made use of hitherto. Therefore, it only -remains for me to recommend you to give me, from time to time, -intelligence respecting them. - -With regard to the effects belonging to the Sieur Matthioli, which -are in your possession, you will have them taken to Exiles, in order -to be given back to him, if ever His Majesty should order him to be -set at liberty. - -You will receive the orders I have mentioned by the first occasion. - - DE LOUVOIS.[315] - - [315] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 113. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Versailles, June 11th, 1681. - -I HAVE acquainted the King with the contents of your letter of the -13th of last month, and with the list of the repairs necessary to -be made to the tower at Exiles, which you deem the most proper -residence for the prisoners whom His Majesty leaves under your care. -The King has thought fit to grant you a thousand crowns, as well for -the aforesaid repairs, as for those which you shall judge necessary -to make in your own lodging; which, as soon as you receive this, -you will take care to have done immediately, as if the expense was -to come out of your own pocket: and as soon as the prison shall be -in a fit state, it is the intention of His Majesty that you should -transfer the aforesaid two prisoners to it, according to what I have -already commanded you in my last letter; and in conformity with that -and the order which was joined to it, you will then deliver to the -Sieur de Villebois the command of the citadel of Pignerol. - - DE LOUVOIS.[316] - - [316] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 114. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Versailles, July 9th, 1681. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 29th of last month. You may have -the doors you have need of, for the security of your prisoners, made -at Exiles, without taking the trouble of having them carried from -Pignerol. - -I have written to the _Père Lachaise_ for the benefice, which you -ask of the King for one of your children, to whom I trust His -Majesty will grant it. - - DE LOUVOIS.[317] - - [317] Ibid. - - - - -No. 115. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Precautions for the Security and Concealment of the - Prisoners at Exiles. - - Pignerol, July 12th, 1681. - Just setting off for Exiles. - -IN order that the prisoners may not be seen (at Exiles,) they will -not leave their chamber when they hear mass; and in order that they -may be kept the more securely, one of my lieutenants will sleep -above them, and there will be two sentinels night and day, who will -watch the whole round of the tower, without its being possible for -them and the prisoners to see and to speak to one another, or even -to hear any thing of one another. They will be the soldiers of my -company, who will be always the sentinels over the prisoners. There -is only a confessor, about whom I have my doubts; but if you do not -disapprove, I will give them the curate of Exiles instead, who is -a good man, and very old, whom I will forbid, on the part of His -Majesty, to enquire who these prisoners are, or their names, or -what they have been, or to speak of them in any way, or to receive -from them by word of mouth, or by writing, either communications or -notes. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[318] - - [318] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 116. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Departure of Saint-Mars from Pignerol ordered to be - deferred, in order that he might receive Catinat there. - - Versailles, July 22d, 1681. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 12th of this month, by which I -see that the repairs which you have ordered to be made at Exiles -will not permit you to leave Pignerol before the end of next -month. As the service of the King will perhaps require that you -should remain there all the following month, it would be well that -you should advance the aforesaid repairs of Exiles as little as -possible, in order that you may have a pretext for not leaving -Pignerol till the first days of the month of October; taking care to -act in such a manner, that your continuing to remain there may not -appear to be the result of voluntary delay. - -I am about to send the necessary order for the repayment of the -money you have expended for your prisoners, and you will receive it -by the next post. - -You will find joined with this letter a packet for M. de -Pianesse,[319] which I request you to deliver to him without fail. - - DE LOUVOIS.[320] - - [319] The Marquis de Pianesse was one of the Ministers of the - Court of Turin. - - [320] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 117. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Fontainebleau, August 3d, 1681. - -YOUR letter of the 23rd of last month has been delivered to me. The -King approves of your going to see the Marquis de Pianesse at his -country house, and of your making a journey to Turin, if you desire -it, provided you do not sleep out of the citadel of Pignerol more -than one night at a time. With regard to the journey to Exiles, and -the leave of absence you ask for the Sieur Tourtebat, whom you wish -to take with you, you will have seen by my former letters, that the -intention of the King is that you should not go there. - - DE LOUVOIS.[321] - - [321] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 118. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Orders for the Reception of Catinat at Pignerol. - - Fontainebleau, August 13th, 1681. - -THE King having ordered M. de Catinat to go as soon as possible to -Pignerol, for the same affair which before took him there at the -commencement of the year 1679, I send you these few lines by order -of His Majesty, to give you intelligence thereof, in order that you -may prepare an apartment for him, in which he can remain concealed -for three weeks or a month; and also to tell you that when he shall -send to let you know that he is arrived at the place where you went -to meet him in the aforesaid year 1679, it is the intention of His -Majesty that you should go there again to meet him, and that you -should conduct him into the prison of the citadel of the aforesaid -Pignerol, with every kind of precaution, in order that no one may -know he is with you. I do not say any thing to you about assisting -him with your servants, your horses, and whatever carriages he may -have occasion for, because I have no doubt but you will do with -pleasure on these heads, whatever he shall ask you. - -If between this time and his arrival any packet for him should be -addressed to you either from Piedmont or from Italy, you will keep -it, if you please, to deliver to him. - - DE LOUVOIS.[322] - - [322] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 119. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Fontainebleau, August 23d, 1681. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 13th of this month, which -requires no answer, except to say that I have given orders for a -French clerk to be sent, to have the direction of the Post-office -at Pignerol; by means of whom we shall be assured that no further -abuses can be committed with regard to the letters. - - DE LOUVOIS.[323] - - [323] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 120. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Fontainebleau, Sept. 20th, 1681. - -THIS word is only for the purpose of acknowledging the receipt of -your letter of the 16th of last month. The King will not disapprove -of your visiting, from time to time, the last prisoner who has -been placed in your charge, after he shall have been established -in his new prison, and shall have left that where he is at present -confined. His Majesty desires that you will execute the order he has -sent you for your establishment at Exiles. I beg you to deliver the -packet hereunto joined into M. de Richemont's own hands. - - DE LOUVOIS.[324] - - [324] From the Archives of France. To the name of Richemont - is appended in the original the following note, in the - hand-writing of Saint-Mars; "This name means M. de Catinat, - whom I had then shut up with me at Pignerol." - - - - -No. 121. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Exiles, Dec 4th, 1681. - -As there is always one of my two prisoners ill, they give me as much -occupation as I have ever had with any of those I have hitherto -guarded. - -Although, Sir, you have the kindness to give me permission to go, -from time to time, to Casale, I dare not do it, lest during my -absence, you should address any packets to me for M. de Pianesse. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[325] - - [325] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 122. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Description of the Apartment and manner of Confinement of - the Prisoners at Exiles. - - Exiles, March 11th, 1682. - - SIR, - -I have received the letter which you were pleased to do me the -honour to write to me on the 27th of last month, in which you -acquaint me, Sir, that it is important my two prisoners should have -no communication with any one. Since the first time that you, Sir, -gave me this order, I have guarded these two prisoners, who are -under my care, as severely and exactly as I formerly did Messieurs -Fouquet and Lauzun, who could not boast that they had either sent or -received any news, while they were in confinement. These prisoners -can hear the people speak as they pass along the road which is at -the bottom of the tower; but they, if they wished it, could not make -themselves heard; they can see the persons on the hill which is -before their windows, but cannot themselves be seen on account of -the bars which are placed across their room. There are two sentinels -of my company always night and day, on each side of the tower, at -a reasonable distance, who can see the window of the prisoners -obliquely. They are ordered to take care that no one speaks to them, -and that they do not cry out from their windows; and to make the -passengers walk on if they wish to stop in the path, or on the side -of the hill. My own room being joined to the tower, and having no -other look-out except towards this path, I hear and see every thing, -even my two sentinels, who are by this means always kept alert. - -As for the inside of the tower, I have divided it in such a manner, -that the priest who says mass to them cannot see them, on account -of a curtain I have made, which covers their double doors. The -servants, who bring their food, put whatever is necessary for the -prisoners upon a table on the outside, and my lieutenant takes it -and carries it in to them. No one speaks to them except myself, my -officer, M. Vigneron (the confessor), and physician from Pragelas, -which is six leagues from hence, who only sees them in my presence. -With regard to their linen and other necessaries, I take the same -precautions which I did with my former prisoners. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[326] - - [326] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 123. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Exiles, Dec. 23d, 1685. - -MY prisoners are still ill and in a course of medicine; they are, -however, perfectly tranquil. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[327] - - [327] Ibid. - - - - -No. 124. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Saint-Mars is made Governor of the Islands of Saint - Margaret. - - Exiles, January 20th, 1687. - - SIR, - -I am most grateful for the new favour, which I have just received -from his Majesty, (the government of the Islands of Saint Margaret). -If you order me to go there without delay, I would request to be -permitted to take the road through Piedmont, on account of the great -quantity of snow that there is between this place and Embrun; and, -on my return, which shall be as quick as I can possibly make it, I -hope you will approve of my going by the way, to take leave of the -Duke of Savoy, from whom I have always received so much kindness. -I will give such good orders for the guarding of my prisoner, that -I can answer to you, Sir, for his entire security, as well as for -his not now, nor ever, holding intercourse with my Lieutenant, whom -I have forbid to speak to him, which is punctually obeyed. If I -take him with me to the Islands, I think the most secure conveyance -will be a chair covered with oil-cloth, in which there would enter -a sufficiency of air, without its being possible for any one to -see or speak to him during the journey, not even the soldiers whom -I shall select to be near the chair. This conveyance will be less -embarrassing than a litter, which is liable often to break. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[328] - - [328] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 125. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - From the Islands of Saint Margaret, - March 23d, 1687. - - * * * * * * - -I have been here for the last thirty days, of which I have passed -twenty-six in bed, with a continual fever. I have taken so much -powder of bark, that, for the last three days, I have been free from -fever. I have sent to Toulon for my litter, in order to go from -hence the 26th of this month, and I hope to be at Exiles in eight -days, by the Embrun and Briançon road. As soon as I shall have had -the honour of receiving your commands, Sir, I shall set forth again -with my prisoner, whom I promise to conduct here in all security, -without any one seeing or speaking to him. He shall not hear mass -after he leaves Exiles, till he is lodged in the prison which is -preparing for him here, to which a chapel is attached. - - * * * * * * - -I pledge my honour to you for the entire security of my prisoner. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[329] - - [329] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 126. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Arrival of Matthioli at the Islands of Saint Margaret. - - From the Islands of Saint Margaret, - May 3d, 1687. - - SIR, - -I arrived here the 30th of last month: I was only twelve days on the -journey, in consequence of the illness of my prisoner, occasioned, -as he said, by not having as much air as he wished. I can assure -you, Sir, that no one has seen him, and that the manner in which I -have guarded and conducted him during all the journey, makes every -body try to conjecture who he is. - -My prisoner's bed was so old and worn out, as well as every thing he -made use of, both table linen and furniture, that it was not worth -while to bring them here; they only sold for thirteen crowns. * * * - -I have given to the eight porters, who brought the chair from Turin, -and my prisoner to this place, (including the hire of the aforesaid -chair) two hundred and three livres, which I have paid out of my own -pocket. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[330] - - [330] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 127. - -SAINT-MARS TO THE MINISTER.[331] - - Relation of the conduct of two Protestant Ministers. - - From the Islands of Saint Margaret, - June 4th, 1692. - - * * * * * * - -The first of the ministers, who have been sent here, sings psalms -night and day with a loud voice, expressly to make it be known who -he is. I desired him, in vain, several times to discontinue this, on -pain of severe punishment; which I have at length been obliged to -inflict upon him, as well as on his comrade, named Salves, who write -things upon his pewter vessels, and upon his linen, in order to make -known that he is imprisoned unjustly, on account of the purity of -his faith. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[332] - - [331] Probably Barbezieux. - - [332] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 128. - - Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published in the - Work entitled, "La Bastille Dévoilée." - - Names and qualities of the Prisoners. - -An old prisoner from Pignerol, obliged always to wear a mask of -black velvet, whose name and quality have never been known. - - Dates of their Entries. - -September 18th, 1698. At three o'clock in the afternoon. - - Reference to the Journal. - -Dujonca, Volume 87. - - Reasons for their detention. - -It was never known. - - OBSERVATIONS. - -This is the famous Man in the Mask, whom no one has ever seen or -known. - -This prisoner was brought to the Bastille by M. de Saint-Mars in his -litter, when he took possession of the Government of the Bastille, -coming from his Government of the Islands of Saint Margaret and -Saint Honorat, and whom he had before had with him at Pignerol. - -This prisoner was treated with great distinction by the Governor, -and was only seen by him and M. de Rosarges, Major of the Fortress, -who alone had the care of him. - - - - -No. 129. - - Second Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published - in the Work entitled, "La Bastille Dévoilée." - - Dates of the Deaths. - -November 19th, 1703. - - Reference to the Journal. - -Dujonca, Volume 8th. - - OBSERVATIONS. - -Died November 19th, 1703, aged 45, or thereabouts; buried at St. -Paul's the next day at four in the afternoon, under the name of -Marchiali, in the presence of M. de Rosarges, Major of the Fortress, -and of M. Reilh, Surgeon-Major of the Bastille, who signed their -names to the extract of the Burial Register of St. Paul's. His -burial cost forty livres. - -This prisoner remained at the Bastille five years and sixty-two -days, the day of his burial not included. - -He was only ill for some hours, and died almost suddenly; he was -buried in a winding-sheet of new linen; and for the most part every -thing that was found in his chamber was burnt, such as every part -of his bed, including the mattresses, his tables, chairs, and other -utensils, which were all reduced to powder and to cinders, and -thrown into the drains. The rest of the things, such as the silver, -copper, and pewter, were melted. This prisoner was lodged in the -third chamber of the tower _Bertaudière_, which room was scraped and -filed quite to the stone, and fresh white-washed from the top to the -bottom. The doors and windows were burnt like the rest. - -It is remarkable that, in the name of Marchiali, which was given -him in the Burial Register of St. Paul's, are to be found the exact -letters of these two words, the one Latin, the other French, _Hic -Amiral_, here is the Admiral.[333] - - [333] The discovery of this ridiculous and strained anagram was - one of the causes which led to the false supposition, that the - Iron Mask was either the Duke de Beaufort, or the Count de - Vermandois, both of whom were great Admirals of France. - - - - -No. 130. - - Extract from the Register of Burials of the Church of Saint - Paul, at Paris. - -The year one thousand seven hundred and three, on the nineteenth of -November, died at the Bastille, Marchiali, aged forty-five years or -thereabouts; whose body was interred in the burial-ground of this -parish, the twentieth of the aforesaid month, in the presence of M. -Rosarges, Major of the Bastille, and of M. Reilh, Surgeon-Major of -the Bastille, who have affixed their signatures. - -Collated exactly with the original, and delivered by us the -undersigned, Bachelor in Theology, and Vicar of Saint Paul, at -Paris, this Tuesday the ninth of February, 1790. - - Signed, POITEVIN. - - - - -No. 131. - - Extract from the Work entitled "_La Correspondance - Interceptée_," by M. Lewis Dutens, published in 1789. - -In order to treat this subject (that of the Iron Mask) methodically, -I will begin with what the Duke de Choiseul has often related to me. -Lewis the Fifteenth one day told him, that he was acquainted with -the history of the prisoner with the Mask. The Duke begged the King -to tell him who he was, but he could get no other answer from him, -except, that all the conjectures which had been hitherto made with -regard to the prisoner, were false. Some time afterwards, Madame de -Pompadour, at the request of the Duke, pressed the King to explain -himself upon this subject. Lewis the Fifteenth upon this told her, -that he believed he was the Minister of an Italian Prince. - - - - -No. 132. - - Extract from the article on the Iron Mask in the Work - entitled "_Mélanges d'Histoire et de Littérature_;" by Mr. - Quintin Craufurd. - -BEFORE the publication of the "_Correspondance Interceptée_," I had -heard it said, that M. de Choiseul had spoken to Lewis the Fifteenth -on the subject of the masked prisoner; but that he had not been able -to obtain any satisfactory answer. I addressed myself to the Abbé -Barthelemi and to the Abbé Beliardi, who had both lived in intimacy -with M. de Choiseul: they acquainted me that it was at their request -the Duke de Choiseul had spoken upon this subject to Lewis the -Fifteenth; that the King had answered him, that he believed the -prisoner was a minister of one of the courts of Italy; but that the -Duke observed that this conversation appeared to embarrass him. The -Abbé Beliardi told me in proper terms, that the King wished to evade -the subject. They then begged M. de Choiseul to engage Madame de -Pompadour to speak to the King. She did so; but the answer of Lewis -the Fifteenth to his mistress was not more instructive, than that -which he had given to his Minister. - - - - -No. 133 - - Letter from the Baron de Heiss to the Authors of the - "_Journal Encyclopédique_," on the subject of the Iron Mask; - published in that Journal, in 1770. - - GENTLEMEN, - -Since the publication of the anecdote respecting the Man in the Iron -Mask, which M. de Voltaire has given us in his "_Siècle de Louis_ -XIV.," I have been always very curious to discover who this prisoner -could be; but all my researches had hitherto failed in giving me -any information which could content me; chance has placed in my -hands a detached number of a work, of which the title is "_Histoire -abrégée de l'Europe_," for the month of August 1687, printed that -same year at Leyden, by "_Claude Jordan_." At the article Mantua, -I found the letter, which I have the honour to send you a copy of, -translated from the Italian. It appears that this Secretary of the -Duke of Mantua, who is there mentioned, might very well be the -Man in the Iron Mask, transferred from Pignerol to the Islands of -Saint Margaret, and from thence to the Bastille, in 1690, when M. -de Saint-Mars was made governor of it. I am the more inclined to -believe this, because, as M. de Voltaire, and all those who have -made researches on this subject, have remarked, there did not at -that time disappear any prince, or person of consequence in any part -of Europe. - -If you, Gentlemen, find any appearance of probability in my remark, -and if you think it can interest the public, you are welcome to -insert it in your Journal, &c. - - THE BARON DE HEISS. - - Formerly Captain of the Regiment of Alsace. - Phalsbourg, - June 28, 1770. - - - Letter on the subject of the Man in the Iron Mask, announced - in the preceding one. - - GENTLEMEN, - -One of my friends tells me, that he has read in the "_Histoire -abrégée de l'Europe_," (Vol. ii. p. 33.), that it was said, that the -Duke of Mantua had had the intention of selling his capital town; -but that the author of this History did not believe it. - -You are ill-informed; it is certain that this affair was negociated, -and that it was much advanced towards a conclusion. The secretary of -the Duke, who had much influence with his master, dissuaded him from -this design; but the doing so cost him very dear, as you shall soon -learn. - -This faithful Minister made the Duke understand, that it was -necessary for his interest and his honour to preserve his Duchy, and -thus made him change his intention; he did still more, he obliged -him to unite himself with the other Princes of Italy, in order to -oppose the designs of France. It was he who negociated the interview -of the different princes, which took place at Venice last winter, -during the Carnival: this time was chosen in order the better to -conceal the plans which were in agitation. You are without doubt -aware, that it is not an extraordinary circumstance to see many -princes and persons of condition at Venice during that period. This -Secretary went afterwards to Rome, where he remained some time; he -then visited almost all the Courts of Italy; he went to Venice and -Genoa, and he succeeded every where so well, that he had almost -entirely detached all those powers from the interests of France. -Finally he went to Turin with the same intention. As he believed his -negociations to be very secret he often visited the Marquis D'Arcy, -the French Ambassador at the Court of Savoy; but what can escape -the penetrating eyes of France? The minister of that crown had been -informed of all the designs of the Secretary, before his arrival at -Turin. He, however, paid him many civilities, asked him very often -to dinner, and finally invited him to come and hunt with him, at -some distance from Turin. The Secretary, who had no time to lose, -and who thought the moment of the absence of the French ambassador -very proper for his negociations, excused himself at first upon -the plea of his having no horses; the Ambassador offered to lend -them to him, and the Secretary dared no longer refuse, from fear -lest some portion of the truth should be suspected. The day for the -hunting being arrived, they set off together; but they were hardly -at the distance of a league from the town, when the Secretary was -surrounded by ten or twelve horsemen, who seized him, disguised -him, masked him, and conducted him to Pignerol. Without doubt he -was well aware who had played him this trick, but he had no means -of resistance. At Pignerol he was thought to be too near Italy, -and, though he was guarded very carefully, it was feared that the -walls might tell tales; he was therefore removed from thence, and -conducted to the Islands of Saint Margaret, where he at present is, -under the care of M. de Saint-Mars, who is the Governor. This is a -piece of news doubtless very surprising, but not on that account the -less true. - - I am, &c. - -To this letter are joined these reflections:--There are reports -respecting a journey made by the Duke of Mantua to Vienna. Some -politicians think that it is the affair which happened to his -Secretary which is the cause of his journey, and that he has a -design of making an alliance with the Emperor and the King of -Spain.[334] - - [334] To this letter M. Delort adds the following note, "In - 1782 or 1783, there died at Turin a Marquis de Pancalier de - Prie, among whose manuscripts was also found the anecdote of - this Secretary of the Duke of Mantua. All the Italian - newspapers published it; but although it was considered as a - new idea, it did not make a great sensation." - - - - THE END. - - LONDON: - PRINTED BY S. AND R. BENTLEY, DORSET STREET. - - - - -Transcriber's Notes: - - - Footnotes in the first part "History Of The Iron Mask" have been - moved to the end of that part; footnotes in appendix have been - moved to the end of the respective appendix. - - Page 18, footnote 28, Maria Victoria (Maria Vittoria), second - daughter of Ferdinand III. (Ferrante III Gonzaga), Duke of - Guastalla, married her cousin Vincent Gonzaga (Vincenzo I - Gonzaga) June 30th, 1679 and died September 5th, 1707 in Venice. - Although the year 1769 for the marriage date is believed to be an - unambiguous mis-print in the original, the author's version has - been retained. - - Page 149, footnote 189, John Baptist Felix Gaspar Nani's (Giovan - Battista Nani) work was published under the title "Historia - della Republica Veneta," starting with part I in 1662; the - author's spelling of "Istoria" has been maintained. - - The following corrections have been made to the printed original: - - Page iv, "Cassale" corrected to "Casale" (going to Casale). - Page viii, "Dévoillée" amended to "Dévoilée" ("La Bastille - Dévoilée"). - Page viii, "Melanges" amended to "Mélanges" (Mélanges d'Histoire). - Page 14, "Soreigns" corrected to "Sovereigns" (the Italian - Sovereigns). - Page 31, footnote 58, "No." corrected to "Nos." (Appendix, Nos. 75, - 79, 81, 83, 88.) - Page 44, footnote 83, "Sevigné's" corrected to "Sévigné's" (Madame - de Sévigné). - Page 44, footnote 84, "vecu" corrected to "vécu" (comme il a vécu). - Page 46, footnote 88, "No." amended to "Nos." (Ibid. Nos. 84, 85.) - Page 51, footnote 99, "Appendix, 104." amended to "Appendix, No. - 104." - Page 52, footnote 101, "Appendix, 105." amended to "Appendix, No. - 105." - Page 76, "Bertaudiere" amended to "Bertaudière" (tower of the - Bertaudière). - Page 83, "Correspondence" amended to "Correspondance" - (Correspondance Interceptée). - Page 83 "aujourdhui" amended to "aujourd'hui" (La Marquise aura - aujourd'hui). - Page 83, footnote 155, (footnote to footnote 154,) "138" corrected - to "133" (Appendix, No. 133.) - Page 144, "necesary" amended to "necessary" (will be necessary, - before the Count). - Page 173, "Estradés" amended to "Estrades" (transaction Estrades - alludes). - Page 184, "to day" corrected to "to-day" (departure till to-day). - Page 197, "December," amended to "December" (December 29, 1678.) - Page 202, "Jan 15th," amended to "Jan. 15th," (Venice, Jan. 15th, - 1679.) - Page 210, "were" corrected to "where" (where there are none). - Page 215, footnote 244, "siécles" corrected to "siècles" (XVIIIe - siècles). - Page 230, "No" amended to "No." (No. 71.) - Page 236, "mean while" corrected to "meanwhile" (whom, in the - meanwhile). - Page 252, the missing locator for footnote 275 has been supplied. - Page 280, "Ambassador's" amended to "Ambassador" (the Ambassador - being present). - Page 348, "Encyclopèdique" corrected to "Encyclopédique" (Journal - Encyclopédique). - Page 349, "Vol. ii. p. 33.)" amended to "(Vol. ii. p. 33.)" - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The True History of The State -Prisoner, commonly called The, by George Agar Ellis - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRUE HISTORY *** - -***** This file should be named 42419-8.txt or 42419-8.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/2/4/1/42419/ - -Produced by StevenGibbs, Christoph W. Kluge, Charlene -Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned -images of public domain material from the Google Print -project.) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/42419-8.zip b/42419-8.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 57f0eb5..0000000 --- a/42419-8.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/42419-h.zip b/42419-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 9852c26..0000000 --- a/42419-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/42419-h/42419-h.htm b/42419-h/42419-h.htm index b778e60..7507754 100644 --- a/42419-h/42419-h.htm +++ b/42419-h/42419-h.htm @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" /> <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> <title> The Project Gutenberg eBook of The True History of The State Prisoner, commonly called The Iron Mask, by George Agar Ellis. @@ -615,48 +615,7 @@ --> <body> - - -<pre> - -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The True History of The State Prisoner, -commonly called The Iron Mask, by George Agar Ellis - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: The True History of The State Prisoner, commonly called The Iron Mask - Extracted from Documents in the French Archives - -Author: George Agar Ellis - -Release Date: March 27, 2013 [EBook #42419] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRUE HISTORY *** - - - - -Produced by StevenGibbs, Christoph W. Kluge, Charlene -Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned -images of public domain material from the Google Print -project.) - - - - - - -</pre> - +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 42419 ***</div> <div class="transnote"> <p class="noindent"><span class="bold">Transcriber’s Note:</span></p> @@ -1388,13 +1347,13 @@ G. A. E.</p> <div class="toc-entry"> <p class="toc-chap"><a class="toc" href="#appendix_128">No. 128.</a></p> <p class="toc-abstract">Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published in - the Work entitled, “La Bastille Dévoilée”<span class="ereader-only">.</span></p></div><div class="toc-page"><a class="toc" href="#Page_342">342</a></div> + the Work entitled, “La Bastille Dévoilée”<span class="ereader-only">.</span></p></div><div class="toc-page"><a class="toc" href="#Page_342">342</a></div> </div> <div> <div class="toc-entry"> <p class="toc-chap"><a class="toc" href="#appendix_129">No. 129.</a></p> <p class="toc-abstract">Second Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published - in the Work entitled, “La Bastille Dévoilée”<span class="ereader-only">.</span></p></div><div class="toc-page"><a class="toc" href="#Page_343">343</a></div> + in the Work entitled, “La Bastille Dévoilée”<span class="ereader-only">.</span></p></div><div class="toc-page"><a class="toc" href="#Page_343">343</a></div> </div> <div> <div class="toc-entry"> @@ -1406,20 +1365,20 @@ G. A. E.</p> <div class="toc-entry"> <p class="toc-chap"><a class="toc" href="#appendix_131">No. 131.</a></p> <p class="toc-abstract">Extract from the Work entitled “La Correspondance - Interceptée,” by M. Lewis Dutens, published in 1789<span class="ereader-only">.</span></p></div><div class="toc-page"><a class="toc" href="#Page_346">346</a></div> + Interceptée,” by M. Lewis Dutens, published in 1789<span class="ereader-only">.</span></p></div><div class="toc-page"><a class="toc" href="#Page_346">346</a></div> </div> <div> <div class="toc-entry"> <p class="toc-chap"><a class="toc" href="#appendix_132">No. 132.</a></p> <p class="toc-abstract">Extract from the article on the Iron Mask in the Work - entitled “<i>Mélanges d’Histoire et de Littérature</i>;” by + entitled “<i>Mélanges d’Histoire et de Littérature</i>;” by Mr. Quintin Craufurd<span class="ereader-only">.</span></p></div><div class="toc-page"><a class="toc" href="#Page_347">347</a></div> </div> <div> <div class="toc-entry"> <p class="toc-chap"><a class="toc" href="#appendix_133">No. 133.</a></p> <p class="toc-abstract">Letter from the Baron de Heiss to the Authors of the - “<i>Journal Encyclopédique</i>” on the subject of the Iron + “<i>Journal Encyclopédique</i>” on the subject of the Iron Mask; published in that Journal in 1770<span class="ereader-only">.</span></p></div><div class="toc-page"><a class="toc" href="#Page_348">348</a></div> <div> <div class="toc-entry"> @@ -1500,7 +1459,7 @@ clearly not in that office when he first, unhappily for himself, was involved in diplomatic relations with the agents of the French Government.</p> -<p>Towards the end of the year 1677, the Abbé +<p>Towards the end of the year 1677, the Abbé d’Estrades,<a name="FNanchor_4" id="FNanchor_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4" class="footnote-anchor">4</a> ambassador from France to the Republic of Venice, conceived the idea, which he was well aware would be highly acceptable to the insatiable @@ -1658,7 +1617,7 @@ which all the world, even the Doge and the<a class="page" name="Page_14" id="Pag oldest Senators were accustomed to go about in mask.”<a name="FNanchor_20" id="FNanchor_20"></a><a href="#Footnote_20" class="footnote-anchor">20</a></p> -<p>He also requested that the Cardinal d’Estrées<a name="FNanchor_21" id="FNanchor_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21" class="footnote-anchor">21</a> +<p>He also requested that the Cardinal d’Estrées<a name="FNanchor_21" id="FNanchor_21"></a><a href="#Footnote_21" class="footnote-anchor">21</a> might not be made a party to the negociation; because he was so well known to be employed generally by Lewis to negociate with the Italian Sovereigns, @@ -1810,7 +1769,7 @@ partizans, by whom he was surrounded.<a name="FNanchor_34" id="FNanchor_34"></a> <p>Finally, after many delays, Matthioli, accompanied by Giuliani, set off for Paris in the beginning of November, 1678, and arrived there towards the -end of the same month.<a name="FNanchor_35" id="FNanchor_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35" class="footnote-anchor">35</a> He found the Abbé +end of the same month.<a name="FNanchor_35" id="FNanchor_35"></a><a href="#Footnote_35" class="footnote-anchor">35</a> He found the Abbé d’Estrades, who had quitted his Venetian Em<a class="page" name="Page_23" id="Page_23">23</a>bassy, arrived there before him, and had several interviews with him and M. de Pomponne; during @@ -1852,7 +1811,7 @@ in furtherance of their plan.<a name="FNanchor_41" id="FNanchor_41"></a><a href= de Boufflers,<a name="FNanchor_42" id="FNanchor_42"></a><a href="#Footnote_42" class="footnote-anchor">42</a> Colonel-General of the Dragoons, was sent to take the command of the forces, which were assembling near the frontier of Italy, -at Briançon, in Dauphiny. Catinat,<a name="FNanchor_43" id="FNanchor_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43" class="footnote-anchor">43</a> Brigadier +at Briançon, in Dauphiny. Catinat,<a name="FNanchor_43" id="FNanchor_43"></a><a href="#Footnote_43" class="footnote-anchor">43</a> Brigadier of Infantry, afterwards the celebrated Marshal of that name, who was to serve under the command of Boufflers, had orders to conceal himself in the @@ -1861,7 +1820,7 @@ that of Richemont;<a name="FNanchor_45" id="FNanchor_45"></a><a href="#Footnote_ Colonel of Dragoons, was despatched to Venice, upon a mission for exchanging the ratifications of the treaty; for which purpose he was to unite with -M. de Pinchesne, the Chargé d’Affaires there, during +M. de Pinchesne, the Chargé d’Affaires there, during the absence of an ambassador.<a name="FNanchor_47" id="FNanchor_47"></a><a href="#Footnote_47" class="footnote-anchor">47</a><a class="page" name="Page_27" id="Page_27">27</a></p> <p>Though these measures were taken with the @@ -1903,7 +1862,7 @@ promised to hold a carrousel there.<a name="FNanchor_53" id="FNanchor_53"></a><a <p>In spite of all these difficulties, it was, however, finally arranged, that the Baron d’Asfeld and Matthioli should meet, on the 9th of March, at -Incréa, a village ten miles from Casale, in order to +Incréa, a village ten miles from Casale, in order to make the exchange of the ratifications; that the Duke of Mantua himself, should go to Casale on the 15th of the same month; and should put the @@ -1977,7 +1936,7 @@ money for his information.<a name="FNanchor_61" id="FNanchor_61"></a><a href="#F <p>Meanwhile Asfeld was arrested by the orders of the Count de Melgar, the Spanish Governor of the Milanese, as he was on his way to the rendez<a class="page" name="Page_33" id="Page_33">33</a>vous -at Incréa; and Matthioli was the first person +at Incréa; and Matthioli was the first person who acquainted the French agents with this misfortune,<a name="FNanchor_62" id="FNanchor_62"></a><a href="#Footnote_62" class="footnote-anchor">62</a> as well as with the fact that the Duke of Mantua had been obliged to conclude a treaty @@ -1999,12 +1958,12 @@ to Matthioli in a letter<a name="FNanchor_65" id="FNanchor_65"></a><a href="#Foo the date of March 14th, 1679.</p> <p>Catinat accordingly went, on the appointed day,<a class="page" name="Page_34" id="Page_34">34</a> -from Pignerol to Incréa, accompanied by St. Mara,<a name="FNanchor_66" id="FNanchor_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_66" class="footnote-anchor">66</a> +from Pignerol to Incréa, accompanied by St. Mara,<a name="FNanchor_66" id="FNanchor_66"></a><a href="#Footnote_66" class="footnote-anchor">66</a> the Commandant of that part of the fortress of Pignerol, which was appropriated for a state prison, and by a person of confidence, belonging to the embassy of Estrades. But the appointed day passed -over, without bringing Matthioli to Incréa; and +over, without bringing Matthioli to Incréa; and the next morning Catinat was informed that his arrival there was discovered; that the peasants of the neighbourhood were in arms; and that a detachment @@ -2022,7 +1981,7 @@ enthusiasm.<a name="FNanchor_67" id="FNanchor_67"></a><a href="#Footnote_67" cla to return undiscovered to Pignerol.</p> <p>Matthioli, meanwhile, instead of keeping his engagement -at Incréa, had returned to Venice, and +at Incréa, had returned to Venice, and had had several interviews with Pinchesne, the particulars of which we are unacquainted with, as the letters containing the accounts of them, @@ -2049,7 +2008,7 @@ ambition, by taking the most signal vengeance of Matthioli; as we find by the following note from Louvois to his creature, St. Mars, dated, St. Germain, April 27th, 1679.—“The King has sent -orders to the Abbé d’Estrades, to try and arrest +orders to the Abbé d’Estrades, to try and arrest a man, with whose conduct his Majesty has reason to be dissatisfied; of which he has commanded me to acquaint you, in order that you may not @@ -2089,7 +2048,7 @@ neighbourhood where his troops were stationed.</p> <p>To this proposition Matthioli readily consented; and having first made a journey to Casale, he returned and met Estrades (who was accompanied -on this expedition by his relation the Abbé +on this expedition by his relation the Abbé de Montesquiou) by appointment, in a church half a mile from Turin, from whence they proceeded together to the frontier. At three miles @@ -2424,8 +2383,8 @@ Lewis, who was anxious to recompense his services as a gaoler of State prisoners, then gave him the government of Exiles,<a name="FNanchor_105" id="FNanchor_105"></a><a href="#Footnote_105" class="footnote-anchor">105</a> a strong fortress and pass near Susa, on the frontier of Piedmont and the -Briançonnois, which was vacant by the death of the -Duke de Lesdiguières; at the same time augmenting +Briançonnois, which was vacant by the death of the +Duke de Lesdiguières; at the same time augmenting the salary attached to that situation, so as to make it equal to that of the towns in Flanders.<a name="FNanchor_106" id="FNanchor_106"></a><a href="#Footnote_106" class="footnote-anchor">106</a> Louvois, in a letter dated May 12th, 1681, ac<a class="page" name="Page_56" id="Page_56">56</a>quaints @@ -2838,7 +2797,7 @@ mentioned; who is always kept masked, and who was first placed, till night, in the tower of the Basiniere,<a name="FNanchor_143a" id="FNanchor_143a"></a><a href="#Footnote_143" class="footnote-anchor">143</a> and whom I conducted afterwards myself, at nine o’clock at night, to the third -chamber of the tower of the Bertaudière;<a name="FNanchor_143b" id="FNanchor_143b"></a><a href="#Footnote_143" class="footnote-anchor">143</a> which +chamber of the tower of the Bertaudière;<a name="FNanchor_143b" id="FNanchor_143b"></a><a href="#Footnote_143" class="footnote-anchor">143</a> which chamber I had taken care to furnish with all things necessary before his arrival, having received orders to that effect from M. de St. Mars. @@ -2851,7 +2810,7 @@ Governor.”<a name="FNanchor_145" id="FNanchor_145"></a><a href="#Footnote_ <p>Dujonca’s account is confirmed by the extracts of the Register of the Bastille, published in the -work entitled “La Bastille dévoilée.”<a name="FNanchor_146" id="FNanchor_146"></a><a href="#Footnote_146" class="footnote-anchor">146</a></p> +work entitled “La Bastille dévoilée.”<a name="FNanchor_146" id="FNanchor_146"></a><a href="#Footnote_146" class="footnote-anchor">146</a></p> <p>The placing of the prisoner, on his first arrival, temporarily in one part of the Bastille, and afterwards @@ -2999,8 +2958,8 @@ or an elder or a twin-brother of Lewis the Fourteenth; or a son of Oliver Cromwell; or Arwediks, the Armenian Patriarch; are referred to Voltaire, Dutens, St. Foix, La Grange Chancel, -Gibbon, the Père Papon, the Père Griffet, the -Chevalier de Taulés, and Mr. Quintin Craufurd. +Gibbon, the Père Papon, the Père Griffet, the +Chevalier de Taulés, and Mr. Quintin Craufurd. Of these accounts, perhaps Voltaire’s is the least curious, find Mr. Craufurd’s the most so; because the first did not seek for truth, but only wished @@ -3032,7 +2991,7 @@ acknowledgment of the plagiarism.</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_4" id="Footnote_4"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_4">4</a></span> -<span class="footnote-text">The Abbé d’Estrades, Ambassador for a considerable +<span class="footnote-text">The Abbé d’Estrades, Ambassador for a considerable time from Lewis the Fourteenth, to the Republic of Venice, was son of Godfrey, Count d’Estrades, so long employed in negociations and embassies in Holland, and who was one @@ -3154,7 +3113,7 @@ the appointment of the Duke of Mantua.</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_21" id="Footnote_21"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_21">21</a></span> -<span class="footnote-text">Cæsar Bishop of Laon and Cardinal d’Estrées, son +<span class="footnote-text">Cæsar Bishop of Laon and Cardinal d’Estrées, son of the first Marshal of France of that name, was employed in various negociations with the Princes of Italy; but is now more remembered for his courtier-like reply to @@ -3185,7 +3144,7 @@ for Foreign Affairs from 1671 to 1679, when he was dismissed from his office, but retained the title of Minister of State, with permission to attend the Council. A man, like so many of his race, who united considerable talents to -great excellence of character. Madame de Sévigné says, +great excellence of character. Madame de Sévigné says, in speaking of the eminent station he had filled, that “Fortune had wished to make use of his virtues for the happiness of others.”</span></div> @@ -3317,7 +3276,7 @@ real sage, (having refused the blue ribbon) in 1712.”</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_44" id="Footnote_44"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_44">44</a></span> -<span class="footnote-text">Upon reference to the Mémoires de Catinat, published +<span class="footnote-text">Upon reference to the Mémoires de Catinat, published in 1819, this event is found to be thus adverted to:—“In 1679, Catinat was charged with some negociations with the Duke of Mantua; but the affair failed of success, in consequence @@ -3522,7 +3481,7 @@ appointed to inquire into his conduct, to banishment. The sentence was commuted by the King himself to perpetual imprisonment; and Fouquet died in the citadel of Pignerol, in 1680. On his trial he defended himself -with great spirit and talent. See Madame de Sévigné’s +with great spirit and talent. See Madame de Sévigné’s interesting Letters to M. de Pomponne upon the subject.</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_84" id="Footnote_84"></a> @@ -3530,8 +3489,8 @@ interesting Letters to M. de Pomponne upon the subject.</span></div> <span class="footnote-text">Anthony Nompar de Caumont, Marquis of Peguilhem, and afterwards Duke of Lauzun: whose adventures and eccentricities are too well known to require relation here. -It is in speaking of him that La Bruyère says, “Il n’est -pas permis aux autres hommes de rêver, comme il a vécu.”</span></div> +It is in speaking of him that La Bruyère says, “Il n’est +pas permis aux autres hommes de rêver, comme il a vécu.”</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_85" id="Footnote_85"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_85">85</a></span> @@ -3757,16 +3716,16 @@ upon “L’Homme au Masque de fer.”</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_132" id="Footnote_132"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_132">132</a></span> -<span class="footnote-text">Papon in his “Histoire générale de Provence” informs +<span class="footnote-text">Papon in his “Histoire générale de Provence” informs us that he went to see the room.</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_133" id="Footnote_133"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_133">133</a></span> -<span class="footnote-text">“Histoire générale de Provence, du Père Papon.”</span></div> +<span class="footnote-text">“Histoire générale de Provence, du Père Papon.”</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_134" id="Footnote_134"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_134">134</a></span> -<span class="footnote-text">See “Mélanges d’Histoire et de Littérature,” by Mr. +<span class="footnote-text">See “Mélanges d’Histoire et de Littérature,” by Mr. Quintin Craufurd.</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_135" id="Footnote_135"></a> @@ -3803,8 +3762,8 @@ it is, for the most part, under these circumstances.</span></div> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_140">140</a></span> <span class="footnote-text">Such is the account given by M. de Palteau, the direct descendant of St. Mars, in a letter to Freron, dated Palteau, -June 19th, 1768. It was published in the “Année -Littéraire” for that year, and has since been republished +June 19th, 1768. It was published in the “Année +Littéraire” for that year, and has since been republished by Mr. Craufurd, in his paper on the Iron Mask.</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_141" id="Footnote_141"></a> @@ -3884,7 +3843,7 @@ snuff-boxes were made, bearing the head of Sully on one side, and that of the Duke de Choiseul on the other. One of them being shown to <i>Sophie Arnoud</i>, the actress, celebrated for her repartees, she looked at the two sides, and -said, “<i>C’est la recette—et la dépense</i>.”</span></div> +said, “<i>C’est la recette—et la dépense</i>.”</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_154" id="Footnote_154"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_154">154</a></span> @@ -3893,15 +3852,15 @@ overlooked; as, it will be remembered, that at the time it was made, the minister of the Duke of Mantua had not been mentioned by any one as the Iron Mask. He was first suggested to have been that prisoner, by the Baron de Heiss, -in a letter to the authors of the “Journal Encyclopédique,” +in a letter to the authors of the “Journal Encyclopédique,” dated Phalsbourg, June 28th, 1770; in which he grounded his opinion upon a letter, published in a work entitled -“L’Histoire Abregée de l’Europe;” published at Leyden +“L’Histoire Abregée de l’Europe;” published at Leyden in 1687; giving a detailed account of the arrest, by French agents, of a secretary of the Duke of Mantua.<a name="FNanchor_155" id="FNanchor_155"></a><a href="#Footnote_155" class="footnote-anchor">155</a> M. Dutens, -in his “Correspondance Interceptée,” published in 1789, +in his “Correspondance Interceptée,” published in 1789, held the same opinion, grounded upon the same authority. -He afterwards repeated the same opinion in his “Mémoires +He afterwards repeated the same opinion in his “Mémoires d’un Voyageur, qui se repose.” Finally, M. Roux, (Fazillac) in 1801, published his work upon the Iron Mask; in which he supported the same opinion; and attached to the Secretary @@ -4156,7 +4115,7 @@ lose any time in acquainting your Majesty with this affair, because he feared some surprise from the Spaniards; but that if I wished him to keep his word with me, I must not, on any account, -communicate the project to the Cardinal d’Estrées, +communicate the project to the Cardinal d’Estrées, because there was so strong a report in Italy, that he had your Majesty’s orders to negociate with the Princes there, of which the Spaniards had so @@ -4167,13 +4126,13 @@ your Majesty, who would, at the same time, lose all hope of getting possession of Casale; that he would take measures to tranquillize them, and to prevent their having any suspicions of his conduct; -and that if the Cardinal d’Estrées made him any +and that if the Cardinal d’Estrées made him any propositions, he would only receive them in full council, and give general answers, which would<a class="page" name="Page_98" id="Page_98">98</a> not render him suspected by any body. I thus find myself precluded from the confidence which I intended to make of this business to the Cardinal -d’Estrées, who I believe will soon be here, and +d’Estrées, who I believe will soon be here, and am obliged to keep the secret scrupulously, till I have received the orders of your Majesty. The Duke of Mantua also offers to raise a regiment, @@ -4241,7 +4200,7 @@ necessary in this affair, will certainly remain impenetrable.</p> <p class="signature"> I have the honour to be, &c.<br /> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_160" id="FNanchor_160"></a><a href="#Footnote_160" class="footnote-anchor">160</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_160" id="FNanchor_160"></a><a href="#Footnote_160" class="footnote-anchor">160</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -4273,7 +4232,7 @@ December 14th, 1677.</p> Majesty, that among the great Ministers, whom, in your supreme wisdom, you have sent at different times into Italy, your ambassador at Venice, the -Abbé d’Estrades, ought to be distinguished for +Abbé d’Estrades, ought to be distinguished for his skill and his zeal to seize every occasion, which may seem to offer him the improvement or the aggrandizement of your territories.</p> @@ -4331,7 +4290,7 @@ I trust your Majesty will have reason to applaud his conduct in your armies. By the confession of even the most skilful political observers, he is free from the suspicions, which may fall upon the -other Italian Sovereigns. The Abbé d’Estrades +other Italian Sovereigns. The Abbé d’Estrades knows that his Highness has communications with other great personages, who complain with reason of the insupportable yoke of the Spaniards, and @@ -4471,7 +4430,7 @@ you may choose to make upon it.</p> <p class="signature"> I am, &c.<br /> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_163" id="FNanchor_163"></a><a href="#Footnote_163" class="footnote-anchor">163</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_163" id="FNanchor_163"></a><a href="#Footnote_163" class="footnote-anchor">163</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -4517,7 +4476,7 @@ sense that the before-mentioned Senator talked upon the <span class="nowrap">subject. ∗ ∗ ∗</span></p> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_165" id="FNanchor_165"></a><a href="#Footnote_165" class="footnote-anchor">165</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_165" id="FNanchor_165"></a><a href="#Footnote_165" class="footnote-anchor">165</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -4626,7 +4585,7 @@ the Duke of Mantua.</p> <p class="date">St. Germain, January 12th, 1678.</p> -<p class="salutation"><span class="smcap">Abbé d’Estrades</span>,</p> +<p class="salutation"><span class="smcap">Abbé d’Estrades</span>,</p> <p>I have seen with pleasure, by your letter of the 18th of last month, the pains you have taken, @@ -4753,14 +4712,14 @@ LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH TO MATTHIOLI.</h3> <p class="salutation"><span class="smcap">Count Matthioli</span>,</p> <p>I have seen by the letter you wrote me, as well -as by what my Ambassador, the Abbé d’Estrades, +as by what my Ambassador, the Abbé d’Estrades, communicated to me, the affection that you show for my interests. You cannot doubt but that I am much obliged to you for it, and that I shall<a class="page" name="Page_117" id="Page_117">117</a> have much pleasure in giving you proofs of my satisfaction upon every occasion. Referring you, therefore, for further particulars, to what will be -said to you from me by the Abbé d’Estrades, +said to you from me by the Abbé d’Estrades, I shall not lengthen this letter more than to add, that I pray God to have you, Count Matthioli, in his holy keeping.</p> @@ -4819,7 +4778,7 @@ bettering my fortune.</p> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_170" id="FNanchor_170"></a><a href="#Footnote_170" class="footnote-anchor">170</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_170" id="FNanchor_170"></a><a href="#Footnote_170" class="footnote-anchor">170</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5016,7 +4975,7 @@ which I am, Sire,</p> Your Majesty’s<br /> most humble, most obedient, and<br /></p> <p class="ssignature">most faithful subject and servant,<br /> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_172" id="FNanchor_172"></a><a href="#Footnote_172" class="footnote-anchor">172</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_172" id="FNanchor_172"></a><a href="#Footnote_172" class="footnote-anchor">172</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5117,7 +5076,7 @@ quickly against their enterprises.</p> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_175" id="FNanchor_175"></a><a href="#Footnote_175" class="footnote-anchor">175</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_175" id="FNanchor_175"></a><a href="#Footnote_175" class="footnote-anchor">175</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5190,7 +5149,7 @@ the one he intends making with the King.</p> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_176" id="FNanchor_176"></a><a href="#Footnote_176" class="footnote-anchor">176</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_176" id="FNanchor_176"></a><a href="#Footnote_176" class="footnote-anchor">176</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5333,7 +5292,7 @@ unalterable attachment,</p> <p class="signature"> Sir, &c.<br /> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_183" id="FNanchor_183"></a><a href="#Footnote_183" class="footnote-anchor">183</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_183" id="FNanchor_183"></a><a href="#Footnote_183" class="footnote-anchor">183</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5534,7 +5493,7 @@ nothing from them, except what fear or interest may oblige them <span class="nowrap">to. ∗ ∗ ∗</span></p> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_185" id="FNanchor_185"></a><a href="#Footnote_185" class="footnote-anchor">185</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_185" id="FNanchor_185"></a><a href="#Footnote_185" class="footnote-anchor">185</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5594,7 +5553,7 @@ not divide this honour with his <span class="nowrap">Nuncio. ∗ & <p class="signature"> I am, &c.<br /> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_188" id="FNanchor_188"></a><a href="#Footnote_188" class="footnote-anchor">188</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_188" id="FNanchor_188"></a><a href="#Footnote_188" class="footnote-anchor">188</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5603,7 +5562,7 @@ I am, &c.<br /> <span class="footnote-text">This is one of those mistakes into which the French are so liable to fall from their slovenly way of writing the names of foreigners. The <i>Count de Prades</i> means Emmanuel -<i>Count d’Eparêdés</i>. Viceroy of Valentia, a Spanish nobleman, +<i>Count d’Eparêdés</i>. Viceroy of Valentia, a Spanish nobleman, whose daughter married Vespasian Gonzaga, only brother of Ferdinand III., Duke of Guastalla. The sole offspring of this marriage was Maria Louisa, who, as has before been @@ -5739,7 +5698,7 @@ Sire,<br /> Your Majesty’s<br /> most humble, most obedient, and</p> <p class="ssignature">most faithful Servant and Subject,<br /> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_190" id="FNanchor_190"></a><a href="#Footnote_190" class="footnote-anchor">190</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_190" id="FNanchor_190"></a><a href="#Footnote_190" class="footnote-anchor">190</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5864,7 +5823,7 @@ a still longer <span class="nowrap">time. ∗ ∗ & <p class="signature"> I am, &c.<br /> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_191" id="FNanchor_191"></a><a href="#Footnote_191" class="footnote-anchor">191</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades</span>.<a name="FNanchor_191" id="FNanchor_191"></a><a href="#Footnote_191" class="footnote-anchor">191</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -5915,7 +5874,7 @@ the College for the last few days.</p> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_192" id="FNanchor_192"></a><a href="#Footnote_192" class="footnote-anchor">192</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_192" id="FNanchor_192"></a><a href="#Footnote_192" class="footnote-anchor">192</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6055,7 +6014,7 @@ wished.</p> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_195" id="FNanchor_195"></a><a href="#Footnote_195" class="footnote-anchor">195</a> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_195" id="FNanchor_195"></a><a href="#Footnote_195" class="footnote-anchor">195</a> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6183,7 +6142,7 @@ command of an army there.</p> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_197" id="FNanchor_197"></a><a href="#Footnote_197" class="footnote-anchor">197</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_197" id="FNanchor_197"></a><a href="#Footnote_197" class="footnote-anchor">197</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6242,7 +6201,7 @@ he would receive every kind of satisfaction from his <span class="nowrap">journey. ∗ ∗ ∗</span></p> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_198" id="FNanchor_198"></a><a href="#Footnote_198" class="footnote-anchor">198</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_198" id="FNanchor_198"></a><a href="#Footnote_198" class="footnote-anchor">198</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6339,7 +6298,7 @@ when he shall be with you.</p> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_200" id="FNanchor_200"></a><a href="#Footnote_200" class="footnote-anchor">200</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_200" id="FNanchor_200"></a><a href="#Footnote_200" class="footnote-anchor">200</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6510,7 +6469,7 @@ be capable of inventing to me a story of this nature, even should it not be <span class="nowrap">true.<a name="FNanchor_203" id="FNanchor_203"></a><a href="#Footnote_203" class="footnote-anchor">203</a> ∗ ∗ ∗</span></p> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_204" id="FNanchor_204"></a><a href="#Footnote_204" class="footnote-anchor">204</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_204" id="FNanchor_204"></a><a href="#Footnote_204" class="footnote-anchor">204</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6559,7 +6518,7 @@ take this trouble, and that it would be sufficient if I bore testimony to his zeal and to his good <span class="nowrap">intentions. ∗ ∗ ∗</span></p> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_205" id="FNanchor_205"></a><a href="#Footnote_205" class="footnote-anchor">205</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_205" id="FNanchor_205"></a><a href="#Footnote_205" class="footnote-anchor">205</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6638,7 +6597,7 @@ possession of that place.</p> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_207" id="FNanchor_207"></a><a href="#Footnote_207" class="footnote-anchor">207</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_207" id="FNanchor_207"></a><a href="#Footnote_207" class="footnote-anchor">207</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6716,7 +6675,7 @@ received by your Majesty, as he could possibly <span class="nowrap">wish. ∗ ∗ ∗</span></p> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_209" id="FNanchor_209"></a><a href="#Footnote_209" class="footnote-anchor">209</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_209" id="FNanchor_209"></a><a href="#Footnote_209" class="footnote-anchor">209</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -6774,7 +6733,7 @@ MATTHIOLI TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH.</h3> <p>The illness, which came upon me while I was getting ready for my departure, has, (as your Ma<a class="page" name="Page_180" id="Page_180">180</a>jesty -has deigned to be informed by the Abbé +has deigned to be informed by the Abbé d’Estrades, your Ambassador at Venice,) occasioned, to my extreme grief, the necessity for me to delay my journey to you. The eagerness I have @@ -6923,7 +6882,7 @@ PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE.</h3> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> -<p>I sent you word, some time back, that the Abbé +<p>I sent you word, some time back, that the Abbé d’Estrades was gone into the country, from whence he intended to continue his journey into France. The uneasiness he felt at the delay of the Count @@ -6975,7 +6934,7 @@ PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE.</h3> <p><span class="smcap">While</span> I was in the belief that the Count Matthioli had set out for the Court, according to the -promise he had made to the Abbé d’Estrades in +promise he had made to the Abbé d’Estrades in the last conference, which, as I sent you word, Sir, they had together, I have been surprised by learning at this moment, by a letter which he has written @@ -6989,7 +6948,7 @@ Court from thence. He has judged it proper, in order to keep the whole affair as secret as possible, to take him with him rather than any other, as he is already informed of all the circumstances of the -case, the Abbé d’Estrades having made use of him<a class="page" name="Page_185" id="Page_185">185</a> +case, the Abbé d’Estrades having made use of him<a class="page" name="Page_185" id="Page_185">185</a> in all the journeys that were necessary during the course of this affair. He is a very good sort of man, who is already entirely French in his dispositions, @@ -7055,7 +7014,7 @@ POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE.</h3> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span> <span class="ellipsis">∗</span></div> -<p>According to appearances the Abbé d’Estrades +<p>According to appearances the Abbé d’Estrades will soon arrive here, and with him the Count Matthioli, through whom we shall be able to know more distinctly the sentiments of the Duke @@ -7082,7 +7041,7 @@ POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE.</h3> principal point of which is, the making the King acquainted with the reason, for which the Count<a class="page" name="Page_187" id="Page_187">187</a> Matthioli did not set off so soon as he had promised -the Abbé d’Estrades. We must wait for +the Abbé d’Estrades. We must wait for his arrival to know what he has to propose to the King.</p> @@ -7444,7 +7403,7 @@ of the Duke of Mantua, according to the occasions which you may deem necessary after the return of the Count Matthioli. We have been afraid that, for so important an affair, the cypher -of the Abbé d’Estrades was too old, and had probably +of the Abbé d’Estrades was too old, and had probably been discovered, in the many times it has passed through the territories of Milan. You will make use of it as usual in your ordinary despatches; @@ -8074,7 +8033,7 @@ may, <span class="nowrap">&c.<a name="FNanchor_244" id="FNanchor_244"></a><a <span class="footnote-text">The sentence is left thus imperfect in M. Delort’s publication. The whole letter, however, is published in the work entitled, “Les philosophes et les gens de lettres -des XVII<sup>e</sup> et XVIII<sup>e</sup> siècles à la Bastille.” The rest of +des XVII<sup>e</sup> et XVIII<sup>e</sup> siècles à la Bastille.” The rest of the letter does not refer to Matthioli’s affair.</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_245" id="Footnote_245"></a> @@ -8264,7 +8223,7 @@ POMPONNE TO MATTHIOLI.</h3> <p>I have received the letters, that you have taken the trouble to write to me, and I think I cannot do better than address my answer to them to the<a class="page" name="Page_221" id="Page_221">221</a> -care of the Abbé d’Estrades, as you intend making +care of the Abbé d’Estrades, as you intend making a journey to Turin. I have not failed to give an account to the King of your sorrow at the long delay of an affair, which was commenced and @@ -8276,7 +8235,7 @@ him being kept. You know how much you may promise yourself from his goodness when you shall have accomplished the success of the project, of which you yourself laid the foundation. Upon -this subject the Abbé d’Estrades will speak to +this subject the Abbé d’Estrades will speak to you still more in detail, and therefore I will not lengthen this letter any more than to assure you, that I am, &c.</p> @@ -8322,7 +8281,7 @@ more than ever, that his Majesty certainly meditates some great design on that side, although the strongest suspicion falls always on Genoa, and, next to that, on Casale. The Spanish Ambassador, -and the Abbé Frederic, the resident of the +and the Abbé Frederic, the resident of the Emperor, went together on Wednesday to the Duke of Mantua, to tell him they had heard from<a class="page" name="Page_223" id="Page_223">223</a> Turin that he wished to give Casale and the @@ -8342,7 +8301,7 @@ two more conferences this week with the aforesaid Count, the last of which was yesterday evening; in which we arranged that M. d’Asfeld and he should find themselves on the 9th of next month -at Notre-Dame d’Incréa, which is a village ten +at Notre-Dame d’Incréa, which is a village ten miles from Casale, in order to make there the exchange of the ratifications; and that the Duke of Mantua should arrive without fail at Casale on the @@ -8356,7 +8315,7 @@ that of the exchange of the ratifications and that of their arrival at Casale. M. d’Asfeld left this place yesterday after this conference to go to Pignerol, and the Count Matthioli is to set off -this evening for Incréa: but as the Duke of Mantua +this evening for Incréa: but as the Duke of Mantua wishes to remain only a single day at Mantua, and intends to travel post to Casale, he will remain here till the 11th or 12th of next month: it @@ -8372,7 +8331,7 @@ of him than if they saw him take his <span class="nowrap">departure. ∗ <hr class="footnote" /> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_253" id="Footnote_253"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_253">253</a></span> -<span class="footnote-text">Sebastian Le Prêtre, Marquis of Vauban, the celebrated +<span class="footnote-text">Sebastian Le Prêtre, Marquis of Vauban, the celebrated Engineer; Marshal of France in 1703; Died in 1707.</span></div> @@ -8520,7 +8479,7 @@ been arrested at the latter place, and released afterwards. In any case, I cannot doubt but that you are already informed of it, since the Count mentions, in the same letter, that it has been written -to the Abbé d’Estrades, who will not certainly +to the Abbé d’Estrades, who will not certainly have failed to make you acquainted with it.</p> <div class="ellipsis"> @@ -8691,7 +8650,7 @@ though I have much in this affair, makes me desirous of it.</p> <p class="signature"> -<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_261" id="FNanchor_261"></a><a href="#Footnote_261" class="footnote-anchor">261</a><br /> +<span class="smcap">The Abbé d’Estrades.</span><a name="FNanchor_261" id="FNanchor_261"></a><a href="#Footnote_261" class="footnote-anchor">261</a><br /> </p> <hr class="footnote" /> @@ -8721,7 +8680,7 @@ until after the affair, for which the Sieur de Richemont is at Pignerol, shall have succeeded or failed.</p> -<p>I address to you a packet for the Abbé d’Estrades, +<p>I address to you a packet for the Abbé d’Estrades, which you will send him, if you please, by one of your officers, with a direction in your hand-writing; and when he shall have despatched to @@ -8831,7 +8790,7 @@ is aware that M. de Richemont is incognito in the citadel of this town, and that, in fact, he knows his real name; I do myself the honour of acquainting you with the circumstance. M. de -Saint-André even sends word, that he has been told +Saint-André even sends word, that he has been told at Turin that M. de Catinat is to take him with him to Casale. I do not know how they can have discovered so much, unless it is, that the absence @@ -8839,7 +8798,7 @@ of M. de Catinat has given occasion to some of the Guards<a name="FNanchor_266" id="FNanchor_266"></a><a href="#Footnote_266" class="footnote-anchor">266</a> to write from Paris, that he is in these parts. These reports also mention the days on<a class="page" name="Page_240" id="Page_240">240</a> which he has gone out of the citadel, and the spot -where the Abbé d’Estrades came to speak to him +where the Abbé d’Estrades came to speak to him the last time from Turin. I have answered nothing when I have heard these things said, except that I knew of no one in the citadel, and nothing @@ -8853,7 +8812,7 @@ and the Duke of Mantua, on the subject of Casale; and that he also knew that during the last ten days it had been absolutely broken off. The retrograde movements of the troops cantoned in the -Briançonnois and the valley of Chaumont, on the +Briançonnois and the valley of Chaumont, on the side of Dauphiny and Provence, seem to confirm the report of the Marquis of Saint-Maurice; but the arrival of the battalion of the regiment of @@ -8950,8 +8909,8 @@ of Guards, or some other person, may have given him this idea.</p> <p>I did myself the honour to send you word, Sir, -of all that passed in my journey to Incréa. I -have received letters from the Abbé d’Estrades, in +of all that passed in my journey to Incréa. I +have received letters from the Abbé d’Estrades, in which he informs me that the troops have retired a little, in order to get into quarters where they can subsist more conveniently; and also of the accounts @@ -9077,7 +9036,7 @@ of Fidelity.</p> the first of this month, of your interview with the Count Matthioli, of the assurances he gave you of his good intentions, and of the journey he -was preparing to make to the Abbé d’Estrades, +was preparing to make to the Abbé d’Estrades, does not prevent his being suspected with great reason of want of fidelity. Do not, however, let him discover, in case you see him again, the knowledge @@ -9117,7 +9076,7 @@ LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS.</h3> <p class="date">Saint Germain, April 27th, 1679.</p> -<p class="date-sep"><span class="smcap">The</span> King has sent orders to the Abbé d’Estrades, +<p class="date-sep"><span class="smcap">The</span> King has sent orders to the Abbé d’Estrades, to try and arrest a man, with whose conduct His Majesty has reason to be dissatisfied; of which he has commanded me to acquaint you, in @@ -9157,7 +9116,7 @@ and that he will not wish to break the promises he has given to his Majesty. Meanwhile we hear that this Count has arrived at Turin, where he thinks, without doubt, to impose again upon the -Abbé d’Estrades. It is important always not to +Abbé d’Estrades. It is important always not to show that you are acquainted with his conduct.</p> <p class="signature"> @@ -9183,7 +9142,7 @@ CATINAT TO LOUVOIS.</h3> <p class="date-sep"><span class="smcap">I arrested</span> Matthioli yesterday, three miles from hence, upon the King’s territories, during -an interview which the Abbé d’Estrades had ingeniously +an interview which the Abbé d’Estrades had ingeniously contrived between him, Matthioli, and myself, to facilitate the scheme. For the purpose of arresting him, I only made use of the Chevalier @@ -9194,11 +9153,11 @@ one knows the name of the rascal, not even the officers who assisted in his arrest: he is in the chamber which the individual named Dubreuil occupied, where he will be treated civilly, according -to the request of the Abbé d’Estrades, until +to the request of the Abbé d’Estrades, until the wishes of the King, with regard to him, are known. I do not write any thing to you, Sir, respecting the certain conviction we have acquired -of the villanies of this man, the Abbé d’Estrades +of the villanies of this man, the Abbé d’Estrades having already given his Majesty all the information<a class="page" name="Page_251" id="Page_251">251</a> possible upon this subject. In the interview we had together before his arrest, we talked of various @@ -9215,7 +9174,7 @@ him to receive the troops of the King in conformity with the treaty. All these papers are in a box at Bologna, in the hands of his wife, who is retired into the convent of the Nuns of Saint -Lewis. The Abbé d’Estrades is of opinion that +Lewis. The Abbé d’Estrades is of opinion that no time should be lost in obtaining these papers. As I only brought this man here yesterday very late, and that the post goes early this morning, I @@ -9294,13 +9253,13 @@ the affair is concluded as far as regards negociation; but this is a fact that we need only make known when we think proper. As I am aware of what importance it is to have possession of these -original papers, I have acquainted the Abbé d’Estrades +original papers, I have acquainted the Abbé d’Estrades with the expedients I thought might be made use of for this purpose, in order that I may be assisted by his advice. I do not detail them at present to you, Sir, because I expect to-day the -Sieur Giuliani, whom the Abbé d’Estrades is to -send to me, together with the Abbé de Montesquiou, +Sieur Giuliani, whom the Abbé d’Estrades is to +send to me, together with the Abbé de Montesquiou, his relation, for the purpose of the former’s being confronted with the Sieur de Lestang. As this interview will probably suggest to me more @@ -9316,7 +9275,7 @@ myself the honour to send you word, Sir, by the next post, what shall have been the issue of the interview between the Sieur de Lestang and Giuliani.</p> -<p>The Abbé d’Estrades, by his care and address, +<p>The Abbé d’Estrades, by his care and address, has found means to send to Pignerol the servant of the Sieur de Lestang, with his goods and all his papers. I have made an inventory of the @@ -9328,7 +9287,7 @@ I have extracted, and a short summary of what I have been able to learn from the Sieur de Lestang in the conversations that I have had with him; respecting which he tells me he has already sent -information to the King, or to the Abbé d’Estrades, +information to the King, or to the Abbé d’Estrades, which has diminished the impatience I should otherwise have had of acquainting you, Sir, with them. M. de Saint-Mars treats the @@ -9374,7 +9333,7 @@ four blank papers, signed by the Duke of Mantua, to the governor of Casale; also the dates of the departure from Venice of M. d’Asfeld, and of the day, on which he, the Sieur de Lestang, and the -Sieur d’Asfeld were to meet at Incréa.</p> +Sieur d’Asfeld were to meet at Incréa.</p> <p>5. A memorandum, to make him recollect the name of a man living at Placentia, to whom he @@ -9404,7 +9363,7 @@ pleasures.</p> that the Duke of Mantua received, on the 14th of January, 2,500 pistoles from his mother; and on the 10th of February, 3,000 pistoles from the -Abbé Frederic, the resident of the Emperor at +Abbé Frederic, the resident of the Emperor at Venice; also containing an account of the communication which he, the Sieur de Lestang, has with the Governor of Casale.</p> @@ -9454,7 +9413,7 @@ to that effect.<a name="FNanchor_278" id="FNanchor_278"></a><a href="#Footnote_2 <hr class="footnote" /> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_277" id="Footnote_277"></a> <span class="footnote-label"><a href="#FNanchor_277">277</a></span> -<span class="footnote-text">He had succeeded the Abbé d’Estrades as French Ambassador +<span class="footnote-text">He had succeeded the Abbé d’Estrades as French Ambassador at Venice.</span></div> <div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_278" id="Footnote_278"></a> @@ -9470,8 +9429,8 @@ CATINAT TO LOUVOIS.</h3> <p class="date">Pignerol, May 10th, 1679.</p> -<p class="date-sep"><span class="smcap">I have</span> delivered to the Abbé d’Estrades, by the -hands of his relation, the Abbé de Montesquiou, +<p class="date-sep"><span class="smcap">I have</span> delivered to the Abbé d’Estrades, by the +hands of his relation, the Abbé de Montesquiou, all the letters and papers of the Sieur de Lestang, which consisted in many letters, of which I have kept a list, containing shortly the subject of each @@ -9488,7 +9447,7 @@ seen nothing of consequence, except a Spanish cypher, which he confesses to have come from the Count de Melgar.<a name="FNanchor_279" id="FNanchor_279"></a><a href="#Footnote_279" class="footnote-anchor">279</a></p> -<p>I made him relate before me to the Abbé de +<p>I made him relate before me to the Abbé de Montesquiou, all that he had done since his return from France, without interrupting him; having, nevertheless, let him know, before I permitted him @@ -9582,14 +9541,14 @@ he kept up a communication, for the purpose of amusing them.</p> <p>In the midst of these events, he says that he -agreed upon the rendezvous of Incréa, where he<a class="page" name="Page_265" id="Page_265">265</a> +agreed upon the rendezvous of Incréa, where he<a class="page" name="Page_265" id="Page_265">265</a> was to meet d’Asfeld, on the 7th March, for the exchange of the ratifications; after which he did not doubt but he should be able to conclude the affair, having all the orders necessary, besides his intelligence with the Governor, so that he could not have found any obstacle, nor any difficulty; -that in going to the before-mentioned Incréa, he +that in going to the before-mentioned Incréa, he had been searched and robbed, on the frontiers of the Brescian and the Milanese; that, notwithstanding, having remained master of his papers, which @@ -9603,11 +9562,11 @@ whether, if he came to Pignerol, I<a name="FNanchor_281" id="FNanchor_281"></a>< confidence in him, he took the resolution of going back to Venice, to inform M. de Pinchesne of all that had happened, and to concert new measures -with him; that upon a simple letter of the Abbé +with him; that upon a simple letter of the Abbé d’Estrades, who sent him word it was necessary they should have an interview, he had not lost a moment of time in going to Turin; that with the<a class="page" name="Page_266" id="Page_266">266</a> -consent of the aforesaid Abbé d’Estrades, he had +consent of the aforesaid Abbé d’Estrades, he had been at Asti, for the purpose of managing a secret interview with the Governor of Casale, at a mile from Moncalvo, in order, by promising him great @@ -9616,7 +9575,7 @@ when, for the saving of his honour, he should have received an order from his master, and been shown that he had made a treaty with the King. He says that he left him in a very good disposition. That -afterwards he returned to Turin, where the Abbé +afterwards he returned to Turin, where the Abbé d’Estrades proposed to him an interview with me, in which I arrested him.</p> @@ -9636,7 +9595,7 @@ order the better to advance the affair in question.</p> of getting possession of the original papers<a class="page" name="Page_267" id="Page_267">267</a> which are at Padua, which have been put into the hands of the Sieur Giuliani, by the advice of the -Abbé d’Estrades, who places an entire confidence +Abbé d’Estrades, who places an entire confidence in him: he will make use of these three letters as he shall judge most fit, according to the disposition in which he shall find the father of the Sieur @@ -9654,7 +9613,7 @@ his papers should be immediately delivered into the hands of the Sieur Giuliani. In the third, which is the last to be made use of, in case the two first have no effect, he desires him to come to Turin; and -tells him that at the house of the Abbé d’Estrades +tells him that at the house of the Abbé d’Estrades he will be instructed where he is, and the means to be employed to speak with him. The Sieur de Lestang has no doubt of being able, in this interview @@ -9726,7 +9685,7 @@ papers, if this affair was despaired of as far as regards the Duke of Mantua, and that the King thought that the plan I send to you, Sir, was worth trying, I would concert what was to be -done with the Abbé d’Estrades, according to the +done with the Abbé d’Estrades, according to the orders I should receive upon the subject. I beg pardon, Sir, for troubling you with so long a letter; but I could not acquaint you in fewer @@ -9771,7 +9730,7 @@ POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE.</h3> still more to confirm the treachery of the Count Matthioli, of which we had even before had too many proofs. He was, in fact, arrived in Piedmont, -and had seen the Abbé d’Estrades. It is +and had seen the Abbé d’Estrades. It is impossible to conceive the insolence of his daring to show himself, at a moment when all Italy rings with his perfidy. However, it is to be wished @@ -9877,7 +9836,7 @@ they cannot doubt of it.</p> <p>I cannot, Sir, refrain from testifying to you the joy I felt in learning this week, by a letter of the -Abbé d’Estrades, that the Count Matthioli has +Abbé d’Estrades, that the Count Matthioli has been carried prisoner to Pignerol, and that thus this rogue will no more be in a condition to execute, every day, fresh perfidies.</p> @@ -9955,11 +9914,11 @@ the truth. One sees very well by his answers that his conduct has been infamous. I see no good reason which can excuse him for having had such intimate communication with the Court of Savoy, -with the Abbé Frederic (the resident of the Emperor +with the Abbé Frederic (the resident of the Emperor at Venice), and with Don Francis Visconti, one of the partizans of Spain, without any participation or correspondence upon the subject with -M. de Pomponne, the Abbé d’Estrades, or M. +M. de Pomponne, the Abbé d’Estrades, or M. de Pinchesne; this fact prevents my having any confidence in him. Nevertheless he persists, with the utmost obstinacy, in declaring, that the Go<a class="page" name="Page_277" id="Page_277">277</a>vernor @@ -10003,7 +9962,7 @@ which had been settled for our interview with him. But it is almost impossible in all these proceedings to answer for the person of Matthioli: as there is, therefore, this inconvenience in -the plan, the Abbé d’Estrades could, if it is the +the plan, the Abbé d’Estrades could, if it is the King’s wish that any proposition should be made to this Governor, according to the orders he should receive, have him spoken to, and his intentions @@ -10175,14 +10134,14 @@ off for Venice, leaving the original papers, and not taking them with him. He arrived ill at Venice; went to bed as soon as he arrived there, where he remained three days; afterwards he went to see -the Duke of Mantua, who told him that the Abbé +the Duke of Mantua, who told him that the Abbé Frederic, the Resident of the Emperor at Venice, was acquainted with all the affair respecting Casale; to which the aforesaid Matthioli answered that he was not surprised at it, and that assuredly his Mother, to whom he had told all himself, had had no reserve upon the subject with the aforesaid -Abbé Frederic. He asked him afterwards for the +Abbé Frederic. He asked him afterwards for the original papers, which he told him he could not give him, having left them at Padua, upon the advice which Giuliani had given him from him, to @@ -10196,17 +10155,17 @@ into engagements from which he could not extricate himself without breaking his word, which would be very dangerous to do with so powerful a Prince. The Duke of Mantua obliged him afterwards -to have an interview with him and the Abbé +to have an interview with him and the Abbé Frederic, which took place in the chamber of a Monk of Saint George; they were masked there, in order not to be known. The Duke of Mantua said to the Sieur Matthioli, “I leave you with the -Abbé Frederic, with whom you will hold a conversation; +Abbé Frederic, with whom you will hold a conversation; you must do all that he shall bid you.” -The aforesaid Abbé Frederic showed him a copy +The aforesaid Abbé Frederic showed him a copy of the treaty; and appeared so particularly instructed upon the subject, that there was no -possibility of his denying it. The aforesaid Abbé +possibility of his denying it. The aforesaid Abbé told him that it was an affair which must be broken off; that it would be the ruin of Italy and of his master also, and that it was absolutely @@ -10244,7 +10203,7 @@ him see that he would not ask any thing of him which he could not execute with honour; that he<a class="page" name="Page_287" id="Page_287">287</a> had made d’Asfeld set off from Venice two or three days afterwards, in order to arrive about -the same time with him at Incréa, where he intended +the same time with him at Incréa, where he intended to have taken all the necessary measures with the aforesaid Governor, for the completion of the affair.</p> @@ -10304,14 +10263,14 @@ never given to him.</p> Venice with some one of the partisans of Spain, he answered, no; that he left that place on the 28th of February, two days after M. d’Asfeld, to go to -Incréa.</p> +Incréa.</p> <p>Being asked whether he had not known beforehand, that the Sieur d’Asfeld was to be arrested, he answered that he had had no knowledge of it, and that he had even only known with certainty his detention at Buffacore, as far as which place he -had gone on his road to the rendezvous at Incréa, +had gone on his road to the rendezvous at Incréa, having with him all the papers necessary for the conclusion of the affair of Casale, which he had concealed so well in a saddle, that they were not @@ -10389,12 +10348,12 @@ mother of the Duke of Mantua, to whom her son had confided the whole affair.</p> <p>He came from Padua to Turin, upon receiving -the letter of the Abbé d’Estrades, in order to contrive +the letter of the Abbé d’Estrades, in order to contrive an interview with the Governor of Casale; which he had done, and had found the Governor well inclined to contribute to the completion of the business. From thence he returned to Turin, -where the Abbé d’Estrades persuaded him to have +where the Abbé d’Estrades persuaded him to have an interview with me, during which I arrested him. I send this last fact to you, Sir, shortly, because I have already given you a sufficiently @@ -10488,7 +10447,7 @@ man employed in this affair, although I called myself an officer going to Vercelli, and that for the chance of this, he was determined to treat me with great distinction. Lestang has told me that he -related all this to the Abbé d’Estrades. I have +related all this to the Abbé d’Estrades. I have asked him why, as the Governor was so well-intentioned, he, Lestang, had eluded a prompt execution, when it was proposed to him? He answers @@ -10593,7 +10552,7 @@ protection of the King. That he persuaded the aforesaid President that this affair would not take place, in order that the intelligence he gave him<a class="page" name="Page_299" id="Page_299">299</a> might agree with what he told the Duke of Mantua -himself, and the Abbé Frederic, resident of +himself, and the Abbé Frederic, resident of the Emperor at Venice; and that he encouraged this opinion in the mind of every body, the better to arrive at his ends, and to succeed in the plan he @@ -10799,7 +10758,7 @@ and he says that he has no further knowledge of it than what I have already, Sir, sent word of to you.</p> -<p>I have taken leave of the Abbé d’Estrades, as +<p>I have taken leave of the Abbé d’Estrades, as we were both agreed of my inutility here at present. I shall, therefore, set off the 6th, to come to the Court, as you, Sir, have ordered me; where I shall @@ -10846,7 +10805,7 @@ have been useful to the King, and that I am persuaded of his fidelity, and of his good inclinations towards France, which may render him still very useful for the future, I cannot forbear representing -to you, that the recompense which the Abbé d’Estrades +to you, that the recompense which the Abbé d’Estrades wished to procure for him, is not a fitting one; and I feel myself the more obliged to say this, because you do me the honour to inform me that his @@ -11292,7 +11251,7 @@ this month, by which his Majesty having discovered the extreme repugnance you have to accept the command of the citadel of Pignerol, he has thought proper to accord to you that of Exiles, -vacant by the death of the Duke of Lesdiguières; +vacant by the death of the Duke of Lesdiguières; whither he wishes you to transport those of the prisoners who are under your care, whom he shall think it important not to entrust to any other<a class="page" name="Page_321" id="Page_321">321</a> @@ -11476,7 +11435,7 @@ of, for the security of your prisoners, made at Exiles, without taking the trouble of having them carried from Pignerol.</p> -<p>I have written to the <i>Père Lachaise</i> for the +<p>I have written to the <i>Père Lachaise</i> for the benefice, which you ask of the King for one of your children, to whom I trust His Majesty will grant it.</p> @@ -11898,7 +11857,7 @@ bark, that, for the last three days, I have been free from fever. I have sent to Toulon for my litter, in order to go from hence the 26th of this month, and I hope to be at Exiles in eight days, -by the Embrun and Briançon road. As soon as +by the Embrun and Briançon road. As soon as I shall have had the honour of receiving your commands, Sir, I shall set forth again with my prisoner, whom I promise to conduct here in all @@ -12021,7 +11980,7 @@ faith.</p> <h3><a name="appendix_128" id="appendix_128"></a>No. 128.</h3> <p class="abstract">Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published in the -Work entitled, “La Bastille Dévoilée.”</p> +Work entitled, “La Bastille Dévoilée.”</p> <h4>Names and qualities of the Prisoners.</h4> @@ -12066,7 +12025,7 @@ had the care of him.</p> <h3><a name="appendix_129" id="appendix_129"></a>No. 129.</h3> <p class="abstract">Second Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published -in the Work entitled, “La Bastille Dévoilée.”</p> +in the Work entitled, “La Bastille Dévoilée.”</p> <h4>Dates of the Deaths.</h4> @@ -12100,7 +12059,7 @@ reduced to powder and to cinders, and thrown into the drains. The rest of the things, such as the silver, copper, and pewter, were melted. This prisoner was lodged in the third chamber of -the tower <i>Bertaudière</i>, which room was scraped +the tower <i>Bertaudière</i>, which room was scraped and filed quite to the stone, and fresh white-washed from the top to the bottom. The doors and windows were burnt like the rest.</p> @@ -12150,7 +12109,7 @@ Signed, <span class="smcap">Poitevin</span>.</p> <div class="section-sep"></div> <h3><a name="appendix_131" id="appendix_131"></a>No. 131.</h3> -<p class="abstract">Extract from the Work entitled “<i>La Correspondance Interceptée</i>,” +<p class="abstract">Extract from the Work entitled “<i>La Correspondance Interceptée</i>,” by M. Lewis Dutens, published in 1789.</p> <p>In order to treat this subject (that of the Iron @@ -12175,15 +12134,15 @@ he was the Minister of an Italian Prince.</p> <h3><a name="appendix_132" id="appendix_132"></a>No. 132.</h3> <p class="abstract">Extract from the article on the Iron Mask in the Work entitled -“<i>Mélanges d’Histoire et de Littérature</i>;” by Mr. +“<i>Mélanges d’Histoire et de Littérature</i>;” by Mr. Quintin Craufurd.</p> <p><span class="smcap">Before</span> the publication of the “<i>Correspondance -Interceptée</i>,” I had heard it said, that M. de Choiseul +Interceptée</i>,” I had heard it said, that M. de Choiseul had spoken to Lewis the Fifteenth on the subject of the masked prisoner; but that he had not been able to obtain any satisfactory answer. I addressed -myself to the Abbé Barthelemi and to the Abbé +myself to the Abbé Barthelemi and to the Abbé Beliardi, who had both lived in intimacy with M. de Choiseul: they acquainted me that it was at their request the Duke de Choiseul had spoken upon @@ -12191,7 +12150,7 @@ this subject to Lewis the Fifteenth; that the King had answered him, that he believed the prisoner was a minister of one of the courts of Italy; but that the Duke observed that this conversation appeared -to embarrass him. The Abbé Beliardi told +to embarrass him. The Abbé Beliardi told me in proper terms, that the King wished to evade the subject. They then begged M. de Choiseul to engage Madame de Pompadour to speak to the @@ -12206,7 +12165,7 @@ than that which he had given to his Minister.</p> <h3><a name="appendix_133" id="appendix_133"></a>No. 133</h3> <p class="abstract">Letter from the Baron de Heiss to the Authors of the -“<i>Journal Encyclopédique</i>,” on the subject of the Iron +“<i>Journal Encyclopédique</i>,” on the subject of the Iron Mask; published in that Journal, in 1770.</p> <p class="salutation"> @@ -12215,13 +12174,13 @@ Mask; published in that Journal, in 1770.</p> <p>Since the publication of the anecdote respecting the Man in the Iron Mask, which M. de Voltaire -has given us in his “<i>Siècle de Louis</i> XIV.,” I have +has given us in his “<i>Siècle de Louis</i> XIV.,” I have been always very curious to discover who this prisoner could be; but all my researches had hitherto failed in giving me any information which could content me; chance has placed in my hands a detached number of a work, of which the title is -“<i>Histoire abrégée de l’Europe</i>,” for the month of +“<i>Histoire abrégée de l’Europe</i>,” for the month of August 1687, printed that same year at Leyden, by “<i>Claude Jordan</i>.” At the article Mantua, I found the letter, which I have the honour to send @@ -12264,7 +12223,7 @@ in the preceding one.<a name="appendix_134" id="appendix_134"></a></p> </p> <p>One of my friends tells me, that he has read in -the “<i>Histoire abrégée de l’Europe</i>,” (Vol. ii. p. 33.), +the “<i>Histoire abrégée de l’Europe</i>,” (Vol. ii. p. 33.), that it was said, that the Duke of Mantua had had the intention of selling his capital town; but that the author of this History did not believe it.</p> @@ -12387,421 +12346,38 @@ under the title “Historia della Republica Veneta,” starting with par <p>The following corrections have been made to the printed original:</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_iv">Page iv</a>, “Cassale” corrected to “Casale” (going to Casale).</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_viii">Page viii</a>, “Dévoillée” amended to “Dévoilée” (“La Bastille Dévoilée”).</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_viii">Page viii</a>, “Melanges” amended to “Mélanges” (Mélanges d’Histoire).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_viii">Page viii</a>, “Dévoillée” amended to “Dévoilée” (“La Bastille Dévoilée”).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_viii">Page viii</a>, “Melanges” amended to “Mélanges” (Mélanges d’Histoire).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_14">Page 14</a>, “Soreigns” corrected to “Sovereigns” (the Italian Sovereigns).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_31">Page 31</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_58">footnote 58</a>, “No.” corrected to “Nos.” (Appendix, Nos. 75, 79, 81, 83, 88.)</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_44">Page 44</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_83">footnote 83</a>, “Sevigné’s” corrected to “Sévigné’s” (Madame de Sévigné).</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_44">Page 44</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_84">footnote 84</a>, “vecu” corrected to “vécu” (comme il a vécu).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_44">Page 44</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_83">footnote 83</a>, “Sevigné’s” corrected to “Sévigné’s” (Madame de Sévigné).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_44">Page 44</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_84">footnote 84</a>, “vecu” corrected to “vécu” (comme il a vécu).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_46">Page 46</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_88">footnote 88</a>, “No.” amended to “Nos.” (Ibid. Nos. 84, 85.)</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_51">Page 51</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_99">footnote 99</a>, “Appendix, 104.” amended to “Appendix, No. 104.”</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_52">Page 52</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_101">footnote 101</a>, “Appendix, 105.” amended to “Appendix, No. 105.”</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_76">Page 76</a>, “Bertaudiere” amended to “Bertaudière” (tower of the Bertaudière).</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_83">Page 83</a>, “Correspondence” amended to “Correspondance” (Correspondance Interceptée).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_76">Page 76</a>, “Bertaudiere” amended to “Bertaudière” (tower of the Bertaudière).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_83">Page 83</a>, “Correspondence” amended to “Correspondance” (Correspondance Interceptée).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_83">Page 83</a>, “aujourdhui” amended to “aujourd’hui” (La Marquise aura aujourd’hui).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_83">Page 83</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_155">footnote 155</a>, (footnote to <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_154">footnote 154</a>,) “138” corrected to “133” (Appendix, No. 133.)</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_144">Page 144</a>, “necesary” amended to “necessary” (will be necessary, before the Count).</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_173">Page 173</a>, “Estradés” amended to “Estrades” (transaction Estrades alludes).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_173">Page 173</a>, “Estradés” amended to “Estrades” (transaction Estrades alludes).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_184">Page 184</a>, “to day” corrected to “to-day” (departure till to-day).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_197">Page 197</a>, “December,” amended to “December” (December 29, 1678.)</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_202">Page 202</a>, “Jan 15th,” amended to “Jan. 15th,” (Venice, Jan. 15th, 1679.)</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_210">Page 210</a>, “were” corrected to “where” (where there are none).</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_215">Page 215</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_244">footnote 244</a>, “siécles” corrected to “siècles” (XVIII<sup>e</sup> siècles).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_215">Page 215</a>, <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_244">footnote 244</a>, “siécles” corrected to “siècles” (XVIII<sup>e</sup> siècles).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_230">Page 230</a>, “No” amended to “No.” (No. 71.)</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_236">Page 236</a>, “mean while” corrected to “meanwhile” (whom, in the meanwhile).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_252">Page 252</a>, the missing locator for <a class="transnote" href="#Footnote_275">footnote 275</a> has been supplied.</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_280">Page 280</a>, “Ambassador’s” amended to “Ambassador” (the Ambassador being present).</p> -<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_348">Page 348</a>, “Encyclopèdique” corrected to “Encyclopédique” (Journal -Encyclopédique).</p> +<p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_348">Page 348</a>, “Encyclopèdique” corrected to “Encyclopédique” (Journal +Encyclopédique).</p> <p><a class="transnote" href="#Page_349">Page 349</a>, “Vol. ii. p. 33.)” amended to “(Vol. ii. p. 33.)”</p> </div> - - - - - - - -<pre> - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The True History of The State -Prisoner, commonly called The Iron Mask, by George Agar Ellis - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRUE HISTORY *** - -***** This file should be named 42419-h.htm or 42419-h.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/2/4/1/42419/ - -Produced by StevenGibbs, Christoph W. Kluge, Charlene -Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned -images of public domain material from the Google Print -project.) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. - - -</pre> - +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 42419 ***</div> </body> </html> diff --git a/42419.txt b/42419.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 395a98f..0000000 --- a/42419.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9081 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg EBook of The True History of The State Prisoner, -commonly called The Iron Mask, by George Agar Ellis - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - - -Title: The True History of The State Prisoner, commonly called The Iron Mask - Extracted from Documents in the French Archives - -Author: George Agar Ellis - -Release Date: March 27, 2013 [EBook #42419] - -Language: English - -Character set encoding: ASCII - -*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRUE HISTORY *** - - - - -Produced by StevenGibbs, Christoph W. Kluge, Charlene -Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned -images of public domain material from the Google Print -project.) - - - - - - - -Transcriber's Note - - Obvious typographical and printing errors have been corrected. - Variations in hyphenation have been normalized; other spelling - inconsistencies have been retained. - - Additional notes and details of the corrections can be found at - the end of this e-text. - - - - - THE - - TRUE HISTORY - - OF - - THE STATE PRISONER, - - COMMONLY CALLED - - THE IRON MASK, - - - EXTRACTED - FROM DOCUMENTS IN THE FRENCH ARCHIVES. - - - - BY - - THE HON. GEORGE AGAR ELLIS. - - - - LONDON: - JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET - MDCCCXXVI. - - - - - LONDON: - PRINTED BY S. AND R. BENTLEY, DORSET STREET. - - - - -PREFACE. - - -I was led to undertake the following Narrative by the perusal of -a work, lately published at Paris, entitled "Histoire de L'Homme -au Masque de Fer, par J. Delort;" in which the name of that state -prisoner is most clearly and satisfactorily ascertained, by means of -authentic documents. - -Under these circumstances, it may be asked why I was not contented -to leave the question, thus set at rest, in the hands of M. Delort, -who had the original merit of the discovery:--to this I would -answer, that M. Delort's part of the book struck me as peculiarly -ill arranged and confused; besides being unnecessarily filled with -the most fulsome flattery of Lewis the Fourteenth, never, certainly, -more inappropriately bestowed, than while in the act of recording -one of the most cruel and oppressive acts of that Sovereign's cruel -and oppressive reign. - -I have also thought, that the subject was one of sufficient -historical curiosity to interest the English public. - -For these reasons, I have been induced to throw together the -following chain of evidence upon the subject, making use of the same -documents as M. Delort, to which I have added some others previously -published, and printing the whole series in an Appendix. - - G. A. E. - - _April, 1826._ - - - - -CONTENTS. - - Page - - HISTORY OF THE IRON MASK 1 - - - APPENDIX. - - No. 1. Estrades to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Commencement of the Negociation.--State of the - Court of Mantua.--Influence of the Spaniards - there 89 - - No. 2. Matthioli to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Protestations of devotion to Lewis.--Belief in - the good intentions of the Duke of Mantua 101 - - No. 3. Estrades to Pomponne. - Continuation of the negociation.--Intrigues of - the Austrian Party 104 - - No. 4. Estrades to Pomponne. - Intrigues of the Spaniards to form a league in - Italy against France 108 - - No. 5. Pomponne to Estrades 110 - - No. 6. Pomponne to Estrades. - The King's approval of the negociation ib. - - No. 7. Lewis the Fourteenth to Estrades. - Approval of the negociation.--Answer to the - demands of the Duke of Mantua 112 - - No. 8. Lewis the Fourteenth to Matthioli 116 - - No. 9. Estrades to Pomponne 117 - - No. 10. Estrades to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Conference with Matthioli.--Discussion of the - demands of the Duke of Mantua 119 - - No. 11. Estrades to Pomponne. - The Duke of Mantua watched by the Spaniards 126 - - No. 12. Estrades to Pomponne. - Impatience of the Duke of Mantua to conclude the - Negociation 130 - - No. 13. Estrades to Pomponne. - Plans of the Spaniards.--Dispositions of the - Venetian Government 131 - - No. 14. Pomponne to Estrades. - Recommendations of Delay in the Negociation 138 - - No. 15. Estrades to Pomponne. - Information respecting the Dispositions of the - Venetians 140 - - No. 16. Estrades to Pomponne. - Fears of the Duke of Mantua 143 - - No. 17. Estrades to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Account of his Interview with the Duke of - Mantua.--The latter insists upon sending - Matthioli to Paris 146 - - No. 18. Estrades to Pomponne. - Reasons for consenting to the mission of Matthioli - to 151 - - No. 19. Estrades to Pomponne 155 - - No. 20. Pomponne to Estrades. - Approval of Matthioli's Mission to - France.--Permission to Estrades to leave Venice 156 - - No. 21. Estrades to Pomponne. - Conversation with Matthioli 158 - - No. 22. Pomponne to Estrades 160 - - No. 23. Estrades to Pomponne. - Means of protracting the Negociation.--Views of - Matthioli 162 - - No. 24. Estrades to Pomponne. - Delay in Matthioli's Journey to Paris 164 - - No. 25. Estrades to Pomponne. - Interview with Matthioli 166 - - No. 26. Pomponne to Estrades 169 - - No. 27. Pomponne to Estrades 170 - - No. 28. Estrades to Pomponne. - Differences between the Duke of Mantua and the - Spaniards 171 - - No. 29. Estrades to Pomponne. - Excuses for the delay of Matthioli 173 - - No. 30. Pomponne to Estrades 174 - - No. 31. Estrades to Pomponne 175 - - No. 32. Pomponne to Estrades 176 - - No. 33. Estrades to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Good dispositions of the Duke of Mantua, and of - the Garrison of Casale 177 - - No. 34. Pinchesne to Pomponne 179 - - No. 35. Matthioli to Lewis the Fourteenth. - Excuses his own delay ib. - - No. 36. Pinchesne to Pomponne 180 - - No. 37. Pomponne to Pinchesne 181 - - No. 38. Pomponne to Pinchesne 182 - - No. 39. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Intention of Estrades to leave Venice 183 - - No. 40. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Continued delay of Matthioli 184 - - No. 41. Pinchesne to Pomponne 185 - - No. 42. Pomponne to Pinchesne 186 - - No. 43. Pomponne to Pinchesne ib. - - No. 44. Pomponne to Pinchesne 187 - - No. 45. Pinchesne to Pomponne 188 - - No. 46. Pinchesne to Pomponne ib. - - No. 47. Pomponne to Pinchesne 189 - - No. 48. - Powers granted to Pomponne, to treat with - Matthioli 190 - - No. 49. Lewis the Fourteenth to the Duke of Mantua. - Promises his protection to the Duke 192 - - No. 50. Pomponne to Pinchesne 193 - - No. 51. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Interview of Pinchesne with Don Joseph Varano 194 - - No. 52. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - A courier sent to Venice with a new cypher 196 - - No. 53. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Catinat sent to Pignerol 197 - - No. 54. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - D'Asfeld sent to Venice 198 - - No. 55. Pomponne to Pinchesne 199 - - No. 56. Pinchesne to Pomponne 200 - - No. 57. Pinchesne to Pomponne 201 - - No. 58. Pinchesne to Pomponne 202 - - No. 59. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Arrival of d'Asfeld at Venice 203 - - No. 60. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Delays of Matthioli, and of the Duke of Mantua 206 - - No. 61. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Further Delays of Matthioli 208 - - No. 62. Louvois to Saint-Mars 211 - - No. 63. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Interviews with Matthioli.--Further Delays in the - Ratification of the Treaty 212 - - No. 64. Louvois to Saint-Mars 215 - - No. 65. Pomponne to Pinchesne ib. - - No. 66. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Reasons for the Duke of Mantua's delay in going - to Casale 216 - - No. 67. Pomponne to Matthioli 220 - - No. 68. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Arrangements for the Exchange of the Ratifications - of the Treaty 222 - - No. 69. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Suspicions of the House of Austria respecting the - Negociations 225 - - No. 70. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Arrest of d'Asfeld.--Departure of the Duke of - Mantua from Venice 227 - - No. 71. Pomponne to Matthioli. - Letter of Credence to be presented to Matthioli by - Catinat 230 - - No. 72. Estrades to Matthioli. - Complaints of the Delays in the Conclusion of the - Negociation 232 - - No. 73. Louvois to Saint-Mars 235 - - No. 74. Pomponne to Pinchesne 237 - - No. 75. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - Suspicions of the Fidelity of Matthioli 238 - - No. 76. Chanois to Louvois. - Reports of Catinat being at Pignerol.--Different - Rumours respecting the Negociation 239 - - No. 77. Catinat to Louvois 241 - - No. 78. Catinat to Louvois. - Rumours of Catinat's being at Pignerol.--Civilities - of Saint-Mars to him 242 - - No. 79. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - Continued Suspicions of Matthioli 245 - - No. 80. Louvois to Saint-Mars 246 - - No. 81. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - Confirmation of the Suspicions respecting - Matthioli's want of fidelity 247 - - No. 82. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Order to receive Matthioli as a Prisoner 248 - - No. 83. Pomponne to Pinchesne. - Further confirmation of the Treachery of Matthioli 249 - - No. 84. Catinat to Louvois. - Arrest of Matthioli 250 - - No. 85. Catinat to Louvois. - Intelligence respecting Matthioli's Papers 252 - - No. 86. - Inventory sent by Catinat to Louvois, of the Papers - which Matthioli had about his person 256 - - No. 87. Catinat to Louvois. - First Examination of Matthioli 260 - - No. 88. Pomponne to Pinchesne 271 - - No. 89. Pinchesne to Pomponne. - Interviews between the Duke of Mantua and the - Senator Foscarini 272 - - No. 90. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Orders to treat Matthioli with severity 275 - - No. 91. Catinat to Louvois. - Plans of Catinat for obtaining possession of Casale 276 - - No. 92. - Second Examination of Matthioli 280 - - No. 93. Louvois to Saint-Mars 293 - - No. 94. Catinat to Louvois. - Further particulars respecting Matthioli ib. - - No. 95. - Third Examination of Matthioli 296 - - No. 96. Louvois to Saint-Mars 302 - - No. 97. Catinat to Louvois. - Concluding Examination of Matthioli 303 - - No. 98. Varengeville to Pomponne. - Proposed recompense to Giuliani 307 - - No. 99. Louvois to Saint-Mars 309 - - No. 100. Louvois to Saint-Mars 310 - - No. 101. Saint-Mars to Louvois ib. - - No. 102. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Matthioli complains of his Treatment, and gives - Proofs of Insanity 311 - - No. 103. Louvois to Saint-Mars 312 - - No. 104. Louvois to Saint-Mars 313 - - No. 105. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Matthioli and the Jacobin placed together 314 - - No. 106. Saint-Mars to Louvois 315 - - No. 107. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Particulars respecting the Ring given by Matthioli - to Blainvilliers 316 - - No. 108. Louvois to Saint-Mars 317 - - No. 109. Louvois to Saint-Mars 318 - - No. 110. Louvois to Saint-Mars 319 - - No. 111. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Appointment of Saint-Mars to the Government of - Exiles--Measures to be taken by him thereupon 320 - - No. 112. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Precautions for the Journey of the Prisoners from - Pignerol to Exiles 322 - - No. 113. Louvois to Saint-Mars 325 - - No. 114. Louvois to Saint-Mars 326 - - No. 115. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Precautions for the Security and Concealment of the - Prisoners at Exiles 327 - - No. 116. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Departure of Saint-Mars from Pignerol ordered to be - deferred, in order that he might receive Catinat - there 328 - - No. 117. Louvois to Saint-Mars 329 - - No. 118. Louvois to Saint-Mars. - Orders for the Reception of Catinat at Pignerol 330 - - No. 119. Louvois to Saint-Mars 332 - - No. 120. Louvois to Saint-Mars ib. - - No. 121. Saint-Mars to Louvois 333 - - No. 122. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Description of the Apartment and manner of - Confinement of the Prisoners at Exiles 334 - - No. 123. Saint-Mars to Louvois 336 - - No. 124. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Saint-Mars is made Governor of the Islands of Saint - Margaret 337 - - No. 125. Saint-Mars to Louvois 338 - - No. 126. Saint-Mars to Louvois. - Arrival of Matthioli at the Islands of Saint - Margaret 340 - - No. 127. Saint-Mars to the Minister. - Relation of the conduct of two Protestant Ministers 341 - - No. 128. - Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published - in the Work entitled, "La Bastille Devoilee" 342 - - No. 129. - Second Extract from the Register of the Bastille, - published in the Work entitled, "La Bastille - Devoilee" 343 - - No. 130. - Extract from the Register of Burials of the Church - of Saint Paul, at Paris 345 - - No. 131. - Extract from the Work entitled "La Correspondance - Interceptee," by M. Lewis Dutens, published in - 1789 346 - - No. 132. - Extract from the article on the Iron Mask in the - Work entitled "_Melanges d'Histoire et de - Litterature_;" by Mr. Quintin Craufurd 347 - - No. 133. - Letter from the Baron de Heiss to the Authors of the - "_Journal Encyclopedique_" on the subject of the - Iron Mask; published in that Journal in 1770 348 - - Letter on the subject of the Man in the Iron Mask, - announced in the preceding one 349 - - - - -HISTORY - -OF - -THE IRON MASK. - - -The curiosity of the public has been now, for above a century, so -much wrought upon by the mystery which has enveloped the name of the -Iron Mask, (or as the French more properly designate him, "_the Man -of the Iron Mask_,"[1]) that the eagerness for discovery has thus -been carried much farther than the real importance of the subject -deserved. Numerous have been the papers written, and the conjectures -hazarded in favour of different theories; almost all presenting, -at first view, some semblance of probability; but all, without -exception, crumbling to nothing when exposed to the researches -of accurate inquiry. Under these circumstances, it is certainly -satisfactory, that the question should be finally set at rest. - -It is singular, that among all the inquiries hitherto made -respecting the Iron Mask, no one seems ever to have thought of -recurring to the only source from whence true information could be -derived--the archives of the French Government, during the reign of -Lewis the Fourteenth. It was reserved for M. Delort to make these -researches; which he did by the permission of the Count d'Hauterive, -Keeper of the Archives of the office of Secretary of State for the -Foreign department, and the result has been perfectly conclusive. -In those archives, he found the continued correspondence of the -French ministers, proving, beyond a doubt, that the Iron Mask was -an Italian of the name of Matthioli; a personage who was first put -on the list of candidates for that honour, in a pamphlet published -in 1801, by M. Roux (Fazillac);[2] who, however, was then unable to -support his opinion with sufficient authorities. - -Hercules Anthony Matthioli[3] was a Bolognese of ancient family, -distinguished in the law. He was the son of Valerian Matthioli and -Girolama Maggi, and was born on the 1st of December 1640. On the -13th of January, 1661, he married Camilla, daughter of Bernard -Paleotti, and widow of Alexander Piatesi. By her he had two sons, -one of whom only had posterity, which has long since been extinct. -Early in life he was public reader in the University of Bologna, but -he soon quitted his native city to enter into the service of Charles -the Third, Duke of Mantua, by whom he was much favoured, and towards -the conclusion of whose reign he was made Secretary of State. His -successor, Ferdinand, Charles the Fourth, the last sovereign of -Mantua, of the house of Gonzaga, created Matthioli Supernumerary -Senator of Mantua, an honour which had formerly been enjoyed by his -great grandfather, and gave him the title of Count. When he ceased -to be Secretary of State at Mantua does not appear; but he was -clearly not in that office when he first, unhappily for himself, -was involved in diplomatic relations with the agents of the French -Government. - -Towards the end of the year 1677, the Abbe d'Estrades,[4] ambassador -from France to the Republic of Venice, conceived the idea, which -he was well aware would be highly acceptable to the insatiable -ambition of his master, of inducing the Duke of Mantua[5] to allow -of the introduction of a French garrison into Casale,[6] a strongly -fortified town, the capital of the Montferrat, and in a great -measure the key of Italy. The cession of the fortress of Pignerol[7] -to the French, by Victor Amadeus,[8] Duke of Savoy, in 1632, had -opened to them the entry of Piedmont, and the possession of Casale -would enable them to invade the Milanese, whenever they were so -inclined. - -At this time the council of the Duke of Mantua, headed by his -mother,[9] an Austrian Archduchess, was entirely in the interests of -the Court of Spain; while the young Duke, plunged in pleasures and -excesses of every kind, took little apparent interest in politicks. -The great difficulty, therefore, which Estrades had to encounter -in the prosecution of this intrigue, was the establishment of a -channel of communication with the Duke; who, as has been stated, -was surrounded by persons in the Spanish interest. If he could once -enter into secret relations with that Prince, he hoped to be able to -bribe him into a concurrence in his designs; for Ferdinand Charles -was both needy and unprincipled. He had, besides, discovered, as -he writes word to Lewis, in his first letter[10] to him, dated -Venice, Dec. 18th, 1677, that the Duke was not so abandoned to his -pleasures, but that he still had some ambition, and much chagrin at -the state of subjection in which he was kept by his mother; joined -to a great distrust of the Spaniards, who were supposed to foment -the divisions of the Court of Mantua, with the view of, eventually, -themselves obtaining possession of Casale and the rest of the -Montferrat. - -The desired channel of communication Estrades thought he had found -in Matthioli, who was a complete master of Italian politicks, -as well as much in the Duke's good graces. Before, however, he -proceeded to enlist him in his service, he deemed it necessary to -discover what was the bent of his inclinations. This he effected -ingeniously enough, by sending a certain Giuliani, in whom he -appears to have placed implicit confidence, to Verona, where -Matthioli then was, to act as a spy upon him. The report of -Giuliani, upon his return to Venice, was so favourable, both with -regard to the discontent of Matthioli against the Spaniards, "who -had always amused him with hopes, and afterwards abandoned him,"[11] -and his wish to enter into the service of the French Monarch, that -Estrades lost no time in sending him (Giuliani) back again for -the purpose of conferring with Matthioli upon the subject of the -proposed negociation. - -Giuliani was instructed by the Ambassador to enlarge to Matthioli -upon the jeopardy which the sovereignty of the Duke of Mantua -was in, in consequence of the different pretensions of various -branches of his family to his territories, which were more or -less countenanced by the Spaniards for the purposes of their own -aggrandizement. These were, among others, those of the Empress -Eleanor[12] to the Montferrat; and those of the Marquis of -Laguna[13] to the Duchy of Guastalla, to the prejudice of the Duke -of Mantua, who was the rightful heir. Giuliani was also to lament -the dependant state of the Duke of Mantua, the revenues of whose -states, as well as all the powers of government, were entirely in -the hands of his mother, and the Monk Bulgarini;[14] and to explain -the necessity which, on these accounts, existed for that Prince -to seek, without delay, the alliance and protection of Lewis the -Fourteenth. He was to assure him, in conclusion, that Estrades had -no doubt of the readiness of Lewis to assist in freeing the Duke of -Mantua from his embarrassments; but that, in order to enable him to -do this effectually, it was absolutely necessary to garrison Casale -with French troops. - -Matthioli concurred entirely in these views of Giuliani, and offered -to sound the Duke of Mantua upon the subject. A few days afterwards, -he sent word to Estrades, that he had managed to have an interview -with that Prince (having previously established himself secretly -in the neighbourhood of Mantua), and had found him generally -well-disposed to the plan. He also requested Estrades to send -Giuliani again to him, in order that they might act in concert; the -said Giuliani being also a person who might, without suspicion, -carry intelligence backwards and forwards,[15] which was not the -case with Matthioli himself. - -Giuliani was accordingly sent, and had an audience of the Duke -of Mantua, who received him very favourably, and acquainted him -with his willingness to enter into an alliance with France, and -to deliver up Casale, upon the understanding that Estrades was to -try to obtain for him any reasonable requests he might make; the -principal of these, in addition to the grant of a sum of money, was -the being made generalissimo of any French army that might be sent -into Italy, "that being," says Estrades, "what he wishes beyond all -things; or rather, that being the only thing he is very anxious for, -in order that he may have the same consideration in Italy the late -Duke of Modena[16] had, and the late Duke of Mantua,[17] who at his -age commanded in chief the Emperor's army, with the title of Vicar -General of the Empire."[18] - -The Duke of Mantua also announced in this conference, that he put -himself, on this occasion, entirely into the hands of Matthioli, -whom he promised to reinstate in his place of Secretary of State, -and to appoint his first minister, as soon as he himself should have -regained his authority, and that the treaty, he was now projecting -with the King of France, had been duly executed. - -To Matthioli were joined in the negociation the two counsellors of -the Duke of Mantua, in whom he had the most confidence; the Marquis -Cavriani and Joseph Varano; and these, together with Giuliani, -Estrades, Pinchesne the French Secretary of Embassy at Venice, and -the Duke himself, were the only persons in Italy acquainted with the -business; so that the Ambassador had certainly very fair grounds -for expressing his hopes "the secrecy, so necessary in this affair, -would remain impenetrable."[19] - -This conference was followed by another, in which the Duke showed -the greatest impatience to conclude the treaty; entreating that -Lewis might be instantly made acquainted with the state it was -at present in, and requesting, or rather imploring, for a French -army; on the arrival of which he hinted much might be done against -the Duchy of Milan. Finally, he promised to have a conference with -Estrades, "as he was soon going to Venice, where they might see one -another conveniently, and without being observed, on account of the -Carnival, during which all the world, even the Doge and the oldest -Senators were accustomed to go about in mask."[20] - -He also requested that the Cardinal d'Estrees[21] might not be -made a party to the negociation; because he was so well known -to be employed generally by Lewis to negociate with the Italian -Sovereigns, that his entering into it would naturally excite the -suspicions of the Spaniards that something secret was going on; and -that they would then ruin him, the Duke of Mantua, before he could -receive the assistance of the French Monarch; and that thus the -hopes of both the contracting parties, from the treaty at present -under discussion, would be frustrated. To this proposition Estrades -agreed, though unwillingly. We cannot but here remark how skilful -a negociator he seems to have been; beginning as he does by making -trial of his tools, and then of his arguments, and afterwards -bringing both of them to bear very judiciously on the negociation, -in the way the most likely to lead to a favourable result. - -When the affair was advanced thus far, Estrades lost no time in -forwarding an account of it to Lewis, to whom, as he says himself, -he had not before ventured to write upon the subject, because at -first he despaired of being able to bring the intrigue to bear: -but he now thought it in so good a train, that upon receiving the -approval of his proceedings from Lewis, he could almost answer for -its success. The letter of Estrades was accompanied by a schedule, -containing the demands of the Duke of Mantua, and by a letter from -Matthioli, also addressed to Lewis, in which he offers to devote -himself to his service, to strive to detach his master, the Duke -of Mantua, from the Austrian interest, and insinuates very plainly -his wish and intention of selling him and his fortress of Casale -to the French Monarch; whom, he says, he "regards and reveres as -a _Demigod_."[22] To these protestations Lewis returned, as was -natural, a very civil answer;[23] generally promising his protection -and favour to Matthioli. - -On the 24th of December of the same year, Estrades[24] writes to M. -de Pomponne,[25] (then one of the Secretaries of State), to inform -him of a discovery he has made from the Duke of Mantua himself, -that the Austrian party have determined, in case any French troops -should arrive in Italy, and that the Duke of Mantua should manifest -any disposition of favouring them, to seize upon Casale and Mantua. -He therefore adds that the Duke, though thoroughly well-disposed -towards the French interests, cannot take any active part in their -favour, unless Lewis will send into Italy a sufficient force to -secure Casale and the rest of the Duke's territories from the -attempts of the House of Austria. He subsequently seems to hint his -fear that the life of the Duke of Mantua may be made away with by -the Austrians, in order the more easily to possess themselves of -his territories. "We must besides, Sir, consider that the Duke of -Guastalla[26] being the nearest relation of the Duke of Mantua, as -well as his heir, there would be danger that, if the Duchess,[27] -his daughter, who is very ill and has no children, should die, -some _misfortune_ might happen to the Duke of Mantua, which would -assure his territories to the Spanish Nobleman, who has married the -second daughter[28] of the Duke of Guastalla, and whose marriage the -Spaniards, _doubtless with this view_, made up at Vienna by means of -Don Vincent."[29] - -To Estrades, Lewis returned a long and detailed statement of his -views; in which he approves generally of the design of putting -a French garrison into Casale; intimates upon what terms it may -be done; rejects a request of the Duke of Mantua to procure for -him the restoration of those parts of the Montferrat, which by -former treaties had been ceded to the Duke of Savoy; objects to the -largeness of his demand of 100,000 pistoles as the price of Casale; -promises to bear him harmless and remunerate him for any injury that -may be done to him by the Spaniards, in consequence of his siding -with the French; and finally instructs Estrades, to entertain the -notion that a French army is about to pass the Alps, and in the -meanwhile to protract the negociation, in order to allow him, Lewis, -time to make his various preparations. Indeed this last point, -the necessity for delay, was so strongly impressed upon Estrades, -upon more than one occasion, that, in a subsequent despatch, he -expresses his regret that the negociation goes on so smoothly and -prosperously, that he cannot find any difficulties[30] to enable him -to protract it till the troops of Lewis are in readiness to march -towards Italy. - -The only point in dispute appears to have been, what the sum of -money should be which was to be given by the French Monarch to the -Duke of Mantua. The stipulation for 100,000 pistoles was decidedly -rejected by Lewis; and at length, after some difficulty, Estrades -reduced the demand of the other party to 100,000 crowns, and those -not to be paid till after the signature of the treaty between the -two sovereigns.[31] - -The next event of importance in the negociation was the interview, -effected at Venice during the Carnival, between the Duke of Mantua -and Estrades. It took place at midnight, on the 18th of March, 1678, -in a small open space, equally distant from the residence of the -Duke and the Ambassador, and lasted a full hour. In it the Duke -dwelt[32] much upon his impatience for the conclusion of the treaty -with France; and for the speedy appearance of the troops of the -latter in Italy, alleging as his reason, the constant and lively -fear he was in of the Spaniards. He also announced his intention -of sending Matthioli, in whom, says Estrades, "He has a blind -confidence, and who governs him absolutely," to the French court; -thinking that his presence there might bring matters to a speedier -issue. - -Estrades, who had now ascertained that his master could not possibly -spare an army for Italy that year (1678), and who therefore was -more than ever anxious to prevent such a consummation, consented -with considerable difficulty to the project; resolving, at the same -time, to obstruct the departure of Matthioli for France as long -as possible; and writing to M. de Pomponne to delay him and his -business, when at length he arrived there, by every means in his -power.[33] - -Subsequently the procrastinating intentions of Estrades were more -easily put into execution than he expected; for Matthioli, of his -own accord, deferred his journey from spring to autumn on various -pleas, of which the principal one was, his unwillingness to leave -his master, exposed to the insinuations, and perhaps menaces, of the -Spanish partizans, by whom he was surrounded.[34] - -Finally, after many delays, Matthioli, accompanied by Giuliani, set -off for Paris in the beginning of November, 1678, and arrived there -towards the end of the same month.[35] He found the Abbe d'Estrades, -who had quitted his Venetian Embassy, arrived there before him, and -had several interviews with him and M. de Pomponne; during which a -treaty was agreed on to the following effect:-- - -1. That the Duke of Mantua should receive the French troops into -Casale. - -2. That if Lewis sent an army into Italy, the Duke of Mantua should -have the command of it. - -3. That immediately after the execution of the treaty, the sum of -100,000 crowns should be paid to the Duke of Mantua.[36] - -The treaty contained also some other articles of minor importance. - -Matthioli himself had the honour of being received in a secret -audience by Lewis,[37] who made him a present of a valuable -ring.[37] He also received a sum of money for himself,[37] and a -promise of a much larger gratification[38] after the ratification -of the treaty. He was also promised that his son should be made one -of the King's Pages; and that his brother, who was in the Church, -should receive a good benefice.[39] He was then sent back to Italy, -with a detailed instruction from Louvois,[40] upon the manner of -executing the articles of the treaty. - -The French Government was thus far so entirely satisfied of -the sincerity and good faith of Matthioli, and so convinced of -the speedy admission of the French troops into Casale, that -they immediately upon his departure took decided measures in -furtherance of their plan.[41] Thus the Marquis de Boufflers,[42] -Colonel-General of the Dragoons, was sent to take the command of -the forces, which were assembling near the frontier of Italy, -at Briancon, in Dauphiny. Catinat,[43] Brigadier of Infantry, -afterwards the celebrated Marshal of that name, who was to serve -under the command of Boufflers, had orders to conceal himself in -the fortress of Pignerol,[44] and to adopt a feigned name, that of -Richemont;[45] while the Baron d'Asfeld,[46] Colonel of Dragoons, -was despatched to Venice, upon a mission for exchanging the -ratifications of the treaty; for which purpose he was to unite with -M. de Pinchesne, the Charge d'Affaires there, during the absence of -an ambassador.[47] - -Though these measures were taken with the greatest secrecy, it was -impossible but that the report of the assembling of the French -forces so near the territories of the Duke of Savoy,[48] should -reach the ears of the Spaniards, and excite their suspicions; as -well as those of the Venetians, and of the other Italian states. -Accordingly, we find that remonstrances were several times made -by the ambassadors of the Emperor[49] and King of Spain[50] at -Venice, to the Duke of Mantua, upon the rumour of his intention of -delivering the capital of the Montferrat to Lewis. Ferdinand Charles -denied that this was the case;[51] but was not believed. - -As, therefore, the ferment and discontent in the north of Italy -increased, the agents of the French Government were naturally -anxious that the treaty should be ratified and executed as soon as -possible; for which purpose, the Duke of Mantua had promised to meet -the Baron d'Asfeld at Casale, during the month of February, 1679. -In proportion, however, as the French became more impatient for the -conclusion of the affair, the Count Matthioli found fresh excuses -for delaying it. At one moment his own ill health detained him at -Padua, and prevented his coming to Venice to confer with Messrs. de -Pinchesne and d'Asfeld; at another, the Duke of Mantua could not -raise a sufficient sum of money to enable him to transport his court -to Casale; at another, it was necessary to have time to persuade -Don Vincent Gonzaga[52] to accompany the Duke to Casale, as it was -not considered safe to leave him at Mantua; and again, the Duke of -Mantua was obliged to stay at Venice, having promised to hold a -carrousel there.[53] - -In spite of all these difficulties, it was, however, finally -arranged, that the Baron d'Asfeld and Matthioli should meet, on the -9th of March, at Increa, a village ten miles from Casale, in order -to make the exchange of the ratifications; that the Duke of Mantua -himself, should go to Casale on the 15th of the same month; and -should put the troops of Lewis into possession of the place on the -18th; on which day, being the ninth after the ratification, it was -decided they could without fail be there.[54] - -The various excuses made by Matthioli, for the non-execution of his -agreement, all more or less frivolous, appear first to have given -to the French Government a suspicion of his fidelity. Whether the -reception of Matthioli at the French court had not been such as -he expected, though it would appear to have been most gracious; -or whether, which is more probable, the sum of money there given -to him did not content him;--or whether, which is also probable, -the Spaniards having got some knowledge of the transaction, had -offered him a still larger bribe, it is impossible for us, at -this distance of time, exactly to decide; but it appears evident, -that, from the time of his return from Paris, his conduct with -regard to the negociation became entirely changed; and he was as -anxious to procrastinate, as he had formerly been to advance it. It -was, therefore, natural for the French diplomatists to conclude, -supported as this opinion also was by various circumstantial -evidence, that he had been bought by the other side--a circumstance -of no extraordinary occurrence in the career of a needy Italian -adventurer. - -His weak and timid master followed implicitly his counsels; but -appears to have been himself in the intention of acting fairly and -faithfully by the French Government. The first intimation that -is given in the correspondence of the suspicions, with regard to -the conduct of Matthioli, occurs in a letter from Pomponne[55] to -Matthioli himself, dated February 21st, 1679, in which he says -that Lewis "is unwilling to doubt that the promise which has been -so solemnly made[56] him will not be kept;" an expression which -certainly seems to imply, that some doubt did exist in the mind of -Lewis and of his ministers upon the subject. - -The next is an elaborate and skilful letter of Estrades to -Matthioli, written on the 24th of March, 1679,[57] from Turin, -where he was then awaiting the execution of the treaty, in which -he mingles promises and threats to encourage him to perform his -stipulations; and shows sufficiently his suspicions to the object -of them, to frighten him; at the same time leaving open the hope of -forgiveness in case of future good conduct. - -By the subsequent letters[58] of Pomponne to Pinchesne, it appears, -that the treachery of Matthioli soon became more apparent. Indeed, -Estrades, during his stay at Turin, obtained the most indubitable -evidence of the fact; for the Duchess of Savoy[59] showed to him the -copies of all the documents relative to the negociation respecting -Casale, which Matthioli had given to the President Turki, one of -her ministers who was in the interests of Spain, when he passed -through Turin on his return from Paris.[60] From Turki, as it -subsequently appeared, Matthioli had received a sum of money for his -information.[61] - -Meanwhile Asfeld was arrested by the orders of the Count de Melgar, -the Spanish Governor of the Milanese, as he was on his way to -the rendezvous at Increa; and Matthioli was the first person who -acquainted the French agents with this misfortune,[62] as well as -with the fact that the Duke of Mantua had been obliged to conclude a -treaty with the Venetians, in a directly contrary sense to the one -he had first entered into with France;[63] "having probably been," -as Pomponne remarks, in a letter to Pinchesne,[64] "himself the sole -author of the accidents and impediments he acquaints us with." - -Upon the arrival of the intelligence at Paris, of the arrest of -Asfeld, the French ministers, though their suspicions of Matthioli -were now changed into certainties, being still anxious, if possible, -to get possession of Casale, empowered Catinat to supply his place, -and to conclude the ratification of the treaty. Intelligence of this -change was conveyed to Matthioli in a letter[65] from Pomponne, of -the date of March 14th, 1679. - -Catinat accordingly went, on the appointed day, from Pignerol to -Increa, accompanied by St. Mara,[66] the Commandant of that part -of the fortress of Pignerol, which was appropriated for a state -prison, and by a person of confidence, belonging to the embassy -of Estrades. But the appointed day passed over, without bringing -Matthioli to Increa; and the next morning Catinat was informed -that his arrival there was discovered; that the peasants of the -neighbourhood were in arms; and that a detachment of cavalry was on -its way, for the purpose of seizing upon him and his companions. -What became of the latter does not appear, except that they escaped -the threatened danger; but he himself got away secretly, and in -disguise, to Casale; where he gave himself out as an officer of the -garrison of Pignerol. The Governor there, who was well-disposed -to the French interest, received him with great civility; and, at -a dinner he gave to him, joined in drinking the King of France's -health with enthusiasm.[67] The next day Catinat was too happy to -return undiscovered to Pignerol. - -Matthioli, meanwhile, instead of keeping his engagement at Increa, -had returned to Venice, and had had several interviews with -Pinchesne, the particulars of which we are unacquainted with, as the -letters containing the accounts of them, though alluded to by M. de -Pomponne[68] in his answers, have not been published. - -Pinchesne was, at this time, convinced of the perfidy of Matthioli, -having, in addition to various other suspicious circumstances, -discovered that he had been secretly at Milan for some days. He, -however, did not think it advisable entirely to break with him; but -advised him to go and confer with Estrades, at Turin; representing -to him the danger to which he exposed himself if this affair failed -of success through his fault.[69] Matthioli followed the advice of -Pinchesne to his own ruin, and going to Turin, presented himself -forthwith to Estrades,[70] to whom he offered many insufficient -excuses for his delay. - -The vindictive Lewis had, meanwhile, determined to satisfy his -wounded pride and frustrated ambition, by taking the most signal -vengeance of Matthioli; as we find by the following note from -Louvois to his creature, St. Mars, dated, St. Germain, April 27th, -1679.--"The King has sent orders to the Abbe d'Estrades, to try -and arrest a man, with whose conduct his Majesty has reason to be -dissatisfied; of which he has commanded me to acquaint you, in order -that you may not object to receiving him when he shall be sent to -you; and that you may guard him in a manner, that not only he may -not have communication with any one, but that also he may have cause -to repent of his bad conduct; and that it may not be discovered that -you have a new prisoner."[71] - -Nothing therefore could be more opportune to Estrades, than the -arrival of Matthioli at Turin, and accident soon enabled him to lay -a successful plan for executing the wishes of the French monarch. -The plan he is said to have communicated to the Duchess of Savoy, -who consented to the arrest taking place, but objected to its -happening on her territories.[72] - -Matthioli complained much of want of money, occasioned by the -expenses of his journies, and the bribes he had been obliged to -offer to the Duke's mistresses. Estrades took this opportunity of -forwarding his scheme, by telling him that Catinat, who, under the -name of Richemont, commanded the troops destined to take possession -of Casale, had considerable sums at his disposal, which he would -be happy to make so good a use of as in ministering to his wants; -provided he, Matthioli, would give him a meeting on the frontier -towards Pignerol, at which also Estrades would be present.[73] Of -course, the reason assigned for naming the frontier as the place of -rendezvous was, that Catinat could not leave the neighbourhood where -his troops were stationed. - -To this proposition Matthioli readily consented; and having first -made a journey to Casale, he returned and met Estrades (who -was accompanied on this expedition by his relation the Abbe de -Montesquiou) by appointment, in a church half a mile from Turin, -from whence they proceeded together to the frontier. At three miles -from the place of rendezvous they were stopped by a river, of -which the banks were overflowed, and the bridge broken. Matthioli -himself assisted in repairing the bridge, which was to convey him -to his captivity;[74] and they then proceeded on foot to the place -where Catinat awaited them accompanied only by two officers, the -Chevaliers de St. Martin and de Villebois, and by four soldiers of -the garrison of Pignerol.[75] - -Before, however, Matthioli was arrested, Estrades held some -conversation with him, and obliged him, in the presence of Catinat, -to confess that he had in his possession all the original papers -regarding the delivery of Casale, and that they were left in the -custody of his wife at Bologna; who was living in the convent -of the nuns of St. Thomas[76] in that city. This was necessary, -because Matthioli had lately refused to give them up to the Duke -his master,[77] alleging that he no longer knew where they were. -His confession, upon this occasion, afterwards turned out to be -false, and that the papers in question were concealed in a wall at -Padua.[78] - -Immediately after this avowal had been extracted from him, he was -arrested; and offered no resistance, though he always carried a -sword and pistols about his person. He was conducted to Pignerol, -where he arrived late at night. - -Catinat, in his letter to Louvois, giving an account of this -seizure, which took place on the 2d of May, 1679, dwells much upon -the secrecy with which it was effected, so that, says he, "no one -knows the name of the rascal, not even the officers who assisted in -arresting him."[79] And he concludes by mentioning, that in order -to perpetuate the mystery in which his prisoner is enveloped, he -has given him the name of "Lestang,"--"not a soul here knowing who -he is." In the subsequent correspondence of Louvois with Catinat -and St. Mars, he is very generally designated by that name. At -first, St. Mars carried his precaution so far as to serve Matthioli -himself, and not allow any of the garrison to approach him; soon -afterwards his valet, who had been arrested by the exertions of -Estrades,[80] was allowed to attend upon him; and subsequently -St. Mars appointed those of his officers, in whom he had the most -confidence, to assist in guarding him. It may be remembered that -Louvois, in his letter to St. Mars, which has been before quoted, -orders that the prisoner, who was to be brought to Pignerol, "should -have intercourse with no one;" and in the subsequent letters from -the same Minister, difficulties are even made to his being permitted -to see either a physician or a confessor.[81] - -These extraordinary precautions against discovery, and the one which -appears to have been afterwards resorted to, of obliging him to -wear a mask, during his journeys, or when he saw any one, are not -wonderful, when we reflect upon the violent breach of the law of -nations, which had been committed by his imprisonment. Matthioli, at -the time of his arrest, was actually the plenipotentiary[82] of the -Duke of Mantua, for concluding a treaty with the King of France; and -for that very sovereign to kidnap him and confine him in a dungeon -was certainly one of the most flagrant acts of violence that could -be committed; one which, if known, would have had the most injurious -effects upon the negociations of Lewis with other sovereigns; nay, -would probably have indisposed other sovereigns from treating at all -with him. It is true the Duke of Mantua was a prince insignificant -both in power and character, but, if in this way might was allowed -to overcome right, who could possibly tell whose turn might be the -next. Besides, it was important for Lewis that the Duke of Mantua -should also be kept in good humour, the delivery of Casale not -having been effected; nor is it to be supposed that he would have -consented to give it up to the French monarch within two years of -this period, had he had a suspicion of the way his diplomatic agent -and intended prime minister had been treated. The same reasons for -concealment existed till the death of Matthioli, since that event -happened while both Lewis XIV. and the Duke of Mantua were still -alive, which accounts for his confinement continuing to be always -solitary and always secret. - -The arrest of Matthioli, certainly appears to have been the effect -of a vindictive feeling against him in the breast of Lewis himself; -for it is impossible to imagine that any minister would have -ventured, of his own free-will, upon a step by which so much was -to be hazarded, and nothing, in fact, was to be gained. The act is -only to be explained in this manner; that the monarch insisted upon -his revenge, which the ministers were obliged to gratify; and, at -the same time, in order to prevent any ill consequences that might -result from it, determined upon burying the whole transaction under -the most impenetrable veil of mystery. - -The confinement of Matthioli is decidedly one of the deadliest -stains that blot the character of Lewis the Fourteenth: for, -granting that Matthioli betrayed the trust reposed in him by -that monarch, one single act of diplomatic treachery was surely -not sufficient to warrant the infliction of the most horrible -of all punishments,--of solitary confinement, for four and -twenty years, in a dungeon!--It was, however, an act of cruel -injustice that was to be expected from the man, who, when the -unhappy Fouquet[83] was condemned by the tribunals of his country -to exile, himself changed his sentence to that of perpetual -imprisonment;--who, to please his mistress, confined his former -favourite, Lauzun,[84] for nine years in the fortress of Pignerol, -and only then released him in order, by that means, to swindle -Mademoiselle de Montpensier[85] out of her fortune, in favour -of his bastard, the Duke du Maine;--who shut up so many other -persons, guilty only of imaginary crimes, in various prisons, where -they died of misery and ill-treatment;--who revoked the Edict of -Nantes;--ordered the burning of the Palatinate;--persecuted the -saints of Port Royal;--and gloried in the Dragonades, and the war -of the Cevennes;--who, in short, whether we regard him as a man or -a sovereign, was one of the most hardened, cruel, and tyrannical -characters transmitted to us in history. Providence doubtless made -use of him as a scourge befitting the crimes of the age he lived in; -and, in this point of view, his existence was most useful. Nor is -his memory less so; which has been left to us and to all posterity, -as a mighty warning of the effects, even in this world, of -overweening ambition; and as a melancholy example of the perversion -of a proud heart, which "gave not God the glory," and was therefore -abandoned by the Almighty to the effects of its own natural and -irretrievable wickedness. - -After the arrest of Matthioli, he underwent several interrogatories,[86] -in which, in spite of his numerous prevarications, his treachery -was still more amply discovered. The examinations were all sent -to Louvois by Catinat, who, as soon as they were concluded, left -Pignerol, and returned to the court.[87] - -At first, Matthioli was, by the direction of Estrades,[88] -well-treated in his prison; but this was not by any means the -intention of Lewis, and accordingly, we find Louvois writing -thus to St. Mars. "It is not the intention of the King that the -Sieur de Lestang should be _well-treated_; nor that, except the -absolute necessaries of life, you should give him any thing that -may make him pass his time agreeably."[89] Again, in the same -strain: "I have nothing to add to what I have already commanded you -respecting the severity with which the individual named Lestang -must be treated."[90] And again; "You must keep the individual -named Lestang, in the severe confinement I enjoined in my preceding -letters, without allowing him to see a physician, unless you know -he is in absolute want of one."[91] These repeated injunctions to -the same effect are a proof, how much importance the rancorous Lewis -attached to his victim's being compelled to drink the bitter cup of -captivity to the very dregs. - -The harshness and hopelessness of his prison seem to have affected -the intellects of Matthioli,[92] for after he had been nearly a year -confined, St. Mars acquaints Louvois, that "The Sieur de Lestang -complains, he is not treated as a man of his quality, and the -minister of a great prince ought to be; notwithstanding which, I -continue to follow your commands most exactly upon this subject, as -well as on all others. I think he is deranged by the way he talks to -me, telling me he converses every day with God and his angels;--that -they have told him of the death of the Duke of Mantua, and of the -Duke of Lorrain;[93] and as an additional proof of his madness, he -says, that he has the honour of being the near relation of the King, -to whom he wishes to write, to complain of the way in which I treat -him. I have not thought it right to give him paper or ink for that -purpose, perceiving him not to be in his right senses."[94] - -The unhappy prisoner, in his phrensy and despair, sometimes used -very violent language to his keepers, and wrote abusive sentences -with charcoal on the walls of his prison; on which account St. -Mars ordered his lieutenant, Blainvilliers, to threaten him with -punishment, and even to show him a cudgel, with which he was to be -beaten, if he did not behave better. - -These menaces so far intimidated Matthioli, that a few days -afterwards, while Blainvilliers was serving him at dinner, he, in -order to propitiate him, took a valuable ring from his finger and -offered it to him. Blainvilliers told him he could accept nothing -from a prisoner, but that he would deliver it to St. Mars; which he -accordingly did.[95] St. Mars estimates the ring at fifty or sixty -pistoles: and M. Delort conjectures it to have been the one given -to him by Lewis the Fourteenth, during his stay at Paris. St. Mars -inquires from Louvois[96] what he is to do in consequence; and the -latter returns for answer, that he "must keep the ring, which the -Sieur Matthioli has given to the Sieur de Blainvilliers, in order to -restore it to him, if it should ever happen that the King ordered -him to be set at liberty."[97] - -Matthioli apparently expressed a wish to confess to a priest; -and Louvois desires that he may be only allowed to do so once in -the year.[98] It appears that St. Mars had at this time in his -custody a Jacobin monk, with whose crime, as well as name, we are -unacquainted; but in the correspondence of St. Mars and Louvois, -he is designated as "the Jacobin in the lower part of the tower." -This man was mad; very possibly had been made so, like Matthioli, -by solitary confinement and ill-usage. St. Mars advised the putting -Matthioli with him, in order to avoid the necessity of sending for -a priest for each prisoner.[99] To this proposal Louvois returned -the following answer: "I have been made acquainted, by your letter -of the 7th of this month (August 1680), with the proposal you make, -to put the Sieur de Lestang with the Jacobin, in order to avoid the -necessity of having two priests. The King approves of your project, -and you have only to execute it when you please."[100] - -St. Mars, in a letter of the 7th of September, 1680, thus details -the results of the execution of his plan:-- - -"Since you permitted me to put Matthioli with the Jacobin in the -lower part of the tower, the aforesaid Matthioli was, for four or -five days, in the belief that the Jacobin was a man that I had -placed with him to watch his actions. Matthioli, who is almost as -mad as the Jacobin, walked about with long strides, with his cloak -over his nose, crying out that he was not a dupe, but that he knew -more than he would say. The Jacobin, who was always seated on his -truckle bed, with his elbows resting upon his knees, looked at him -gravely, without listening to him. The Signior Matthioli remained -always persuaded that it was a spy that had been placed with him, -till he was one day disabused, by the Jacobin's getting down from -his bed, stark naked, and setting himself to preach, without rhyme -or reason, till he was tired. I and my lieutenants saw all their -manoeuvres through a hole over the door."[101] - -It appears to have been very entertaining to St. Mars and his -lieutenants, to witness the ravings of these two unhappy maniacs; -and there are probably many gaolers who would experience the same -feelings upon a similar occasion: what cannot, however, but strike -us with horror, is the fact that there was found a minister, nay, -a king, and that king one who piqued himself upon professing the -Christian religion,[102] to sanction such a proceeding. It is indeed -most painful to think, that power should have been placed in the -hands of men, who could abuse it by such needless acts of cruelty. - -We have no farther particulars of the state of Matthioli's mind: -but, being more than half-mad at the time he was placed with the -Jacobin, who was quite so, it is probable the company of the latter -increased and perpetuated his phrensy. It is even not impossible -that such may have been the intention of St. Mars, as, while -Matthioli continued insane, it was of course more reasonable and -plausible to continue the extraordinary rigour of his confinement. - -Nor were mental sufferings the only ones which the barbarity of -Lewis and his minister obliged Matthioli to undergo. We have before -seen, from the letters of Louvois to St. Mars, that the latter was -desired generally to treat Matthioli with great severity; afterwards -he writes to him upon the subject of his clothing, "You must make -the clothes of such sort of people as he is last three or four -years."[103] Some idea may also be formed of the kind of furniture -of his dungeon, from the circumstance, mentioned by St. Mars, that, -upon the removal of his prisoner from the fort of Exiles to the -Island of St. Margaret in 1687, his bed had been sold, because it -was so old and broken as not to be worth the carriage; and that all -his furniture and linen being added to it, the sum produced by the -sale was only thirteen crowns.[104] - -It may be worth remarking here that the letter of Louvois, -respecting Matthioli's clothes, is a sufficient answer to the absurd -stories with regard to the richness of the lace, &c. worn by the -Iron Mask; and the relations from St. Mars himself of his threats -to his prisoner, of even corporal punishment, no less disprove the -erroneous accounts of the extraordinary respect shown to him. - -In the year 1681, St. Mars was offered the government of the citadel -of Pignerol, which he declined accepting, for what reasons we -are not told: Lewis, who was anxious to recompense his services -as a gaoler of State prisoners, then gave him the government of -Exiles,[105] a strong fortress and pass near Susa, on the frontier -of Piedmont and the Brianconnois, which was vacant by the death of -the Duke de Lesdiguieres; at the same time augmenting the salary -attached to that situation, so as to make it equal to that of the -towns in Flanders.[106] Louvois, in a letter dated May 12th, 1681, -acquaints St. Mars with his appointment; and informs him that "the -two prisoners in the lower part of the tower" are the only ones of -those under his care at Pignerol, whom the King wishes to accompany -him to Exiles.[107] "The two prisoners in the lower part of the -tower," signify, as we have before seen, Matthioli and the monk. - -An additional proof indeed, if any were wanted, that Matthioli -was one of the two prisoners conveyed to Exiles, is given in -the following extract from a letter of Louvois, dated June 9th, -1681:--"With regard to the effects belonging to the Sieur Matthioli -which are in your possession, you will have them taken to Exiles, in -order to be given back to him, if ever his Majesty should order him -to be set at liberty."[108] - -It is to be remarked, that this is the last time Matthioli is -mentioned by name in the correspondence between Louvois and St. -Mars--in consequence, it appears, of what is said by the former in -his letter before quoted of the 12th of May, where he desires a -list of the names of all the prisoners then under the guard of St. -Mars to be sent to him, and adds--"with regard to the two who are -in the lower part of the tower, you need only designate them in -that manner, without adding any thing else."[109] This precaution -was evidently enjoined lest the list should fall into other hands, -while it also shows that the necessity for concealment was still -considered as strong as ever. - -This is also proved by the precautions ordered to be taken during -the journey of the two prisoners, lest they should be seen or -spoken to by any one; and by the repeated orders for their strict -confinement.--"The intention of his Majesty is, that, as soon as -the room at Exiles, which you shall judge the most proper for the -secure keeping of the two prisoners in the lower part of the tower, -shall be in a state to receive them, you should send them out of -the citadel of Pignerol in a litter, and conduct them there under -the escort of your troop."[110] "His Majesty expects that you will -guard the two before-mentioned prisoners, with the same exactitude -you have made use of hitherto."[111] To these instructions St. Mars -returned an answer in the same strain, dated from Pignerol, as he -was on the point of setting off for Exiles.--"In order that the -prisoners may not be seen (at Exiles), they will not leave their -chamber when they hear mass; and in order that they may be kept -the more securely, one of my lieutenants will sleep above them, -and there will be two sentinels night and day, who will watch the -whole round of the tower, without its being possible for them and -the prisoners to see and to speak to one another, or even to hear -any thing of one another. They will be the soldiers of my company, -who will be always the sentinels over the prisoners. There is -only a confessor, about whom I have my doubts; but if you do not -disapprove, I will give them the curate of Exiles instead, who is -a good man, and very old; whom I will forbid, on the part of his -Majesty, to inquire who these prisoners are, or their names, or -what they have been, or to speak of them in any way, or to receive -from them by word of mouth, or by writing, either communications or -notes."[112] - -Before St. Mars removed finally to Exiles, he went there to inspect -the fortress, leaving his prisoners under the guard of one of his -lieutenants; which is here mentioned to show the falseness of the -idea that he never quitted his mysterious prisoner. Louvois enjoined -him before he left them, to arrange the guarding of his prisoners -in such a manner, that no accident might happen to them during his -short absence; and "that they might have no intercourse with any -one, any more than they had had during the time they had been under -his charge."[113] Subsequently Louvois desired him not to be more -than one night at a time absent from Pignerol.[114] - -St. Mars found certain repairs to be necessary to that part of the -fortress of Exiles, which he deemed the most proper residence for -"the two prisoners in the lower part of the tower." He demanded -money for this purpose, and Louvois returned for answer that the -King accorded him a thousand crowns, on condition he kept the grant -a profound secret, and gave out that the repairs he was making, were -at his own expense.[115] This again was evidently for the purpose of -concealing from the neighbourhood, that any prisoners of importance -were to be removed from Pignerol to Exiles. - -The repairs of the tower at Exiles first delayed the removal of -St. Mars, and afterwards he was ordered to stay some time longer -at Pignerol, in order to receive Catinat, who was again sent there -secretly, again under the assumed name of Richemont, and again for -the purpose of taking possession of Casale.[116] This time the King -of France was more fortunate than he had been in 1679, as Casale was -actually sold to him by the Duke of Mantua, in the autumn of this -year, 1681. - -Finally, it appears that St. Mars and his prisoners did not move to -Exiles till late in the autumn of 1681. About this time, St. Mars -apparently requested permission to see and converse with Matthioli -occasionally, for Louvois writes, "this word is only to acknowledge -the receipt of your letter. The King does not disapprove of your -visiting from time to time the last prisoner who has been placed in -your charge, after he shall have been established in his new prison, -and shall have left that where he is at present confined."[117] It -is rather curious to observe, from this document, that St. Mars -was permitted to visit his prisoner at Exiles, but not while he -continued at Pignerol. - -The first communication of St. Mars to Louvois after his arrival -at Exiles, which has been published, is dated December the 4th, -1681,[118] and relates to the sickness of his prisoners: and the -next is a letter, dated March 11th, 1682, containing a similar -detail to those already alluded to, of the precautions he took -for the security and solitary confinement of his two prisoners. -He begins, by intimating that he has again received a charge from -Louvois to that effect, and that he continues to guard his two -prisoners as severely and exactly as he has ever done, and as he -did formerly "Messrs. Fouquet and Lauzun, who could not boast that -they had either sent or received any news, while they were in -confinement." He adds, that the two prisoners can hear the people -who pass along the road at the foot of their prison, but that they -cannot be heard by any one; that, in the same way, they can see -the people who are on the hill opposite their windows, but cannot -themselves be seen, on account of the bars placed across their room; -that there are two sentinels always watching them, and who have also -orders to prevent the passengers stopping under their windows--and -that his own room, being joined to the tower, and commanding a view -of the sentinels, the latter are by this means always kept alert. -That, in the inside of the tower, he has made a partition, which -prevents the priest, who says mass, from seeing the prisoners, as -well as the servants who bring their food--which is afterwards -carried in to them by his lieutenant; who, together with himself, -the confessor, and a physician from Pragelas, a town six leagues -distant, are the only persons who speak to them; the physician only -being allowed to do so in the presence of St. Mars himself. He adds, -that equal precautions are taken with regard to their linen, and -other necessaries.[119] - -From this period, we hear no more of St. Mars and his prisoners -in the published documents, for above three years; his next -communication to Louvois being dated Dec. 23d, 1685; in which he -informs him that his prisoners are still ill, and in a course of -medicine. By the expression _still_ being here used, it would seem -as if their malady had been of considerable duration. He continues, -"they are, however, perfectly tranquil."[120] The mention of their -present tranquillity is certainly an indication that their insanity -had continued, at least at intervals. - -Shortly after this, the Jacobin[121] died. Matthioli continued ill; -and St. Mars, also finding his own health failing him, he[122] -became convinced that the air of Exiles was unwholesome, and -petitioned in consequence for a change of government.[123] Lewis -upon this appointed him, in 1687, to that of the Islands of St. -Margaret and St. Honorat, on the coast of Provence, near Antibes, -and ordered him, as before, to take Matthioli with him. - -As in the case of his removal to Exiles, so, upon the present -occasion, St. Mars went first to look at and prepare the prison -at St. Margaret, before he conveyed his prisoner there.[124] -Previously, however, to leaving him for that purpose, he writes -to Louvois, to assure him once more of the secrecy and security -with which he is confined--"I have given such good orders for the -guarding of my prisoner, that I can answer for his entire security; -as well as for his not now, nor ever, holding any intercourse with -my Lieutenant, whom I have forbidden to speak to him, which is -punctually obeyed."[125] - -He afterwards writes again to the same Minister, from the Island -of St. Margaret, "I promise to conduct my prisoner here in all -security, without any one's seeing or speaking to him. He shall -not hear mass after he leaves Exiles, till he is lodged in the -prison which is preparing for him here, to which a chapel is -attached. I pledge my honour to you for the entire security of my -prisoner."[126] - -St. Mars accordingly returned for Matthioli, and conveyed him to his -new abode, in the manner he had proposed doing, in his letter to -Louvois, of January 20th, 1687--"In a chair, covered with oil-cloth, -into which there would enter a sufficiency of air, without its being -possible for any one to see or speak to him during the journey, not -even the soldiers, whom I shall select to be near the chair."[127] - -In spite of the expectations of St. Mars that, in this mode of -conveyance, his prisoner would have air enough, it appears that he -complained of the want of it, and soon fell ill in consequence. This -is mentioned in a letter of St. Mars, dated May 3d, 1687, giving an -account of their arrival at the Island of St. Margaret, and is the -last of the correspondence between Louvois and St. Mars respecting -Matthioli: "I arrived here the 30th of last month. I was only twelve -days on the journey, in consequence of the illness of my prisoner, -occasioned, as he said, by not having as much air as he wished. I -can assure you that no one has seen him, and that the manner in -which I have guarded and conducted him during all the journey, makes -every body try to conjecture who my prisoner is."[128] - -It was probably, during this journey, that St. Mars first made -use of a mask to hide the features of Matthioli.[129] Not as has -been erroneously supposed a mask made of iron, which it will be -evident, upon the slightest reflection, could not have been borne -upon the face for any long continuance of time, but one of black -velvet,[130] strengthened with whalebone, and fastened behind the -head with a padlock, which did not prevent the prisoner from eating -and drinking, or impede his respiration.[131] - -The identity of Matthioli with the prisoner known by the name -of "the Iron Mask," is here very satisfactorily confirmed by -circumstantial evidence. We have seen that Matthioli and the Jacobin -were placed together at Pignerol; we have seen that they were -designated as "the two prisoners in the lower part of the tower;" we -have seen that "the two prisoners in the lower part of the tower" -were the only ones who accompanied St. Mars when his government -was transferred to Exiles; we have seen the death of the Jacobin -at the latter place; and now we find St. Mars conveying a single -prisoner, designated as "_the prisoner_," with him to St. Margaret, -with a repetition of the same precautions and of the same secrecy -as on former occasions, to which are added the celebrated Mask. Who -could this prisoner be but Matthioli? It is also observable, that -in all the various accounts of the Iron Mask, though the dates are -made to vary, he is always said to have been originally confined at -Pignerol, subsequently at the island of St. Margaret, and finally to -have accompanied St. Mars to the Bastille. - -The prison of Matthioli, at the Island of St. Margaret, was a room -lighted by a single window to the north, pierced in a very thick -wall, guarded by bars of iron, and looking upon the sea.[132] During -his residence in this place, his valet, who, as may be remembered, -had been arrested by Estrades, and who had served his master ever -since his confinement, died, and was buried at midnight, and with -great secrecy. To supply his place, a woman of the neighbourhood was -asked if she would undertake to wait upon the prisoner. At first -she consented to accept of the place, imagining it might be a means -of benefiting her family; but afterwards declined it, upon learning -that she was to be cut off from all further intercourse with the -world, and never even to see her family again.[133] Whether any one -was eventually found to undertake the office, does not appear. - -Among the erroneous anecdotes that have obtained credence with -regard to the Iron Mask, there are two, or rather apparently two -versions of one event, which is said to have taken place while -he was at the island of St. Margaret, but which is proved to be -incorrect, by a letter published by M. Roux (Fazillac). - -One version of the story states, that the mysterious prisoner wrote -his name and qualities with the point of a knife upon a silver -plate, and threw it out of his window; that it was picked up by a -fisherman, who could not read, but brought it to St. Mars; and that -the latter, having ascertained that the man could not read, released -him.[134] The other version is, that the prisoner covered one of his -shirts with writing, and then threw it out of window; a Monk found -it, brought it to the Governor, and assured him he had not read -it; but was himself found dead in his bed two days afterwards, and -was supposed to have been assassinated.[135] The origin of these -stories, is evidently to be found in a letter from St. Mars to the -Minister,[136] dated June 4th, 1692; in which he informs him that he -has been obliged to inflict corporal punishment upon a Protestant -minister, named Salves, who was a prisoner under his care, because -_he would write things upon his pewter vessels, and on his linen, -in order to make known that he was imprisoned unjustly, on account -of the purity of his faith_.[137] Thus we see that this anecdote, -which has been twisted into the history of the Iron Mask, had, in -fact, no relation to him. And this circumstance should put us on -our guard with respect to the many other marvellous stories, which -have probably been pressed in the same way into the service. It is -also worthy of remark that the public having determined that the -Iron Mask was a great Prince, every thing was related in a manner to -favour this opinion--and thus the pewter of the obscure Salves was -turned, in the anecdote, into silver plate. - -After eleven years' tedious confinement at the Island of St. -Margaret, Matthioli accompanied St. Mars to the Bastille, to the -government of which the latter was appointed, upon the death of M. -de Bezemaux, which occurred in the last days of 1697.[138] - -Before his departure from St. Margaret, St. Mars wrote to the -Minister to request that secure lodgings might be provided for -him and his prisoner during the journey; to which he received for -answer, "It will be sufficient that you should lodge as conveniently -and securely as you can, by means of payment."[139] - -St. Mars accordingly set forth on his journey to the Bastille, early -in the autumn of 1698, and in the course of it lodged at his own -estate of Palteau, which he probably considered a securer resting -place for his prisoner than any inn could have been. An account of -his visit to Palteau has been given by one of his descendants, of -whose accuracy no reasonable doubt can be entertained. - -It is there stated, that the masked prisoner arrived at Palteau in a -litter, which preceded the one in which St. Mars himself travelled. -They were accompanied by many men on horseback, and by the peasants -who had gone to meet their landlord. St. Mars always ate with his -prisoner, and the latter sat with his back to the windows of the -dining-room, so that the peasants, who were in the court, could not -see whether he kept his mask on while at meals; but they observed -that St. Mars, who sat opposite to him, had two pistols placed by -the side of his plate. They were served by a single servant, who -brought all the dishes from the anti-room, where they were placed, -and always when he came in or went out shut the door very carefully -after him. When the prisoner crossed the court, he always had his -black mask over his face. The peasants also observed, that his teeth -and lips were seen, that he was tall of stature, and had grey hair. -St. Mars slept in a bed, which had been put up close to that of his -prisoner.[140] - -St. Mars and Matthioli arrived at the Bastille on the 18th of -September, 1698, and the former immediately went to the Minister to -apprize him of their arrival.[141] This event is thus commemorated -in the journal of M. Dujonca,[142] who was for many years the -Lieutenant of the King, at the Bastille:--"Thursday, 18th September, -1698, at three o'clock in the afternoon, M. de St. Mars, Governor -of the Bastille, arrived to take possession of his office, coming -from the Islands of St. Margaret and St. Honorat, bringing with -him in his litter an old prisoner, whom he had under his care -at Pignerol, of whom the name is not mentioned; who is always -kept masked, and who was first placed, till night, in the tower -of the Basiniere,[143] and whom I conducted afterwards myself, -at nine o'clock at night, to the third chamber of the tower of -the Bertaudiere;[143] which chamber I had taken care to furnish -with all things necessary before his arrival, having received -orders to that effect from M. de St. Mars. When I conducted him -to the before-mentioned chamber, I was accompanied by the Sieur -Rosarges,[144] whom M. de St. Mars also brought with him, and who is -charged to wait upon and take care of the aforesaid prisoner, who is -fed by the Governor."[145] - -Dujonca's account is confirmed by the extracts of the Register -of the Bastille, published in the work entitled "La Bastille -devoilee."[146] - -The placing of the prisoner, on his first arrival, temporarily in -one part of the Bastille, and afterwards removing him by night to -another, appears to have been done for the sake of greater secrecy; -and we see by this, as well as by the account of his visit to -Palteau, that the precautions against the possibility of discovery -of his name and character were in no way diminished. - -He certainly continued, from all accounts, to wear his mask from -the time of his arrival at the Bastille till his death. We learn -from the persons who saw him at Palteau that he was tall of stature; -and an old physician, who had attended him at the Bastille when -he was ill, described him (if we may credit Voltaire) as well -made, of a brown complexion, and possessing an agreeable voice. -He attended mass occasionally, and was forbid in his way there to -speak to any one. The invalids were ordered to fire upon him if he -disobeyed.[147] He is also said to have occupied himself a good deal -during his confinement with playing on the guitar.[148] - -These are all the particulars, worthy of credit, to be collected -respecting Matthioli during his confinement at the Bastille, which -lasted rather more than five years. He died there after a few hours' -illness, November 19th, 1703. Dujonca's journal gives the following -account of his decease and interment. - -"Monday, 19th November, 1708. The unknown prisoner, who was always -masked with a mask of black velvet, whom M. de St. Mars brought with -him, when he came from the Islands of St Margaret, and whom he had -had the care of for a long time, having found himself rather more -unwell when he came out from mass, died to-day, about ten o'clock -in the evening, without having had any considerable illness. M. -Girault, our chaplain, confessed him yesterday. Death having come -suddenly on, he was not able to receive his sacraments, and our -chaplain only had time to exhort him for a moment before he died. He -was interred on Tuesday the 20th November, at four in the afternoon, -in the church-yard of St. Paul, which is our parish. His interment -cost forty livres." - -This extract is confirmed in its facts by the register of the -Bastille,[149] as well as by the register of burials of the church -of St. Paul, at Paris. The former document also informs us that -he was wrapped in "a winding-sheet of new linen,"[150]--and the -latter, that he was buried in the presence of Rosarges, Major of the -Bastille, and of Reilh, Surgeon-Major of the same prison. - -In the register of the church he is designated by the name of -Marchialy, and his age is entered as forty-five; assertions which -are both of them evidently incorrect, and probably only made in -order to mislead the curious. At the time of his death, Matthioli -was sixty-three years of age, as appears from the date of his birth -before given. Shortly before he died, he told the Apothecary of the -Bastille that he believed he was sixty years[151] old--a degree -of inaccuracy as to his own age, which is easily to be conceived -in a man who had been so long and so rigorously imprisoned. His -confinement had lasted above twenty-four years. - -After the decease of Matthioli, every thing was done to endeavour -to destroy all trace even of his former existence. His clothes were -burnt, as was all the furniture of his room; the silver plate, the -copper, and the pewter, which had been used by him, were melted -down; the walls of his chamber were first scraped, and then fresh -white-washed; the floor was new paved; the old ceiling was taken -away and renewed; the doors and windows were burnt; and every corner -was searched in which it was thought any paper, linen, or other -memorial of him might be concealed.[152] - -Thus were continued, to the very last, the same extraordinary -precautions against discovery, which marked the whole imprisonment -of the mysterious prisoner: a circumstance, which of itself -certainly affords a strong confirmation of the fact, that the _Iron -Mask of the Bastille_, was one and the same person with the _Count -Matthioli_, who had been so secretly introduced into Pignerol, and -so mysteriously conveyed from place to place by St. Mars. But the -actual proof of this is only to be found in the documents which form -the groundwork of the preceding narrative; and which, undoubtedly, -do present a most convincing and satisfactory chain of evidence upon -the subject. - -An important corroboration of this evidence is also derived from the -well-attested fact, that Lewis the Fifteenth, who is allowed, on all -hands, to have known the history of the Iron Mask, affirmed, more -than once, that _he was the minister of an Italian sovereign_. He -told the Duke de Choiseul,[153] on one occasion, that he knew who -the Iron Mask was; and, upon the Duke's questioning him further, -would only add, _that all the conjectures hitherto made upon the -subject were erroneous_.[154] The Duke then begged Madame de -Pompadour[156] to ask the King who it was; she did so, and his -reply was, "_The minister of an Italian prince_!"[157] The Duke -de Choiseul, unsatisfied by this reply, which he considered to be -only an evasion, took another opportunity of again applying to the -King upon the subject, who again answered, "_He believed that the -prisoner was a minister of one of the courts of Italy_!"[158] - -Thus has the ill-fated Matthioli been identified with the Iron Mask, -and traced through his long and dreary prison to his grave. It is -probable that much of the illusion and interest, which accompanied -the mysterious appellation of _the Iron Mask_, will be destroyed by -the certainty of who he really was; as well as by the comparative -insignificance of the personage who has successfully laid claim to -the title. Still it is surely satisfactory that truth, after being -so long overwhelmed by error, should be at length triumphant. - -The lovers of romance, who still wish to know more of the -magnificent conjectures of former days; or who desire to be made -acquainted with the reasons that induced a belief, that the Iron -Mask was either the Duke de Beaufort; or the Count de Vermandois; -or the Duke of Monmouth; or an elder or a twin-brother of Lewis the -Fourteenth; or a son of Oliver Cromwell; or Arwediks, the Armenian -Patriarch; are referred to Voltaire, Dutens, St. Foix, La Grange -Chancel, Gibbon, the Pere Papon, the Pere Griffet, the Chevalier -de Taules, and Mr. Quintin Craufurd. Of these accounts, perhaps -Voltaire's is the least curious, find Mr. Craufurd's the most so; -because the first did not seek for truth, but only wished to invent -a moving tale; while the latter was most anxious to arrive at the -truth, and had all the advantage in his researches of the former -writers upon the same subject. - -FOOTNOTES: - - [1] "L'homme au masque de fer." - - [2] M. Roux (Fazillac) published several of the documents, - since republished by M. Delort, but he does not appear to have - seen the whole series; and therefore his reasoning upon the - subject is inconclusive. M. Delort has, however, copied a great - deal from him in his narrative--whole sentences sometimes, word - for word, without any acknowledgment of the plagiarism. - - [3] Delort. - - [4] The Abbe d'Estrades, Ambassador for a considerable time - from Lewis the Fourteenth, to the Republic of Venice, was son - of Godfrey, Count d'Estrades, so long employed in negociations - and embassies in Holland, and who was one of the eight Marshals - of France made upon the death of Turenne. Madame Cornuel called - them, "La Monnoie de M. de Turenne." - - [5] Ferdinand Charles IV., Duke of Mantua, a weak and - unfortunate Prince. Died July the 5th, 1708, as it is said of - poison, administered by a lady he was in love with. - - [6] Casale did not come into the possession of the French till - 1681. In 1695, it was taken by the Allies, and its - fortifications demolished. It was, however, retaken by the - French, and fortified again. The King of Sardinia, (Victor - Amadeus,) made himself master of it in 1706. His successor, - Charles Emmanuel, lost it again to the French in 1745, but - regained it the following year. - - [7] The strong fort of Pignerol, acquired to the Crown of - France by the negociations of Richelieu, continued in their - possession for 68 years. In 1696, it was restored by treaty to - Victor Amadeus II., Duke of Savoy; its fortifications having - been previously dismantled. - - [8] Victor Amadeus I., Duke of Savoy, a prince of great bravery - and considerable talent. He married Christina, daughter of - Henry IV., King of France, by whom he had two sons, Francis - Hyacinth and Charles Emmanuel II., successively Dukes of Savoy. - Died October 7th, 1637. He was the first Duke of Savoy, who - appropriated to himself the title of _Royal Highness_. - - [9] Isabella Clara, of Austria, daughter of the Archduke - Leopold, who was grandson of the Emperor Ferdinand III. Married - June 13th, 1649, to Charles III., Duke of Mantua. - - [10] Appendix, No. 1. - - [11] Appendix, No. 1. - - [12] The Empress Eleanor was daughter of Charles, Duke of - Rhetelois, who died in the life-time of his father, Charles I. - Duke of Mantua, in spite of which he is generally denominated - by historians, Charles II., Duke of Mantua. She became, on the - 30th of April, 1651, the third wife of Ferdinand III., Emperor - of Germany, whom she survived many years, and died December - 5th, 1686. She was the aunt of Ferdinand Charles IV., Duke of - Mantua. - - [13] Thomas de la Cerda, Marquis of Laguna, in Spain, married - April 22, 1672, to Maria Louisa, only daughter of Vespasian - Gonzaga, only brother of Ferdinand III., the reigning Duke of - Guastalla. - - [14] The Monk Bulgarini appears to have been the confessor and - favourite of the Duchess-mother of Mantua; and to have been - entirely devoted to the Spanish interests. - - [15] The profession of Giuliani was, that of an editor of - newspapers, in which capacity he was in the habit of travelling - from town to town, to collect and convey news. See Appendix, - No. 98. - - [16] Alphonso IV., Duke of Modena, succeeded his father Francis - I. in his territories, and in the command in chief of the - French army in Italy, in 1658. Died in the 29th year of his - age, July 16, 1662, having married, May 27, 1655, Laura - Martinozzi, niece of Cardinal Mazarin. - - [17] Charles III., Duke of Mantua, father of Ferdinand Charles - IV., the reigning Duke, had the command of the Imperial Army - in Italy, and took upon himself the office of Vicar General - of the Empire in Italy, during the interregnum which followed - the death of the Emperor Ferdinand III. in 1657, in virtue of - a diploma, lately granted to him by that Prince. His right was - contested by the Duke of Savoy, who, upon the ground of old - usage, claimed the office for himself. The Electors of the - Empire annulled the appointment of the Duke of Mantua. - - [18] Appendix, No. 1. - - [19] Appendix, No. 1. - - [20] Appendix, No. 1. - - [21] Caesar Bishop of Laon and Cardinal d'Estrees, son of - the first Marshal of France of that name, was employed in - various negociations with the Princes of Italy; but is now - more remembered for his courtier-like reply to Lewis XIV. That - Monarch one day at dinner complained of having lost all his - teeth. "And who is there, Sire, that has any teeth?" said the - Cardinal (Sire, et qui est-ce qui a des dents?) What made the - flattery the more ludicrously gross was, that the Cardinal, - though an old man, had remarkably fine teeth, and showed them - very much whenever he opened his mouth. - - [22] Appendix, No. 2. - - [23] Appendix, No. 8. - - [24] 1677. - - [25] Simon Arnaud de Pomponne, Secretary of State for Foreign - Affairs from 1671 to 1679, when he was dismissed from his - office, but retained the title of Minister of State, with - permission to attend the Council. A man, like so many of his - race, who united considerable talents to great excellence of - character. Madame de Sevigne says, in speaking of the eminent - station he had filled, that "Fortune had wished to make use of - his virtues for the happiness of others." - - [26] Ferdinand III., Duke of Guastalla, descended from a - younger branch of the House of Gonzaga; and the heir to the - Duchy of Mantua, if he survived Ferdinand Charles; which - however was not the case. He died of dropsy, January 11th, - 1678. - - [27] Anne Isabella, eldest daughter of Ferdinand III., Duke of - Guastalla, married August 13th, 1671, to Ferdinand Charles IV., - Duke of Mantua, by whom she had no offspring. - - [28] This is evidently a mistake, and should be read _niece_ - instead of _second daughter_. It alludes to Maria Louisa, - only daughter of Vespasian Gonzaga, only brother of Ferdinand - III., Duke of Guastalla, married to a Spanish nobleman, Thomas - de la Cerda, Marquis of Laguna. At this time neither of the - daughters of Ferdinand had children, and _she_, consequently, - after them, was the heiress of their claims upon the Duchies of - Guastalla and Mantua. The second daughter of Ferdinand III., - Maria Victoria, married June 30th, 1769, Vincent Gonzaga Count - of St. Paul--the person who is here erroneously described as - having been the means of marrying her to another person. - - [29] Vincent Gonzaga, Count of St. Paul, afterwards Duke of - Guastalla, was descended from a younger son of Ferrant II., - first Duke of Guastalla. After contesting for many years his - right to that Duchy with Ferdinand Charles IV., Duke of Mantua; - during which they were both merely made use of, by turns, as - the instruments of the French and Austrian domination; he - was finally successful in establishing himself at Guastalla - in 1706, where he died April 28th, 1714. By his wife, Maria - Victoria, second daughter of Ferdinand III., Duke of Guastalla, - he left two sons, who successively succeeded him in the - sovereignty of that Duchy. - - [30] Appendix, No. 9. - - [31] Appendix, No. 10. - - [32] Appendix, No. 17. - - [33] Appendix, No. 18. - - [34] Appendix, Nos. 24, 28, 29, 31, 33, 34, 35, 36, 39, 40. - - [35] Appendix, No. 47. - - [36] Delort, quoting from an Italian manuscript, in the records - of the office of the French Secretary of State for Foreign - Affairs, which appears to have been written by Giuliani. - - [37] Delort, quoting from the same authority. - - [38] M. Delort says the sum actually given to Matthioli, was - 400 Doubles, and the sum promised him 400,000 Doubles, which, - from its largeness, he conceives must be a mistake; but he adds - that it is so written in the Italian manuscripts before - referred to. - - [39] Delort. - - [40] Francis Michael Le Tellier, Marquis de Louvois, son of - the Chancellor Le Tellier, Secretary of State for the War - department, from 1666, to the time of his death, in 1691, which - occurring suddenly, and just as he was on the point of being - disgraced, gave occasion to a report that he was poisoned: for - which, however, it appears there was no foundation. He was of a - haughty and cruel disposition, and was the minister who planned - and ordered the inhuman ravages of the Palatinate, which have - so indelibly disgraced the reign of his master. - - [41] Delort. - - [42] Lewis Francis, Marquis and afterwards Duc de Boufflers, - Marshal of France in 1693. Died in 1711. One of the best of - Lewis the Fourteenth's generals. - - [43] Nicholas de Catinat, Marshal of France in 1698. "He - united," says Voltaire, "philosophy to great military talents. - The last day he commanded in Italy, he gave for the watch-word, - 'Paris and St. Gratien,' the name of his country house. He died - there in the retirement of a real sage, (having refused the - blue ribbon) in 1712." - - [44] Upon reference to the Memoires de Catinat, published in - 1819, this event is found to be thus adverted to:--"In 1679, - Catinat was charged with some negociations with the Duke of - Mantua; but the affair failed of success, in consequence of the - treachery of the Secretary of that prince. Catinat, according - to the King's orders, was anxious to punish the traitor. He - remained at Pignerol some days, and having engaged him in a - hunting party, had him arrested." It also appears from these - Memoirs, that both Catinat and Boufflers were again despatched - to Italy on the same errand, in 1681, when Casale was really - given up to Lewis; and on this occasion, Louvois, in his - instruction to Boufflers, mentions Matthioli by name, as the - person whose treachery had prevented the success of the former - negociation. - - [45] Appendix, Nos. 52, 62, 64, 73, 76, 77, 78. - - [46] I am not sure whether I am correct in imagining that this - was the Marshal d'Asfeld, who distinguished himself at the - battle of Almanza, and died at great old age, in 1743. - - [47] Appendix, Nos. 52, 54, 55. - - [48] Victor Amadeus II., at this time a minor, and under the - Regency of his mother, Mary Jane de Nemours. In 1713, he became - King of Sicily, which kingdom he was compelled to exchange for - that of Sardinia, in 1720; abdicated the throne in favour of - his son, in 1730; and died in 1732. This prince possessed in an - eminent degree, the attributes of his race--valour and skill in - military matters, and faithlessness in his treaties and - engagements with his brother sovereigns. - - [49] Leopold I. succeeded Ferdinand III. in 1657, died in 1705. - - [50] Charles II. the last King of Spain of the House of - Austria.--Died in 1700. - - [51] Appendix, Nos. 68, 69, 89. - - [52] See ante, note, page 18. - - [53] Appendix, No. 66. - - [54] Appendix, No. 68. - - [55] Appendix, No. 67. - - [56] Namely, of the delivery of Casale. - - [57] Appendix, No. 72. - - [58] Appendix, Nos. 75, 79, 81, 83, 88. - - [59] Mary Jane Baptista of Savoy, daughter of Charles Amadeus, - Duke of Nemours and Aumale, (who was killed in a duel by his - brother-in-law, the Duke of Beaufort). Married May 11th, 1665, - to Charles Emmanuel II., Duke of Savoy; Regent of the - territories of her son during his minority. Died March 15th, - 1724. - - [60] Delort. Appendix, Nos. 87, 92, 95. - - [61] Appendix, No. 92. - - [62] Appendix, No. 70. - - [63] Delort. - - [64] Appendix, No. 75. - - [65] Appendix, No. 71. - - [66] Benigne d'Auvergne de Saint-Mars, Seigneur of Dimon and - Palteau; Bailli and Governor of Sens; successively Governor of - Exiles, the Island of St. Marguerite, and the Bastille. At - Pignerol he had only the command of the state prisoners, the - Marquis d'Herleville being governor of the fortress. St. Mars - came to Pignerol a short time before the arrival there of - Fouquet, who was the first prisoner confided to his care. - - [67] Roux (Fazillac.) - - [68] Appendix, Nos. 79, 81. - - [69] Delort. - - [70] Appendix, No. 88. - - [71] Appendix, No. 82. - - [72] Delort. - - [73] M. Roux (Fazillac) gives these particulars, upon the - authority of a letter from Estrades to Pomponne, of May 7th, - 1679; and of one from Catinat to Louvois of the same date; - neither of which are published. - - [74] Roux (Fazillac.) - - [75] Appendix, No. 84. - - [76] Ibid. - - [77] Delort. - - [78] Appendix, No. 85. - - [79] Appendix, No. 84. - - [80] Ibid. No. 85. - - [81] Appendix, Nos. 96, 103, 104. - - [82] Ibid. No. 48. - - [83] Nicholas Fouquet, "Surintendant des Finances," in 1653. - The most lavish, but the most amiable of financiers.--Disgraced - in 1664, when he was condemned, by the commissioners appointed - to inquire into his conduct, to banishment. The sentence was - commuted by the King himself to perpetual imprisonment; and - Fouquet died in the citadel of Pignerol, in 1680. On his trial - he defended himself with great spirit and talent. See Madame de - Sevigne's interesting Letters to M. de Pomponne upon the - subject. - - [84] Anthony Nompar de Caumont, Marquis of Peguilhem, and - afterwards Duke of Lauzun: whose adventures and eccentricities - are too well known to require relation here. It is in speaking - of him that La Bruyere says, "Il n'est pas permis aux autres - hommes de rever, comme il a vecu." - - [85] Anne Mary Louisa, of Orleans, Mademoiselle de Montpensier, - commonly called the "Grande Mademoiselle."--A woman of an - unpleasant character, according to her own showing in her - Memoirs; but who certainly did not deserve to be the victim, as - she was, in different ways, of two such men as Lewis and - Lauzun. - - [86] Appendix, Nos. 85, 87, 91, 92, 94, 95, 97. - - [87] Ibid. No. 97. - - [88] Ibid. Nos. 84, 85. - - [89] Appendix, No. 90. - - [90] Ibid. No. 93. - - [91] Ibid. No. 96. - - [92] Ibid. No. 101. - - [93] Charles IV. or V., for he is sometimes called one and - sometimes the other, was the son of Nicholas Francis, Cardinal, - and afterwards Duke of Lorrain. On the death of his uncle, - Charles IV., he took the barren titles of Duke of Lorrain and - Bar, but never obtained possession of his territories, (which - were usurped by France,) "though his military, political, and - Christian virtues and talents, made him worthy to occupy the - first throne in the universe." He commanded the armies of the - Emperor for some years with the greatest distinction, married - the Archduchess Eleanor, widow of Michael Wiecnowiecki, King of - Poland, and died in 1690. Lewis the Fourteenth, on hearing of - his death, said of him, "that he was the greatest, wisest, and - most generous of his enemies." - - [94] Appendix, No. 102. - - [95] Appendix, No. 107. - - [96] Appendix, No. 106. - - [97] Appendix, No. 108. - - [98] Appendix, No. 103. - - [99] Appendix, No. 104. - - [100] Ibid. - - [101] Appendix, No. 105. - - [102] If we were to judge of the Christian religion by the - manner in which it was professed by Lewis the Fourteenth, we - should indeed have a most perverted idea of its precepts. It - seems as if the pseudo-christianity of that monarch, only - incited him to acts of narrow-minded bigotry and cruelty, - allowing, at the same time, full latitude to every kind of - licentious excess; while it debarred him from the exercise of - humanity and toleration. A good measure of the nature and - extent of his religious knowledge and feelings is acquired, by - the anecdote respecting Fontpertuis and the Duke of Orleans. - When the latter was going into Spain, Lewis objected to his - taking the former with him, because he was a Jansenist; but - withdrew the objection when assured by the duke that he was - only an atheist! - - [103] M. Roux (Fazillac), quoting from an unpublished letter of - Louvois to St. Mars, dated December 14th, 1681. - - [104] About 1_l._ 12_s._ 0_d._ Appendix, No. 126. - - [105] Exiles was taken from the French in 1708, by the Duke of - Savoy, but restored to them by the treaty of Utrecht. - - [106] Appendix, No. 111. - - [107] Appendix, No. 111. - - [108] Appendix, No. 112. - - [109] Appendix, No. 111. - - [110] Appendix, No. 112. - - [111] Ibid. - - [112] Appendix, No. 115. - - [113] Appendix, No. 111. - - [114] Appendix, No. 117. - - [115] Appendix, No. 113. - - [116] Appendix, Nos. 114, 115. - - [117] Appendix, No. 120. - - [118] Appendix, No. 121. - - [119] Appendix, No. 121. - - [120] Appendix, No. 123. - - [121] Roux (Fazillac). - - [122] Ibid. - - [123] Ibid. - - [124] Appendix, Nos. 124, 125. - - [125] Appendix, No. 124. - - [126] Appendix, No. 125. - - [127] Appendix, No. 124. - - [128] Appendix, No. 126. - - [129] Delort. - - [130] Extract of Dujonca's journal, in Mr. Craufurd's article - upon "L'Homme au Masque de fer." - - [131] Delort. - - [132] Papon in his "Histoire generale de Provence" informs us - that he went to see the room. - - [133] "Histoire generale de Provence, du Pere Papon." - - [134] See "Melanges d'Histoire et de Litterature," by Mr. - Quintin Craufurd. - - [135] See the same work of Mr. Quintin Craufurd. - - [136] This must have been Lewis Francis Le Tellier, Marquis de - Barbezieux, who, in the preceding year, had succeeded his - father, Louvois, in the post of Secretary of State for the War - Department. He was an indolent but intelligent Minister.--Died - in 1701, aged 33. - - [137] Appendix, No. 127. - - [138] Delort. - - [139] Delort, quoting from an unpublished letter (probably from - Barbezieux), dated August 4th, 1698.--It may be as well to - mention here that M. Delort frequently quotes portions of - letters from the French Archives, but does not publish them in - his appendix. When in the course of this narrative the name of - M. Delort is given as an authority, it is, for the most part, - under these circumstances. - - [140] Such is the account given by M. de Palteau, the direct - descendant of St. Mars, in a letter to Freron, dated Palteau, - June 19th, 1768. It was published in the "Annee Litteraire" for - that year, and has since been republished by Mr. Craufurd, in - his paper on the Iron Mask. - - [141] Delort. - - [142] The place of "Lieutenant de Roi," at the Bastille, was - created by Lewis the Fourteenth, for M. Dujonca, who had been - "Exempt" of one of the regiments of the King's Body-guards. He - acquired great credit by his endeavours to procure the release - of the prisoners under his care, whom, upon inquiry, he found - to be unjustly detained. Some one represented to him that he - would deprive himself of a great portion of his profits by thus - diminishing the number of prisoners--to which he replied, "_I - can only lose my money, but these unhappy people are deprived - of what is more valuable to them than even life itself._" - - [143] These towers are supposed to have been so called from the - names of the architects who built them. - - [144] Rosarges was made Major of the Bastille by St. Mars. - - [145] Extract from the Journal of Dujonca, first published by - Griffet, then by St. Foix, and subsequently by Mr. Craufurd. - - [146] Appendix, No. 128. - - [147] Mr. Craufurd, on the authority of Linguet. - - [148] Delort and Craufurd. - - [149] Appendix, No. 129. - - [150] Appendix, No. 129. - - [151] Delort. - - [152] Mr. Craufurd, on the authority of M. Delaunay, Governor - of the Bastille. Also Register of the Bastille; for which see - Appendix, No. 129. - - [153] Stephen Francis, Duke de Choiseul, Prime Minister under - Lewis the Fifteenth, for above twelve years. A man of some - talent, but an unskilful and extravagant minister; in spite of - which, on his disgrace, (through the means of Madame du Barri, - in 1770) he was turned into a martyr, by the influence of the - ladies of the court, who were angry with the King for choosing - his mistresses from the lower orders, instead of among them. To - do him honour snuff-boxes were made, bearing the head of Sully - on one side, and that of the Duke de Choiseul on the other. One - of them being shown to _Sophie Arnoud_, the actress, celebrated - for her repartees, she looked at the two sides, and said, - "_C'est la recette--et la depense_." - - [154] This first answer of the king ought not to be entirely - overlooked; as, it will be remembered, that at the time it was - made, the minister of the Duke of Mantua had not been mentioned - by any one as the Iron Mask. He was first suggested to have - been that prisoner, by the Baron de Heiss, in a letter to the - authors of the "Journal Encyclopedique," dated Phalsbourg, June - 28th, 1770; in which he grounded his opinion upon a letter, - published in a work entitled "L'Histoire Abregee de l'Europe;" - published at Leyden in 1687; giving a detailed account of - the arrest, by French agents, of a secretary of the Duke of - Mantua.[155] M. Dutens, in his "Correspondance Interceptee," - published in 1789, held the same opinion, grounded upon the - same authority. He afterwards repeated the same opinion in his - "Memoires d'un Voyageur, qui se repose." Finally, M. Roux, - (Fazillac) in 1801, published his work upon the Iron Mask; - in which he supported the same opinion; and attached to the - Secretary the name of Matthioli. - - [155] See Appendix, No. 133. - - [156] Jane Antoinette Poisson, married to a financier named Le - Normand d'Etioles; created Marquise de Pompadour by Lewis the - Fifteenth, of whom she was first the mistress, and afterwards - the minister of his disgraceful debauches. At her death, in - 1765, the King showed no signs of grief; and on seeing her - funeral go by his windows on a rainy day, his only remark was, - "La Marquise aura aujourd'hui un mauvais temps pour son - voyage!" - - [157] Appendix, No. 131. - - [158] Appendix, Nos. 131, 132. Madame Campan mentions having - heard Lewis the Sixteenth tell his wife, that the Count de - Maurepas (who, both from his age and situation, was very likely - to know the truth,) had informed him that the _Iron Mask_ was - "a prisoner dangerous from his intriguing disposition, and a - subject of the Duke of Mantua." - - - - - APPENDIX. - - - - -APPENDIX. - - -No. 1. - -ESTRADES TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Commencement of the Negociation.--State of the Court of - Mantua.--Influence of the Spaniards there. - - Venice, Dec 18th, 1677. - - SIRE, - -As the grief I felt at having displeased your Majesty was extreme, -so my joy is not less to learn from M. de Pomponne, that your -Majesty has had the goodness to pardon me my too great facility; -and that you have been graciously pleased to listen to the reasons, -which I took the liberty to offer to you, in justification of -the innocence of my intentions; however, Sire, this misfortune -will oblige me, in future, to act in all things with so great a -circumspection, that your Majesty will, I hope, never have cause to -be dissatisfied with my conduct. - -I have thus far deferred informing your Majesty of a project, which -my anxiety for your service has suggested to me, because the success -of it appeared so difficult that I did not venture to propose it, -till I saw some chance of being able to accomplish it; but, as the -affair is at present in a favourable state, I can almost assure -your Majesty, that the conclusion of it will depend upon yourself. -I shall now give you an exact account of it, in order that I may -receive the orders it shall please you to send me; which I will take -care to execute punctually. About four months ago, having become -more particularly acquainted with the divisions at the Court at -Mantua than before was the case, and having heard that the Duke of -Mantua was not so abandoned to his pleasures, but that he still had -some ambition, and much chagrin at the state to which he was reduced -by his mother, and his suspicions of the Spaniards; I hoped that -it would not be impossible, to detach him entirely from them, to -induce him to enter into the views of your Majesty, and to persuade -him really to treat respecting Casale. I have thought that I could -not employ any one in this affair more proper to conduct it, than a -certain Count Matthioli, who is entirely devoted to that prince; I -had already known him for some time, and he had testified a great -desire of rendering himself agreeable to your Majesty by some -service. I knew that he had been Secretary of State to the late Duke -of Mantua, that the present one had preserved much affection for -him, and that he was well-informed of the different interests of -the Princes of Italy; but as he had been much in the Milanese, and -had had a good deal of access to the Spanish ministers, I would not -put any confidence in him, till I had first tried him. I therefore -charged the individual, named Giuliani, to whom your Majesty had -the goodness to make six months ago a gratification, and who has -a zeal for your service which prevents my having any doubt of his -fidelity, to observe Matthioli attentively and secretly; and after -I had been sufficiently informed that he was much discontented with -the Spaniards, who had always amused him with hopes, and afterwards -abandoned him, I sent Giuliani, in the month of last October, to -Verona, where he went under pretext of his private affairs; but in -fact, to put Matthioli, who was there, upon the subject of the Duke -of Mantua, according to the instruction I had given him, and to -represent to him that those who had an attachment for their prince, -could not but be much afflicted to see him, at his age, still under -the guidance of his mother; without money, without authority, always -in a state of suspicion against those who are habitually about him; -and what is worse, in so insensible a state, that he only thought -of passing his life with actresses and women of the town; which -had made him lose the esteem of every body, and the consideration -which his rank ought to have given him: that so strange a way of -life, as well as the opinion that was prevalent that he would never -have children by his wife, though she was as young as himself, -induced the Spaniards to foment the divisions that existed in this -Court, in order to profit by them, and to try and obtain possession -of Casale and of all the Montferrat; that the said Giuliani had -heard me say, that I was well-informed that the Empress Eleanor -had already declared her pretensions to put herself in possession -of that part of the territories of Mantua; that the king of Spain -supported strongly those of a Spanish nobleman, who, in virtue of -his marriage with the niece of the Duke of Guastalla, by whom he -has children, maintains that he is the sole heir of that duke, to -the prejudice of the Duke of Mantua, who has married his daughter, -and who is besides his nearest relation; that, on the other hand, -the absolute control over all the territories of this prince, and -all the revenues, were in the hands of his mother and of the monk -Bulgarini; that, of all those who serve him as ministers, some are -gained by the Spaniards, others by the Empress Eleanor, and the -rest by the Duke of Guastalla; that his mother has also a part of -them on her side, but that these are the smallest number, and in -short, that it is a sort of miracle that he has not been already -deprived of his territories, but that he runs the risk of it every -day, and that the misfortune may happen to him when he is the least -prepared for it; that he has no choice of the means to be made use -of to guarantee himself against it, but that it is the protection -of your Majesty which is alone able to give him complete security. -Matthioli replied to him, that all he had been saying to him was -quite true, and that he had long, with grief, seen the truth of it; -but that there was still a remedy for so great an evil; that he -was sufficiently acquainted with the Duke of Mantua to know that -he had more talent and ambition than he was thought to have; that, -if I approved of it, he would discover his real sentiments, and -that he would charge himself with whatever negociation I wished. -That, meanwhile, he would go to----[159], in order to be nearer to -Mantua, where he could not go without making himself suspected by -the different parties who governed there, and that there he would -wait till I made known to him my intentions. Some days afterwards, -he sent me word that he had found means to have a secret interview -with the Duke of Mantua; and that he wished me, in order that we -might act in concert, to send him Giuliani, whom I have always made -use of in the different journeys that were to be made, because his -employment of sending the news through the different parts of Italy, -gave him occasion to go from one town to another, and prevented any -suspicion of him, as there would have infallibly been, if I had sent -any one of my household. I despatched him, therefore, with a new -instruction, and not only had he an audience of the Duke of Mantua, -to whom he spoke as I had desired him, but this prince even approved -very much of the proposition that was made him, to deliver him from -the continual inquietudes caused him by the Spaniards, and that, -for this purpose, Casale should be put into your Majesty's hands, -with the understanding that I should try to obtain from you in his -favour all that he could reasonably ask for. Finally, he declared -that his resolution was taken upon this subject, but, that things -might be better adjusted, he wished to communicate it to two of his -counsellors, in whom he had the most confidence, and that he gave -the selection of them to Matthioli, in order that he might be quite -secure of them. Matthioli named the Marquis Cavriani and Joseph -Varano, in whom he has confidence. Meanwhile the Duke of Mantua sent -Giuliani to me, to acquaint me with what had passed, and recommended -him to return as soon as possible, in order to receive the draft of -the plan, which would then be prepared--and to convey it to me. I -was much pleased, Sire, to see the affair in so good a train. I sent -Giuliani back quickly, and ordered him to tell the Duke of Mantua -that I entreated him to allow me to have a conference with him; that -your Majesty had not as yet any knowledge of the proposed treaty, -because I could not venture to go so far as that, without being -certain first that he would not disavow me in what I should have -the honour of writing to your Majesty, and also that he would have -sufficient power to execute what had been arranged. - -Giuliani returned here yesterday, bringing me as favourable answers -as I could possibly desire. He told me that the two counsellors of -the Duke of Mantua had, with every sort of precaution, commenced -their negociation with Matthioli; that they had approved of the -resolution of their master, and that they had put down in the -schedule, with which they had charged him, and which I join to -this letter, what the Duke requests your Majesty to grant to him; -that afterwards the Duke of Mantua called him to him; that he -ordered him to beg me to assure your Majesty of his respect and of -his attachment to your interests, and to acquaint me that he had -entirely put himself into the hands of the Count Matthioli; that he -would soon go to Venice, where we might see one another conveniently -and without being observed, on account of the Carnival, during -which, all the world, even the Doge, and the oldest senators, go -about in mask; that he wished me not to lose any time in acquainting -your Majesty with this affair, because he feared some surprise from -the Spaniards; but that if I wished him to keep his word with me, I -must not, on any account, communicate the project to the Cardinal -d'Estrees, because there was so strong a report in Italy, that he -had your Majesty's orders to negociate with the Princes there, of -which the Spaniards had so great a jealousy, that, upon the least -suspicion they should have of him (the Duke,) they would ruin him -before he could receive assistance from your Majesty, who would, -at the same time, lose all hope of getting possession of Casale; -that he would take measures to tranquillize them, and to prevent -their having any suspicions of his conduct; and that if the Cardinal -d'Estrees made him any propositions, he would only receive them -in full council, and give general answers, which would not render -him suspected by any body. I thus find myself precluded from the -confidence which I intended to make of this business to the Cardinal -d'Estrees, who I believe will soon be here, and am obliged to -keep the secret scrupulously, till I have received the orders of -your Majesty. The Duke of Mantua also offers to raise a regiment, -provided it be at your Majesty's expense, and he represents, that -by recruiting at Mantua and Casale he shall do much injury to the -Spaniards, who are raising troops there daily; that Joseph Varano, -who is one of the two before-mentioned counsellors, promises to -get a good many soldiers from the Ferrarese, where he possesses -interest, being Lord of Camerigo. He also implores your Majesty to -make an effort to send a sufficiently strong army into Italy, to be -able to undertake something considerable; and he assures me, that, -in this case, he will not content himself with having delivered -Casale into the hands of your Majesty, but will obtain for your -Majesty other great advantages, through the means of his intimate -connexions with the other states of Italy; that the Duchy of Milan -was never so feeble, nor so devoid of all means of defence, as at -present; but that, in order to obtain more particular intelligence -upon this head, he has given orders to Matthioli to go to Milan, -to observe every thing there with attention, and especially to -discover the intention of the Genoese, with regard to the report -which has now been for some time afloat in Italy, that your Majesty -intends sending an army there next Spring, at the latest. As some -accident might happen to the packets, I have not ventured to put -into mine the letter that the Count Matthioli, who has certainly -served your Majesty well upon this occasion, does himself the honour -to write to you, but have had it turned into cypher, as well as -the memoir of the demands of the Duke of Mantua; and I keep the -originals, together with the plan of Casale, which I do not send -to your Majesty for the same reason. I can assure your Majesty, -that I have never told either Giuliani or Matthioli that you intend -to march troops towards the Milanese; but the latter speaks of it -in his letter, because he has taken for granted the report which -was purposely spread abroad in order to lead the Duke of Mantua to -the determination I wished him to take; knowing that he desired to -be generalissimo above all things, or rather that it was the only -thing he was very anxious for, in order to be considered in Italy -like the late Duke of Modena, and like the late Duke of Mantua, who -at his age commanded in chief the Emperor's army, with the title -of Vicar-general of the Empire. When this Prince is here, there -will only be at the conference we are to hold together, himself, -Matthioli, (whom he has promised to re-establish in his post of -Secretary of State, and to appoint his first minister, as soon as -he shall see himself restored to his authority, and that the treaty -he intends making with your Majesty shall have been executed,) the -Sieur Giuliani, the Sieur de Pinchesne, (who is secretary of the -embassy, and of whom M. de Pomponne, who placed him with me, can -answer to your Majesty for the fidelity and secrecy,) and myself. -So the secrecy, so necessary in this affair, will certainly remain -impenetrable. - - I have the honour to be, &c. - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[160] - - [159] The name of the place is not stated in the letter. - - [160] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 2. - -MATTHIOLI TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Protestations of devotion to Lewis.--Belief in the good - intentions of the Duke of Mantua. - - December 14th, 1677. - - SIRE, - -I take the liberty of bearing testimony to your Majesty, that among -the great Ministers, whom, in your supreme wisdom, you have sent -at different times into Italy, your ambassador at Venice, the Abbe -d'Estrades, ought to be distinguished for his skill and his zeal to -seize every occasion, which may seem to offer him the improvement or -the aggrandizement of your territories. - -This Ambassador having confided to me, that, in order to succeed in -the enterprize that you meditate against the territories of Milan, -it would be necessary to detach the Duke of Mantua from the Austrian -party, and to draw him into that of your Majesty, I am anxious to -contribute every thing in my feeble power for the success of this -object. Your Majesty will be made acquainted with all that has -passed by the despatches of the Ambassador. For myself, I bless the -destiny, which procures me the honour of serving so great a monarch, -whom I regard and revere as a demi-god. - -I will transmit to your Majesty all that I shall learn respecting -Casale, which has been fortified by one of the most skilful -engineers of the Milanese. This engineer has promised us a plan of -all the fortresses of that State, and even, if your Majesty commands -him, he will separate himself from the service of Spain, who does -not know how to recompense properly the services and the talents -of those who serve her with fidelity. I am convinced it would be -useless in me to enlarge upon the importance of the fortress of -Casale. Your Majesty must remember, that at different times it -has arrested the progress of many armies, and that it is the only -bulwark, upon which depends the loss or the preservation to the -Spaniards of the territories of Milan; territories, which for more -reasons than one, ought to belong to your Majesty's crown. - -It is known that the Austrians are at this moment arming, in order -to obtain possession by surprize of Casale, to the prejudice of the -Duke Ferdinand, my master, the lawful possessor of it. - -This Prince, nephew of Charles[161] the first, (which latter Prince -was rather French than Italian, and by whose intervention the -fortress of Pignerol has remained in the possession of your royal -house); this Prince, I say, Ferdinand, will make known, in fit -time and place, that he has not degenerated from his ancestors; -he has promised to serve you with the greatest fidelity, and -to fight for you in a manner worthy of his birth; and as he is -extremely anxious to acquire glory, I trust your Majesty will have -reason to applaud his conduct in your armies. By the confession -of even the most skilful political observers, he is free from the -suspicions, which may fall upon the other Italian Sovereigns. -The Abbe d'Estrades knows that his Highness has communications -with other great personages, who complain with reason of the -insupportable yoke of the Spaniards, and who will take arms with him -to combat, and to drive as quickly as possible from Italy, a power -which is only established there to oppress it. If destiny willed it -so, I have no doubt that the other Princes of this country would be -happy to enjoy a stable peace under the auspices of your Majesty. I -offer up vows for the progress of your victorious arms, and I pray -God to prolong your days for the consolation of the world, &c. - - HERCULES A. MATTHIOLI.[162] - - [161] Charles the first, Duke de Nevers in France, succeeded to - the sovereignty of Mantua on the death of his cousin Duke - Vincent II. His two sons, Charles Duke de Rhetelois, and - Ferdinand Duke de Mayenne, died during his life-time, and he - was consequently succeeded, at his death in 1637, by his - grandson Charles III. - - [162] This letter exists in cypher, and also written in Italian - and French, in the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs - at Paris. - - - - -No. 3. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Continuation of the negociation.--Intrigues of the Austrian - Party. - - Venice, Dec. 24, 1677. - - SIR, - -I have only some few particulars to add to the letter, which I did -myself the honour to write to the King last week; but as the Duke of -Mantua has made known to me, that they may serve to make you still -more aware how important it is to that Prince to take his measures -secretly, and to use all possible diligence for the conclusion of -the affair, which I have given an account of to his Majesty, I have -thought it necessary, Sir, that you should be informed of them. -Three days ago, the Duke of Mantua informed me that he had found -means to procure a copy of the written orders that the Empress -Eleanor and the Emperor, conjointly with the Spaniards, had given -to the Count Viltaliano Borromei, a Milanese, and the Imperial -Commissary. They are to this effect, that if the French should come -into Italy, and that it should appear to him that the Duke of Mantua -had any intention to be on their side, he should make use of this -pretext to render himself master of Casale without delay, by means -of their partizans, who are there in considerable numbers, and among -others, the Governor of the town, and the Governor of the citadel; -in order to preserve this fortress and all the Montferrat for the -Empress Eleanor. The Marquis Carrossa has received a similar order -with regard to Mantua. He is also an Imperial Commissary, and it -will be easy for him to execute what is ordered him, because the -Governor of the citadel is his brother-in-law, and the Major of the -town his intimate friend. On these accounts, the Duke of Mantua has -sent me word that in his present situation, in which he is besides -watched by his mother, by the Monk Bulgarini, who governs her, and -by the greater part of his Ministers, who are devoted to the House -of Austria, he is obliged to show no ambition, to appear to have no -knowledge of his own affairs, and to excite no suspicions by his -conduct; and also that he cannot declare himself openly in favour of -the King's interests, as he would wish to do, nor deliver up Casale -to his Majesty, unless he will send a sufficient army into Italy to -secure that fortress, and to defend him (the Duke) from the evils -that menace him, and from the designs which the House of Austria -has against him; and that this obliges him to supplicate and exhort -his Majesty to make an effort to that effect, even if he has not -actually resolved to carry the war into the Milanese, since Casale -is an acquisition sufficiently important to determine him to it. -But Matthioli, to whom the Duke of Mantua has given up the entire -conduct of this affair, goes still farther, and is confident, that -even in this case means could be easily found to place a Governor -in the citadel of Mantua, and a Major in the town, who should be as -much attached to the service of the King, as those who at present -occupy these two posts are to the House of Austria. - -We must, besides, Sir, consider that the Duke of Guastalla, being -the nearest relation of the Duke of Mantua, as well as his heir, -there would be danger that, if the Duchess his daughter, who is -very ill, and has no children, should die, some misfortune might -happen to the Duke of Mantua, which would assure his territories -to the Spanish nobleman, who has married the second daughter of -the Duke of Guastalla, and whose marriage the Spaniards, doubtless -with this view, made up at Vienna, by means of Don Vincent, who -returned from thence some time back. You know much better than I do, -Sir, of what consequence it would be to the king, not only to take -away the Mantuan and the Montferrat from the House of Austria, who -will never lose an opportunity of making use of them when they have -once obtained them, but besides to have in his own hands these two -states, by means of which his Majesty can easily bridle the Princes -of Italy. Therefore, I do not take the liberty of entering farther -upon this matter, or of mingling my reflections with those you may -choose to make upon it. - - * * * * * * - - I am, &c. - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[163] - - [163] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 4. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Intrigues of the Spaniards to form a league in Italy against - France. - - Venice, January 1st, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have so little news to send you from hence to-day, that I shall -very soon have told you all I know, and may hope not to fatigue you -with the length of this letter. - -I know that a Senator, who is one of the Pregadi, has said, that -the Emperor and the Spaniards are ardently soliciting the Nuncios -and the Ambassadors from Venice, residing at Madrid and Vienna, -to persuade their masters to unite with them against France, and -to represent to them that they have a common interest to preserve -Italy, and to keep out of it the armies of the King, with which -it is menaced. I do not believe that the Pope[164] will be much -disposed to do them this pleasure; and, Sir, I could almost venture -to assure you, that, if the republic should renounce the advantages -of that neutrality, which she has thus far so exactly observed, -it will not be for the purpose of partaking in the disgraces of -the house of Austria; and indeed it is in this sense that the -before-mentioned Senator talked upon the subject. * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[165] - - [164] Benedict Odescalchi, son of a Milanese banker, elected - Pope, September 21st, 1676, and took the name of Innocent XI. - He was a good Pope, and a virtuous man, and a decided enemy to - _Nepotism_, against which he published a bull. He died August - 12th, 1689, and his memory was venerated as that of a saint by - his subjects. - - [165] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 5. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - Saint Germain, January 5th, 1678. - - SIR, - -Not having yet had time to render an account to the King of -your despatch of the 18th of last month, I cannot inform you of -the sentiments of his Majesty as to what you acquaint him with -respecting the dispositions of the Duke of Mantua. I will, however, -do so by the next post. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[166] - - [166] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 6. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - The King's approval of the negociation. - - Saint Germain, January 12th, 1678. - - SIR, - -You will see by the letter of the King which goes herewith, how much -his Majesty approves of the negociation, which you have entered into -with the Duke of Mantua, for an affair undoubtedly very important -at all times, but especially so at this conjuncture: you could not -also have conducted yourself in it with greater prudence, or greater -secrecy than you have done. - -I am very happy to see that you have taken advantage of this -occasion, to testify your zeal for the service of his Majesty; and I -hope that the success of the affair may assist you in procuring the -sooner from his Majesty, the favour that you have asked of him. - -We have not, at present, any news to send you from these parts; the -King's heavy baggage set off Monday morning, for St. Quentin, as I -sent you word; but his Majesty has not, as yet, made any preparation -to follow it. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[167] - - [167] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 7. - -LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH TO ESTRADES. - - Approval of the negociation.--Answer to the demands of the - Duke of Mantua. - - St. Germain, January 12th, 1678. - - ABBE D'ESTRADES, - -I have seen with pleasure, by your letter of the 18th of last month, -the pains you have taken, as well to draw the Duke of Mantua from -the lethargy of debauchery in which he is sunk, as to excite him to -throw off the yoke of the Archduchess, his mother, and of the Monk -Bulgarini; who, without leaving him any part in the government of -his territories, add every day to the shackles and the dependance, -by means of which they have subjected him to the House of Austria. -I take so much a greater interest in the more noble resolutions he -seems disposed to take, on account of his belonging to a family, -which was so long settled in France, and to which the King, my -father, gave such great proofs of his friendship and protection. I -should, therefore, wish you to let him know, by the same channels -as those you made use of to commence this negociation, that I have -learned with much satisfaction, the favourable dispositions he -has manifested for my interests, and for taking himself a part -more worthy of his fame and his birth; that on these accounts, I -receive with pleasure the propositions he has made you of attaching -himself to me by a union of measures, and by admitting my troops -into Casale, upon the same terms as those by which they formerly, -for so long a time, held possession of the place. Experience ought -to have taught him, that the authority of his father was never more -firmly established in the Montferrat, than when that fortress and -those territories were supported by my protection; and the affection -for the French name, which has still remained among the people, is -a sufficient testimony of the advantage and kindness they received -from them. - -In rendering an answer to the articles that he has communicated to -you, I shall commence by replying to the first; that, with regard -to the offer of delivering up to me the citadel and fortress of -Casale, I shall willingly content myself with holding them in the -same manner in which I held them formerly; that is to say, under -the condition of preserving them for the Duke of Mantua, and of -paying the garrisons I shall keep there. I would also, in order to -favour the warlike inclinations of this Prince, take measures with -him respecting the command of the armies I shall send across the -Alps. But he must be aware, that I cannot at all enter into any -consideration of the article, in which he demands, that I should get -restored to him the parts of the Montferrat, which have been ceded -to the Duke of Savoy. These cessions have been recognized by so many -treaties, in which I have been a principal party, that I cannot do -any thing that would invalidate them; all that I could possibly -do, would be to employ myself, as I have several times done, to -accommodate the differences which still exist between them, with -regard to the valuation of those same portions of territory, and the -sums that ought to be paid for them by the Duke of Savoy. - -It is a different case with regard to the losses which the Duke -of Mantua might sustain in the war he may possibly be engaged in -together with me. I would willingly bind myself not to make peace, -unless compensation was made to him; and I would equally enter, with -pleasure, into an agreement to share with him any conquests my arms -might make in the Milanese. - -As for his demand, that I should now make him a present of a hundred -thousand Pistoles, simply as a gift, you must make him understand -that this sum is too large, but that I should be ready to agree to -a more moderate one, according to the engagements he is willing to -enter into with me; and without explaining yourself as to what the -sum should be, you will make him first state what he expects, and -oblige him to keep within reasonable bounds. - -You will still continue to entertain the opinion that I intend -sending a considerable army this year into Italy, and you will keep -principally in view in your negociation, the having it in such -a state as to be able to prolong it without the danger of being -obliged to break it off; since it is for the good of my service -to continue it always in such a manner, that I may be the master -to conduct it as I please, either by enlarging or narrowing the -conditions. It is on this account, that as the Count Matthioli has -thus far been the principal confidant of this affair, and that he -must be the most powerful instrument of it, it is necessary that -you should keep him always in good humour, by the assurance of the -especial good-will I bear him for his conduct, and by the hope of -the marks of it I shall be inclined to give him. This is what I wish -you to say in addition to the letter which I send you for him, in -answer to the one he wrote to me. - - I am, &c. - - LEWIS.[168] - - [168] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 8. - -LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH TO MATTHIOLI. - - January 12th, 1678. - - COUNT MATTHIOLI, - -I have seen by the letter you wrote me, as well as by what my -Ambassador, the Abbe d'Estrades, communicated to me, the affection -that you show for my interests. You cannot doubt but that I am much -obliged to you for it, and that I shall have much pleasure in giving -you proofs of my satisfaction upon every occasion. Referring you, -therefore, for further particulars, to what will be said to you from -me by the Abbe d'Estrades, I shall not lengthen this letter more -than to add, that I pray God to have you, Count Matthioli, in his -holy keeping. - - LEWIS.[169] - - [169] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 9. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, January 29th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have nothing to add to what I did myself the honour to write -to the King, upon the present state of the affair, which I am -treating of with the Duke of Mantua. It goes on so rapidly, that -I am reduced to be sorry that I cannot find any difficulties, -which, without rendering the eventual success of it doubtful, might -prolong the negociations as long as the King seems to wish; but I -have the greatest difficulty to encourage the Duke of Mantua, under -the fear he is in of the Spaniards, which, to say the truth, is -pretty well founded; nor can he think himself in security, unless -he sees himself supported by all the protection the King can give. -Nevertheless, I will take care that this Prince does not escape -us, even if the affair should not be as quickly concluded as he -desires. I return you a thousand most humble thanks, Sir, for all -the kindness you show me on this occasion; and I can assure you, -that I shall be much more anxious for the success of this affair, -from my pleasure at having made known to the King by it the zeal -I have for his service, and having rendered myself worthy of the -favour you have done me, in procuring for me the situation I at -present hold, than from any hope of thereby bettering my fortune. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[170] - - [170] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 10. - -ESTRADES TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Conference with Matthioli.--Discussion of the demands of the - Duke of Mantua. - - Venice, January 29th, 1678. - - SIRE, - -At the time that I received the letter which your Majesty did me the -honour to write to me on the 12th of this month, having learned that -the Count Matthioli was arrived at Venice, I sent to him to say that -I desired to have a conference with him, in consequence of which he -came to my house with the usual precautions. I first delivered into -his hands the letter with which your Majesty had charged me for him, -which he received with all possible marks of respect and gratitude; -and I told him, as your Majesty had commanded me, that you would not -content yourself with testifying with your own hand the satisfaction -you feel at the zeal he has shown for your interests, but that you -also ordered me expressly to assure him, that you were anxious to -give him other marks of it. I added to this, that he ought to think -himself happy to have found an occasion of meriting the kindness and -favours of your Majesty, which he could easily do through the means -of the implicit confidence placed in him by the Duke of Mantua, -to whom he would also have the satisfaction, at the same time, of -rendering the greatest service in his power. He answered me in a -manner that does not permit me to doubt his being as grateful as -it is possible to be for your Majesty's goodness, and his having a -very strong wish to serve you. Afterwards I read to him the obliging -expressions your Majesty makes use of to mark your affection for the -Duke of Mantua, and those other parts of your Majesty's despatch, -which I thought myself authorized to communicate, that he might know -that you had learned with pleasure the proposals of that Prince, and -that he might be aware of the considerable advantages, which would -be derived from the strict alliance he (the Duke) would enter into -with your Majesty by means of Casale, which you were willing to hold -possession of on the same terms as formerly; that is to say, paying -the garrison you should keep up in the place, and preserving it for -the Duke of Mantua. We afterwards came to talk upon his differences -with the Duke of Savoy, for the restitution claimed by him of the -parts of the Montferrat, which have been ceded to the latter; and -it was not till after some slight disputing, that I made the Count -Matthioli agree, by means of the same reasons you did me the honour -to detail to me, that _you_ could not enter into this affair in any -other way, than by employing yourself to accommodate it; but that -the intercession of your Majesty was sufficiently powerful to obtain -a satisfactory result for the Duke of Mantua. - -The Count Matthioli at length contented himself upon this point, but -he had more difficulty to give way upon the demand of the present -of one hundred thousand pistoles. He was the more obstinate in not -taking off any thing from this sum, because he said that it was to -be made use of for the interests of your Majesty; and that the Duke -of Mantua having taken possession of Guastalla,[171] without giving -notice to the Spaniards, he had judged it necessary to be upon his -guard against the umbrage they might take at this measure; that for -this purpose he had placed in Guastalla and in Casale the troops -he had raised, and whom he was obliged to pay; that he had sent -into the latter town great stores of corn and forage, and that he -could not support this expense in the state to which he was reduced -by his mother, who disposed entirely of his revenues. I answered -him, that the sum of money, which the Duke of Mantua requested your -Majesty to give him at present, was not necessary to him for the -expenses which he alleged; that the augmentation of the garrison -of Casale, and the provisions sent into it, were regarded by the -Spaniards themselves as precautions that he wisely took against -the enterprises of France, at a time when it was no longer doubted -that the latter power intended to carry the war into Italy; and -that therefore neither the partizans of the Spanish faction who are -about him, nor his mother, could refuse him the money he wanted -for that purpose; that I knew that his subjects would contribute -with pleasure, and that they had shown the greatest joy at their -Sovereign's applying himself to his own affairs; that till the -conclusion of the treaty, which was to unite him so firmly with -your Majesty, he would have no occasion for any new expenses, and -that he would then receive all the assistance and succour which -he could expect from your Majesty; that your Majesty, by engaging -yourself to pay and keep up the garrisons in Casale, ceded to the -Duke the entire enjoyment of the property and revenues without any -deduction, and that your Majesty would have no farther advantage -in this affair, than that of delivering him from the yoke which -the House of Austria had imposed upon him; and of facilitating the -conquests in the Milanese, of which you were to give him a share; so -that the present which he asked for, being to be considered purely -in the light of a gratification, a hundred thousand pistoles was a -demand so excessive, that your Majesty had not judged it right to -make any offer in consequence, and that you had only ordered me to -tell him, that you would have no objection to make a present to the -Duke of a more moderate sum; that therefore it was necessary for him -to explain himself clearly upon the subject. - -The Count Matthioli for some time refused to say any thing, taking -a line which was in appearance very civil, which was, that he threw -himself upon the generosity of your Majesty. But seeing that I -continued to desire him to speak, he reduced the sum by little -and little to five hundred thousand livres. I told him, that I -guessed pretty well what the Duke of Mantua might hope for from your -Majesty, and that I could not charge myself to lay _this proposal_ -before you, and that I also could not help telling him, that for a -man who professed to be so well-intentioned, he appeared to me very -unyielding upon a point of small moment, in a negociation from which -he would allow, without doubt, that the Duke of Mantua would derive -great and solid advantages. Finally, Sire, I brought him to content -himself with one hundred thousand crowns, and that on condition -that your Majesty was not to pay them till after the signature of -the treaty, and the exchange of the ratifications; and then, if you -chose not to give the whole sum at once, that the Duke of Mantua -should receive fifty thousand crowns first, and then the other fifty -thousand three months afterwards. Besides this, I declared to the -Count Matthioli that I could not answer for your Majesty's approving -of my having fixed upon so large a sum, but that I promised him to -do all that depended on me, to prevent my being disavowed. - -Not only have the other articles of your Majesty's despatch been -agreed to without difficulty, but they have even served powerfully -to confirm the Count Matthioli in his opinion, that the Duke of -Mantua cannot take a better course than that of abandoning himself -entirely to the protection of your Majesty. He has so firm a belief -in the resolution he is convinced you have taken of sending a -considerable army this year into Italy, that I should have no -difficulty in persuading him still more strongly of it; but I am -a little embarrassed with the anxiety of the Duke of Mantua to -conclude this affair, which is caused to him by his continual -terror of the design, which he understands the Spaniards continue -to have, of seizing upon his fortresses on the least pretext, and -on the first favourable occasion. Nevertheless, I will endeavour to -lengthen the negociation as much as your Majesty shall find useful -to your interests, as you have commanded me, and at the same time I -will take care not to put it in any danger of being broken off. I -implore your Majesty to be persuaded that I shall never be forgetful -of any thing which may be for the good of your service, or which may -testify the zeal and the profound respect, with which I am, Sire, - - Your Majesty's - most humble, most obedient, and - most faithful subject and servant, - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[172] - - [171] On the occasion of the death of Ferdinand III. Duke of - Guastalla, which occurred January 11th, 1678. The Duke of - Mantua had married his eldest daughter. - - [172] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 11. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - The Duke of Mantua watched by the Spaniards. - - Venice, February 12th, 1678. - - SIR, - -Though the Duke of Mantua has been for the last fortnight at -Venice, I have not yet been able to see him; but he has sent me -word several times, by the Count Matthioli, that he had still more -impatience than even I have, that we should confer together; that -he only deferred giving himself that satisfaction, in order that he -might first get rid of those of his people whom he has the least -confidence in, and particularly four men, whom his mother has sent -with him here to observe all his actions, which they do with the -greatest care; and that two days before he sets off to return to -his own territories (where he is not afraid of any surprise, when -he shall be once there himself), he will acquaint me with the time -and place at which we may see one another. It is true, that the -step he has taken, of at once seizing upon the territories of the -late Duke of Guastalla, has very much disquieted the Spaniards; -and one sees that they are endeavouring, by all sorts of means, to -ascertain whether the Duke of Mantua has taken any measures to gain -the support of the King. His resident at Venice, who is devoted to -the Duchess his mother, came two days ago to the Sieur de Pinchesne -to ask, on the part of his master, whether I was about to despatch -an extraordinary courier to Paris, because his highness would be -glad to make use of him to convey there a packet of consequence: he -answered him, that affairs were so little of a pressing nature here, -that I always wrote by the usual conveyance, and that I had not at -present any reason for sending a courier; but that, if the Duke -of Mantua wished it, I would send one on his account. I made this -known to the Prince himself, who was surprized that his resident, -in his name, and without his order, should have made a request of -that nature; and as he was of opinion, as well as myself, that the -intention of his resident was by this means to discover whether a -packet, which, it was said, the Duke of Mantua had received from the -Grand Duchess,[173] was of importance, he agreed to the expedient -which I proposed to him, of sending publicly to make him the same -offers as those which had been made to his resident, in order that -he might be able to express before his ministers his disapprobation -of their entering, without his knowledge, into communications with -the French ambassador, being aware of the measures which it was -necessary for him to keep. He charged Matthioli to tell me that he -had had a letter from the Grand Duchess, to which he had sent an -answer, for the purpose of begging her to support his claims to the -King; having heard that the Duke of Modena[174] had complained to -his Majesty of his having taken possession of the succession of the -Duke of Guastalla, to which the Duke of Modena had pretensions. The -Sieur de Pinchesne went to him from me, and the thing was executed -as it had been previously determined upon; but his adventure, as -well as many other things which the Duke of Mantua discovers daily, -convince him that the Spaniards are suspicious of him, on which -account he is so uneasy, that he is more than ever anxious for your -Majesty to secure him quickly against their enterprises. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[175] - - [173] Margaret Louisa, daughter of Gaston, Duke of Orleans; - married in 1661, to Cosmo III., Grand Duke of Tuscany, whom she - quarrelled with, and finally left, and returned to France, - where she established herself in the Abbey of Montmartre. She - died at an advanced age in 1721. - - [174] Francis of Este, Duke of Modena, succeeded his father, - Alphonso IV. in 1662. During his minority, his territories were - wisely and ably governed by his mother, Laura Martinozzi, niece - of Cardinal Mazarin. His only sister, Mary Beatrix, was the - second wife of James II. of England. He died in 1694. - - [175] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 12. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Impatience of the Duke of Mantua to conclude the - Negociation. - - Venice, February 19th, 1678. - - SIR, - -YOU will have seen by the last letters I did myself the honour to -write to you, that I take care to keep up the negociation I have -entered into with the Duke of Mantua, and to hold it always in that -state that it may be terminated in whatever way the King shall judge -most according to his interests. Thus, Sir, I have only to assure -you, that I shall apply myself, as you command me in your last -letter of the 2d of this month, to gain time, and to confirm the -Duke of Mantua in the resolution he has taken of abandoning himself -to the King's protection. He is as thoroughly persuaded as one could -wish, that he cannot take a better course, although the Spaniards -have lately been making him large offers of money and of employment, -in order to oblige him to declare himself openly in their favour, -and to allow of the introduction of a garrison of Germans into -Casale; but as he is always apprehensive, lest his want of affection -for the House of Austria should be discovered, he can never think -himself in security till he shall be supported by a treaty; and it -is this which gives him so much impatience to conclude the one he -intends making with the King. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[176] - - [176] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 13. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Plans of the Spaniards.--Dispositions of the Venetian - Government. - - Venice, February 26th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I HAVE not had the honour of receiving any letters from you this -week. Indeed, I expected that the hurry of the King's departure -would prevent your writing. I have learned from good authority, that -the government here have received intelligence, that the Spaniards -have renewed their proposals to form a league of the Princes of -Italy against France, and that it was at Rome that they concerted -the means to succeed in it: this is, without doubt, what has given -occasion to the report which has been current for some days, that -the Cardinal Porto Carrero[177], in his way to Spain, where he is -going to take possession of the Archbishopric of Toledo, is to visit -the different Courts of Italy, to try to engage them in the party -which they call _the common cause_. It is said, that the Grand -Duke[178] has already made known his opinion, that if they intend -to unite, it ought to be for the maintenance of their liberty, and -that they ought not to engage themselves in an extensive war, or -to assist in enabling one of the two belligerent powers to oppress -them eventually with greater ease. This intelligence has obliged -me to give all my attention to penetrate the sentiments of the -Venetian government upon this subject; and I have been informed, -upon good authority, that thus far the determination is to deliver -themselves from the importunities of the Spaniards, if they should -be too pressing, by a similar reply to that which is said to have -been given at Florence; but it now appears to me, that the fear and -jealousy of the power of the King, which existed here formerly, -is very much reviving, and they are becoming apprehensive that -the designs of his Majesty are not confined to the preservation -of the conquests he has already made, nor even to those he may -make in Flanders. The senate is confirmed in this opinion, by the -letters of M. Contarini,[179] who sends them word that they must -not look for peace, because the King is against it. This way of -talking persuades me, that M. Contarini is either ill-intentioned -or ignorant--and his intelligence is very capable of augmenting the -disquietudes of the senate. I have shewn, as well as I was able, to -those I have spoken to upon the subject, that it is impossible to -act with more sincerity in favour of peace, or to facilitate more -the means of procuring it, than his Majesty has done. There is, -however, no probability that, in the present state of the affairs -of the Republic of Venice, and under the perpetual fear she is -in of the Grand Vizier,[180] she will dare to declare herself in -favour of the enemies of the King; but, Sir, I can assure you, from -the knowledge I have upon the subject, that at the present time, -we must only reckon upon the weakness of the Venetians, and upon -the poverty of their finances, and not upon their good intentions -towards us. If I might be permitted to give my opinion upon the -present conjuncture, I should say that there is not a more ready, -or more certain way of ruining all the measures of the Spaniards in -Italy, and of terminating in the King's favour the irresolutions -of the Senate, than by binding the Duke of Mantua by the treaty -which he is willing to make with his Majesty: not only is he always -in the same resolution of concluding this affair, on account of -the Emperor's having sent word to him that he does not wish to -deprive him of the succession of the Duke[181] his father-in-law, -but that he only desires him to withdraw the garrison he has placed -in Guastalla: but besides, because his Imperial Majesty presses him -to execute a treaty made by the late Duke, his father; which was -an engagement that he should never have any but a German garrison -in Casale. The Duke of Mantua shows me the greatest confidence, -sends me word, by the Count Matthioli, what is deliberating on the -state of affairs, in order to know my opinions before he decides -any thing. You may be sure, Sir, that I omit nothing on my part -to encourage his good dispositions, and to keep the negociation -always in that state, that the King may be the complete master of -it. The Duke of Mantua requested me, ten days ago, to come and see -him ride at the academy. I went accordingly, and found that he was -really very firm on horseback, though he has not a graceful seat, on -account of his leg having been formerly broke, and that it is the -custom here to wear the stirrups very short. As he piques himself -upon being a good horseman, he was much pleased at my praises, which -were repeated to him by the Count Matthioli; and at my promising to -repeat them in the first letter I should have occasion to write to -you. - -Two of the most considerable gentlemen of this republic, whose -names are, Cornaro the elder, called "of the great House," and a -Foscarini, are already intriguing to succeed M. Contarini, in the -embassy to France, although the choice cannot be made till the month -of September; upon whichever of the two it shall fall, he will fill -the situation worthily, above all in the article of expense, as they -are both very rich and very generous. - -Although I took the liberty, Sir, to request, in my last letter, -your protection with M. Colbert,[182] for the payment of my -appointment, and, above all, for the payment of those of the first -six months of the year 1676, for which I have long had the orders, -I have not yet been able to obtain them. I am, however, forced by -my pressing necessities to renew my request, and to supplicate you -most humbly to procure me this favour from M. Colbert. I trust, Sir, -you will be kind enough to afford me this mark of your affection, -which is the greatest I can possibly receive, in the embarrassment -in which I at present find myself; and that you will be always -persuaded that I am, with profound respect, and unalterable -attachment, - - Sir, &c. - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[183] - - [177] Lewis Emmanuel Ferdinand Portocarrero, second son of the - Marquis of Almenara: created a Cardinal in 1669, by Clement - IX.; Archbishop of Toledo and Primate of Spain, 1677; commander - of the order of the St. Esprit, and Bishop of Palestrina. Was - also, at different periods of his life, Viceroy of Sicily, - Ambassador at Rome, Lieutenant-General at sea, and twice - Governor of Spain. Died at Madrid, September 14th, 1709. - - [178] Cosmo III., Grand Duke of Tuscany, son of Ferdinand II. - and Victoria Della Rovere, heiress of the Dukes of Urbino. - Succeeded his father in 1670, and died in 1723, aged 81 years. - He was a weak, narrow-minded, and bigoted Prince; and was the - Duke of Tuscany, whose travels in England, in the reign of - Charles II. have been published. - - [179] At that time Ambassador to France, from the Republic of - Venice. - - [180] The Grand Vizier, at this moment, was Achmet Coprogli, - the most illustrious, perhaps, of all the ministers who have - ever governed the Ottoman Empire. He inherited the eminent - talents of his father, Mahomet Coprogli, whom he succeeded as - Grand Vizier, in 1661; and was superior to him in humanity and - generosity. His military exploits were also more considerable. - In 1669, he successfully concluded the siege of Candia, which - had lasted twenty-two years. He died in 1678; having for - seventeen years sustained the throne, and rendered illustrious - the reign of his feeble and indolent master, Mahomet IV. - - [181] Of Guastalla. - - [182] John Baptist Colbert, one of the most eminent men of - the many who adorned and illustrated the reign of Lewis XIV. - He was an able and honest financier, a great statesman, and - an enlightened patron of letters and arts. The blots in his - character were, his persecution of Fouquet, and his enmity to - the virtuous Arnaud de Pomponne, to the disgrace of whom he - largely contributed. He was made Comptroller-general of the - Finances, in 1664; Secretary of State for the Marine, in 1669; - and died in 1683. - - [183] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - - -No. 14. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - Recommendations of Delay in the Negociation. - - Cambray, March 1st, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have rendered an account to the King, during his journey, of -your despatches of the 29th of January and 5th of February. I -shall not now have time enough to send you a long answer to them. -I shall therefore only tell you, that his Majesty saw in them the -continuation of the negociation which you have entered into with the -Count Matthioli; that you had been discussing the points which he -proposed to you, and those which his Majesty wishes neither to grant -nor to refuse; that you had even descended to the detail of the sum -which had been demanded, and that you had reduced it to one hundred -thousand crowns. On these subjects I have to inform you, Sir, that -his Majesty approves entirely of your continuing a negociation, -which may eventually be of very considerable importance; but for -this it is necessary that the opportunities should be favourable, -and the more so, as the basis of whatever treaty is concluded, must -necessarily be the King's sending a powerful army across the Alps. -You, I am sure, are sufficiently aware, that thus far events do not -seem to favour such a project; it is, however, always advisable to -continue to encourage the belief of it, and this is what his Majesty -thinks it will be best for you to do; but he does not see the -necessity for your entering into any engagement upon a point, which -must fail of success, and which would render useless any expense his -Majesty may go to. Therefore, Sir, your best course to pursue is, -to cultivate always the good intentions of the Count Matthioli, and -through him those of his master; not to put an end to the hope they -have to see the arms of France in Italy; but to defer the answer -they expect from you, partly upon the ground of the journey and the -campaign in which his Majesty is at present engaged, which prevents -his writing to you, and partly upon other reasons; but still to -keep the negociation, as much as you are able, in such a state as -his Majesty may be able to take advantage of, according to the -conjuncture of affairs. * * * - - POMPONNE.[184] - - [184] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 15. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Information respecting the Dispositions of the Venetians. - - Venice, March 12, 1678. - - SIR, - -The hurry which I know always prevails on a march, left me but -little hope of hearing from you till you arrived at Metz, and I am -therefore the more obliged to you for your kindness, in writing to -me on the 15th of last month from Vitry. - -I have nothing certain to send you to-day; but next week I shall -have the honour of sending to the King an account of the conference, -which I am decidedly to have to-morrow evening with the Duke of -Mantua. All the measures are taken for this purpose; and that -Prince has sent me word that he will explain to me the reasons -which oblige him to send the Count Matthioli, without delay, to -your Majesty; he will not, however, set off for ten or twelve days, -and I explained to him that it was necessary first that I should -be made acquainted with the subject of his mission. I thought it -necessary to obtain a knowledge of it, in order that his Majesty -may be fully informed before the Count Matthioli waits upon him. -I can only assure you at present, that things could not be better -disposed for the formation of a powerful league in Italy, to drive -the Spaniards entirely out of it, in case the King chooses to turn -his arms to this side. This is what you shall be informed of more in -detail, and more particularly, in my next despatch; because I shall -be able to speak to you upon the subject with certainty, after I -have learned from the Count Matthioli, the success of a negociation -which he has entered into lately with the Republic, in the name of -the Duke of Mantua, to which I am privy. We agreed that the pretext -he should make use of, was the desire of that Prince to regulate -himself by the counsels of the Senate, after having communicated -to them his legitimate rights to Guastalla, and the well-grounded -fears he entertains from the sentiments displayed by the House of -Austria towards him in this affair. M. Matthioli has already had -two conferences with a sage of the _terra firma_, named Lando, a -deputy of the College, and he is to have three more with him this -week; which will discover to us the real dispositions of the Senate -towards his Majesty. It is easy to see by the manner in which this -senator has already spoken, that if a French army was to arrive in -Italy, the Republic would prefer profiting by the misfortunes and -weakness of the House of Austria, by joining her arms to those of -the King, to remaining in a neutrality, which would appear to her -dangerous, while the army of so powerful a prince was carrying on -war at her gates. These political views of the Venetians justify -what I have already had the honour of remarking to you, that we must -expect nothing from them, except what fear or interest may oblige -them to. * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[185] - - [185] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 16. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Fears of the Duke of Mantua. - - Venice, March 19th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have not had the honour of receiving any letter from you this -week. You will see by the account I send to the King, what passed -at the conference I had with the Duke of Mantua. I will only add to -it, Sir, that, if his Majesty deems it to his advantage, that this -Prince should be united with him, according to the conditions which -have been proposed, it appears to me that it will be necessary, -before the Count Matthioli sets off for Paris, to put this affair -in a situation in which it is no longer liable to be broken off; -because I have seen the Duke of Mantua so alarmed at the menaces of -the Spaniards, and at the protection they afford openly to the Count -de Prades,[186] who pretends that the Duchy of Guastalla belongs -to him, that I have been unable to tranquillize his fears, except -by giving him the hope that the return of the Count Matthioli will -deliver him from all his embarrassments; and if he was to see him -return without bringing the King's consent for the conclusion of the -affair, and without a certain assurance of speedy assistance, I do -not know whether the fear of being stripped of his territories would -not make him change his resolution. I have thought, Sir, that I -ought to inform you faithfully of the situation in which I find the -mind of the Duke of Mantua, in order that you may regulate yourself -accordingly. - -The Senate has discovered that the Pope[187] has let drop, of his -own accord, the affair of the adjustment between the Republic and -Spain, on the occasion of what has passed at Trieste, because His -Holiness wishes to be the only Mediator of the Catholic Princes at -the Assembly of Nimeguen, and that the Ambassador of Venice should -not divide this honour with his Nuncio. * * * - - I am, &c. - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[188] - - [186] This is one of those mistakes into which the French are - so liable to fall from their slovenly way of writing the names - of foreigners. The _Count de Prades_ means Emmanuel _Count - d'Eparedes_. Viceroy of Valentia, a Spanish nobleman, whose - daughter married Vespasian Gonzaga, only brother of Ferdinand - III., Duke of Guastalla. The sole offspring of this marriage - was Maria Louisa, who, as has before been mentioned, (see note, - page 18,) married Thomas de la Cerda, Marquis of Laguna. - - [187] Innocent the Eleventh (Odescalchi;) see note, page 109. - At this time, the conferences for the peace of Nimeguen had - commenced. That peace was concluded and signed on the 10th of - August of this same year. - - [188] From the archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 17. - -ESTRADES TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Account of his Interview with the Duke of Mantua.--The - latter insists upon sending Matthioli to Paris. - - Venice, March 19th, 1678. - - SIRE, - -A week ago I communicated to M. de Pomponne that I was to have a -conference the next day with the Duke of Mantua. We met, as had been -concerted, at midnight, in a small open place, which is at an equal -distance from his house and mine. I was an entire hour with him, -and not only did I tell him all that your Majesty had desired me -to apprize him of, and which he had already learned from the Count -Matthioli, but besides, I re-assured him, as much as I was able, -upon the subject of the constant, and indeed well-grounded, alarms -he is in with regard to the Spaniards. I did not explain myself to -him with regard to the present your Majesty intends making to him -in money, as soon as the treaty shall be concluded; but contented -myself with promising that he should have reason to be content with -it. He appeared to be much satisfied with our conversation; and, -on my side, I have no less reason to be so; since he has confirmed -to me all that the Count Matthioli told me from him. I have given -so exact an account of these things to your Majesty in the letters -I have had the honour to write to yourself and to M. de Pomponne, -that it is useless for me to enlarge more upon this subject. When we -were upon the point of separating, the Duke of Mantua represented -to me the risk he is in of being overwhelmed by the Spaniards, -whose bad intentions he cannot doubt of, after their late earnest -persuasions to him, to admit the Germans into Casale, to withdraw -his garrison from Guastalla, and to declare himself openly and -without delay in their favour. He added, that I must be aware, that -under the resolution he had taken of serving your Majesty, both with -his person and his territories, he would do nothing prejudicial -to your interests; but that, if the Spaniards did not give him -more money than what they were accustomed to furnish him with, -for the support of the garrison of Casale, as they had declared -to him was their intention, he should not be able to support the -expense of it himself, or to preserve that fortress; that the danger -was so pressing, that no time was to be lost in placing him in -a state of safety, and that affairs went on so slowly by means -of despatches, that he found himself obliged to send the Count -Matthioli to your Majesty, to expose to you the state to which he -finds himself reduced, and to implore you to deliver him from it as -quickly as may be possible. - -I have not dared, Sire, to oppose myself to this journey, because -I perceived that the Duke of Mantua had taken some offence, or at -least that he had some uneasiness at the length of this negociation, -which I have protracted upon different pretexts as much as I was -able, without endangering it, as your Majesty had ordered me; and -because besides I have thought that you would be the more assured -of the firmness of the Duke of Mantua, when the Count Matthioli, -in whom he has a blind confidence, and who governs him absolutely, -should be with you. He will make known to your Majesty, better than -can be done by letters, the facilities you would find in conquering -the Milanese, the intelligences that may be established there, and -the detail of the whole negociation he has had with the Republic of -Venice in the name of the Duke of Mantua, who demanded the advice -of the Senate upon the affair of Guastalla, and its assistance, in -case it was attempted to disturb him by force in the possession of -that Duchy. The Senate has sent word to Matthioli, by a Sage of -_terra firma_, who was deputed for this purpose, that the Duke of -Mantua ought to retain possession of Guastalla; that the Republic -would render him all the good offices she could, and that even if -her intercession should be of no avail, she would still assist -him secretly with advice and money, and not abandon him. This -Senator gave him to understand, that if your Majesty was to send -an army into Italy, and that the Duke of Mantua should be in your -interests, the Republic would not be disinclined to enter into the -same party; and the Procurator Nani,[189] with whom he has also had -two conversations, explained himself upon this subject still more -clearly. - -As the Count Matthioli is not to receive his instructions till the -day after to-morrow, he will not, certainly, set off from hence till -towards the end of the week. I shall have the honour of acquainting -your Majesty with what they contain of most importance, as well as -with the time by which the Count Matthioli can be with you. - - I am, - with every kind of respect and submission, - Sire, - Your Majesty's - most humble, most obedient, and - most faithful Servant and Subject, - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[190] - - [189] John Baptist Felix Gaspar Nani was descended from an - illustrious family at Venice, and was born on the 30th of - August, 1616. He distinguished himself early in diplomacy, and - was for twenty-five years ambassador from the Republic to - France. He was subsequently chosen Procurator of St. Mark, the - next dignity in the Republic to that of Doge. He is best known - to posterity by his "Istoria della Republica Veneta,"--which is - a valuable and useful work, though it has been reprobated as - being partial, and written in a vicious and incorrect Italian. - He died on the 25th of November, 1678. - - [190] From the archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 18. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Reasons for consenting to the mission of Matthioli to Paris. - - Venice, March 26th, 1678. - - SIR, - -My last letters will have shown you that I had forestalled in -some measure, the orders which I received in the one of the 4th -of this month, which you did me the honour to write me. I had -judged that, in the present conjuncture, it would not be easy -for the King to send a powerful army into Italy, so speedily as -was wished. It appeared to me, nevertheless, that His Majesty -considered the negociation which I had commenced with the Duke of -Mantua, through the means of the Count Matthioli, as an affair -which might eventually be of use to him, and which he would wish -to be in a situation to profit by. Therefore, Sir, I have used all -my endeavours to encourage the opinion already entertained, that -the arms of France will appear in the Milanese, and to confirm the -Duke of Mantua in his good dispositions towards His Majesty, and -in his suspicions of the Spaniards. I had even made use of the -same reasons, which you prescribe to me to urge in your letter, -to moderate his impatience to conclude the treaty, which he is -desirous of making with the King. Before His Majesty left St. -Germain, I represented to the Count Matthioli that the negociations -with England occupied him too much, to permit him, in such very -critical times, to apply himself as much as was necessary to a new -enterprize of the importance of the one that was meditated in Italy; -and since that, I have alleged to him the difficulty of getting -answers during the hurry of the journey, and the occupations of the -campaign, which oblige the King to go frequently from one place to -another. I have added, that I was by no means surprized at this, and -that, in preceding years, I had rarely received any letters from -you at those times. He has contented himself, thus far, with the -excuses I have given him; but the Duke of Mantua is so violently -alarmed at the peril in which he believes himself to be, and at the -length of the negociation, that he has absolutely determined upon -sending the Count Matthioli to the King--and I have not dared to -oppose myself to this, from the fear of giving him suspicions, or -of disgusting him with the negociation altogether. It is true, Sir, -that after having well considered the manner in which this journey -could be accomplished, I have thought that it would turn out to be -the most easy and the most infallible method to confirm still more -the dispositions of the Duke of Mantua, and to prolong this affair -as long as the King shall judge for the good of his service. I have -for this purpose persuaded the Count Matthioli that it was important -he should not go immediately to his Majesty, but that he should -first pay a visit to some of the towns in Italy, under the pretext -of his master's interests, and his disputes with the Duke of Modena -respecting the Duchy of Guastalla, in order that there may be no -suspicion of his going into France. He is agreed upon this point -with me; and by the reckoning we have made together of his course, -and the halts he will make, I can assure you, Sir, that you will -not see him for these two months. It will be still easier for you, -when he does arrive, to detain him at least as long; and thus the -campaign will be nearly finished without the Duke of Mantua's being -able to complain of the delay, or to take measures contrary to the -King's intentions. Since this Prince left Venice, he is travelling -about his territories, without ever stopping more than three or -four days in a place, in order to avoid giving audience to the -Spanish envoys, who are waiting for him at Mantua, and to whom he -has sent word that they may address themselves to his Council; that -for himself, he has no answer to give them to their propositions, -because he is waiting for intelligence from Vienna, by which he -intends to regulate his conduct. The Count Matthioli went to him the -beginning of this week, in order to receive his instructions for -his journey to Paris, and to give him an account of his negociation -with the Republic. He will afterwards return here to explain to the -Senate his Master's sentiments; and so, Sir, I shall perhaps have a -further opportunity of deferring his departure for a still longer -time. * * * - - I am, &c. - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[191] - - [191] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 19. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, April 2d, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I have nothing to add to what I have already had the honour of -writing to you, upon the affair which regards the Duke of Mantua. I -have received this morning a note from the Count Matthioli, in which -he gives me intelligence that he shall be here to-morrow; and that -he will come the same day to me, an hour after sunset. I will not -fail to give you an account, in my next letter, of the conversation -I shall have with him. I am glad that he did not return to Venice so -soon as he originally intended; because his journey to Paris will -be, in consequence, deferred some days longer. I will try to obtain -intelligence why the Resident from Mantua has had such frequent -audiences of the College for the last few days. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[192] - - [192] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 20. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - Approval of Matthioli's Mission to France.--Permission to - Estrades to leave Venice. - - April 5th, 1678. - - SIR, - -We are now at the end of our journey, and consequently at the end -of my want of punctuality in writing to you. The being stationary -at St. Germain, will make me more regular. I took an opportunity, -yesterday, to give an account to his Majesty of your letters of -the 5th, 12th, and 19th of last month. He appeared satisfied with -the manner in which you have conducted the business with the -Duke of Mantua; and was made acquainted, by your letter, written -after your interview with that prince, with the resolution he had -taken of sending the Count Matthioli to France. You will have -already seen by my despatches, that there is little probability of -his Majesty's being able to send a considerable army into Italy -this year. Now it appears, that the expectation of his sending -one, forms the foundation of all the designs which the Duke of -Mantua has communicated to you. You must be aware, that it would -answer no good purpose to undeceive him; because this would be to -break off a negociation, which may otherwise have considerable -results. Therefore one of the advantages of the journey of the -Count Matthioli is, that it gains time; besides, perhaps it may -be possible to remove difficulties, and take measures with him in -person, which might be difficult to be arranged at a distance. -Therefore, Sir, you will see that, as the King cannot grant the -principal conditions which have been required, because they all turn -upon an action in Italy, we cannot flatter ourselves with concluding -any thing with this prince, at present. This is what makes me think, -that if it is so particularly necessary for your interests, as you -say, to return to France, there is nothing that need prevent your -executing your wish. His Majesty appears to me so much satisfied -with your services, that, though he has doubtless the intention of -making use of them in a sphere which will give them a wider scope -than Venice does, he will willingly grant you leave of absence. I -have even already made him acquainted with your wish; and it appears -to me, that you are at liberty to do what you choose; either to stay -at Venice, or to come to Paris. * * * - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[193] - - [193] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 21. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Conversation with Matthioli. - - Venice, April 9th, 1678. - - SIR, - -The Count Matthioli arrived here six days ago; I had a conversation -with him the same evening, and the day after he set off for -Bologna, where he was to meet the Duke of Mantua, who will send -him from thence to Paris, after having given him his last orders. -He assured me that he was charged to confirm to his Majesty all -that I have had the honour of acquainting him with, and that his -master had only recommended him not to consent to the putting a -French garrison into Casale, as long as he could fight it off. But, -Sir, he told me at the same time, that he saw too well that this -condition was the actual foundation of the proposed treaty, to wish -to raise a negociation respecting it; and that he had made the -Duke of Mantua understand that it was necessary to act with good -faith towards the King, and not to balance about giving him this -security and satisfaction, if he wished to attach himself to the -interests of his Majesty, as he had determined to do. I perceived -notwithstanding, though he did not speak openly of it, that the -example of Messina[194] had made him reflect upon the consequences -of the engagement his master was about to make with the King, which -obliged me to represent to him how much this fear was ill-founded, -and what a difference there was between a solemn treaty of two -Sovereign Princes, as the one we were now concerting would be, and -the assistance which his Majesty had only given to the Messinese -from pure generosity. - -The Count Matthioli professed to be of my opinion, and to have great -joy at seeing affairs as well-disposed as he could possibly have -wished. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[195] - - [194] In 1674 the people of Messina in Sicily, unable any - longer to bear the harshness of the Spanish Government, - revolted. The French assisted them with a body of troops under - the command of the Chevalier de Valbelle. In 1676 the Marshal - de Vivonne was sent there with a powerful fleet, and gained a - complete victory over those of Spain and Holland. But in the - beginning of 1678, the French, alarmed at the prospect of a - union of England with their enemies, abandoned Sicily to its - fate. It is to this latter event that Estrades alludes. - - [195] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 22. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - St. Germain, April 13th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have already sent you word that the King approves very much of -the manner in which you have carried on the negociation with the -Duke of Mantua, without either breaking it off or advancing it too -much. It is even advantageous, as a very natural means of gaining -time, that that Prince should have taken the part of sending the -Count Matthioli to the King. We may treat with him according to -the propositions he is charged with; but it would be a pity if the -foundation of them was to be the condition of sending a powerful -army into Italy this year, because I can tell you in confidence, -that the King has not yet taken any measures for the purpose. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[196] - - [196] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 23. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Means of protracting the Negociation.--Views of Matthioli. - - Venice, April 30th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I consider myself very happy, that the King has so much approved of -the manner in which I have conducted myself, in the affair of the -Duke of Mantua, as you have informed me in the letter which you did -me the honour to write to me on the 13th of this month, and that -his Majesty has had the goodness to regard more the zeal I have for -his service than my capacity. I shall have nothing more in future -to tell you on this subject, but the Count Matthioli will give you -ample information, when he arrives at Court, of the sentiments of -his master; of the state of his affairs; and of what may be expected -from them. The disposition in which I have seen him, makes me hope -that it will not be impossible to protract this negociation, without -running the risk of breaking it off, until the season for action is -past, and that, when he shall see the necessity that there is of -waiting till the King can take measures for sending an army into -Italy, he will willingly employ the influence he possesses over the -mind of the Duke of Mantua, to take from him all kind of suspicion, -and to prevent his being impatient at this delay; perhaps even he -might be able to persuade his master, if he should really endeavour -it, to put himself under the declared protection of the King, as he -has thus far been under that of the House of Austria; and to content -himself with his Majesty's paying the garrison he intends to place -in Casale. Finally, Sir, this affair will be in such good hands, -since it is yourself that will manage it, that even what appears the -most difficult in it may very well succeed. I will only add, that I -know that the Count Matthioli has a great desire, and need of making -his fortune, and that there are few things to which his master would -not consent for a considerable sum of money, and from the hope of a -great employment; of which, in fact, the title alone need be given -to him; as was the case with the Duke of Modena in the service of -France, and with the late Duke of Mantua in that of the Emperor, -whose Vicar-general he was in Italy, with the command of an army -there. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[197] - - [197] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 24. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Delay in Matthioli's Journey to Paris. - - Venice, May 21, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Count Matthioli has been here for the last four days with his -master. He came to me yesterday, to tell me that the Spaniards -had been, for the last two months, making such great advances to -the Duke of Mantua, that they would, perhaps, have obliged him to -consent to all they desired, which was the removing his garrison -from Guastalla, introducing the Germans into Casale, and declaring -himself openly against France, if he had separated himself for a -single moment from him; the Duchess-mother, and all the council of -this Prince, being devoted to the House of Austria. That it was -necessary he should wait for the return of the Marquis Galerati from -Milan, and that he should remain, besides, three weeks or a month -with the Duke of Mantua, who was to go, during that time, to Casale, -where he had persuaded him to wait for his return from France. That, -therefore, he could not set off till towards the end of June, but -that he would not delay beyond that time. I answered him, that he -had been in the right to remain with his master, at a time when -his presence was so necessary to him; that he ought not to set off -on his journey to Paris, till he was well assured that his absence -would cause no change, either in the sentiments or the affairs of -that Prince, but that I could assure him the King would see him with -pleasure, and that he would receive every kind of satisfaction from -his journey. * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[198] - - [198] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 25. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Interview with Matthioli. - - Venice, June 11, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Count Matthioli, who does not lose sight of the Duke of Mantua, -for the reasons that I have already informed you of, is come here to -make a stay of three or four days with that Prince; he has assured -me that he is still in the resolution of setting off, the end of -this month, to go to Paris; and that he will first accompany his -master to Casale, where he has lately discovered the intrigues of -the Spaniards, for the purpose of obtaining possession of that -place. I have taken occasion, Sir, to represent to him, that, even -if the report, which has been spread of a general peace, should be -true, the Duke of Mantua would have still more need of the King's -protection; that the House of Austria will not be in a condition -to do injury to any Prince, as long as she shall have to contend -with the power of his Majesty; but that if she had no longer this -obstacle, it would be easy for her to execute the designs, which -his master could not doubt her having against him; that it was -greatly his interest to put himself in such a state, that he need -not fear being deprived of Casale and the Montferrat, of which the -Court of Vienna had declared its wish to put the Empress Eleanor -in possession, who had no other view than that of leaving it some -day to the Prince of Lorrain,[199] in favour of his marriage with -the widow of the King of Poland; that the Duke of Mantua could not -avoid this misfortune, except by procuring for himself the support -of the King, by means of an intimate connection of interests; as -would be that he would have with him, if his Majesty had a garrison -in Casale, which would be paid at his expense, and kept on the same -conditions as we had already agreed upon; that this would make -him the more secure, from the circumstance of his Majesty's never -having had any claims upon his territories, and from his being -the only sovereign who was capable of defending them successfully -against those, who thought they had well-grounded claims upon them. -I added to this, that if he reflected upon what I told him, he -would, without doubt, perceive, that the Duke of Mantua could not -take a better line, than the one that I proposed to him. The Count -Matthioli answered me, that he was so persuaded of this, and that -he was so assured of the aversion which that Prince had for the -Spaniards, and of his inclination towards France, that even if -at his arrival at Court he should find the peace concluded and -published, and that there should be in consequence no more hope of -seeing the war in the Milanese, which his master so much wished -for there, he would still not hesitate to conclude in his name the -affair which we have commenced here, provided the King wished for -it. Should this agree with his Majesty's designs, you, Sir, will -know better than any body how to make use of the good intentions of -the Count Matthioli, when he shall be with you. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[200] - - [199] Charles V. Duke of Lorrain, married, in the commencement - of this year, Eleanor, daughter of the Emperor Leopold, and - widow of Michael Wiecnowiecki, King of Poland. For an account - of him, see note, page 48. - - [200] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 26. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - St. Germain, June 15, 1678. - - SIR, - -I answer your letters of the 21st and 28th of May, and of the 4th -of this month together; the first has made known to the King the -reasons which have delayed the Count Matthioli: if they are really -such as he told you, and that he has thought his presence necessary, -in order to prevent the injurious resolutions to which the Spaniards -might have persuaded his master, it is quite right in him not to -have left him; it would also be advantageous if he could soon -withdraw him from Mantua, and lead him to Casale. It will then be -more easy for him to make his journey into France, and to insure the -success of the measures which he has concerted with you. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[201] - - [201] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 27. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - June 22, 1678. - - SIR, - -The King has seen the letter which you were pleased to write to me, -and his Majesty has learnt from it with pleasure, that the Count -Matthioli is always in the same sentiments of affection and zeal, -which he has already shown for his Majesty. Continue to strengthen -him in them, by the hope of the same advantages which you have -already shown him that the Duke his master will find in the alliance -and protection of the King. The Duke not being in a condition to -preserve Casale, without the assistance of some one more powerful -than himself, he cannot certainly receive it more usefully and more -surely than from the hands of his Majesty. I trust you will labour, -as you have already done, to inspire him with the desire of it, -from the pleasure that you will have in rendering a very agreeable -service to his Majesty. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[202] - - [202] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 28. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Differences between the Duke of Mantua and the Spaniards. - - Venice, July 2, 1678. - - SIR, - -I see by the letter, which you did me the honour to write to me on -the 15th of last month, that you have approved of the assiduity of -the Count Matthioli about the Duke of Mantua, from the reasons which -I sent you. It will appear to you still more useful, when you are -told that he has obliged that Prince to break off the marriage of -the great-nephew of Don Vincent of Gonzaga, Viceroy of Sicily, with -the second daughter of the late Duke of Guastalla, and sister of the -Duchess of Mantua, which was already concluded, and which had been -contrived by the Spaniards, in the view of putting him more easily -in possession of the Duchy of Guastalla; so that the Duke of Mantua -is at present so much at variance with the Spaniards, that it is not -difficult to make him comprehend that there is no other safe part -for him to take, than that of putting himself under the protection -of the King, and of fulfilling those engagements with his Majesty, -which he has already agreed upon. This is what I represented to the -Count Matthioli at his last visit to this place, and he was the -more easily brought to be of this opinion, because he has a great -interest that this affair should succeed, since the Spaniards, who -are all-powerful in the councils of his master, and who have the -Duchess-mother on their side, have easily discovered that it is -he alone who injures them in the mind of the Duke, and would not -fail to take vengeance on him, if he ever fell into their hands. He -departed yesterday to go and join the Duke of Mantua, whom he does -not quit, and whom he is to accompany to Mantua, and afterwards to -Casale, from whence he will proceed to Paris: but, by the reckoning -that we have made together, he cannot be there before the end of the -next month. - - * * * * * * - -Sir, I am obliged to tell you that the Nuncio is so devoted to the -Spaniards, and that he sees with so much chagrin the power of the -King, and the weakness of the House of Austria, that he would be -capable of inventing to me a story of this nature, even should it -not be true.[203] * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[204] - - [203] As the letter breaks off here abruptly, it is impossible - for us to discover to what transaction Estrades alludes. - - [204] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 29. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Excuses for the delay of Matthioli. - - Venice, July 9, 1678. - - SIR, - -After what I had the honour of acquainting you with in my last -letter, on the subject of the Count Matthioli, I should not have -any thing further to add to-day, if he had not begged me to let you -know that he has only remained at Venice some days longer than he -originally intended, in order to execute some little commissions -which the Duke of Mantua gave him when he left the place; but that -he will go and meet that Prince this week at Mantua, that he will -follow him to Casale, and that from thence he will set off to go to -Paris, where he expects to arrive during the month of September. We -have together calculated the time, and he cannot and ought not to -leave his master sooner. He has, however, been apprehensive that -these delays might give a bad opinion of him, and he has wished, in -order to set his mind at rest, that I would send you the letters he -has written to the King and to you, Sir; although I assured him he -need not take this trouble, and that it would be sufficient if I -bore testimony to his zeal and to his good intentions. * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[205] - - [205] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 30. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - July 13, 1678. - - SIR, - -The letter which you were pleased to write to me on the second of -this month, has shown the King that the Count Matthioli continues -in the same good intentions for his service, and in the design of -coming to France. His Majesty sees with pleasure that he is making -preparation, in order to be able to finish there the negociation -which you have commenced with him; and he has also been well -contented that, in order to prevent his master from entering into -more intimate engagements with the Spaniards, he has caused to be -broken off the marriage, which was on the point of taking place, -between the great-nephew of Don Vincent of Gonzaga, Viceroy of -Sicily, and the second daughter of the Duke of Guastalla. - - POMPONNE.[206] - - [206] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 31. - -ESTRADES TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, July 30, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have nothing new to send you, in return for what you tell me, in -the letter which you did me the honour to write to me on the 13th of -this month: but as soon as the Duke of Mantua shall be arrived at -Casale, I shall be able to inform you precisely of the day on which -the Count Matthioli will set off for Paris. - -I have heard that the Duke has brought his mother back to Mantua, -and that she is ill there of a fever. If God was to call her to -himself, without doubt the affair of Casale would be more easy to -conclude, and the execution of the treaty would be less difficult; -though thus far there is no reason to doubt that in any case it -will fail, if his Majesty continues always in the wish of obtaining -possession of that place. - - * * * * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[207] - - [207] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 32. - -POMPONNE TO ESTRADES. - - St. Germain, August 10, 1678. - - SIR, - -As the King continues always in the intention of profiting by the -good dispositions of the Duke of Mantua, His Majesty desires that -you will continue to encourage them, as you have already had so much -part in originating them. His arrival at Casale, and the journey -of the Count Matthioli into France, will show more clearly his -inclinations with regard to delivering up that place to His Majesty. * * * - - POMPONNE.[208] - - [208] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 33. - -ESTRADES TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Good dispositions of the Duke of Mantua, and of the Garrison - of Casale. - - Venice, August 20, 1678. - - SIRE, - - * * * * * * - -The Count Matthioli arrived here the day before yesterday, and he -goes away this evening to Mantua. He only came here to assure me, -that he would set off infallibly in the first week of next month, to -go to your Majesty, as he has done himself the honour of sending you -word himself; that the Duke of Mantua is always firm in his design -of putting himself under the protection of your Majesty; that all -those who have any command in Casale, are devoted to the will of -that Prince, and inclined to the French; and that there is so exact -a guard kept in that place, that nothing can enter or go out of it, -except by the order of the Commandants. I exhorted him not to defer -his departure beyond the time he had stated, and I told him that -he would be as well received by your Majesty, as he could possibly -wish. * * * - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[209] - - [209] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 34. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, September 3, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Count Matthioli has sent word to the Ambassador by the Sieur -Giuliani, (whom he had despatched to Padua, to learn news respecting -his health) that his illness begins to diminish, and that he hopes -it will soon permit him to commence his journey to the Court, about -the time he agreed on with him. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[210] - - [210] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 35. - -MATTHIOLI TO LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH. - - Excuses his own delay. - - Padua, September 12th, 1678. - - SIRE, - -The illness, which came upon me while I was getting ready for my -departure, has, (as your Majesty has deigned to be informed by the -Abbe d'Estrades, your Ambassador at Venice,) occasioned, to my -extreme grief, the necessity for me to delay my journey to you. The -eagerness I have is extraordinary, to be able with all possible -celerity to throw myself at your Majesty's feet. As soon as I -shall have recovered in some degree my strength, I will not fail -to set off. The present emergency of the Genoese seems to me very -opportune for the designs we have in view. I hope to be able, with -all respect, to suggest upon this subject also to your Majesty some -points of importance. I bow myself before you most humbly. - - Of your Majesty, &c. - - HERCULES A. MATTHIOLI.[211] - - [211] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 36. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, September 17th, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Sieur Giuliani, having gone one day this week to gain -information of the state of health of the Count Matthioli, brought -back to the Ambassador the letter which the Count had done -himself the honour of writing to you,[212] and which I take the -liberty, Sir, of sending you. He sent word at the same time to his -Excellency, that now, as he has no more fever, he will return to -Mantua, in order to satisfy the impatience of the Duke of Mantua -to see him; and that as soon as he shall have regained a little -strength, he will not fail to set off, in order that he may arrive -at the Court as soon as possible. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[213] - - [212] This letter is not published. - - [213] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 37. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Fontainebleau, October 6, 1678. - -I have received, Sir, this week, your letter of the 17th, together -with the two others from M. Matthioli, which were joined to it; but -I cannot reply to them till the next post, not having as yet had an -opportunity of rendering an account of them to the King. We shall -wait for the arrival of the aforesaid Sieur Matthioli, to know what -propositions he intends to make. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[214] - - [214] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 38. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Paris, October 14, 1678. - -Since the last post, I have found an opportunity to read to the -King your letter of the 17th of September, and he appears to me -to approve of the account, you give in it, of what regards his -interests, in the place where you at present are. - -His Majesty has learnt with pleasure, that the Count Matthioli will -soon be in a state to come here, when he will listen to him with -favour. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[215] - - [215] Ibid. - - - - -No. 39. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Intention of Estrades to leave Venice. - - Venice, October 15, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I sent you word, some time back, that the Abbe d'Estrades was gone -into the country, from whence he intended to continue his journey -into France. The uneasiness he felt at the delay of the Count -Matthioli in his departure, (although it only proceeded from his -illness, and from the necessity he had to be near his master,) and -his desire to see him set off before him, or at least at the same -time, are the causes why he has always deferred his own departure; -but having had four days ago a conference with the Count Matthioli, -in which he assured him that he would without doubt set off for -France to-day, and that he had even received the order of the Duke -of Mantua to that effect * * *[216] - - DE PINCHESNE.[217] - - [216] The sentence is left thus unfinished in the letter, as - published by M. Delort. - - [217] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 40. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Continued delay of Matthioli. - - Venice, October 22d, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -WHILE I was in the belief that the Count Matthioli had set out -for the Court, according to the promise he had made to the Abbe -d'Estrades in the last conference, which, as I sent you word, Sir, -they had together, I have been surprised by learning at this moment, -by a letter which he has written to the Sieur Giuliani, who has -just brought it me, that some affairs, which he has had to transact -with the Duke of Mantua, have obliged him to delay his departure -till to-day. He has written to the aforesaid Sieur Giuliani to be -to-morrow evening at Verona, in order to continue his journey to -the Court from thence. He has judged it proper, in order to keep -the whole affair as secret as possible, to take him with him rather -than any other, as he is already informed of all the circumstances -of the case, the Abbe d'Estrades having made use of him in all the -journeys that were necessary during the course of this affair. He -is a very good sort of man, who is already entirely French in his -dispositions, and full of affection for the service and interests of -the King. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[218] - - [218] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 41. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, October 29th, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I have received this instant a letter from the Count Matthioli, -written from Berheta, on the 26th of this month; in which he -acquaints me that he will immediately continue his journey to the -Court with the Sieur Giuliani; where, perhaps, they will be arrived -before you receive this letter. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[219] - - [219] Ibid. - - - - -No. 42. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Versailles, November 4th, 1678. - - * * * * * * - -According to appearances the Abbe d'Estrades will soon arrive here, -and with him the Count Matthioli, through whom we shall be able to -know more distinctly the sentiments of the Duke of Mantua. * * * - - POMPONNE.[220] - - [220] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 43. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - November 11th, 1678. - -I have received your letter of the 22d, the principal point of which -is, the making the King acquainted with the reason, for which the -Count Matthioli did not set off so soon as he had promised the Abbe -d'Estrades. We must wait for his arrival to know what he has to -propose to the King. - - POMPONNE.[221] - - [221] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 44. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Versailles, November 18th, 1678. - - * * * * * * - -Neither the Count Matthioli, nor the Sieur Giuliani are yet arrived -here. - - * * * * * * - - POMPONNE.[222] - - [222] Ibid. - - - - -No. 45. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, November 19th, 1678. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I have just received a letter from the Count Matthioli, written -from Zurich on the 5th of this month, in which he informs me, that -the bad roads have been the cause, which has prevented him from -travelling as quick as he could wish in his journey to the Court, -but that he hopes to be there in a few days, and perhaps may be -arrived before you receive this. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[223] - - [223] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 46. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, November 26th, 1678. - - SIR, - -I have received this week the two letters which you did me the -honour to write to me, on the 4th and on the 7th of this month. -I see by both of them, how much the King is disposed to receive -the Count Matthioli favourably, and to listen willingly to his -propositions, as soon as he shall be arrived at the Court. I think -he must be there at present, as I have again received to-day a -letter from him, from Soleure, dated the 9th of this month, in which -he informs me that he has made as much expedition as possible, in -order to arrive there quickly. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[224] - - [224] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 47. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - December 2d, 1678. - - * * * * * * - -I send you only a packet belonging to the Count Matthioli, who -arrived here some days ago, and who acquaints the Duke of Mantua -with the circumstance. You must take great care to send the letters -that are in this packet to their destination. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[225] - - [225] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 48. - - Powers granted to Pomponne, to treat with Matthioli. - -The Duke of Mantua having testified to his Majesty, through the -medium of the Count Matthioli, the extreme desire he has to make -known his zeal for his interests; and to acquire for himself, by -the most intimate alliances into which he can enter with him, the -same friendship and the same protection, which his predecessors -have received from France on great and important occasions. His -Majesty, therefore, who has always preserved a sincere affection for -the family of the aforesaid Duke and for his person, has received -with pleasure the sentiments that he has manifested to him; and in -order to take the necessary measures with him for an alliance, which -shall be both most intimate and most advantageous to the aforesaid -Duke, he has given full power to the Sieur de Pomponne, counsellor -in ordinary in all his councils, secretary of state and of his -commandments and finances, in order to, with the aforesaid Count -Matthioli, agree, treat, and sign such articles as to him shall -seem good, for this particular alliance with the aforesaid Duke of -Mantua; promising, on the honour and word of a king, to consent to, -and to confirm and establish now and always, all that the aforesaid -Sieur de Pomponne shall, for this effect, conclude and settle, -without contravening, or suffering the contravention of any part of -it, in any manner whatsoever, and to furnish his ratification of -it in proper form, within the time that shall be stipulated by the -treaty. In witness whereof his Majesty has signed the present with -his hand, and has caused to be affixed to it his privy seal. - -Done at Versailles, the 5th day of December, 1678. - - LEWIS.[226] - - [226] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 49. - -LEWIS THE FOURTEENTH TO THE DUKE OF MANTUA. - - Promises his protection to the Duke. - - MY COUSIN, - -The Count Matthioli, will instruct you so particularly, both of the -manner in which he has acquitted himself of the orders with which -you have charged him for me, and of the extreme satisfaction with -which I have received the assurances he has given me of your zeal -for my interests, that I can have nothing further to add upon these -subjects. I am only desirous of testifying to you myself, the entire -confidence which I wish you to place in my friendship. You may -promise yourself, that it will be useful and glorious to you upon -all occasions; and you may always rely with certainty and security -upon my alliance. I hope to be able to give you very evident marks -of this in the sequel; and after having borne testimony to you of -the satisfaction which the conduct of the Count Matthioli, through -the whole of this affair, has given me, I will not lengthen the -present letter any more, except to pray to God that he may have you, -my Cousin, in his holy and worthy keeping. - -Written at Versailles, this 8th Dec. 1678. - - LEWIS. - - (And lower down), - - ARNAUD.[227] - - [227] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 50. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - December 16th, 1678. - - * * * * * * - -I SEND you a letter of the King to the Duke of Mantua, which you -will deliver to the Count Matthioli, as soon as he shall arrive at -Venice, taking care always to keep his journey very secret. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[228] - - [228] Ibid. - - - - -No. 51. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Interview of Pinchesne with Don Joseph Varano. - - Venice, December 24th, 1678. - - SIR, - -As soon as I had received, together with the letter that you did -me the favour to write me on the second of this month, that which -the Count Matthioli sent to the Duke of Mantua, under cover to Don -Joseph Varano, who is here with that Prince, and who is one of the -two persons to whom his Highness has confided the design he has -to deliver Casale into the hands of the King, I made known to M. -Varano, by the son of the Sieur Giuliani, that I was very desirous -of being able to deliver to him a letter from a French gentleman, -who was one of his friends, and who had begged me to give it into -his own hands. He understood very well what that meant to say; and -at the same time sent me word, that if I would find myself that -evening in mask at the Opera, he would not fail to be there also; -which was executed according to our resolution. He told me, when I -gave it him, that the Duke of Mantua would be delighted to receive -it; because, for some days, he had shown great impatience to hear -of the arrival of the Count Matthioli at the court, and to know in -what state the affair was, which he was gone there to negociate. He -asked me, at the same time, if I could not give him some news upon -the subject; but as I know nothing about it, I contented myself -with only telling him that I did not doubt but it was in a good -train, and that I was persuaded his Highness would receive, on this -occasion, the marks of that esteem and friendship which His Majesty -has for him. I thought, Sir, I might be permitted to speak to him in -these terms; because what I told him was from my own head, and not -as if I had received any order to that effect. We afterwards agreed -together, that, during the stay of the Duke of Mantua at Venice, we -would make use of the same means to deliver to him the letters which -might come to me from the Count Matthioli. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[229] - - [229] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 52. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - A courier sent to Venice with a new cypher. - - St. Germain, December 25th, 1678. - -THIS courier, whom I despatch to you, has orders not to come to your -house as a courier, but to enter Venice as a tradesman, or a private -French individual, who comes there on his own business: he brings -for you a cypher, which you will only make use of in what regards -the affairs of the Duke of Mantua, according to the occasions which -you may deem necessary after the return of the Count Matthioli. We -have been afraid that, for so important an affair, the cypher of -the Abbe d'Estrades was too old, and had probably been discovered, -in the many times it has passed through the territories of Milan. -You will make use of it as usual in your ordinary despatches; but -you will only write on the affairs of Mantua in the new one, which -this courier brings to you. Take care to inform us exactly, of the -arrival of the Count Matthioli, and of all that he shall communicate -to you on the subject of his journey. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[230] - - [230] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 53. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Catinat sent to Pignerol. - - St. Germain-en-Laye, December 29, 1678. - -THESE few words are to let you know, that it is necessary for the -King's service, that the person who will send you this note, should -enter into the citadel of Pignerol, without any body's knowing it. -To this effect, cause the Gate of Aid[231] to remain open till -night-fall, and send him one of your servants; or even, if you are -able, go yourself to meet him, at the place to which his valet will -conduct you; in order that he may enter in your suite into the -aforesaid citadel, and into the aforesaid dungeon, without any one's -perceiving it. - - I am truly yours, - - DE LOUVOIS.[232] - - [231] "Porte du Secours." - - [232] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 54. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - D'Asfeld sent to Venice. - - St. Germain, Dec. 30, 1678. - -The King has despatched this day the Sieur d'Asfeld, Colonel of -Dragoons, who is to go to Venice, under pretext of a journey of -curiosity and pleasure. He will not come directly to your house, -but will appear as a stranger, whom curiosity alone leads to the -place where you are. He will afterwards come to see you, as if on -account of the natural obligation which all Frenchmen have to visit -those who are placed in a country for His Majesty's service. He -will deliver to you, from me, a short letter, as of introduction -for him, in which I request you to contribute to the success of -his particular interests at Venice. He will communicate to you the -orders he has received; and you will take the necessary measures -to make known his arrival to the Count Matthioli, and to arrange a -meeting between them, if necessary. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[233] - - [233] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 55. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - St. Germain, Dec. 30, 1678. - - SIR, - -You will receive this letter by the hands of M. d'Asfeld, who -goes to Venice, for an affair which he will communicate to you -himself, and of which you will have had, before his arrival, a more -particular instruction by my letters. All that I will therefore add -is, that you will put an entire reliance on what he tells you, and -that you will contribute, in every way that depends on you, to the -success of his particular interests at the place where you are. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[234] - - [234] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 56. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, Dec. 31, 1678. - - SIR, - -In order to deliver to Don Joseph Varano the letter, which I have -received for him from the Count Matthioli, at the same time with -that which you did me the favour to write on the 9th of this month, -I have made use of the same means which I had the honour to acquaint -you with in my last letter, and which we had agreed upon together, -for the time during which the Duke of Mantua should remain at -Venice. He told me, when he received it, that this prince had -experienced great pleasure by learning from the first, that the -affair was in a good state; and that he was most impatient to hear -of the conclusion of it; to which I answered him in two words, that -that was a hope which his Highness might, with reason, flatter -himself to see realized. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[235] - - [235] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 57. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, Jan. 7, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -As soon as the Count Matthioli shall arrive at Venice, I will -immediately deliver into his hands the letter which the King has -done the Duke of Mantua the honour of writing to him. That prince -left this place the day before yesterday, to return to his own -States; but he is to come back to Venice towards the end of this -month, to pass the rest of the Carnival there. I will keep the -journey of the Count Matthioli secret, as you order me; but I beg -you to believe, Sir, that it was not necessary you should take the -trouble to recommend this to me, since I know very well of what -importance it is to preserve an inviolable secrecy in this affair. - - * * * * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[236] - - [236] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 58. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Venice, Jan. 15th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I shall execute with all the punctuality possible, every order which -it shall please you to give me on this affair; and as soon as the -Count Matthioli shall be returned to this place, I will not fail to -acquaint you with it, and to give you an exact account of all he -shall tell me respecting the business which he has been negociating -at the Court. - - * * * * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[237] - - [237] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 59. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Arrival of d'Asfeld at Venice. - - Venice, Jan. 21st, 1679. - - SIR, - -Before I received the letter, which you did me the honour to write -to me on the 30th of last month, and by which you informed me that -the King intended to send here the Count d'Asfeld, Colonel of a -regiment of Dragoons, he was already arrived, and had been to -see me, to communicate to me the orders he had received from his -Majesty; but as he was not charged with any letter from you, for -me, I should have had some difficulty in opening my plans to him, -in an affair of this consequence, if M. Giuliani, who happened to -be with me just then, and who was come to see me for the first time -since his return, had not told me, a few moments before, that there -would shortly arrive here a gentleman from the King; and if I had -not found him himself so well-informed of the whole of this affair, -that I could have no doubt of the truth of what he told me; since -it appeared to me impossible that he could know so much upon the -subject without having learnt it from you, or from those who are -alone acquainted with it. He told me that M. de Louvois had obliged -him, before his departure, to burn the letter which you had given -him to deliver to me, from fear lest, if he was stopped in the -Milanese, it might give some ground of suspicion to the Spaniards. -He even detailed to me so precisely all that it contained, that I -could have no farther cause for fear, after I had seen that what he -told me, tallied so well with all that you have done me the favour -to write to me upon his subject. We have not been able to agree -upon any thing together since he has been here, because the Count -Matthioli is not yet arrived; but as he has written to me and to -M. Giuliani, from whom he separated himself near Turin, in order -to excite less observation, that he will be here in a few days, I -hope to be able, by the next post, to give you an account of all -we shall have settled with him. I will not fail, Sir, to represent -strongly to him, according to the order which M. d'Asfeld has given -me, on the part of the King, to that effect, that it is absolutely -necessary for the Duke of Mantua to be at Casale by the 20th of next -month, to make the exchange of the treaties; and I will make him so -clearly understand that diligence is most necessary in an affair of -this importance, lest, from delay, it should be discovered, that I -am almost bold enough to promise, that he will persuade his master -to go there at that time. However, Sir, if this prince, who is -accustomed to pass the last days of the Carnival here every year, -wished also to do so this year, in order not to make his conduct -appear extraordinary; and that he should think that from the 15th -of February, which is the first day of Lent, to the 20th, there -will be too little time for his journey to Casale, without showing -an anxiety which might occasion suspicions; and that, therefore, he -might wish to defer for some days the exchange of the treaties, I -think you will approve of my sending you an extraordinary courier to -inform you of it; it being impossible for me to do so sufficiently -quickly by the post. - - DE PINCHESNE.[238] - - [238] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 60. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Delays of Matthioli, and of the Duke of Mantua. - - Venice, Jan. 28th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -According to the letters which M. Giuliani and I received last week -from the Count Matthioli, we thought he would, without doubt, be -this week at Venice, with the Duke of Mantua. However, neither one -nor the other are yet arrived, on account of a slight illness which -the Duchess dowager of Mantua has had, which has obliged that prince -to remain with her; but the Sieur Giuliani has received to-day a -letter from Don Joseph Varano, in which he informs him, that the -Count Matthioli is at present at Padua, where he is waiting for -the Duke of Mantua, in order that they may come here together, on -Monday, or Tuesday at the latest. This has obliged M. d'Asfeld -and myself to send Giuliani this evening to Padua, to the Count -Matthioli, to give him intelligence of the arrival of M. d'Asfeld at -Venice, and to represent to him that it is of the last importance, -on account of the shortness of the time, for us to have, as soon as -possible, a conference together, in order to take all the measures -that shall be necessary to induce the Duke of Mantua to be at Casale -the 20th or 25th of next month, according to the wish of the King. - -I think I can say to-day more securely than I did last week, that I -shall inform you by the next post of all we shall have arranged with -the Count Matthioli, since certainly the next week will not pass -away without our meeting. - - DE PINCHESNE.[239] - - [239] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 61. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Further Delays of Matthioli. - - Venice, February 4th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -The Duke of Mantua has been here since Tuesday. The Count Matthioli -was to have come with him, but the fever he has been suffering from -for the last ten or twelve days prevented him, and obliged him -to remain at Padua, where he still is, for the purpose of going -through a course of remedies. Nevertheless, Sir, as time presses, -M. d'Asfeld and I have sent M. Giuliani to him twice this week, to -represent to him the necessity we have of seeing him, to arrange -together the day when the Duke of Mantua is to be at Casale. He -has sent us word for answer, that to-morrow he will certainly be -at Venice, whatever his state of health may be, and that on Monday -or Tuesday, at the latest, we may see one another, to conclude -all things; after which, M. d'Asfeld can set off for Pignerol: -that, besides, he could assure us, that in all the conversations -he had had with the Duke of Mantua, since his return from France, -he had found that Prince in the best possible dispositions for -the success of the affair, within the time that had been fixed -upon with you, and that he had even done himself the honour of -acquainting you with this in a letter which he had written you. I -have also seen, within the last two days, Don Joseph Varano, who -has also given me assurances to the same effect on the part of his -master. So, Sir, there is every reason to hope, that the King will -soon receive the satisfaction that he expects from this business. -When M. d'Asfeld and myself shall see the Count Matthioli, we will -represent to him the diligence that is necessary to be made use -of in this affair; which is the more so, because the march of the -troops towards Pignerol begins to give suspicion to the Spaniards -in the Milanese, although thus far they are persuaded that they are -only sent to that place to work at the fortifications. M. d'Asfeld, -who, as well as myself, is rendered uneasy by the delay of the Count -Matthioli, had made a resolution, on Friday evening, to go and pay -him a visit at Padua, and to take as a pretext his wish to go and -see some of the towns of the Terra Ferma; but we reflected, that two -days, more or less, was not of great consequence; and that, besides -the uselessness of this journey, since it is necessary that the -Count Matthioli should speak to the Duke of Mantua before he can -settle any thing with us, it might also cause some suspicion in his -inn, where there are many strangers, if he was seen to leave Venice -during the time when the diversions there are at their height, to -go and make a tour in towns where there are none. Therefore we -have thought, that it was better to wait the arrival of the Count -Matthioli in this city, in order not to risk any thing by too much -precipitation, in an affair in which secrecy is so necessary, and -respecting which one can never take too many precautions. - - * * * * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[240] - - [240] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 62. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, Feb. 7th, 1679. - -I SEND you a letter for the same person[241] to whom you were to -deliver the two packages, which the individual named Barrere ought -to have brought you by this time. I beg that you will give it to -him, and send me by the return of the same courier, who will deliver -to you this letter, whatever answer he shall make to it. The person -who despatches this courier from Lyons, has orders to tell him, that -he is the bearer of the letters of Madame Fouquet. It will be right -for you to tell him the same thing when you send him back. You will -observe, if you please, to put an envelope over your letter to me, -addressed to the Sieur Du Bois, Clerk of the Foreign Post at Lyons. - -If the person to whom you have to deliver this letter is not -arrived, you will send me word of it by the return of the courier, -and will keep the letter till his arrival. - - DE LOUVOIS.[242] - - [241] This person was Catinat, who was now on his way to - Pignerol, under the assumed name of Richemont. - - [242] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 63. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Interviews with Matthioli.--Further Delays in the - Ratification of the Treaty. - - Feb. 7th, 1679. - -WE had hoped, M. d'Asfeld and I, according to the promises which -had been given us to this effect by the Count Matthioli, through M. -Giuliani, as often as we sent him to Padua, that we might be able to -dispose the Duke of Mantua to go to Casale the 25th of this month, -according to the King's intentions; but notwithstanding all that we -have been able to allege to the Count in the two conferences we have -had with him, last Thursday and this morning, we have not been able -to succeed, and we have therefore been obliged to defer the day of -the exchange of the ratifications of the treaty till the 10th of -next March; on which day the Duke of Mantua promises to be, most -assuredly, and without any further delay, at Casale. - -We have despatched you this extraordinary courier, Sir, to give you -intelligence of this; and we have so strongly recommended diligence -to him, that we hope our letters will still arrive soon enough at -court, to afford the King sufficient time to give whatever orders -his Majesty shall judge necessary, for the delaying of the march of -the troops towards Pignerol. - -M. d'Asfeld writes in this intention, to M. de Louvois; but I will -take the liberty to request you, Sir, in case the King has any new -orders to give us on this affair, to order them to be sent directly -to me; because, as it is possible that M. d'Asfeld may be obliged -to depart before they arrive, I could not be made acquainted with -them if they were sent to him, the cypher he has received from M. de -Louvois being different to that which you have sent me. We think, -nevertheless, we can assure you, Sir, that we do not see, from this -delay of time, any reason to doubt the sincerity of the sentiments -of the Duke of Mantua; who has again assured us, through the Count -Matthioli, that he is more than ever in the intention of executing -the treaty he has just made with his Majesty, and of keeping the -promise he has given to him. - -The Count Matthioli had written to you; but as his letter was not in -cypher, and did not contain any thing but what I have sent you word -of in this, I have not thought it necessary to send it to you. - - DE PINCHESNE.[243] - - [243] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 64. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, February 15th, 1679. - - * * * * * * - -WHEN the affairs for which the Sieur de Richemont is with you shall -be concluded, you may, &c.[244] * * * - - - DE LOUVOIS.[245] - - [244] The sentence is left thus imperfect in M. Delort's - publication. The whole letter, however, is published in the - work entitled, "Les philosophes et les gens de lettres des - XVIIe et XVIIIe siecles a la Bastille." The rest of the letter - does not refer to Matthioli's affair. - - [245] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 65. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - February 17th, 1679. - -I HAVE given an account to the King of what you tell me, in your -last letter of the 28th of January, you have done concerning the -affair which is entrusted to you, and of your expecting the Count -Matthioli soon, from the assurance that the Sieur Giuliani had given -you to that effect. His Majesty was very glad to see that you still -have hopes both of the success of the affair, and of prevailing -upon the Duke of Mantua to leave Venice on the 20th or 25th of this -month. - -I have nothing particular to acquaint you with, beyond what you -already know. You will continue, if you please, to inform me exactly -of all that shall pass on this subject; even despatching me an -extraordinary courier if you shall deem it necessary. - - POMPONNE.[246] - - [246] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 66. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Reasons for the Duke of Mantua's delay in going to Casale. - - Venice, February 18th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -THE necessity, which M. d'Asfeld and myself were under a week ago, -of sending off in all haste the courier whom we despatched to the -Court, prevented me, Sir, from being able to acquaint you in the -letter, which I then did myself the honour to write to you, with the -reasons, which the Count Matthioli has alleged to us, to make us -understand that the Duke of Mantua cannot be at Casale the 25th of -this month, according to the wishes of the King expressed to him by -us. He told us three: the first was, that this Prince, wishing to -send to Casale, as soon as he should be arrived there, his guards -and the greater part of his court, (intending to make some stay -there after the conclusion of the affair,) it became necessary for -him for this purpose to have some money, which could not be got in -so short a time. The second, that it was absolutely necessary first -to persuade Don Vincent Gonzaga,[247] who is at present at Mantua, -to make this journey with his Highness, since, being the presumptive -heir of the Duke of Mantua, it would be very dangerous to leave him -at Mantua, at the time when the affair of Casale would be known; -because the Mantuans regarding him as likely to be their future -sovereign, there would be danger that they might allow themselves -to be persuaded by him to rebel against the Duke of Mantua, which, -without doubt, he would not fail to try to make them do, when he -should see that his Highness was attaching himself to the party of -France, and abandoning that of the House of Austria, to which Don -Vincent is absolutely devoted. And the third, the obligation under -which the Duke of Mantua found himself of holding here a sort of -carousel with several Venetian gentlemen, to whom he had given his -promise to that effect, which he could not now retract, without -occasioning some suspicion here. This last reason, Sir, although the -least considerable of the three, appears to me notwithstanding to be -a truer one than the others; because this Prince is so much attached -to all pleasures, of whatever kind they may be, that when he finds -an occasion of indulging in them, the most important affairs cannot -turn him away from them. This little carousel is certainly to take -place some day next week; after which the Count Matthioli has -assured us that the Duke of Mantua will, without doubt, leave this -place, in order to be at Casale the 10th of next month, as he has -promised us; his people are even to set off to-day to return to -Mantua. To-morrow we are to have another conference with the Count -Matthioli, to regulate in what manner M. d'Asfeld is to open the -business at Casale with the Duke of Mantua, for the purpose of -making the exchange of the ratifications of the treaty. Meanwhile, -Sir, I think it right to inform you, that the march of the troops -to Pignerol, and the munitions and money which are carried there, -cause great fear through the whole of Italy; and that it is said -publicly here, that the King has some great plan, without its being -possible to penetrate what it is, suspicions falling upon Casale, -upon Geneva, upon Savoy, and more particularly upon the Republic -of Genoa, on account of what has lately passed there: I even know -that M. Contarini[248] has written in these terms to Venice. There -are also two couriers, arrived during the last eight or ten days -from Turin, at Milan; the one despatched by _Madame Royale_[249] -to her envoy, and the other by the Duke of Gioninazze[250] to the -government of Milan, to give them intelligence of these movements. -The Count Matthioli has told us, that the Duke of Mantua intended -to make an excuse for his journey to Casale, by saying, that the -fear he is in of the designs of France, obliges him to go to that -place, to give the necessary orders for its security. I have just -now learnt, that a courier is arrived to the Spanish Ambassador from -Milan. I am persuaded he is sent for the same reasons I have before -stated. - - * * * * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[251] - - [247] See note, page 18. - - [248] Contarini was at this time Ambassador from the Republic - of Venice to the Court of Lewis the Fourteenth. - - [249] The Duchess of Savoy. For an account of her, see note, - page 32. - - [250] The Spanish Envoy at the Court of Turin. - - [251] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 67. - -POMPONNE TO MATTHIOLI. - - February 21st, 1679. - - SIR, - -I have received the letters, that you have taken the trouble to -write to me, and I think I cannot do better than address my answer -to them to the care of the Abbe d'Estrades, as you intend making -a journey to Turin. I have not failed to give an account to the -King of your sorrow at the long delay of an affair, which was -commenced and is to be concluded through your means. His Majesty -is still willing to promise himself a good success in it, and will -not entertain any doubt of the promise which has been so solemnly -given to him being kept. You know how much you may promise yourself -from his goodness when you shall have accomplished the success of -the project, of which you yourself laid the foundation. Upon this -subject the Abbe d'Estrades will speak to you still more in detail, -and therefore I will not lengthen this letter any more than to -assure you, that I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[252] - - [252] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 68. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Arrangements for the Exchange of the Ratifications of the - Treaty. - - Venice, February 25th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -I SENT you word in my last letter of the reports, which the march of -the troops to Pignerol caused through the whole of Italy: these have -much increased this week from the news which has been received that -M. de Vauban[253] is gone there by the King's order; which makes it -be believed more than ever, that his Majesty certainly meditates -some great design on that side, although the strongest suspicion -falls always on Genoa, and, next to that, on Casale. The Spanish -Ambassador, and the Abbe Frederic, the resident of the Emperor, went -together on Wednesday to the Duke of Mantua, to tell him they had -heard from Turin that he wished to give Casale and the Montferrat to -the King, and to represent to him the disadvantages that would arise -to all Italy from this measure, and particularly to the House of -Austria, on account of the Duchy of Milan. That Prince answered them -that he was astonished they could believe in reports of this nature, -which had no solid foundation. This answer was all they could draw -from him on the subject. Nevertheless, Sir, as he is always in the -intention of executing the treaty he has made with the King, which -he has again assured us through the Count Matthioli, M. d'Asfeld and -I have had two more conferences this week with the aforesaid Count, -the last of which was yesterday evening; in which we arranged that -M. d'Asfeld and he should find themselves on the 9th of next month -at Notre-Dame d'Increa, which is a village ten miles from Casale, in -order to make there the exchange of the ratifications; and that the -Duke of Mantua should arrive without fail at Casale on the evening -of the 15th, to wait there for the troops of his Majesty, and to -put them in possession of the place when they should arrive there -on the 18th, which is the day that M. d'Asfeld has said they would -be there, having, according to the order of M. de Louvois, demanded -nine days between that of the exchange of the ratifications and that -of their arrival at Casale. M. d'Asfeld left this place yesterday -after this conference to go to Pignerol, and the Count Matthioli is -to set off this evening for Increa: but as the Duke of Mantua wishes -to remain only a single day at Mantua, and intends to travel post -to Casale, he will remain here till the 11th or 12th of next month: -it is even better he should do so, because as long as they shall -see him amusing himself here with a carousel and similar trifles, -there will be less suspicion of him than if they saw him take his -departure. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[254] - - [253] Sebastian Le Pretre, Marquis of Vauban, the celebrated - Engineer; Marshal of France in 1703; Died in 1707. - - [254] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 69. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Suspicions of the House of Austria respecting the - Negociations. - - Venice, March 4th, 1679. - - SIR, - - * * * * * * - -All the advices that come from France and from Turin declare so -positively that the Duke of Mantua has made a treaty with the King -for the cession of Casale and of the Montferrat, that they are -beginning here to change into certainties those suspicions which I -mentioned to you, Sir, in my two last letters, they had had, ever -since the first news arrived at Milan by the couriers which Madame -Royale and the Duke of Gioninazze despatched there. The Governor -of Milan immediately sent two others to Madrid and Vienna to give -intelligence to the Emperor and the King of Spain. The courier, who -was sent to Vienna, returned here on Wednesday evening, with express -orders to the Marquis Canozza, the Imperial Vicar, in Italy, to -speak strongly to the Duke of Mantua, and to try and deter him from -doing a thing so contrary to the interests of the whole House of -Austria; and to go afterwards to Turin and Milan, to concert there -the means of preventing it, in case the news proved true. This same -Marquis Canozza having been, for the last five or six months, in -the prisons of Venice, accused of having had a gentleman of Verona -assassinated, the Emperor has also written by the same Courier to -the Republic, to beg that he may be enlarged, which was done on -Thursday evening. He has not been able as yet to see the Duke of -Mantua, who defers, as much as he can, giving him audience, in order -to gain time. The fear I have been in, Sir, lest what he has to say -to this Prince, from the Emperor, might be capable of producing some -change in him, has obliged me to charge M. Giuliani to go, as from -me, to Don Joseph Varano, who is at present, since the departure -of Count Matthioli, the only confidant of the Duke of Mantua, to -try to know from him what are the sentiments of his master upon -the subject of this mission. He has answered me, that his master -would assuredly execute the treaty he has made with His Majesty, -notwithstanding the obstacles which the House of Austria puts in -the way of it, and that he would leave this place on Wednesday or -Thursday, in order to arrive at Casale within the time at which he -has promised to be there. All that we have to fear is, that the -Spaniards, who are extremely suspicious, may watch him, and oppose -his passage,[255] and that of the Count Matthioli, of whom they have -an equal distrust. * * * - - DE PINCHESNE.[256] - - [255] Through the Duchy of Milan. - - [256] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 70. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Arrest of d'Asfeld.--Departure of the Duke of Mantua from - Venice. - - Venice, March 11th, 1679. - - SIR, - -The Courier, whom we sent you a month ago, not having complied with -the order I had given him to write to me as soon as he should be -arrived at Lyons, in order to acquaint me whether he had passed -through the Milanese without being arrested, I was under great -uneasiness until I received the letter, in which you do me the -favour to inform me that you have received the despatch which I sent -you by him. You may believe, Sir, that when M. d'Asfeld and I were -obliged to defer the day of the exchange of the ratifications till -the 10th of this month, we did not do so, till we saw that it was -impossible to persuade the Duke of Mantua to perform his part within -the period desired by the King. - -All the world says here, that he is to go away this evening, or -to-morrow, without his suite; and he has always told us, through -the Count Matthioli, that when he left this place, he would only -pass through Mantua, and travel post from thence to Casale. He has -still more time than is necessary for him to be there before the -18th of this month, which is the day when the troops of the King are -to enter the place, according to what we agreed upon with the Count -Matthioli. - -M. Giuliani has received a letter from him[257] this week, in -which he writes him word that M. d'Asfeld has been arrested at -La Canonica, which is a village beyond Bergamo, but that he was -released shortly after. - -I do not know, Sir, if this news is really true, it having been -impossible for me to verify it, and the Count Matthioli only writing -word of it because a _Voiturier_, whom he met on the road, told -him that a gentleman whom he had conducted three or four days ago -from Verona to La Canonica, had been arrested at the latter place, -and released afterwards. In any case, I cannot doubt but that you -are already informed of it, since the Count mentions, in the same -letter, that it has been written to the Abbe d'Estrades, who will -not certainly have failed to make you acquainted with it. - - * * * * * * - -I have just this moment heard, Sir, that the Duke of Mantua set -off yesterday evening at four o'clock at night,[258] and that the -Marquis Canozza is also gone to Verona, which is his country, from -whence it is believed he will be very likely to go to Milan. - - DE PINCHESNE.[259] - - [257] Matthioli. - - [258] According to the Italian mode of reckoning the hours. - - [259] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 71. - -POMPONNE TO MATTHIOLI. - - Letter of Credence to be presented to Matthioli by Catinat. - - St. Germain, March 14, 1679. - - SIR, - -The King has been informed by the Sieur de Pinchesne, of all the -measures which you have taken with him and with M. d'Asfeld, for the -execution of the affair, which has been conducted by your labours, -and of the time which the Duke of Mantua has arranged for being at -Casale. He is, besides, aware that M. d'Asfeld was to leave Venice -some days earlier, according to the agreement that you had made -together; but as he learns by his letters from Piedmont, that it -is very possible he may have been arrested in his passage through -the Milanese, and placed in the Castle of Milan, he has judged it -right to supply his place with the person who will deliver you this -letter; it is the same whom he has honoured principally with his -confidence for the execution and the conduct of all that shall be to -be done with you and the Duke of Mantua, after the arrival of that -Prince at Casale. Therefore you will, if you please, place entire -confidence in him, and particularly in the assurances which he will -give you of the good-will of his Majesty for you, and of his sense -of the service you are rendering to him. - -For myself, Sir, I intreat you to believe me with the most perfect -truth, &c. - - POMPONNE.[260] - - [260] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 72. - -ESTRADES TO MATTHIOLI. - - Complaints of the Delays in the Conclusion of the - Negociation. - - Turin, March 24th, 1679. - -I have thought it my duty, Sir, to give you advice of my arrival at -this court, in order that you may be able to let me know whatever -you shall judge necessary; and that whatsoever remains to be done, -for the termination of what has been already resolved, may be the -more easy of execution, from the proximity of the places at which we -respectively are. You cannot doubt its being with this view, that -the wish has been expressed for my coming here; and I have been -the more glad to come, because I hoped that I should not be long -without seeing the effect of the engagements which you have entered -into with the king. If I was not aware of your probity and of your -zeal for the interests of His Majesty, and for the advantage of -the Prince to whom you are attached, I should have been dreadfully -uneasy at the delay of our affair, which ought without fail, and -at the latest, to have been concluded at the commencement of this -month. But though we are already at the 24th, and that all you can -desire on our part is entirely ready, I cannot persuade myself that -the intentions of his Highness and your own are other than they -always were. You have been so well aware, how much this affair -would be useful to him at present, and glorious for the future, and -you have made him so well comprehend this, that I cannot have any -suspicions on this head; neither can I, when I represent to myself -the very considerable interest you have in completing an affair -of this importance, of which the conclusion will be considered so -great a merit on your part in the eyes of the most generous and -the greatest King in the world, who has testified to you himself -the good-will he bears you for it; who has praised the address -with which you have conducted the negociation; who has begun by -giving you several marks of his esteem and liberality; and who has -promised you besides such great advantages as would be sufficient -to establish all your family, and to make you happy for the rest -of your days. As his word has always been inviolable, you no doubt -rely upon it implicitly: you must be aware, also, how dangerous -it would be to deceive him, and that, after all the steps he has -taken, and the measures he has agreed upon, you would expose his -Highness, and yourself, to very great misfortunes, if his Majesty -had reason to think that bad faith had been made use of towards him, -after a treaty concluded in all the proper forms with himself, and -founded upon a full power; the inexecution of which would only serve -to ruin a Prince, who abandons himself to your councils, and who -would be infallibly stripped by the Spaniards, who would be willing -once for all to deliver themselves from the alarms which they have -received from the reports spread about on all sides respecting -this affair. I have already told you, Sir, that I believe you as -well-intentioned as ever, and that it is not for the purpose of -exciting you to return to these good sentiments, or to strengthen -them, that I speak to you in this manner; but only lest a longer -delay should diminish the good opinion entertained of you, and lest -umbrage should be taken that an affair in which secrecy was so -important, has been made public, although the King, and those who -have the honour to serve him, have kept the secret so well that it -cannot have been got at through them. I hope, nevertheless, that we -shall soon be satisfied; and that I shall have the pleasure to see -you worthily recompensed for your zeal: I assure you, Sir, that your -interest, more than my own, though I have much in this affair, makes -me desirous of it. - - THE ABBE D'ESTRADES.[261] - - [261] From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 73. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, March 26th, 1679. - -I have received your letter of the 21st of this month. You will -have seen by my former ones, that the King approves of the officers -of the citadel of Pignerol visiting your prisoners, and passing -the mornings and afternoons with them when they desire it, in the -presence of one of your own officers.[262] I can only now repeat the -same thing to you, and tell you, that with regard to the governor, -the officers, and the inhabitants of the town, you may act in the -same manner by them, when you shall judge fit: not, however, until -after the affair, for which the Sieur de Richemont is at Pignerol, -shall have succeeded or failed. - -I address to you a packet for the Abbe d'Estrades, which you will -send him, if you please, by one of your officers, with a direction -in your hand-writing; and when he shall have despatched to you his -answer, you will send it to me by the return of the same courier, -whom, in the meanwhile, you will keep concealed in the prison. - - DE LOUVOIS.[263] - - [262] Saint-Mars only commanded in that part of the citadel of - Pignerol which was appropriated to the use of a State-prison. - - [263] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 74. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - St. Germain, March 26th, 1679. - -The King is extremely anxious for the success of the affair of -the Duke of Mantua. We have heard nothing from M. d'Asfeld, and, -therefore, can have no doubt of his being prisoner in the Milanese. -The news which you received of his being arrested at La Canonica, -was doubtless as true as that of his being released again was the -reverse. We shall now see if the firmness of the Duke of Mantua, -which has thus far resisted the efforts of the Count Carrossa, and -of the Republic of Venice, will continue to the end: we cannot -be long without having this point cleared up, if, as you mention -in your letter of the 11th, he had set off the night before to -go to Casale. Your next letters will, of course, bring us fresh -intelligence upon the subject. - - POMPONNE.[264] - - [264] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 75. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Suspicions of the Fidelity of Matthioli. - - St. Germain, April 5th, 1679. - -I have received your letter of the 18th of March, which shows the -bad state in which, according to the Count Matthioli's own accounts, -the affair of Mantua is: he is very possibly, as you say, the sole -author of all the accidents and impediments in it, which he writes -word, in his letter to Giuliani, have happened. Your next letters -will give us still clearer intelligence on this subject; but we have -many reasons for apprehending that this negociation, which appeared -so much advanced, may fail at last, when we were in the immediate -expectation of seeing it happily concluded. * * * - - POMPONNE.[265] - - [265] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 76. - -CHANOIS TO LOUVOIS. - - Reports of Catinat being at Pignerol.--Different Rumours - respecting the Negociation. - - Pignerol, April 5th, 1679. - -As I have discovered, Sir, since the last post, that the Marquis -d'Herleville (governor of Pignerol) is aware that M. de Richemont -is incognito in the citadel of this town, and that, in fact, he -knows his real name; I do myself the honour of acquainting you with -the circumstance. M. de Saint-Andre even sends word, that he has -been told at Turin that M. de Catinat is to take him with him to -Casale. I do not know how they can have discovered so much, unless -it is, that the absence of M. de Catinat has given occasion to some -of the Guards[266] to write from Paris, that he is in these parts. -These reports also mention the days on which he has gone out of the -citadel, and the spot where the Abbe d'Estrades came to speak to him -the last time from Turin. I have answered nothing when I have heard -these things said, except that I knew of no one in the citadel, and -nothing upon the subject. - -The Marquis of Saint-Maurice told several people that the French -Ambassador wished to be very cunning; but that _he_ knew very well -that there had been a treaty made between the King and the Duke -of Mantua, on the subject of Casale; and that he also knew that -during the last ten days it had been absolutely broken off. The -retrograde movements of the troops cantoned in the Brianconnois -and the valley of Chaumont, on the side of Dauphiny and Provence, -seem to confirm the report of the Marquis of Saint-Maurice; but the -arrival of the battalion of the regiment of Piedmont in this town -two days ago, makes the people of the country, who love to reason -upon every thing, suspend their judgments; their reasonings will be -of no importance, if the Duke's sentiments are always well-disposed, -for between this place and Casale there is no fortress, nor any -obstacle which can delay the march of the King's troops. - -I am always with profound respect, &c. - - DE CHANOIS.[267] - - [266] The Officers of the French Guards, of whom Catinat, at - this time, was one. - - [267] Chanois was a French Commissary at Pignerol. This letter - is extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 77. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Pignerol, April 8th, 1679. - - SIR, - -The roads being good, and the days as long as they are at present, -a body of cavalry can go in less than thirty hours from Pignerol -to Casale. There is no fortified place through which we should be -obliged to pass, and I am not aware of any difficulty that we could -find on the passage, provided we took the country by surprise in our -march. I have thought it right to state this to you, Sir, because -the possibility of using this degree of diligence may materially -assist the measures you may wish to take. The Duke of Mantua has -never been at Casale, which seems to me an obstacle to the finding -good excuses for his going there, at a time when his conduct is so -much watched and suspected. But we could do very well without him, -if he is always well-intentioned, and if he is the master of a good -part of his garrison. The Governor is of Mantua, and therefore his -actual subject; which is perhaps a favourable circumstance. - - I am, &c. - - CATINAT.[268] - - [268] From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 78. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Rumours of Catinat's being at Pignerol.--Civilities of - Saint-Mars to him. - - April 15th, 1679. - - SIR, - -M. d'Herleville must have received some letters from Paris by the -last post, which have given him the suspicion that I might be here; -at least, he has put some leading questions on the subject to M. -de Chanois: he is not a man without curiosity, and he thought by -these means to gain certain intelligence. As I have been now a long -while absent, and there has been no doubt at Paris of some design -in agitation in these parts, on account of the troops which have -been sent here, it is probable that some reasoner of the regiment of -Guards, or some other person, may have given him this idea. - -I did myself the honour to send you word, Sir, of all that passed -in my journey to Increa. I have received letters from the Abbe -d'Estrades, in which he informs me that the troops have retired a -little, in order to get into quarters where they can subsist more -conveniently; and also of the accounts he has received respecting -the delay in the execution of the affair you are acquainted with. -I am treated here with so much attention and civility, that a long -residence, while waiting for intelligence, ought not to give me -any impatience, nor can I complain of any, except that which is -caused by my anxiety and zeal to see the conclusion of an affair -which His Majesty is anxious about, and for the conduct of which -you, Sir, have thought proper to honour me with your confidence. I -should have some uneasiness at being for so long a time a burden -and an inconvenience to M. de Saint-Mars; but he executes with so -much pleasure the orders which he receives from you, that all the -care he takes of me does not distress me. I receive it all as a very -evident mark of the kindness with which you, Sir, write to him on -my subject, for which I am infinitely obliged to you; as well as -for the honour you do me in permitting me to remain, with all the -respect that is due to you, - -Your very humble and very obedient Servant, - - DE RICHEMONT.[269] - - [269] In his correspondence with Louvois, Catinat sometimes - signs with his real name, and sometimes with his assumed one of - Richemont. This letter is extracted from the work of M. Roux - (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 79. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Continued Suspicions of Matthioli. - - St. Germain, April 18th, 1679. - -THE account you gave me in your letter of the 25th of last month of -the conversation you had had with the Count Matthioli, could not be -more exact. It is still very difficult to discover what is the real -case with this affair, and whether the good faith that was to be -desired in it has been kept to. Try to discover this adroitly, but -without showing any suspicions; and be careful to inform me of every -thing that shall come to your knowledge upon the subject. - -This is all I have to reply to your letter. The rest does not -require any particular answer. - - - POMPONNE.[270] - - [270] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 80. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, April 18th, 1679. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 8th of this month. The period of -time during which M. de Richemont will have to remain in the place -where he is at present being uncertain, I advise you to let him walk -with your prisoners, even if it should only be in the dungeon. You -may even permit him to pay them visits, and to converse with them, -which will assist in enabling him to pass the time of his stay, -which, whether it will be long or short, I cannot at present tell -you. - - * * * * * * - - DE LOUVOIS.[271] - - [271] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 81. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Confirmation of the Suspicions respecting Matthioli's want - of Fidelity. - - St. Germain, April 19th, 1679. - -THE account you have given in your letter of the first of this -month, of your interview with the Count Matthioli, of the assurances -he gave you of his good intentions, and of the journey he was -preparing to make to the Abbe d'Estrades, does not prevent his being -suspected with great reason of want of fidelity. Do not, however, -let him discover, in case you see him again, the knowledge we have -upon this subject, but tell him always that we cannot doubt but that -the Duke of Mantua will execute the promises he has so solemnly -given through him. In truth, this Prince ought not to be allowed -to believe, that it is permitted to him to fail in a treaty he has -made with His Majesty; and if the occasion presents itself, make it -appear to him that you can have no doubt of the promises which have -been made to the King being kept, and of the engagements which have -been once entered into with him being executed. Take care to inform -us exactly, as you have already done, of all that shall take place -in this affair, and of the manner in which it shall continue to be -regarded at Venice. - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[272] - - [272] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 82. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Order to receive Matthioli as a Prisoner. - - Saint Germain, April 27th, 1679. - -THE King has sent orders to the Abbe d'Estrades, to try and arrest a -man, with whose conduct His Majesty has reason to be dissatisfied; -of which he has commanded me to acquaint you, in order that you -may not object to receiving him, when he shall be sent to you, and -that you may guard him in a manner, that not only he may not have -communication with any one, but that also he may have cause to -repent of his bad conduct; and that it may not be discovered that -you have a new prisoner. - - DE LOUVOIS.[273] - - [273] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 83. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - Further confirmation of the Treachery of Matthioli. - - St. Germain, May 3d, 1679. - -THE letter you wrote me on the 15th of last month, has confirmed to -the King the treachery of the Count Matthioli, which already was but -too much suspected. There never was so signal a piece of perfidy. -We must hope that the sentiments of his master will not be of the -same kind, and that he will not wish to break the promises he has -given to his Majesty. Meanwhile we hear that this Count has arrived -at Turin, where he thinks, without doubt, to impose again upon the -Abbe d'Estrades. It is important always not to show that you are -acquainted with his conduct. - - POMPONNE.[274] - - [274] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 84. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Arrest of Matthioli. - - Pignerol, May 3d, 1679. - -I ARRESTED Matthioli yesterday, three miles from hence, upon the -King's territories, during an interview which the Abbe d'Estrades -had ingeniously contrived between him, Matthioli, and myself, to -facilitate the scheme. For the purpose of arresting him, I only made -use of the Chevalier de Saint-Martin and de Villebois, two officers -of M. de Saint-Mars, and of four men of his company: it was effected -without any violence, and no one knows the name of the rascal, not -even the officers who assisted in his arrest: he is in the chamber -which the individual named Dubreuil occupied, where he will be -treated civilly, according to the request of the Abbe d'Estrades, -until the wishes of the King, with regard to him, are known. I do -not write any thing to you, Sir, respecting the certain conviction -we have acquired of the villanies of this man, the Abbe d'Estrades -having already given his Majesty all the information possible upon -this subject. In the interview we had together before his arrest, -we talked of various things, and among others of the place in which -he had placed the essential and original papers respecting the -affair in question, which consist in a letter of the Duke of Mantua -to the King, the full powers he himself had for negociating, the -treaty of his Majesty, executed by M. de Pomponne, the ratification -of the aforesaid treaty signed by the Duke of Mantua, and a letter -of the Duke of Mantua to the Governor of Casale, ordering him to -receive the troops of the King in conformity with the treaty. All -these papers are in a box at Bologna, in the hands of his wife, who -is retired into the convent of the Nuns of Saint Lewis. The Abbe -d'Estrades is of opinion that no time should be lost in obtaining -these papers. As I only brought this man here yesterday very late, -and that the post goes early this morning, I have not as yet had -any conversation with him, for the purpose of obtaining his papers; -but two hours hence I will go to his room, and I do not doubt the -menaces I shall make to him, which his criminal conduct will render -more terrific to him, will oblige him to do all that I wish. I -have chosen M. de Blainvilliers, a choice approved of also by M. -de Saint-Mars, to go to Bologna, considering him as very capable -to conduct himself well in such a business. I will try to give him -a route by which he will avoid passing over the territories of the -King of Spain. I will give an account to you, Sir, the next post, of -all that I shall have done on this subject with Matthioli, to whom -I have given here the name of Lestang, no one here knowing who he -really is. - - I am, &c. - - RICHEMONT.[275] - - [275] From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 85. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Intelligence respecting Matthioli's Papers. - - Pignerol, May 6th, 1679. - - SIR, - -Since I did myself the honour of writing to you, I have taken down -shortly in writing all the information I have been able to draw -from the Sieur de Lestang. By making him perceive, and roughly -too, the misery to which his bad conduct exposed him, I induced -him to seek for the means of avoiding it, by doing readily and -frankly all that was desired of him. I have not said any thing to -him which could make him discover the means by which we have been -so certainly informed of his treachery; but I have spoken to him in -such a manner on that subject, that he cannot doubt that we know -it, and are convinced of it. He is a rascal; but I believe him to -be honest in his desire of delivering up the papers, either from -the fear which his present condition causes him, or with the view -of rendering a service to the King, which may be agreeable to him, -and may make him forget what is past. The original papers are at -Padua, concealed in a hole in the wall of a room, which is in his -father's lodging, and which he says is known to him alone. These -papers are the treaty made by M. de Pomponne, signed by him and by -Matthioli, signed below by the Duke of Mantua, a blank being left -for the insertion of the ratification, when the exchange should -be made for that of the King; a blank paper signed by the Duke of -Mantua, intended for a letter to the Governor of Casale, to order -him to receive the troops of the King; the full power given to M. -de Pomponne to treat with him respecting Casale; and a list of -the troops destined to the execution of this affair. If we once -have possession of these papers, the affair is concluded as far -as regards negociation; but this is a fact that we need only make -known when we think proper. As I am aware of what importance it is -to have possession of these original papers, I have acquainted the -Abbe d'Estrades with the expedients I thought might be made use of -for this purpose, in order that I may be assisted by his advice. I -do not detail them at present to you, Sir, because I expect to-day -the Sieur Giuliani, whom the Abbe d'Estrades is to send to me, -together with the Abbe de Montesquiou, his relation, for the purpose -of the former's being confronted with the Sieur de Lestang. As this -interview will probably suggest to me more certain means of getting -possession of these papers, I will not, as yet, acquaint you, Sir, -with those that I had proposed to myself. There are, besides, other -papers at Bologna, which are only letters and papers we have, as it -seems to me, little need of; knowing, as we do, by the list of those -which are at Padua, that it is these alone which particularly regard -the affair in question. I will do myself the honour to send you -word, Sir, by the next post, what shall have been the issue of the -interview between the Sieur de Lestang and Giuliani. - -The Abbe d'Estrades, by his care and address, has found means to -send to Pignerol the servant of the Sieur de Lestang, with his goods -and all his papers. I have made an inventory of the latter; they -consist in tables of cyphers, and letters, which I have docketted, -and extracted the substance of; they are of no importance. I will -send to you, Sir, by the next post, a copy of what I have extracted, -and a short summary of what I have been able to learn from the -Sieur de Lestang in the conversations that I have had with him; -respecting which he tells me he has already sent information to the -King, or to the Abbe d'Estrades, which has diminished the impatience -I should otherwise have had of acquainting you, Sir, with them. M. -de Saint-Mars treats the Sieur de Lestang very kindly in all that -regards cleanliness and food; but very rigorously in preventing him -from holding intercourse with any one - - I am, with all respect, &c. - - C.[276] - - [276] Catinat. This letter is extracted from the work of M. - Roux (Fazillac) - - - - -No. 86. - - Inventory sent by Catinat to Louvois, of the Papers which - Matthioli had about his person. - -1. A Memorandum of what he had to do at Turin, at the place where he -expected to receive letters from Carbonini. - -2. A little note of the papers of consequence he has at Padua, among -which are those which the King is desirous of having, and which the -Sieur Giuliani is gone to take possession of. - -3. A note of the road he was to take in his way to Casale. - -4. Another note, which states that he has sent four blank papers, -signed by the Duke of Mantua, to the governor of Casale; also the -dates of the departure from Venice of M. d'Asfeld, and of the day, -on which he, the Sieur de Lestang, and the Sieur d'Asfeld were to -meet at Increa. - -5. A memorandum, to make him recollect the name of a man living at -Placentia, to whom he owes five hundred livres. - -6. A little memorandum, of the places where he had bought some -small barrels of good wine, which he intended to make a present of -to M. de Varengeville,[277] the new ambassador at Venice; and of -his intention to write to the Governor of Navarre the news of what -should happen in the affairs regarding Casale. - -7. A note, stating that the Marquis de Rebouf can give intelligence -to the King of what passes at Genoa; and his reasons to the Marquis -de Cavetto for the pretensions to Savona. - -8. Another, stating that the Duke of Mantua had taken poison on the -22d of February, at Venice, which was suspected to have been given -him by an individual, named George Hacquet, a man about his person, -and the minister of his pleasures. - -9. Another memorandum, by which it appears that the Duke of Mantua -received, on the 14th of January, 2,500 pistoles from his mother; -and on the 10th of February, 3,000 pistoles from the Abbe Frederic, -the resident of the Emperor at Venice; also containing an account -of the communication which he, the Sieur de Lestang, has with the -Governor of Casale. - -10. Memorandum, by which it appears that he had an interview, on the -26th of April, near Moncalvo, with the Governor of Casale; that he -told him he must return once again to Mantua, or to Venice, because -he had written him word that he would come to him on Ascension-day; -that the aforesaid Governor was content with the expedients that -he had proposed to him for the purpose of delivering the place to -the King, by means of which his honour appeared to him to be saved; -that for this purpose, at the return of the Sieur de Lestang, it -was necessary there should be an interview between him, the Sieur -de Lestang, the Governor, and some man on the part of the King, to -execute this affair, and to agree upon means that should make it -infallible; that he would deliver up the gate of the Citadel which -goes into the country, to which Panissa, who is the Governor of it, -would offer no opposition; that the Count Vialardo, Governor of the -Castle, is entirely devoted to the Spaniards; that the Governor of -Casale requests that this affair may be quickly concluded, fearing -always lest he should be removed; that he (Lestang) will make known -to the aforesaid Governor what he shall have done, when he is with -the Duke of Mantua, through the Father Viveti, a Jacobin living at -Padua; that he will continue to write to all the Courts that the -affair of Casale has failed, and that it will not be completed. - -11. A small piece of paper, about as large as a card, upon which he -has written four or five reasons, to be inserted in the manifesto, -when the troops of the King shall be introduced into Casale. Also -a statement that all that has been done has been in virtue of the -Duke's orders, grounded upon a treaty, signed and ratified by -him; but that he (the Duke) now wished to make another with the -Spaniards, contrary to the promise he had given, and that he has -even received money to that effect.[278] - - [277] He had succeeded the Abbe d'Estrades as French Ambassador - at Venice. - - [278] From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 87. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - First Examination of Matthioli. - - Pignerol, May 10th, 1679. - -I HAVE delivered to the Abbe d'Estrades, by the hands of his -relation, the Abbe de Montesquiou, all the letters and papers of -the Sieur de Lestang, which consisted in many letters, of which I -have kept a list, containing shortly the subject of each letter. -These letters only show his journeys backwards and forwards; there -are some of them in which he is advised to take care of himself; -one, among others, is from the Ministers of Mantua, informing him -of the joy of the Duke at his prosperous return from France, and of -his having sent a boat to Placentia for him, in order that he may -come to him more securely and more conveniently. He had many other -papers, among which I have seen nothing of consequence, except a -Spanish cypher, which he confesses to have come from the Count de -Melgar.[279] - -I made him relate before me to the Abbe de Montesquiou, all that he -had done since his return from France, without interrupting him; -having, nevertheless, let him know, before I permitted him to speak, -that we were perfectly well-informed of his villainy, in order to -see what colour he would give to his bad conduct. He says, that on -his return from France, he went to Turin, where, from gratitude to -that court, which had done him the honour of making use of him in -many affairs, he thought himself obliged, on account of civility, to -see the President Turki;[280] that it was true, in talking of news -and of the state of affairs at present, he allowed him to discover -that something new was about to take place in Italy; and that the -aforesaid President, in the course of the conversation he had with -him, gave him to understand that he had no doubt there had been a -treaty made respecting Casale. It is thus that the Sieur de Lestang -relates what he did at Turin, in order to excuse his treachery -there, of which you, Sir, are already perfectly well-informed, -as well as of the money he received for it. This was the first -discovery that had been made of this affair, which hitherto had been -conducted so secretly. - -From Turin he went, by Placentia, to Mantua, to join his master, -whom he found still well-intentioned for the completion of the -affair. Even two days after his return, having fallen ill, the -Duke of Mantua came to see him; and he took this occasion to make -him sign the ratification, and to write a letter to the Governor -of Casale, in which he recommended him to do all that should be -told him by the Sieur de Lestang. Another letter, in form of a -command, was written to the aforesaid Governor, to receive the -troops of the King; in a word, he was provided at this moment with -all things necessary for the entire conclusion of this affair. A -few days afterwards, he was informed that his master had changed -his resolution; and that it was even his intention to take out of -his hands all that he had done and signed, which could render the -treaty valid. That the Duke of Mantua began by saying that nothing -had been done in this business with his participation; and that he -disavowed entirely all that he, the Sieur de Lestang, had done. This -prince could not then do otherwise, the Spaniards and his mother -being so particularly informed of this transaction, that they showed -him exact copies of the whole treaty. (These they had acquired, -either by a second piece of treachery of the Sieur de Lestang, or -through the court of Savoy.) The Sieur de Lestang says, that, under -divers pretexts, he always eluded giving up the originals to the -Duke of Mantua, in order that he might himself remain master of the -affair; and that he had not despaired of being able to complete it, -by contriving expedients to enable him to surmount the obstacles -that had occurred; as well as through the intelligence that existed -between him and the Governor of Casale. - -He says, that the Spaniards, knowing he was master of these papers, -had made him considerable offers in order to obtain them. That the -Spaniards being so well-informed, he thought it necessary to make -a false confidence to them on the subject, in order to amuse them, -by telling them that the affair had entirely failed; hoping by -this confidence, to diminish their suspicions, and the precautions -they might have taken to prevent his profiting by the advantages -which his intelligence with the Governor of Casale gave him for -the conclusion of the business. That he even took this cypher, of -which I have before spoken, from M. de Melgar, in order to make this -false confidence the more credible to him. Thus it is that this -rascal pretends to escape the accusation that has been made against -him on account of the Spanish cypher, which has been found in his -possession. - -He has told us positively, that the Duke of Mantua was poisoned at -the house of an individual named Le Romain, at Venice, where he -went to drink iced water; that the deed was done by the Spaniards, -and the poison administered by one of his own domestics; that this -prince could not live more than three or four months. He says -that he learnt this from the Spaniards, with whom he kept up a -communication, for the purpose of amusing them. - -In the midst of these events, he says that he agreed upon the -rendezvous of Increa, where he was to meet d'Asfeld, on the 7th -March, for the exchange of the ratifications; after which he did -not doubt but he should be able to conclude the affair, having all -the orders necessary, besides his intelligence with the Governor, -so that he could not have found any obstacle, nor any difficulty; -that in going to the before-mentioned Increa, he had been searched -and robbed, on the frontiers of the Brescian and the Milanese; that, -notwithstanding, having remained master of his papers, which were -concealed in a saddle, he had afterwards continued his journey as -far as Buffacore, where the arrest of d'Asfeld was confirmed to him -in a manner he could no longer doubt; that M. de Villars, who was -still Ambassador at Turin, having no knowledge of this affair, and -being doubtful himself, whether, if he came to Pignerol, I[281] -should place confidence in him, he took the resolution of going back -to Venice, to inform M. de Pinchesne of all that had happened, and -to concert new measures with him; that upon a simple letter of the -Abbe d'Estrades, who sent him word it was necessary they should have -an interview, he had not lost a moment of time in going to Turin; -that with the consent of the aforesaid Abbe d'Estrades, he had been -at Asti, for the purpose of managing a secret interview with the -Governor of Casale, at a mile from Moncalvo, in order, by promising -him great recompenses, to engage him to receive the troops, when, -for the saving of his honour, he should have received an order from -his master, and been shown that he had made a treaty with the King. -He says that he left him in a very good disposition. That afterwards -he returned to Turin, where the Abbe d'Estrades proposed to him an -interview with me, in which I arrested him. - -This, Sir, is the simple and true recital of what the Sieur de -Lestang has told me, which confirms me in the belief that he is a -thorough rascal; not having been able to give me any good reason -why he discovered this affair to the President Turki, when he -passed through Turin; or why he concealed from M. de Pinchesne his -communication with the Spaniards, his acceptation of their cypher, -and his interviews with an Inquisitor of State at Venice; if, as he -says, he only did these things in order the better to advance the -affair in question. - -I have made him write three letters for the purpose of getting -possession of the original papers which are at Padua, which have -been put into the hands of the Sieur Giuliani, by the advice of -the Abbe d'Estrades, who places an entire confidence in him: -he will make use of these three letters as he shall judge most -fit, according to the disposition in which he shall find the -father of the Sieur de Lestang. The first is only a letter of the -Sieur de Lestang to his father, in which he acquaints him, that -there are reasons which oblige him to remain at Turin, or in the -neighbourhood, but that he may place an entire confidence in the -Sieur Giuliani, and deliver to him such and such papers, of which -I have made him give the inventory to the Sieur Giuliani. The -second acquaints his father with the real state in which he is, -and that it is important, as well for his life as his honour, that -his papers should be immediately delivered into the hands of the -Sieur Giuliani. In the third, which is the last to be made use of, -in case the two first have no effect, he desires him to come to -Turin; and tells him that at the house of the Abbe d'Estrades he -will be instructed where he is, and the means to be employed to -speak with him. The Sieur de Lestang has no doubt of being able, -in this interview between him and his father, to persuade him to -all he may wish. I have inspired him with so great a fear of the -punishments due to his bad conduct, that I find no repugnance in -him to do all that I require of him, and he appears sincere in the -wish of obtaining the delivery of the papers, which will be sent -to M. de Pinchesne at Venice, in order to avoid any accidents that -might happen to them in so long a journey as that from Padua to this -place, or to Turin. - -I place no confidence in what this rascal tells me; nevertheless I -think it right to inform you, Sir, that he declares positively that -the Governor of Casale is his friend, and that, by promising him a -considerable recompense, and by furnishing him with a pretext to -save his honour, which may be done by giving him the order of his -master, (which the Sieur de Lestang says is at Padua,) to receive -the King's troops, we can make him do whatever we wish. That he -can deliver up the town, and that the Governor of the citadel is -his intimate friend, whom he can persuade to do whatever he shall -order him. As for the castle, which I saw when I was passing through -Casale, it is rather a sort of little citadel than a simple castle. -The Sieur de Lestang says, that assuredly the governor of it will -not submit himself to the orders of the Governor of Casale, although -the latter has the command over him, because the aforesaid governor, -whose name is Vialardo, is entirely devoted to the Spaniards; that -this is a thing which he has heard from the Spaniards themselves, -and that on the least change at Casale, or the march of troops -towards it, the Governors of Valenza, Novara, and Pavia, have orders -to send detachments of their garrisons to the aforesaid Casale, and -that they will be infallibly let into the place through the castle. -This Vialardo is brother of a secretary of the Duke of Mantua, -who bears the same name, and who is also entirely in the Spanish -faction. - -However, when we shall have obtained possession of the papers, it -is not impossible but we may be able to contrive something with the -Governor of Casale, if he is in those sentiments that the Sieur de -Lestang ascribes to him, and if he is the master to receive troops -in the town and citadel. This affair, if conducted very secretly, -and with the rapid march of a regiment or two of dragoons, might -take the Spaniards so much by surprise, that they might not have -any sufficient means in their power to be able to counteract it. -If we were masters of the town and citadel, and had as large a -number of troops as that which was destined to the execution of -this affair, I am certain that the castle could not prevent any -resolutions that we might wish to take. We might receive upon this -subject important intelligence from an interview with the Governor -of Casale. The difficulty is how to contrive it so as to discover -his intentions, without the negociations passing through the hands -of our rascal, in whom we cannot place any reliance. But, when we -have the papers, if this affair was despaired of as far as regards -the Duke of Mantua, and that the King thought that the plan I send -to you, Sir, was worth trying, I would concert what was to be done -with the Abbe d'Estrades, according to the orders I should receive -upon the subject. I beg pardon, Sir, for troubling you with so long -a letter; but I could not acquaint you in fewer words with the -conduct of the Sieur de Lestang, and with what has passed between -him and me. - - I am, - With all the respect which is due to you, &c. - - C.[282] - - [279] The Governor of Milan. - - [280] One of the ministers of Mary Jane Baptista of Nemours, - Duchess of Savoy; he was in the interests of the House of - Austria. - - [281] Catinat. - - [282] Catinat. From the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 88. - -POMPONNE TO PINCHESNE. - - St. Germain, May 10, 1679. - -YOUR letter, Sir, of the 22d of last month serves still more to -confirm the treachery of the Count Matthioli, of which we had even -before had too many proofs. He was, in fact, arrived in Piedmont, -and had seen the Abbe d'Estrades. It is impossible to conceive the -insolence of his daring to show himself, at a moment when all Italy -rings with his perfidy. However, it is to be wished that he should -deliver up the ratification of the Duke of Mantua, if it is true, as -that Prince states, that he has still got it in his hands; If the -Sieur Tarani[283] has more fidelity than him, it would be desirable -he should have the confidence of his master, and should dispose him -to satisfy His Majesty, by showing him that it is dangerous to break -promises which have been so solemnly made to him. * * * - - I am, &c. - - POMPONNE.[284] - - [283] This probably is a mistake for Varano, whose name has - been frequently mentioned in the former part of this - correspondence. - - [284] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 89. - -PINCHESNE TO POMPONNE. - - Interviews between the Duke of Mantua and the Senator - Foscarini. - - Venice, May 13th, 1679. - - SIR, - -I BESEECH you very humbly to be persuaded that I will not fail to -execute, with all the exactitude and zeal possible, the orders which -it has pleased you to give me, (in the letter which you have done -me the honour to write to me on the 26th of last month,) to inform -you of all that shall come to my knowledge respecting the affair of -Casale, and on the subject of the Count Matthioli. The annoyance I -had, at not being able to discover what brought the Duke of Mantua -to Venice, the last time when, as I sent you word, he came there, -obliged me to redouble my endeavours to try and learn something -upon the subject; and at last they have not been in vain, since -I know at present, so certainly that I cannot doubt of it, that -this prince had, during that time, two long conversations, in the -Convent of the Capuchins, with M. Foscarini, a sage and a grandee, -who is the person named by the Republic, to continue the history -which the Procurator Nani was about, and who is one of the most able -men of this state: in which this senator represented to him very -strongly how dangerous it would be for him and for all Italy if he -gave up Casale to the King, as it was said he had the intention to -do, and had even made a treaty for that purpose with His Majesty, -and that the Republic hoped he would not take a step so prejudicial -to all the princes of Italy; to which I know that the Duke of Mantua -answered, that he knew his own interests, and that assuredly he -would never voluntarily give up Casale to the King; but that His -Majesty was the most powerful Prince in Europe, and in a condition -to attempt every thing, without its being easy to prevent him; that -it would be therefore necessary to seek for the most proper means -to do this, which, however, could not be hoped for, without having -considerable troops to oppose to his, in case he wished to attempt -some enterprise; that of himself he was not sufficiently powerful to -resist His Majesty; that it was for those, who had as much interest -as himself in the preservation of that place, to find the means of -preserving it, without which he would not answer for what might -happen; and that the fault even could not be attributed to him, but -to his bad fortune and to his want of aid. - -I know, besides, that the ministers of the Republic consider it -certain that Casale is to be attacked by the King, and that they -say they have this intelligence from such good authority, that they -cannot doubt of it. - - * * * * * * - -I cannot, Sir, refrain from testifying to you the joy I felt in -learning this week, by a letter of the Abbe d'Estrades, that the -Count Matthioli has been carried prisoner to Pignerol, and that thus -this rogue will no more be in a condition to execute, every day, -fresh perfidies. - -I am, with the most respectful submission, and all the attachment -possible, - - Sir, - Your very humble and very obedient Servant, - - DE PINCHESNE.[285] - - [285] From the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 90. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Orders to treat Matthioli with severity. - - St. Germain, May 15th, 1679. - -I have received your letter of the 6th of this month, which requires -no answer, except to say that you will have sufficiently seen by -my former letters, that it is not the intention of the King that -the Sieur de Lestang should be well-treated, nor that, except the -absolute necessaries of life, you should give him any thing that may -make him pass his time agreeably. - -I address to you a packet of importance for M. de Richemont, which -I beg of you to give into his own hands, and to tell the Commissary -du Channoy, not to send away the courier who carries him this, until -you shall have given him the answers he is to bring back. - - DE LOUVOIS.[286] - - [286] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 91. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Plans of Catinat for obtaining possession of Casale. - - Pignerol, May 16th, 1679. - -I send you, Sir, the second examination of M. Matthioli, according -to the order which I received to that effect, by the extraordinary -courier you sent to this place. You will find it little different -from the first. I put him into the greatest possible fear of the -torture, if he did not tell the truth. One sees very well by his -answers that his conduct has been infamous. I see no good reason -which can excuse him for having had such intimate communication -with the Court of Savoy, with the Abbe Frederic (the resident of -the Emperor at Venice), and with Don Francis Visconti, one of the -partizans of Spain, without any participation or correspondence -upon the subject with M. de Pomponne, the Abbe d'Estrades, or M. -de Pinchesne; this fact prevents my having any confidence in him. -Nevertheless he persists, with the utmost obstinacy, in declaring, -that the Governor of Casale is well-intentioned; that this Governor -sees very well that the Duke of Mantua is a lost man; that he -sees also that there cannot happen any change in the Court of -Mantua, without his being removed from Casale; and that he is a -man who would be accessible to any offers that might be made him; -this is what he, Matthioli, is willing to stake his life upon; -that if he is furnished with a specious excuse for receiving the -troops of the King, he will assuredly do it, which will be easy, -when we have the original papers which his father is to deliver -into the hands of Giuliani; that provided the Governor is not -absent from Casale, he, Matthioli, will find means to contrive an -interview between this Governor, me, and himself; and that I shall -both see and understand the means of rendering the King master of -Casale. As I know beforehand that I am conversing with a rascal, and -that it is almost of necessity, if his propositions are adopted, -that he should himself be again employed in this affair, I cannot -bring myself to answer for him in any thing; nevertheless I have -thought it right to communicate all this, Sir, to you. When the -King once has possession of the papers, my having an interview -with this Governor is a step that would not hazard any thing; I do -not see any inconvenience in it, except the chance of the Sieur -Matthioli's escaping, on account of the degree of liberty which must -in that case be permitted to him, however vigilant I might be in -watching him. I should be obliged to go with him to Asti, where he -is acquainted with a Dominican monk, who would carry to Moncalvo a -note to a physician whose name is Viveti; this Viveti would go to -Casale to inform the Governor of the place of rendezvous, which had -been settled for our interview with him. But it is almost impossible -in all these proceedings to answer for the person of Matthioli: -as there is, therefore, this inconvenience in the plan, the Abbe -d'Estrades could, if it is the King's wish that any proposition -should be made to this Governor, according to the orders he should -receive, have him spoken to, and his intentions sounded by some one. -I beseech you, Sir, to be persuaded that in this affair I place my -own interest beneath my feet, and that I only venture to make you -proposals upon the subject, from the desire I have that the affair -should succeed to the satisfaction of the King. - - * * * * * * - -As the papers which are at Padua are to be sent, at least I believe -so, to M. de Pinchesne, in order to avoid any accidents that might -happen to them by bringing them straight to this place or to Turin, -I will take measures to set off from hence as soon as I shall know -they are delivered to M. de Pinchesne. As you, Sir, may perhaps wish -to send me word of any new determinations that may have been come -to with regard to this affair, in consequence of which I might be -of some utility here, I take the liberty of informing you, that I -shall remain at Pignerol till the 9th or 10th of June. If you do -not honour me with any order between this time and then, I shall -execute that you have already given me of returning to France. I -should be obliged to you to let me know where I am to go, whether -straight to the Court, or to Dunkirk, where my company is, or to -any other place where it shall please you to order me. I shall take -great precautions to conceal myself, and not to appear before the -relations of Messrs. Fouquet and Lauzun.[287] I cannot, however, -answer for it, Sir, that they will not write word of my being here. -I did not take any measures for the Ambassador being present at this -last examination, because I had been before particularly informed by -him of all the proofs there were against Matthioli. - - I am with all the respect, &c. - C.[288] - - [287] Fouquet and Lauzun were at this time still prisoners at - Pignerol. The former died in 1680, and the latter was released - from his confinement the same year. - - [288] Catinat. This letter is extracted from the work of M. - Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 92. - - Second Examination of Matthioli. - -The Count Matthioli being asked what happened to him when he passed -through Turin, replied, that he had been to visit the Marquis -of Saint-Thomas; that as he was ill, he could not see him; that -afterwards he went to the President Turki, whom he found full of -suspicions respecting his journey into France; and that as he is an -insinuating and adroit man, he engaged him insensibly to talk of -the affairs of the Duke of Mantua and of Casale; that it is true, -that being taken by surprise by the ingenuity and cunning of the -aforesaid President, and by the affection which he pretended to show -for the interests of France, he confided so much in the aforesaid -President, that it was impossible for him to doubt but that there -was some treaty made respecting Casale; that it is true, that he -received two thousand livres from that Court,[289] but that it was -rather as a mark of gratitude for some services he had formerly had -the honour of performing for it, than as a recompense for any thing -he then confided. - -He says that the President Turki begged him, when he left Turin, to -write to him carefully all the progress of this affair; that he, the -President, had written to him several times after this to Venice, -asking for intelligence upon the subject; to which he had always -answered that the affair would not take place, in order to diminish -the opinion he might have had, from his former answers to him, of -there being a treaty respecting that place. - -Being asked where he went from Turin, he replied, that he took -the road to Placentia, where he found letters from Don Nevani -and Cabriani,[290] which were only to testify their joy at his -return, and to tell him that the Duke of Mantua waited for him with -impatience, and that they had sent a boat to meet him, in order that -he might be able to embark upon the Po. - -From Placentia he went straight to Mantua, where he found the Duke -of Mantua; who, the very day of his arrival, took the trouble of -coming to see him at his own house, where he was lying down, being -very ill; this interview was passed in civilities respecting his -malady. Two days afterwards he came again to see him, and asked him -for a copy of all that he had done in France, which he gave him very -exactly, but with great pain to himself, on account of his illness. -That same day he made the Duke sign all the papers necessary for -the entire completion of the treaty, as far as regarded the form. -Three or four days afterwards, having received intelligence from the -Sieur Carbonini, that there was a plan to poison him, and having -even perceived that they had put poison into a medicine, which he -had pretended to take, but had found the means of throwing away, -he had taken the resolution, under the pretext of recovering his -health, of going to Padua, whither he had taken all the original -papers with him. - -On the 24th or 25th of January, the Duke of Mantua, in his way -to Venice, passed through Padua; where he went to see the Sieur -Matthioli, who was ill, and where he told the Sieur Matthioli, -that he had not been able to avoid talking of this affair to his -Mother, and that it was an affair which means must be found to break -off, because it was not for his advantage. To which, the aforesaid -Matthioli answered several things, and among others, that he had -again written quite lately to the court to say that all was signed; -and that these were the sort of engagements that it was not easy to -get released from. The Duke of Mantua afterwards asked him for the -original papers, to which he replied that they were locked up, and -that it would be a great inconvenience to him, being as ill as he -was, to go and look for them; but that he would come as soon as he -was able to Venice, where he would deliver the whole into his hands. - -He says that the Sieur Giuliani came to see him at Padua from the -Duke of Mantua, to give him intelligence that the Inquisitors of -State at Venice were making search for him, and that he must take -his measures accordingly, in order not to be seized with the papers; -which obliged him to mix them with many others, and to place them in -a separate house from the one he lived in. - -After having been three weeks at Padua, he set off for Venice, -leaving the original papers, and not taking them with him. He -arrived ill at Venice; went to bed as soon as he arrived there, -where he remained three days; afterwards he went to see the Duke of -Mantua, who told him that the Abbe Frederic, the Resident of the -Emperor at Venice, was acquainted with all the affair respecting -Casale; to which the aforesaid Matthioli answered that he was not -surprised at it, and that assuredly his Mother, to whom he had -told all himself, had had no reserve upon the subject with the -aforesaid Abbe Frederic. He asked him afterwards for the original -papers, which he told him he could not give him, having left them -at Padua, upon the advice which Giuliani had given him from him, to -take care that the Venetians, who were looking out for him, should -not find them in his possession. The Duke of Mantua told him that -it was absolutely necessary to break off this affair; to which he -answered that he ought to take care how he behaved with regard -to the King; that he had entered into engagements from which he -could not extricate himself without breaking his word, which would -be very dangerous to do with so powerful a Prince. The Duke of -Mantua obliged him afterwards to have an interview with him and the -Abbe Frederic, which took place in the chamber of a Monk of Saint -George; they were masked there, in order not to be known. The Duke -of Mantua said to the Sieur Matthioli, "I leave you with the Abbe -Frederic, with whom you will hold a conversation; you must do all -that he shall bid you." The aforesaid Abbe Frederic showed him a -copy of the treaty; and appeared so particularly instructed upon -the subject, that there was no possibility of his denying it. The -aforesaid Abbe told him that it was an affair which must be broken -off; that it would be the ruin of Italy and of his master also, and -that it was absolutely necessary to think of some means which would -make it certain not to happen; and that he might expect a great deal -of gratitude from the House of Austria, if he conducted himself -well. He confesses that he appeared to enter into his sentiments, -not being able to do otherwise; but that remaining master of the -original papers, he thought he should be always able to complete the -affair, which he intended to do in this manner. - -The Governor of Casale being his friend, he did not doubt but that -he should be able to make him do all that he wished. To this end, -he made a packet of the four blank papers signed by the Duke of -Mantua, which he had made him sign at Mantua when he first arrived -there, and while this Prince was still well-intentioned. That in -order to inspire more confidence to the Governor of Casale, that he, -the Sieur Matthioli, would do nothing, except with the order of his -master, he had had this packet addressed to him by another Secretary -of the Duke of Mantua, named Magnus, who has for his department -the management of the affairs of the Montferrat, to whom he said, -"Here is a packet which his Highness has told me to send to Casale: -as you administer the affairs of that country, write a letter to -the Governor, ordering him to execute all that is to be enjoined -by this packet." That this proceeding procured for him the entire -confidence of the Governor, by making him see that he would not ask -any thing of him which he could not execute with honour; that he -had made d'Asfeld set off from Venice two or three days afterwards, -in order to arrive about the same time with him at Increa, where he -intended to have taken all the necessary measures with the aforesaid -Governor, for the completion of the affair. - -Being asked why he had acted in this indirect manner, (since it -had been agreed in the interview which he, M. de Pinchesne, and M. -d'Asfeld had had together on the 24th of February, that the Duke -of Mantua should go to Casale on the 15th of March, which was a -decided mark of the good intentions of his Master), he replied, -that his Master was truly well-intentioned, from the fear he had -inspired him with of the King's resentment; but that knowing the -natural uncertainty of his disposition, he had thought it right to -take measures to enable him to complete the affair, even in case -he (the Duke) had not kept to his engagement of coming to Casale. -Being asked why he did not confide this to the Sieurs de Pinchesne -and d'Asfeld, he said that he did not wish to discover to them the -intelligence that existed between him and the Governor, or to give -them any idea of uncertainty in this affair, which might perhaps -have made them suspend the execution of it; that as he himself -regarded it as the means of making his fortune, if he could bring -it to a conclusion, and as he did not doubt that such would be the -event, from the measures he had taken, he wished to avoid all that -might retard the execution of it. That the Sieur de Pinchesne can -say whether he, the Sieur Matthioli, did not always answer to him -for the success of the affair, without, however, being ever willing -to communicate to him the means to be employed in it. - -Being asked whether he did not speak of the affair of Casale with -certain Venetians, he answered that they were so well-informed -upon the subject, that it is very likely he may have conversed -with some of them upon it, but in the way of telling them that it -was an affair which was broken off, and had failed; that he had -seen the Chevalier Cornaro, Inquisitor of State, only once, for -the purpose of asking his permission to carry arms, as the Duke -of Mantua wished to have him assassinated, in order the better to -authorize his disavowal of all that he, the Sieur Matthioli, had -done in France, which was certainly a very unjust reason on the part -of his Master for wishing to have him killed; that as he was of a -fickle disposition, his sentiments would change upon this subject -as upon every thing else; and that by making use of precautions for -some time, he should escape this misfortune: this permission was -promised, but was never given to him. - -Being asked whether he had not conversed at Venice with some one of -the partisans of Spain, he answered, no; that he left that place on -the 28th of February, two days after M. d'Asfeld, to go to Increa. - -Being asked whether he had not known beforehand, that the Sieur -d'Asfeld was to be arrested, he answered that he had had no -knowledge of it, and that he had even only known with certainty his -detention at Buffacore, as far as which place he had gone on his -road to the rendezvous at Increa, having with him all the papers -necessary for the conclusion of the affair of Casale, which he had -concealed so well in a saddle, that they were not found, though he -was very minutely searched upon the frontiers of the Brescian and -the Milanese; that from Buffacore he returned straight to Venice, -not having any doubt of the arrest of d'Asfeld, from the news he had -received respecting it; that he only remained there two days, in -order to inform M. de Pinchesne of the accidents that had happened. - -Being asked whether he conversed with other persons at Venice, he -answered, no. - -When he left Venice he returned to Padua, where he remained always, -except some short visits to Venice, of a day at the longest, to -confer with M. de Pinchesne. - -Being asked if, at Padua, he had not held intercourse with some one -of the partisans of Spain; he answered, yes; with the individual -named Don Francis Visconti, natural son of the Count Visconti, -Commissary-General of the Milanese, who had spoken to him on the -part of his father and of the Count de Melgar, and who having in -his possession a copy of the treaty, and being perfectly instructed -of the whole transaction, it was not possible for him to deny it; -but he spoke of it as an affair that had failed, and gained the -confidence of the aforesaid Francis, who offered him a thousand -pistoles, and a fief in the Milanese, if he would deliver to M. de -Melgar the original papers which were in his possession. He answered -him that this affair having appeared to him to have failed, he had -given them to M. de Pinchesne, and was no longer master of them. The -aforesaid Francis persuaded him to enter into communication with M. -de Melgar, in order, for the future, to prevent the execution of -this affair, and took measures with him, about the 10th or 12th of -March, for acquainting M. de Melgar with every thing; and to this -end agreed with him upon the Spanish cypher found among his papers. -He says that he did all this only to deceive them, and to prevent -their taking other means, than through him, of being informed of the -resolutions of the King in this affair. - -Being asked whether he did not know, through the means of Francis, -of the arrest of d'Asfeld, he answered, yes, and that the aforesaid -Francis told him he had been arrested at Canonica, twenty-five miles -from Milan, on the side of Bergamo, and that they had been waiting -for him there more than a fortnight. - -Being asked if he knew who were the people that arrested him, he -answered, that he did not know precisely, but that Don Francis had -told him they were people employed by M. de Melgar, and that they -had been placed upon various routes in order not to miss him. Don -Francis told him besides that he was a prisoner in the castle of -Milan; that he was very civilly treated there; and that he had not -been interrogated, nor found charged with any papers. - -Being asked whether he had not given any body a copy of the treaty; -he swore distinctly that he had given it to no one, and that those -copies which have got about could only have come from the mother of -the Duke of Mantua, to whom her son had confided the whole affair. - -He came from Padua to Turin, upon receiving the letter of the Abbe -d'Estrades, in order to contrive an interview with the Governor of -Casale; which he had done, and had found the Governor well inclined -to contribute to the completion of the business. From thence he -returned to Turin, where the Abbe d'Estrades persuaded him to have -an interview with me, during which I arrested him. I send this -last fact to you, Sir, shortly, because I have already given you a -sufficiently exact detail respecting it.[291] - - [289] Of Turin. - - [290] Two of the Ministers of the Duke of Mantua. - - [291] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 93. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, May 20th, 1679. - -Your letter of the 10th of this month has been delivered to me; I -have nothing to add to what I have already commanded you respecting -the severity with which the individual named Lestang must be -treated. - -With regard to the man who conducted M. de Richemont into Piedmont, -you may let him go, after having recompensed him sufficiently, -taking care to let me know what you have given him. - - DE LOUVOIS.[292] - - [292] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 94. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Further particulars respecting Matthioli. - - Pignerol, May 21st, 1679. - -I only send you, Sir, the answers which the Sieur Lestang has made -to me upon the points, on which you have ordered me to interrogate -him; the preceding examinations, which I took the liberty of -sending you, having already informed you upon other subjects, and -generally upon every thing which I have been able to learn from the -aforesaid Sieur de Lestang. He is a man whose conduct has been so -infamous, that one cannot answer for the truth of any thing he says; -nevertheless, I believe him to be sincere in the desire he shows -that the original papers should be in the King's possession. He sees -very well, that he has only this way of getting out of the affair. I -have already, Sir, made you acquainted with the means we are making -use of to obtain them. I am also persuaded that he has had intimate -communications with the Governor of Casale; perhaps, though, the -detention of the Sieur de Lestang may have changed the dispositions -of the latter. The Sieur de Lestang has told me, that at their -last interview near Moncalvo, the aforesaid Governor pressed him -to conclude this affair, saying, that any delay in the execution -of it was dangerous; that the four black papers signed, which he -had sent him, were sufficient, if they were filled up with what -was necessary, so that he might appear to act according to orders; -that it was also necessary to let him have an interview with some -confidential man on the part of the King, with whom he might agree -upon every thing; he told him even that the civilities he had shown -me when I was at Casale, were only because he thought I was a man -employed in this affair, although I called myself an officer going -to Vercelli, and that for the chance of this, he was determined -to treat me with great distinction. Lestang has told me that he -related all this to the Abbe d'Estrades. I have asked him why, as -the Governor was so well-intentioned, he, Lestang, had eluded a -prompt execution, when it was proposed to him? He answers to this, -that he had engaged himself by letter to the Duke of Mantua to be -at Venice on Ascension-day, where he still hoped to have sufficient -influence over him to extract from him a last consent. That he -should immediately after this have brought back the original papers, -and that having already taken his measures with the Governors of the -town and of the citadel, the execution of the affair would not have -had to encounter any further difficulty; that Vialardo, Governor of -the castle, being of the Spanish faction, might have been a small -obstacle, but not to signify, when the town and the citadel should -have been in our possession. I send you, Sir, all that this man has -told me, without being answerable for the truth of it. I shall set -off the 2d of next month, as I have already done myself the honour -of acquainting you, Sir, if between this time and then, I hear that -the papers have been delivered to M. de Pinchesne. - - I am, with all the respect, &c. - (Signed) C.[293] - - [293] Catinat. This letter is extracted from the work of M. - Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 95. - - Third Examination of Matthioli. - - May 21st, 1679. - -Being asked whether at his return from France he had not seen the -president Turki; he answered, that it is true he had told him there -was a treaty respecting Casale, and that he had even told him the -conditions of it, but that he could not have given him an exact -copy of it, because he had not his papers with him, having sent -them from Lyons to Placentia, addressed to one of his friends named -M. Rigueti-Cannevavi, Chancellor-general of the posts, in order to -avoid having them with him in his journey through Italy. - -Being asked why he made this confidence to the President Turki; he -answered, that he had known the President for four or five years; -and that in the course of conversation, from indiscretion and quick -talking, he had allowed himself to tell too much. - -Being asked what the aforesaid President said to him, when he had -told him that there was a treaty respecting Casale; he answered, -that M. Turki explained to him that it would disturb the whole of -Italy, and that it would cause a war there; that the aforesaid -President gave him several good reasons for this. - -Being asked why he, who had the honour of being the head of so great -and important a negociation, had commenced it with the intention -of preventing the execution of it, as he had said at Turin; he -answered, that this was never his design; that it was very true that -he had said to the President Turki, that there was no appearance of -this treaty being executed, because it depended upon the peace, and -that if the war was at an end, he was persuaded they should never -manage to arrive at the execution of it. The aforesaid President -upon this told him, that peace would certainly be made; but that, -if under any circumstances a change was to take place at Casale, he -would rather prefer that the French should be the masters of it than -the Spaniards. - -Being asked why he wrote so regularly from Venice and from Padua, -upon the subject of this affair, to the aforesaid President; he -answered, that the aforesaid President begged him, when he left -Turin, to do so, and to acquaint him exactly with all that should be -done in relation to this affair; that in pursuance of the promise -he had made him to that effect, he had always sent him accounts of -it, but written in the sense as if it would not take place, the -peace being at present concluded, and the affair of Guastalla being -settled, which was one of the most powerful motives that had urged -the Duke of Mantua to put himself under the protection of the King. -That he persuaded the aforesaid President that this affair would -not take place, in order that the intelligence he gave him might -agree with what he told the Duke of Mantua himself, and the Abbe -Frederic, resident of the Emperor at Venice; and that he encouraged -this opinion in the mind of every body, the better to arrive at his -ends, and to succeed in the plan he had of introducing the troops of -the King into Casale, through the means of his intelligence with the -Governor. That this intention never quitted him for a moment, and -that what now was considered as his crime, would appear a most able -contrivance, if the whole of this affair was ever thoroughly known. -That his obstinacy in keeping possession of the original papers, -and his understanding with the Governor of Casale, are proofs of -the truth of this; that if he had not had a well-grounded intention -of serving the King, he should not have taken such care of these -papers, the retaining of which brought upon him the indignation of -his master, and even put his life into great jeopardy; and that his -secret intelligence with the Governor was perfectly useless to him, -unless his intentions were true and faithful. - -Being asked what were the contents of the letters he received from -the President; he answered, that he had received one among others, -in which the aforesaid President wrote him word that he was sure -he was deceiving him, by always telling him that the affair of -Casale would not take place; because of the arrival of troops in -the quarters behind Pignerol, which could only be for the affair of -Casale. - -Being asked whether the President Turki had not shown to him a -desire that this affair should fail; he answered, no; that he had -always conversed upon it without delivering an opinion, at the same -time showing a great deal of curiosity to be informed exactly of all -that might happen relating to this affair. - -Being asked whether he had seen the Marquis of Saint-Maurice: he -answered, no. - -Being asked, through whom the Court of Savoy could have received -such particular information; he answered, that it must have been -through the Count of Juvenasque, the Resident from Spain at that -Court, who has a great deal of intercourse with the Monk Bulgarini; -and that the aforesaid Bulgarini had known every thing from the -mother of the Duke of Mantua. - -Being asked why he had acquainted the Count Hercules Visconti of -the departure from Venice of the Sieur d'Asfeld; he answered, -that he had had no intercourse with him, till his return from -Buffacore to Padua, after the arrest of the Sieur d'Asfeld, when -Don Francis, the natural son of the Count Hercules Visconti, saw -him, and held intercourse with him; which he had confessed to in his -first examinations. - -Being asked whether the original papers were at Padua, he answered -affirmatively, yes; and that it is his real intention they should -be delivered up to the King, as he sees this is the only means of -atoning for his conduct. - -Being asked whether on his arrival at Turin, he had not asked the -President Turki to be allowed to speak to _Madame Royale_,[295] -as he had affairs of great consequence to communicate to her; he -answered, no; and that he had neither desired, nor asked to speak to -any one, except the aforesaid President. - -Being asked whether he had not written to _Madame Royale_ from -Padua, to request that she would send him a man to whom he could -confide the real state of things, he answered readily, no; but that -he would tell it as freely, if it had been the case, as he had -avowed that he had always held communication upon the subject of -this affair with the President Turki, from his wish to deceive him, -by sending him word that it would not succeed. - -His answers elude, but do not deny all that has been said of him. In -order to account for the communications he has held, he makes use of -the continual pretext, that he was obliged to hold them, in order to -deceive, and to obtain the success of the affair by taking the other -side by surprise; making use, as the means of this surprise, of his -intelligences with the Governor.[294] - - [294] The Duchess Regent of Savoy.--See Note, Page 32. - - [295] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 96. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, May 22d, 1679. - -I have received your last letter without a date. You must keep the -individual named Lestang in the severe confinement I enjoined in my -preceding letters, without allowing him to see a physician, unless -you know he is in absolute want of one. - -One cannot but approve of your plan for preventing the Sieur de -Pressigny from being aware of the residence at Pignerol of M. de -Richemont, to whom I beg you to deliver the letter I send with this. - - DE LOUVOIS[296] - - [296] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 97. - -CATINAT TO LOUVOIS. - - Concluding examination of Matthioli. - - Pignerol, June 3d, 1679. - - SIR, - -The original papers have been delivered to Giuliani, who has taken -them to Venice to M. de Pinchesne: they consist of the treaty which -the aforesaid Lestang had made with the Court, which is signed by -him and by M. de Pomponne: an instruction which was given to the -aforesaid Lestang, when he left the Court: the full power given -to M. de Pomponne to treat with him, which is signed by you: and -a letter from his Majesty to the Duke of Mantua. All these papers -were in a box which had been placed in the Convent of Capuchins. -Giuliani performed his duty very well, and so completely persuaded -the father of the aforesaid Lestang, that the papers were delivered -into his hands with all confidence. The ratification of the Duke -of Mantua is not to be found, although the Sieur de Lestang said -it was amongst them: whereupon I interrogated him; having first -obtained all the advantage over him I could, by abusing him, and -bringing soldiers into his room, as if preparatory to administering -the question to him, which made him so much afraid, that he promised -really to tell the truth. Being asked whether the Duke of Mantua -had ratified the treaty; he answered that he had never subscribed -to all the articles, but that he had got from him four blank papers -signed, one of which was a blank paper of two sheets, at the top of -which he had written: _Ratification of the treaty made with his most -Christian Majesty_. That there were three other blank papers signed, -of one sheet each, of which he intended to make use to write in the -name of his master to the three Governors, of the town, citadel, -and castle, to order them to receive the King's troops. Being asked -where these blank papers signed are at present, he answered, that -they are in the hands of the Governor of Casale, to whom he sent -them at the time that d'Asfeld left Venice. Being asked why he had -sent them, without their being filled up, to the Governor of Casale; -he answered, he had sent them to him in a letter of Magnus, the -Secretary of the Duke of Mantua, in which the Governor was ordered -to do without hesitation, all that should be told him, regarding the -execution of the orders contained in that packet,--that they were -left blank, because he wished to make the ratification according -to that of the King, not knowing, as he says, exactly the form -in which it ought to have been made out. Being asked why in his -first examination he had said that this ratification was at Padua; -he answered, that he had not wished to tell where it was before -Giuliani, in order not to make him acquainted in any way with his -intelligence with the Governor: he added that he had never had any -other ratification except that one; and that whatever tortures -should be inflicted on him, he could never tell any thing more. -He has not told me any thing new relating to the imprisonment of -d'Asfeld, and he says that he has no further knowledge of it than -what I have already, Sir, sent word of to you. - -I have taken leave of the Abbe d'Estrades, as we were both agreed -of my inutility here at present. I shall, therefore, set off the -6th, to come to the Court, as you, Sir, have ordered me; where I -shall have the honour of testifying to you my lively gratitude for -the favours, which your protection has gained for me; and for the -kindness with which you acquainted me with the last you had procured -for me. - - I am, - With all the respect that is due to you, - Sir, - Your very humble, &c. - - C.[297] - - [297] Catinat. This letter is extracted from the work of M. - Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 98. - -VARENGEVILLE TO POMPONNE. - - Proposed recompense to Giuliani. - - Venice, July 1, 1679. - - SIR, - -In answer to the letter which you were pleased to write to me on -the 14th of last month, I shall do myself the honour to tell you -that, although I am aware that Giuliani has performed services -which have been useful to the King, and that I am persuaded of -his fidelity, and of his good inclinations towards France, which -may render him still very useful for the future, I cannot forbear -representing to you, that the recompense which the Abbe d'Estrades -wished to procure for him, is not a fitting one; and I feel myself -the more obliged to say this, because you do me the honour to inform -me that his Majesty wishes to receive further information on this -subject. I shall therefore, Sir, take the liberty to tell you, that -he is a little editor of newspapers, in whose shop the letters of -news are written, as it is not the custom here to print them: he -works at this himself, as well as copying for the public; and his -situation in this town answers to that of the Secretaries of St. -Innocent, at Paris. Therefore, it would be a very improper thing -to give a Secretaryship of Embassy to a man of this profession, -who, besides, in other respects, does not appear to me fit to fill -properly such an employment. He would even cease to be able to -give intelligence, as soon as he should be publicly recognized -to be attached to France, because the persons whom he now holds -communication with, would no longer wish, nor dare, to continue it -with him. But as he is a sort of _ferret_, who works out, and gets -at all that is passing, I think it is necessary to encourage his -zeal by some such gratification as forty or fifty pistoles a year, -or whatever shall be approved of by his Majesty. I think even that -this sort of recompense would have a greater effect upon him than -the other, and would make him act with the same zeal he has already -shown in the affairs he has been employed in. - - VARENGEVILLE.[298] - - * * * * * * - - [298] Varengeville was now Ambassador at Venice. This letter - exists in the Archives of the Office for Foreign Affairs, at - Paris. - - - - -No. 99. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, July 25, 1679. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 2d of this month. I wrote by -yesterday's post to M. de Rissan,[299] that it is the King's -intention that he should have the gate of the citadel of Pignerol -opened, whenever you shall have occasion for it. - -You may give paper and ink to the Sieur de Lestang, with the -understanding that he is to put into writing whatever he wishes to -say; which you will send to me, and I will let you know whether it -deserves any consideration. - - DE LOUVOIS.[300] - - [299] M. de la Motte de Rissan held the post of "Lieutenant de - Roi," in the citadel of Pignerol. - - [300] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 100. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, August 21, 1679. - - * * * * * * - -With regard to the Sieur de Lestang, you may give him paper whenever -he wishes to write; and afterwards send it to me. - - DE LOUVOIS.[301] - - [301] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 101. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Pignerol, Jan. 6, 1680. - - * * * * * * - -I am obliged, Sir, to inform you that the Sieur de Lestang is become -like the Monk I have the care of; that is to say, subject to fits of -raving madness; from which the Sieur Dubreuil also is not exempt. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[302] - - [302] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 102. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Matthioli complains of his Treatment, and gives Proofs of - Insanity. - - Pignerol, Feb. 24, 1680. - -THE Sieur de Lestang, who has been nearly a year in my custody, -complains that he is not treated as a man of his quality, and the -minister of a great prince ought to be. Notwithstanding this, I -continue to follow your commands, Sir, most exactly upon this -subject, as well as upon all others: I think he is deranged, by the -way he talks to me; telling me he converses every day with God and -his angels; that they have told him of the death of the Duke of -Mantua, and of the Duke of Lorrain;[303] and, as an additional proof -of his madness, he says that he has the honour of being the near -relation of the King, to whom he wishes to write, to complain of the -way in which I treat him. I have not thought it right to give him -paper or ink for that purpose, perceiving him not to be in his right -senses. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[304] - - [303] See Note, page 48. - - [304] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 103. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, July 10th, 1680. - -I HAVE received, together with your letter of the 4th of this month, -that which was joined with it, of which I shall make the proper use. -It will be sufficient to make the prisoners in the lower part of the -tower confess once a year. - -With regard to the Sieur de Lestang, I wonder at your patience, -and that you should wait for an order to treat such a rascal as he -deserves, when he is wanting in respect to you. Send me word how it -has happened that the individual named Eustache has been able to do -what you have sent me word of, and where he got the drugs necessary -for the purpose, as I cannot think you would have furnished them to -him. - - DE LOUVOIS.[305] - - [305] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 104. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Philippeville, August 16th, 1680. - -I HAVE been made acquainted, by your letter of the 7th of this -month, with the proposal you make of placing the Sieur de Lestang -with the Jacobin Monk, in order to avoid the necessity of having two -priests. The King approves of your project, and you have only to -execute it when you please. - - DE LOUVOIS.[306] - - [306] Ibid. - - - - -No. 105. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Matthioli and the Jacobin placed together. - - September 7th, 1680. - -SINCE you, Sir, permitted me to put Matthioli with the Jacobin in -the lower part of the tower, the aforesaid Matthioli was for four -or five days in the belief that the Jacobin was a man that I had -placed with him to watch his actions. Matthioli, who is almost as -mad as the Jacobin, walked about with long strides, with his cloak -over his nose, crying out that he was not a dupe, but that he knew -more than he would say. The Jacobin, who was always seated on his -truckle bed, with his elbows resting upon his knees, looked at him -gravely, without listening to him. The Signor Matthioli remained -always persuaded that it was a spy that had been placed with him, -till he was one day disabused, by the Jacobin's getting down from -his bed, stark naked, and setting himself to preach, without rhyme -or reason, till he was tired. I and my lieutenants saw all their -manoeuvres through a hole over the door. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[307] - - [307] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 106. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - October 9th, 1680. - -I HAVE only further, Sir, to acquaint you with the circumstance of -the Sieur Matthioli's having given a ring to Blainvilliers, who -immediately delivered it to me. I will keep it, till it shall please -you, Sir, to give me orders what to do with it. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[308] - - [308] Ibid. - - - - -No. 107. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Particulars respecting the Ring given by Matthioli to - Blainvilliers. - - October 26th, 1680. - -IN order to explain to you, Sir, more amply than I have hitherto -done, the story of the diamond ring which the Sieur Matthioli gave -to Blainvilliers, I shall begin by taking the liberty to tell you -that I believe he made him this present as much from fear as from -any other cause: this prisoner having previously used very violent -language to him, and written abusive sentences with charcoal on -the wall of his room, which had obliged that officer to menace him -with severe punishment, if he was not more decorous and moderate -in his language for the future. When he was put in the tower with -the Jacobin, I charged Blainvilliers to tell him, at the same time -showing him a cudgel, that it was with that the unruly were rendered -manageable, and that if he did not speedily become the latter, he -could easily be compelled to it. This message was conveyed to him, -and some days afterwards, as Blainvilliers was waiting on him at -dinner, he said to him; _Sir, here is a little ring which I wish -to give you, and I beg you to accept of it_. Blainvilliers replied -to him that _he only took it to deliver it to me, as he could not -receive any thing himself from the prisoners_. I think it is well -worth fifty or sixty pistoles. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[309] - - [309] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 108. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Versailles, Nov. 2d, 1680. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 26th of last month. I am writing -to the Sieur du Channoy to make the necessary repairs to the -barracks of the citadel of Pignerol: with regard to the brambles -which are in the walls, I think it will be better to wait till the -spring to have them rooted up, because that will make them die more -certainly, and then at the same time mortar might be inserted into -the fissures. - -You must keep the ring, which the Sieur Matthioli has given to the -Sieur de Blainvilliers, in order to restore it to him, if it should -ever happen that the King ordered him to be set at liberty. - - DE LOUVOIS.[310] - - [310] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 109. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Versailles, Nov. 11th, 1680. - -THE King has been informed that the Governor of Milan has received -the plan of the town and citadel of Pignerol, from an individual -named Quadro, who was some time in the prison, to explain the -fortifications to one of your nephews; and as it is important for -the service of His Majesty, that the Italians should never have any -communication with the citadel of Pignerol, nor with the prison -there, His Majesty has commanded me to let you know, that he wishes -you not to allow any one to enter there, without his express order; -and his intention is, if you have any soldiers or servants who are -Piedmontese, Savoyards, or Italians, that you should get rid of them -as quietly as possible, under pretext of their not serving you well. - - DE LOUVOIS.[311] - - [311] From the Archives of France - - - - -No. 110. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - St. Germain, December 5th, 1680. - -YOUR letter of the 27th of last month has reached me. The King -does not wish you to have any soldiers in your company who are -Piedmontese, Savoyards, Italians, or natives of the Government of -Pignerol. With regard to the three servants of this nation, who have -been with you for six or seven years, you may keep them, since you -are certain of their fidelity. - - DE LOUVOIS.[312] - - [312] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 111. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Appointment of Saint-Mars to the Government of - Exiles--Measures to be taken by him thereupon. - - Versailles, May 12th, 1681. - -I READ to the King your letter of the 3d of this month, by which -his Majesty having discovered the extreme repugnance you have to -accept the command of the citadel of Pignerol, he has thought proper -to accord to you that of Exiles, vacant by the death of the Duke -of Lesdiguieres; whither he wishes you to transport those of the -prisoners who are under your care, whom he shall think it important -not to entrust to any other hands but yours. I shall take care to -solicit at the office of M. de Croissy[313] for the grants of the -aforesaid government, of which, as the salary does not exceed four -thousand livres, His Majesty will continue to you the five hundred -livres a month he gave you at Pignerol, by means of which your -emoluments will be as considerable as those of the Governors of the -great places in Flanders. - -I have requested the Sieur du Channoy to go with you to visit -the buildings at Exiles, and to make there a list of the repairs -absolutely necessary for the lodging of the two prisoners in the -lower part of the tower, who are, I think, the only ones His Majesty -will have transferred to Exiles. - -Send me a list of all the prisoners under your care, and write -opposite to each name all that you know of the reasons why they were -arrested. - -With regard to the two in the lower part of the tower, you need only -designate them by this name, without adding any thing else. - -The King expects that, during the little time you will be absent -from the citadel of Pignerol, when you go with the Sieur du Channoy -to Exiles, you will arrange the guarding of your prisoners in such a -manner, that no accident may happen to them, and that they may have -no intercourse with any one, any more than they have hitherto had -during the time they have been under your charge. - - DE LOUVOIS.[314] - - [313] Charles Colbert, Marquis de Croissi, brother of the great - Colbert, was employed in many embassies, which he conducted - with ability and success. In 1679 he succeeded Arnaud de - Pomponne as Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs. He died in - 1696. - - [314] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 112. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Precautions for the Journey of the Prisoners from Pignerol - to Exiles. - - Versailles, June 9th, 1681. - -I SEND you the necessary grants, as Governor of Exiles, which the -King has thought good to have sent to you. The intention of His -Majesty is, that as soon as the room at Exiles, which you shall -judge the most proper for the secure keeping of the two prisoners in -the lower part of the tower, shall be in a state to receive them, -you will send them out of the citadel of Pignerol in a litter, and -conduct them there under the escort of your troop, for the march -of whom the orders are hereunto joined: and immediately after the -departure of the aforesaid prisoners, it is His Majesty's intention -that you should go to Exiles, to take possession of the government, -and to make it, for the future, your residence. - -And because His Majesty does not wish that the remainder of the -prisoners at present under your charge, who are to remain in the -citadel of Pignerol should be left to the care of a Captain of a -Battalion, who may be changed from day to day, I address to you an -order from the King to have the Sieur de Villebois recognized as -Commandant of the aforesaid citadel of Pignerol, until the return -of M. de Rissan, or the arrival of the person whom His Majesty -shall entrust with the command of the aforesaid citadel. In case -the health of the aforesaid Sieur de Rissan does not permit him to -return there, you will, if you please, acquaint the aforesaid Sieur -de Villebois with it, to whom the Sieur du Channoy has orders to pay -two crowns a day, for the support of those three prisoners. - -You will see by the orders of the King hereunto joined, that your -company is to be reduced to forty-five men, to commence from the -15th of this month; and by the statement which accompanies them, -the footing upon which it is to be paid, as well as what the -King has ordered you for the subsistence of the two before-named -prisoners, whom His Majesty expects that you will guard with the -same exactitude you have made use of hitherto. Therefore, it only -remains for me to recommend you to give me, from time to time, -intelligence respecting them. - -With regard to the effects belonging to the Sieur Matthioli, which -are in your possession, you will have them taken to Exiles, in order -to be given back to him, if ever His Majesty should order him to be -set at liberty. - -You will receive the orders I have mentioned by the first occasion. - - DE LOUVOIS.[315] - - [315] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 113. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Versailles, June 11th, 1681. - -I HAVE acquainted the King with the contents of your letter of the -13th of last month, and with the list of the repairs necessary to -be made to the tower at Exiles, which you deem the most proper -residence for the prisoners whom His Majesty leaves under your care. -The King has thought fit to grant you a thousand crowns, as well for -the aforesaid repairs, as for those which you shall judge necessary -to make in your own lodging; which, as soon as you receive this, -you will take care to have done immediately, as if the expense was -to come out of your own pocket: and as soon as the prison shall be -in a fit state, it is the intention of His Majesty that you should -transfer the aforesaid two prisoners to it, according to what I have -already commanded you in my last letter; and in conformity with that -and the order which was joined to it, you will then deliver to the -Sieur de Villebois the command of the citadel of Pignerol. - - DE LOUVOIS.[316] - - [316] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 114. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Versailles, July 9th, 1681. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 29th of last month. You may have -the doors you have need of, for the security of your prisoners, made -at Exiles, without taking the trouble of having them carried from -Pignerol. - -I have written to the _Pere Lachaise_ for the benefice, which you -ask of the King for one of your children, to whom I trust His -Majesty will grant it. - - DE LOUVOIS.[317] - - [317] Ibid. - - - - -No. 115. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Precautions for the Security and Concealment of the - Prisoners at Exiles. - - Pignerol, July 12th, 1681. - Just setting off for Exiles. - -IN order that the prisoners may not be seen (at Exiles,) they will -not leave their chamber when they hear mass; and in order that they -may be kept the more securely, one of my lieutenants will sleep -above them, and there will be two sentinels night and day, who will -watch the whole round of the tower, without its being possible for -them and the prisoners to see and to speak to one another, or even -to hear any thing of one another. They will be the soldiers of my -company, who will be always the sentinels over the prisoners. There -is only a confessor, about whom I have my doubts; but if you do not -disapprove, I will give them the curate of Exiles instead, who is -a good man, and very old, whom I will forbid, on the part of His -Majesty, to enquire who these prisoners are, or their names, or -what they have been, or to speak of them in any way, or to receive -from them by word of mouth, or by writing, either communications or -notes. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[318] - - [318] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 116. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Departure of Saint-Mars from Pignerol ordered to be - deferred, in order that he might receive Catinat there. - - Versailles, July 22d, 1681. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 12th of this month, by which I -see that the repairs which you have ordered to be made at Exiles -will not permit you to leave Pignerol before the end of next -month. As the service of the King will perhaps require that you -should remain there all the following month, it would be well that -you should advance the aforesaid repairs of Exiles as little as -possible, in order that you may have a pretext for not leaving -Pignerol till the first days of the month of October; taking care to -act in such a manner, that your continuing to remain there may not -appear to be the result of voluntary delay. - -I am about to send the necessary order for the repayment of the -money you have expended for your prisoners, and you will receive it -by the next post. - -You will find joined with this letter a packet for M. de -Pianesse,[319] which I request you to deliver to him without fail. - - DE LOUVOIS.[320] - - [319] The Marquis de Pianesse was one of the Ministers of the - Court of Turin. - - [320] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 117. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Fontainebleau, August 3d, 1681. - -YOUR letter of the 23rd of last month has been delivered to me. The -King approves of your going to see the Marquis de Pianesse at his -country house, and of your making a journey to Turin, if you desire -it, provided you do not sleep out of the citadel of Pignerol more -than one night at a time. With regard to the journey to Exiles, and -the leave of absence you ask for the Sieur Tourtebat, whom you wish -to take with you, you will have seen by my former letters, that the -intention of the King is that you should not go there. - - DE LOUVOIS.[321] - - [321] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 118. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Orders for the Reception of Catinat at Pignerol. - - Fontainebleau, August 13th, 1681. - -THE King having ordered M. de Catinat to go as soon as possible to -Pignerol, for the same affair which before took him there at the -commencement of the year 1679, I send you these few lines by order -of His Majesty, to give you intelligence thereof, in order that you -may prepare an apartment for him, in which he can remain concealed -for three weeks or a month; and also to tell you that when he shall -send to let you know that he is arrived at the place where you went -to meet him in the aforesaid year 1679, it is the intention of His -Majesty that you should go there again to meet him, and that you -should conduct him into the prison of the citadel of the aforesaid -Pignerol, with every kind of precaution, in order that no one may -know he is with you. I do not say any thing to you about assisting -him with your servants, your horses, and whatever carriages he may -have occasion for, because I have no doubt but you will do with -pleasure on these heads, whatever he shall ask you. - -If between this time and his arrival any packet for him should be -addressed to you either from Piedmont or from Italy, you will keep -it, if you please, to deliver to him. - - DE LOUVOIS.[322] - - [322] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 119. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Fontainebleau, August 23d, 1681. - -I HAVE received your letter of the 13th of this month, which -requires no answer, except to say that I have given orders for a -French clerk to be sent, to have the direction of the Post-office -at Pignerol; by means of whom we shall be assured that no further -abuses can be committed with regard to the letters. - - DE LOUVOIS.[323] - - [323] From the Archives of France. - - - - -No. 120. - -LOUVOIS TO SAINT-MARS. - - Fontainebleau, Sept. 20th, 1681. - -THIS word is only for the purpose of acknowledging the receipt of -your letter of the 16th of last month. The King will not disapprove -of your visiting, from time to time, the last prisoner who has -been placed in your charge, after he shall have been established -in his new prison, and shall have left that where he is at present -confined. His Majesty desires that you will execute the order he has -sent you for your establishment at Exiles. I beg you to deliver the -packet hereunto joined into M. de Richemont's own hands. - - DE LOUVOIS.[324] - - [324] From the Archives of France. To the name of Richemont - is appended in the original the following note, in the - hand-writing of Saint-Mars; "This name means M. de Catinat, - whom I had then shut up with me at Pignerol." - - - - -No. 121. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Exiles, Dec 4th, 1681. - -As there is always one of my two prisoners ill, they give me as much -occupation as I have ever had with any of those I have hitherto -guarded. - -Although, Sir, you have the kindness to give me permission to go, -from time to time, to Casale, I dare not do it, lest during my -absence, you should address any packets to me for M. de Pianesse. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[325] - - [325] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 122. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Description of the Apartment and manner of Confinement of - the Prisoners at Exiles. - - Exiles, March 11th, 1682. - - SIR, - -I have received the letter which you were pleased to do me the -honour to write to me on the 27th of last month, in which you -acquaint me, Sir, that it is important my two prisoners should have -no communication with any one. Since the first time that you, Sir, -gave me this order, I have guarded these two prisoners, who are -under my care, as severely and exactly as I formerly did Messieurs -Fouquet and Lauzun, who could not boast that they had either sent or -received any news, while they were in confinement. These prisoners -can hear the people speak as they pass along the road which is at -the bottom of the tower; but they, if they wished it, could not make -themselves heard; they can see the persons on the hill which is -before their windows, but cannot themselves be seen on account of -the bars which are placed across their room. There are two sentinels -of my company always night and day, on each side of the tower, at -a reasonable distance, who can see the window of the prisoners -obliquely. They are ordered to take care that no one speaks to them, -and that they do not cry out from their windows; and to make the -passengers walk on if they wish to stop in the path, or on the side -of the hill. My own room being joined to the tower, and having no -other look-out except towards this path, I hear and see every thing, -even my two sentinels, who are by this means always kept alert. - -As for the inside of the tower, I have divided it in such a manner, -that the priest who says mass to them cannot see them, on account -of a curtain I have made, which covers their double doors. The -servants, who bring their food, put whatever is necessary for the -prisoners upon a table on the outside, and my lieutenant takes it -and carries it in to them. No one speaks to them except myself, my -officer, M. Vigneron (the confessor), and physician from Pragelas, -which is six leagues from hence, who only sees them in my presence. -With regard to their linen and other necessaries, I take the same -precautions which I did with my former prisoners. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[326] - - [326] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 123. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Exiles, Dec. 23d, 1685. - -MY prisoners are still ill and in a course of medicine; they are, -however, perfectly tranquil. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[327] - - [327] Ibid. - - - - -No. 124. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Saint-Mars is made Governor of the Islands of Saint - Margaret. - - Exiles, January 20th, 1687. - - SIR, - -I am most grateful for the new favour, which I have just received -from his Majesty, (the government of the Islands of Saint Margaret). -If you order me to go there without delay, I would request to be -permitted to take the road through Piedmont, on account of the great -quantity of snow that there is between this place and Embrun; and, -on my return, which shall be as quick as I can possibly make it, I -hope you will approve of my going by the way, to take leave of the -Duke of Savoy, from whom I have always received so much kindness. -I will give such good orders for the guarding of my prisoner, that -I can answer to you, Sir, for his entire security, as well as for -his not now, nor ever, holding intercourse with my Lieutenant, whom -I have forbid to speak to him, which is punctually obeyed. If I -take him with me to the Islands, I think the most secure conveyance -will be a chair covered with oil-cloth, in which there would enter -a sufficiency of air, without its being possible for any one to -see or speak to him during the journey, not even the soldiers whom -I shall select to be near the chair. This conveyance will be less -embarrassing than a litter, which is liable often to break. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[328] - - [328] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 125. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - From the Islands of Saint Margaret, - March 23d, 1687. - - * * * * * * - -I have been here for the last thirty days, of which I have passed -twenty-six in bed, with a continual fever. I have taken so much -powder of bark, that, for the last three days, I have been free from -fever. I have sent to Toulon for my litter, in order to go from -hence the 26th of this month, and I hope to be at Exiles in eight -days, by the Embrun and Briancon road. As soon as I shall have had -the honour of receiving your commands, Sir, I shall set forth again -with my prisoner, whom I promise to conduct here in all security, -without any one seeing or speaking to him. He shall not hear mass -after he leaves Exiles, till he is lodged in the prison which is -preparing for him here, to which a chapel is attached. - - * * * * * * - -I pledge my honour to you for the entire security of my prisoner. - - I am, &c. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[329] - - [329] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 126. - -SAINT-MARS TO LOUVOIS. - - Arrival of Matthioli at the Islands of Saint Margaret. - - From the Islands of Saint Margaret, - May 3d, 1687. - - SIR, - -I arrived here the 30th of last month: I was only twelve days on the -journey, in consequence of the illness of my prisoner, occasioned, -as he said, by not having as much air as he wished. I can assure -you, Sir, that no one has seen him, and that the manner in which I -have guarded and conducted him during all the journey, makes every -body try to conjecture who he is. - -My prisoner's bed was so old and worn out, as well as every thing he -made use of, both table linen and furniture, that it was not worth -while to bring them here; they only sold for thirteen crowns. * * * - -I have given to the eight porters, who brought the chair from Turin, -and my prisoner to this place, (including the hire of the aforesaid -chair) two hundred and three livres, which I have paid out of my own -pocket. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[330] - - [330] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 127. - -SAINT-MARS TO THE MINISTER.[331] - - Relation of the conduct of two Protestant Ministers. - - From the Islands of Saint Margaret, - June 4th, 1692. - - * * * * * * - -The first of the ministers, who have been sent here, sings psalms -night and day with a loud voice, expressly to make it be known who -he is. I desired him, in vain, several times to discontinue this, on -pain of severe punishment; which I have at length been obliged to -inflict upon him, as well as on his comrade, named Salves, who write -things upon his pewter vessels, and upon his linen, in order to make -known that he is imprisoned unjustly, on account of the purity of -his faith. - - DE SAINT-MARS.[332] - - [331] Probably Barbezieux. - - [332] Extracted from the work of M. Roux (Fazillac). - - - - -No. 128. - - Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published in the - Work entitled, "La Bastille Devoilee." - - Names and qualities of the Prisoners. - -An old prisoner from Pignerol, obliged always to wear a mask of -black velvet, whose name and quality have never been known. - - Dates of their Entries. - -September 18th, 1698. At three o'clock in the afternoon. - - Reference to the Journal. - -Dujonca, Volume 87. - - Reasons for their detention. - -It was never known. - - OBSERVATIONS. - -This is the famous Man in the Mask, whom no one has ever seen or -known. - -This prisoner was brought to the Bastille by M. de Saint-Mars in his -litter, when he took possession of the Government of the Bastille, -coming from his Government of the Islands of Saint Margaret and -Saint Honorat, and whom he had before had with him at Pignerol. - -This prisoner was treated with great distinction by the Governor, -and was only seen by him and M. de Rosarges, Major of the Fortress, -who alone had the care of him. - - - - -No. 129. - - Second Extract from the Register of the Bastille, published - in the Work entitled, "La Bastille Devoilee." - - Dates of the Deaths. - -November 19th, 1703. - - Reference to the Journal. - -Dujonca, Volume 8th. - - OBSERVATIONS. - -Died November 19th, 1703, aged 45, or thereabouts; buried at St. -Paul's the next day at four in the afternoon, under the name of -Marchiali, in the presence of M. de Rosarges, Major of the Fortress, -and of M. Reilh, Surgeon-Major of the Bastille, who signed their -names to the extract of the Burial Register of St. Paul's. His -burial cost forty livres. - -This prisoner remained at the Bastille five years and sixty-two -days, the day of his burial not included. - -He was only ill for some hours, and died almost suddenly; he was -buried in a winding-sheet of new linen; and for the most part every -thing that was found in his chamber was burnt, such as every part -of his bed, including the mattresses, his tables, chairs, and other -utensils, which were all reduced to powder and to cinders, and -thrown into the drains. The rest of the things, such as the silver, -copper, and pewter, were melted. This prisoner was lodged in the -third chamber of the tower _Bertaudiere_, which room was scraped and -filed quite to the stone, and fresh white-washed from the top to the -bottom. The doors and windows were burnt like the rest. - -It is remarkable that, in the name of Marchiali, which was given -him in the Burial Register of St. Paul's, are to be found the exact -letters of these two words, the one Latin, the other French, _Hic -Amiral_, here is the Admiral.[333] - - [333] The discovery of this ridiculous and strained anagram was - one of the causes which led to the false supposition, that the - Iron Mask was either the Duke de Beaufort, or the Count de - Vermandois, both of whom were great Admirals of France. - - - - -No. 130. - - Extract from the Register of Burials of the Church of Saint - Paul, at Paris. - -The year one thousand seven hundred and three, on the nineteenth of -November, died at the Bastille, Marchiali, aged forty-five years or -thereabouts; whose body was interred in the burial-ground of this -parish, the twentieth of the aforesaid month, in the presence of M. -Rosarges, Major of the Bastille, and of M. Reilh, Surgeon-Major of -the Bastille, who have affixed their signatures. - -Collated exactly with the original, and delivered by us the -undersigned, Bachelor in Theology, and Vicar of Saint Paul, at -Paris, this Tuesday the ninth of February, 1790. - - Signed, POITEVIN. - - - - -No. 131. - - Extract from the Work entitled "_La Correspondance - Interceptee_," by M. Lewis Dutens, published in 1789. - -In order to treat this subject (that of the Iron Mask) methodically, -I will begin with what the Duke de Choiseul has often related to me. -Lewis the Fifteenth one day told him, that he was acquainted with -the history of the prisoner with the Mask. The Duke begged the King -to tell him who he was, but he could get no other answer from him, -except, that all the conjectures which had been hitherto made with -regard to the prisoner, were false. Some time afterwards, Madame de -Pompadour, at the request of the Duke, pressed the King to explain -himself upon this subject. Lewis the Fifteenth upon this told her, -that he believed he was the Minister of an Italian Prince. - - - - -No. 132. - - Extract from the article on the Iron Mask in the Work - entitled "_Melanges d'Histoire et de Litterature_;" by Mr. - Quintin Craufurd. - -BEFORE the publication of the "_Correspondance Interceptee_," I had -heard it said, that M. de Choiseul had spoken to Lewis the Fifteenth -on the subject of the masked prisoner; but that he had not been able -to obtain any satisfactory answer. I addressed myself to the Abbe -Barthelemi and to the Abbe Beliardi, who had both lived in intimacy -with M. de Choiseul: they acquainted me that it was at their request -the Duke de Choiseul had spoken upon this subject to Lewis the -Fifteenth; that the King had answered him, that he believed the -prisoner was a minister of one of the courts of Italy; but that the -Duke observed that this conversation appeared to embarrass him. The -Abbe Beliardi told me in proper terms, that the King wished to evade -the subject. They then begged M. de Choiseul to engage Madame de -Pompadour to speak to the King. She did so; but the answer of Lewis -the Fifteenth to his mistress was not more instructive, than that -which he had given to his Minister. - - - - -No. 133 - - Letter from the Baron de Heiss to the Authors of the - "_Journal Encyclopedique_," on the subject of the Iron Mask; - published in that Journal, in 1770. - - GENTLEMEN, - -Since the publication of the anecdote respecting the Man in the Iron -Mask, which M. de Voltaire has given us in his "_Siecle de Louis_ -XIV.," I have been always very curious to discover who this prisoner -could be; but all my researches had hitherto failed in giving me -any information which could content me; chance has placed in my -hands a detached number of a work, of which the title is "_Histoire -abregee de l'Europe_," for the month of August 1687, printed that -same year at Leyden, by "_Claude Jordan_." At the article Mantua, -I found the letter, which I have the honour to send you a copy of, -translated from the Italian. It appears that this Secretary of the -Duke of Mantua, who is there mentioned, might very well be the -Man in the Iron Mask, transferred from Pignerol to the Islands of -Saint Margaret, and from thence to the Bastille, in 1690, when M. -de Saint-Mars was made governor of it. I am the more inclined to -believe this, because, as M. de Voltaire, and all those who have -made researches on this subject, have remarked, there did not at -that time disappear any prince, or person of consequence in any part -of Europe. - -If you, Gentlemen, find any appearance of probability in my remark, -and if you think it can interest the public, you are welcome to -insert it in your Journal, &c. - - THE BARON DE HEISS. - - Formerly Captain of the Regiment of Alsace. - Phalsbourg, - June 28, 1770. - - - Letter on the subject of the Man in the Iron Mask, announced - in the preceding one. - - GENTLEMEN, - -One of my friends tells me, that he has read in the "_Histoire -abregee de l'Europe_," (Vol. ii. p. 33.), that it was said, that the -Duke of Mantua had had the intention of selling his capital town; -but that the author of this History did not believe it. - -You are ill-informed; it is certain that this affair was negociated, -and that it was much advanced towards a conclusion. The secretary of -the Duke, who had much influence with his master, dissuaded him from -this design; but the doing so cost him very dear, as you shall soon -learn. - -This faithful Minister made the Duke understand, that it was -necessary for his interest and his honour to preserve his Duchy, and -thus made him change his intention; he did still more, he obliged -him to unite himself with the other Princes of Italy, in order to -oppose the designs of France. It was he who negociated the interview -of the different princes, which took place at Venice last winter, -during the Carnival: this time was chosen in order the better to -conceal the plans which were in agitation. You are without doubt -aware, that it is not an extraordinary circumstance to see many -princes and persons of condition at Venice during that period. This -Secretary went afterwards to Rome, where he remained some time; he -then visited almost all the Courts of Italy; he went to Venice and -Genoa, and he succeeded every where so well, that he had almost -entirely detached all those powers from the interests of France. -Finally he went to Turin with the same intention. As he believed his -negociations to be very secret he often visited the Marquis D'Arcy, -the French Ambassador at the Court of Savoy; but what can escape -the penetrating eyes of France? The minister of that crown had been -informed of all the designs of the Secretary, before his arrival at -Turin. He, however, paid him many civilities, asked him very often -to dinner, and finally invited him to come and hunt with him, at -some distance from Turin. The Secretary, who had no time to lose, -and who thought the moment of the absence of the French ambassador -very proper for his negociations, excused himself at first upon -the plea of his having no horses; the Ambassador offered to lend -them to him, and the Secretary dared no longer refuse, from fear -lest some portion of the truth should be suspected. The day for the -hunting being arrived, they set off together; but they were hardly -at the distance of a league from the town, when the Secretary was -surrounded by ten or twelve horsemen, who seized him, disguised -him, masked him, and conducted him to Pignerol. Without doubt he -was well aware who had played him this trick, but he had no means -of resistance. At Pignerol he was thought to be too near Italy, -and, though he was guarded very carefully, it was feared that the -walls might tell tales; he was therefore removed from thence, and -conducted to the Islands of Saint Margaret, where he at present is, -under the care of M. de Saint-Mars, who is the Governor. This is a -piece of news doubtless very surprising, but not on that account the -less true. - - I am, &c. - -To this letter are joined these reflections:--There are reports -respecting a journey made by the Duke of Mantua to Vienna. Some -politicians think that it is the affair which happened to his -Secretary which is the cause of his journey, and that he has a -design of making an alliance with the Emperor and the King of -Spain.[334] - - [334] To this letter M. Delort adds the following note, "In - 1782 or 1783, there died at Turin a Marquis de Pancalier de - Prie, among whose manuscripts was also found the anecdote of - this Secretary of the Duke of Mantua. All the Italian - newspapers published it; but although it was considered as a - new idea, it did not make a great sensation." - - - - THE END. - - LONDON: - PRINTED BY S. AND R. BENTLEY, DORSET STREET. - - - - -Transcriber's Notes: - - - Footnotes in the first part "History Of The Iron Mask" have been - moved to the end of that part; footnotes in appendix have been - moved to the end of the respective appendix. - - Page 18, footnote 28, Maria Victoria (Maria Vittoria), second - daughter of Ferdinand III. (Ferrante III Gonzaga), Duke of - Guastalla, married her cousin Vincent Gonzaga (Vincenzo I - Gonzaga) June 30th, 1679 and died September 5th, 1707 in Venice. - Although the year 1769 for the marriage date is believed to be an - unambiguous mis-print in the original, the author's version has - been retained. - - Page 149, footnote 189, John Baptist Felix Gaspar Nani's (Giovan - Battista Nani) work was published under the title "Historia - della Republica Veneta," starting with part I in 1662; the - author's spelling of "Istoria" has been maintained. - - The following corrections have been made to the printed original: - - Page iv, "Cassale" corrected to "Casale" (going to Casale). - Page viii, "Devoillee" amended to "Devoilee" ("La Bastille - Devoilee"). - Page viii, "Melanges" amended to "Melanges" (Melanges d'Histoire). - Page 14, "Soreigns" corrected to "Sovereigns" (the Italian - Sovereigns). - Page 31, footnote 58, "No." corrected to "Nos." (Appendix, Nos. 75, - 79, 81, 83, 88.) - Page 44, footnote 83, "Sevigne's" corrected to "Sevigne's" (Madame - de Sevigne). - Page 44, footnote 84, "vecu" corrected to "vecu" (comme il a vecu). - Page 46, footnote 88, "No." amended to "Nos." (Ibid. Nos. 84, 85.) - Page 51, footnote 99, "Appendix, 104." amended to "Appendix, No. - 104." - Page 52, footnote 101, "Appendix, 105." amended to "Appendix, No. - 105." - Page 76, "Bertaudiere" amended to "Bertaudiere" (tower of the - Bertaudiere). - Page 83, "Correspondence" amended to "Correspondance" - (Correspondance Interceptee). - Page 83 "aujourdhui" amended to "aujourd'hui" (La Marquise aura - aujourd'hui). - Page 83, footnote 155, (footnote to footnote 154,) "138" corrected - to "133" (Appendix, No. 133.) - Page 144, "necesary" amended to "necessary" (will be necessary, - before the Count). - Page 173, "Estrades" amended to "Estrades" (transaction Estrades - alludes). - Page 184, "to day" corrected to "to-day" (departure till to-day). - Page 197, "December," amended to "December" (December 29, 1678.) - Page 202, "Jan 15th," amended to "Jan. 15th," (Venice, Jan. 15th, - 1679.) - Page 210, "were" corrected to "where" (where there are none). - Page 215, footnote 244, "siecles" corrected to "siecles" (XVIIIe - siecles). - Page 230, "No" amended to "No." (No. 71.) - Page 236, "mean while" corrected to "meanwhile" (whom, in the - meanwhile). - Page 252, the missing locator for footnote 275 has been supplied. - Page 280, "Ambassador's" amended to "Ambassador" (the Ambassador - being present). - Page 348, "Encyclopedique" corrected to "Encyclopedique" (Journal - Encyclopedique). - Page 349, "Vol. ii. p. 33.)" amended to "(Vol. ii. p. 33.)" - - - - - -End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The True History of The State -Prisoner, commonly called The, by George Agar Ellis - -*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TRUE HISTORY *** - -***** This file should be named 42419.txt or 42419.zip ***** -This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: - http://www.gutenberg.org/4/2/4/1/42419/ - -Produced by StevenGibbs, Christoph W. Kluge, Charlene -Taylor and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at -http://www.pgdp.net (This book was produced from scanned -images of public domain material from the Google Print -project.) - - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions -will be renamed. - -Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no -one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation -(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without -permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, -set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to -copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to -protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project -Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you -charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you -do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the -rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose -such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and -research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do -practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is -subject to the trademark license, especially commercial -redistribution. - - - -*** START: FULL LICENSE *** - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project -Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at -http://gutenberg.org/license). - - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy -all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. -If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the -terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or -entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement -and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" -or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the -collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an -individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are -located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from -copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative -works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg -are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project -Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by -freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of -this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with -the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by -keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project -Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in -a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check -the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement -before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or -creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project -Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning -the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United -States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate -access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently -whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, -copied or distributed: - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with -almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or -re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included -with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived -from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is -posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied -and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees -or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work -with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the -work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 -through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the -Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or -1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional -terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked -to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the -permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any -word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or -distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than -"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version -posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), -you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a -copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon -request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other -form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided -that - -- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is - owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he - has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the - Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments - must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you - prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax - returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and - sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the - address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to - the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." - -- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or - destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium - and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of - Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any - money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days - of receipt of the work. - -- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set -forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from -both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael -Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the -Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm -collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain -"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or -corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual -property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a -computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by -your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with -your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with -the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a -refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity -providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to -receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy -is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further -opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER -WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO -WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. -If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the -law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be -interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by -the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any -provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance -with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, -promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, -harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, -that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do -or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm -work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any -Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. - - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers -including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists -because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from -people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. -To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 -and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. - - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive -Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at -http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent -permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. -Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered -throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at -809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email -business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact -information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official -page at http://pglaf.org - -For additional contact information: - Dr. Gregory B. Newby - Chief Executive and Director - gbnewby@pglaf.org - - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide -spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To -SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any -particular state visit http://pglaf.org - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. -To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate - - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic -works. - -Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm -concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared -with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project -Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. - - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. -unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily -keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. - - -Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: - - http://www.gutenberg.org - -This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/42419.zip b/42419.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bf768f2..0000000 --- a/42419.zip +++ /dev/null |